Home Blog Page 11

In the Bucket #20 | Steelhead Stewards of the Pacific Northwest with Trevor Covich and Ed Fuhrken of Waters West Fly Fishing Outfitters

Episode Show Notes

In today’s episode of In the Bucket podcast, we’re joined by Trevor Covich and Ed Fuhrken of Waters West Fly Fishing Outfitters. Both are long-time stewards of Pacific Northwest steelhead, guiding anglers while battling issues like habitat loss, hatchery impacts, and river access.

They talk about what it’s like behind the fly shop counter: the tension between preserving wild runs and serving a growing demand for steelhead experiences. You’ll hear stories about closures, managing stock versus wild fish, and how trout tactics don’t always translate to steelhead crisis zones. Trevor and Ed also reveal the subtle art of timing your swings, staying wet when it counts, and treating every steelhead encounter like it matters—not just for you, but for the rivers downstream.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Ed Fuhrken

Along the way, you’ll pick up practical advice: what fly anglers can do to reduce mortality, how to engage with managers and neighbors about river health, and why education and access matter just as much as gear. If you care about fish, fair futures for rivers, and how fly fishing can be part of the solution, this episode lands hard and hopeful.

Trevor Covich

Episode Recap

00:00 – 07:10 — Brian Niska opens the show, introduces Trevor Covich and Ed Fuhrken from Waters West Fly Shop, and sets the stage with their shared history in guiding and steelhead culture.

07:10 – 17:45 — Trevor and Ed talk about life at Waters West, balancing shop responsibilities with guiding, and the unique challenges of fishing in Port Angeles.

17:45 – 28:30 — The conversation shifts to steelhead closures, hatchery programs, and the impacts of predator dynamics. They unpack the balance between fishing opportunity and conservation.

28:30 – 36:55 — Guide life realities: dealing with pressure on rivers, early mornings, and the art of timing your swing to make the most of short windows.

36:55 – 47:40 — Social media, secrets, and ethics: how online sharing changes fisheries, and why protecting places matters as much as protecting fish.

47:40 – 56:15 — Conservation and advocacy: the role anglers can play in educating others, pushing for sustainable management, and keeping steelhead part of the Northwest identity.

56:15 – End — Closing reflections on community, mentorship, and what it means to be a steward of the fish and rivers they love.


🔗 Resources Noted in the Show

Waters West Fly Fishing Outfitterswaterswest.com

Waters West Fly Shop Instagram@waterswestflyshop

Trevor Covich Instagram @opflyguy | Email: opflyguy@gmail.com


Related Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Trevor (2s): Well, I, I love doing it. And like I said, I lived for the first 30 seconds of every fish. That’s what I live for, is the first 30 seconds of every, of every hookup. And If you don’t capture it, you can’t really relive it the same way. Like I’ve watched some of those things like a thousand times. You know, some of those keep me warm in the wintertime. And then also you, like, you give those to your clients and it’s, it’s pretty awesome. Dave (37s): Welcome to In The Bucket, the podcast that explores the culture of spay fishing in the Pacific Northwest. A spectacular land of mountains and wild rivers where every cast has a story to tell. I’m your host, Brian Ska. Welcome to In The Bucket. In today’s show, we’re gonna be joined by pro guide Trevor Kovich and Fly shop owner Ed Firkin. This is Trevor, second time on our show and he’s an old friend of mine, so I’m excited to catch up with him. It’s a good buddy of Trevor’s and runs a superb fly shop close to some of the Pacific Northwest’s best fishing. I’m looking forward to this discussion. It’s time to get in the bucket. Right on folks. Dave (1m 18s): Super excited about today’s show. I’m back again with Trevor Kovich, my good buddy from Alaska and Washington, and we are joined today with Mr. Ed Firkin. Guys, why don’t you tell the listeners a little bit about yourself? Trevor (1m 31s): My name is Trevor Kovich from Washington State Live out in Forks, Washington, mostly year-round fishing guide and a friend of Ed’s here on the show. And we fish around quite a bit and just like I fished around with you, so I think we’re just gonna talk fishing and some other stuff. 3 (1m 48s): Yeah. My name is Ed Firkin. I am the owner of Waters West Fly Fishing Outfitters, the fly shop in Port Angeles, Washington. I’m originally from Mexico, not New Mexico, but Old Mexico. And I am completely obsessed with fly fishing for salmon and steelhead. Dave (2m 6s): All right, ed, I gotta ask, what got you into steelhead fishing? 3 (2m 9s): You know, I’m not really sure. I always fish growing up. You know, we talk about this a little bit on the show with Dave grew up bass fishing. There’s a few decent bass lakes pretty near my house. And I think my dad, you know, he wanted to find some kind of bonding experience for the two of us and just happened to choose fishing. He wasn’t really, you know, a very passionate fisherman, but he’d always, you know, try real hard. We’d get up super early and go on these crazy bass fishing missions just to spend time together. So always from really early on, you know, we’d go on these fishing trips and every once in a while we’d go out, you know, out to the coast deep sea fishing or go out to some of those bigger, more famous Bass lakes in Mexico where they get the real huge bass and just insane numbers of ’em. 3 (2m 54s): So fishing was always a part of it. And then I, I kind of fell out of it because I started feeling bad, you know, a lot of bass fishing, you got the double treble hooks on some of those crank baits. And you know, once I got a little bit older, I seen that, you know, ’cause you’d keep some fish, like ba large mouth bass ceviche is actually delicious. Not a lot of people think about eating bass, but you know, down there in Mexico you just kind of eat everything you catch. And yeah, we’ve ate quite a few bass, but then, you know, the ones that you’d release, I’d start feeling bad ’cause you got these double treble hooks with barbs on them and these fish that you’re releasing, you know, they might have one hook in their side or have all three trebles that stuck in their mouth and then you go to unhook ’em and you rip half their face off. 3 (3m 40s): And then after a while it kind of just fell out of it. And then, you know, fast forward to several years later, you know, moved out of the house, went to college, you know, started living on my own and found fly fishing and it’s like, oh my God, you can use small hooks, you can fish barbless. Like I had no idea that was even a thing that you could do. And it’s like, wow, I can actually cook these fish and let ’em go without horribly mutilating them. You know, I can just get my kicks without torturing this thing more than I need to. So that that, you know, once that clicked in my head it was over. Dave (4m 16s): So first steelhead, where’d you get it? 3 (4m 18s): So the first steelhead, you know, in that same early fishing obsession, fishing with my dad, one year we took a trip up to Oregon and we went, we went fishing on, I forget if it was the, the qua or the Sanam River, one of those rivers, I don’t really remember. I think I was eight years old. And we went, you know, we were just like, oh, salmon fishing, we’re going salmon fishing. We didn’t know anything. And we went fishing with a guide and we, you know, we had a really good day. Caught a few kings and, and one steelhead. And it was just the most intense fishing experience, you know, between just riding the drift boat down all the rapids and you know, hitting rocks and just, it was so, so different from being used to, you know, being out in a lake in like a 12 foot boat that you can’t lean too far over to the side ’cause it’ll flip over to just going down these rapids and just, you know, it was a terrifying but amazing experience. 3 (5m 13s): And the way that these fish fought, it was nothing like I’d seen, you know, other than the deep sea species that are a lot bigger and obviously up there in the ocean compared to a bass of salmon and steelhead. It just like the fight, there’s, there’s nothing like it in freshwater. So that, you know, it took me a long time after that to go steelhead fishing again. But once I did it, it was just the, the only thing I wanted to do. Dave (5m 38s): Excellent. Now Trevor, if my memory serves, you caught your first steelhead by accident, didn’t you? Yeah, Trevor (5m 42s): Yeah. I was, my dad had a piece of property on the CK River and we got up there in the wintertime and my brother and I were digging like a trench to put power and water in. ’cause we’re putting in like a, it’s like a, my dad bought this trailer for like a thousand bucks in Clown Bay and we put it there and then my brother and I were the slaves. So we dug all the trenches and did all that stuff and we, we got a, we got the trenching done and that trench was through the old CK River Road bed. So it took a really long time to get through there. And then I rode my bike up the river and went cutthroat fishing and I hooked a fish that kicked my ass pretty good. Trevor (6m 23s): And yeah, went into a log jam, pulled it out, went back into the log jam, pulled it out again and beached it. And it was a, it was a wild steelhead and not knowing anything, I bonked it, brought it home, you know, so tasted really good. But yeah, that was, that was my first deal head. Dave (6m 41s): Awesome. Yeah, it’s, it’s funny, I think a lot of people end up hooking their first one by accident. I remember my first one came out of Deville Slough, which is basically a little ditch alongside Cedar Drive in Port Quilum. So didn’t even know they were there at the time. But yeah, cool stuff. So today, Trevor, you, you know, we’ve talked to you last, last time and we talked a lot about king salmon fishing Alaska. We talked about steelhead fishing, but I’m most excited to ask you, what do you, what do you think about being a dad Trevor (7m 10s): Right now? It’s pretty cool just because the kids, we had a daughter, her name’s Callie and it’s the point where, you know, she could be sitting in her crib and I could walk by and she’ll recognize you and she starts smiling and like kind of putting her arms up ’cause she wants to go do stuff, right. And she’s starting to, she’s starting to find her voice, meaning she’s, she has different volume levels and she’s obviously trying to talk but making no sense. And so we’re having a lot of fun with that. And we know that’s probably gonna get outta control here pretty soon, Brian, you know. But no, it’s, it’s, it’s pretty cool. Obviously life changing, never experienced anything like it from, you know, 20 minutes before my kid was born to 10 minutes after was probably one of the craziest rushes of my entire life. Trevor (7m 58s): I mean, like I said, there’s nothing like it. You can’t, can’t replicate it. No, but we’re having a lot of fun. But it’s definitely a, you start to figure out things take a little longer, obviously, you know, it was like right before this whole thing started, it didn’t wanna drink the bottle, so trying to get her to drink and then go take a nap, you know, so e everything just kind of goes at her time and you just kind of gotta flow with it and it’s awesome. We’re super happy we did it and you know, we started late as parents ’cause you know, I’m almost 40 and I’ve always wanted to be a dad and now we have the opportunity to try to be the best parents we can be. Dave (8m 36s): Well, I’m stoked for you guys. I started as you know, I started late as well, so there’s some advantages to that I guess. But, you know, I’ll tell you one thing, as fishing guides, we’re used to getting by with not much sleep. And that, that definitely sets you up a bit. So that’s good. Trevor (8m 50s): I took to that better than I thought I was gonna, ’cause I, you know, we had the, you know, the kid was born January 24th and my wife, I was throwing some guy down the soul duck and she called me at noon saying that like, she had like a high blood pressure and they were gonna like, go get the kid like now. And I’m like, you gotta be kidding me. ’cause I’m, you know, I’m four hours away and I’m still halfway through my float. And luckily they, they decided to just chill. So essentially I got done with my day, I packed my stuff and I had my neighbor drive me back over the other side. We wanted to have the kid, you know, around where the best hospitals were in case something went wrong. So yeah, next morning went up, got it done. Trevor (9m 32s): It was just fricking incredible man. Dave (9m 34s): Well, you’re the consummate professional. You finished the float with the guy, eh? Trevor (9m 38s): Well this is what I told my wife. I go, look, I’m not gonna make it. You know, my guy was like, look man, If you wanna row out and you can row out. And I was like, I was like, look, I’m coming home tonight. Like, even if they were gonna take, I was gonna miss it, you know? So no, I finished the float. I even sped cleaned my house because I had people showing up. So I’m like, get home, like unhook the boat, you know, store the boat, clean up all my fricking laundry and you know, do a couple dishes. And then, and then I, I blitzed back and my neighbor drove me, or I drove my truck with my neighbor and my neighbor spent the night at my house and drove back just because I wanted to get back out to forks to once everything kind of chilled out and Lisa, you know, recuperated and everything. Trevor (10m 23s): And the baby was chill to where I could go finish my guide season. So essentially I had to sweep the rest of my calendar for January that the baby was supposed to be born around the 15th of February. And so it was, and it was born on the 24th. So we, you know, you can plan all you want, but the plans go out the door very quickly and, and we just roll with the punches and, but no, we, you know, I finished the float and said, luckily the doctors were totally cool with it. And then we went through the whole thing the next day and, and then with everything going along, we went and, and there the C-section, which by the way, that was fricking unbelievable. Trevor (11m 3s): Like I tell everybody this, I’ve ordered cheeseburgers that have taken longer to get done than that, than that C-section. It was just incredible, man. It was, from the time they started to the time the baby was out, it was like, it wasn’t even 10 minutes. So Dave (11m 19s): Right on. So how do you guys know each other? 3 (11m 23s): We met at the fly shop, you know, pretty early on after I took over. Trevor just walked in one day, Trevor (11m 29s): Jungle cock, remember I was looking for jungle cock for That’s right, yeah. My brother’s wedding. 3 (11m 35s): But yeah, that was, that was a long time ago. And you know, just over the years we gotten, gotten to be real good friends, been fishing a few times, you know, occasionally Trevor will have a cancellation and we had out there and go hang out with him. Been up to Alaska with him several times. That’s always a great time. Trevor (11m 54s): Our girlfriends were friends before that. My wife. Your girlfriend. 3 (11m 58s): Yeah, they were real close friends. So that’s kind of, you know, made us even more friends since the, the ladies want to hang out and we all end up hanging out together and yeah. That’s great. A lot of fish talk. So Dave (12m 11s): Ed, you know, you got the fly shop, you’re out there in forks. Did you have any experience running a fly shop before you bought that one? Or, or was this a new thing? 3 (12m 20s): So we’re actually in Port Angeles, but no, I didn’t have any experience running a, a business at all really. You know, I, I’ve just been a, an employee the whole time working for different software companies. Had no, I no idea whatsoever what it entailed, you know, here. I thought it was gonna be, you know, I’m, I’m not sure what, what I thought it was gonna be. I was just gonna be fishing all the time or something. But it’s, you know, it’s, it is definitely, it’s been well worth it. I’ve met, you know, met so many great friendships. I’ve met people like Trevor and many others that there’s no other way that I would’ve met other, other than through the fly shop, you know? So even though I did have some hidden struggles and challenges that I was not at all ready for, it’s definitely been been worth it. 3 (13m 5s): I can’t imagine myself doing anything else Dave (13m 8s): Since I screwed up the geography once. Why don’t, why don’t you do a better job and explain where forks is, where Port Angeles is, where the fishing is, just in case people don’t know that, that part of Washington. 3 (13m 20s): Yeah, so we’re, we are here on the Olympic Peninsula, which is the northwestern most landmass of the, the United States. You know, he, this is the end of the road. If you’re driving west, there’s nothing more than here. And so we are, port Angeles is actually on the north side of the, of the coast and Forex is more towards the west. It’s only about an hour away. But the, the gentleman, Dave Steinbo, who started the shop back in the nineties, he decided to settle in Port Angeles because the weather’s just a little bit nicer than in forks. You know, we’ve got the, the Olympic Mountain range, which creates a rain shadow effects all those huge storms that come in from the, the Pacific Ocean. 3 (14m 3s): We get a little bit of a, of a respite from those, from the, the mountains. So, you know, there’s years that forks will get, forget what the exact amount is, but you know, over 150 inches of rain a year. And then here in Port Angeles we might get, you know, only 80 or a hundred, which doesn’t sound like a huge difference, but when you’re standing in it all the time, it’s definitely considerable. And Trevor can attest to that since he lives in forks and he’s seen those nasty rainstorms, Trevor (14m 31s): It’s condensed down. You can’t look at it in like a full year span. You gotta take that 150 inches and then you gotta, I mean it’s mainly coming in, most of it’s coming in a, in a six month to a four month span, you know, because we actually don’t get much rain in the summertime out there. I mean, shoot was, what was that? Was it last year that the, was the Northbrook the claw wall was like dry Dry, 3 (14m 55s): Completely dry, yeah, Trevor (14m 57s): Completely dry. That was shocking. But yeah, it’s because we don’t have a lot of water out there in the summer. But the winters, I mean there’s winters that I’ve had where I’ve guided, you know, four days of February ’cause it’ll rain five inches, it’ll blow out and then you’re sitting there twirling your thumbs, trying to figure out what to do and then it starts to go back down and just about when it’s time to get back in your boat, it rains another five. And we repeat the process. But that’s kind of the coolest part about it. It’s a, it’s kind of a mind game. You get to, you get to kind of be your own weatherman and, and I’ll take a, I like, I like the rain. What I do not like is an extended period of no rain in the middle of fishing season and it’s, you know, really cold and all the boats are condensed down to a couple places and, you know, not a lot of great spurts of fish coming in, fish like water. Trevor (15m 51s): So the rain’s nice, spreads everybody out. 3 (15m 54s): Yeah, it’s hard to find fishable water when there’s no water. Dave (15m 59s): So when it comes to steelhead fishing in, in the Olympic Peninsula, how important is tourism? Is it a significant amount of the angling pressure? 3 (16m 7s): Yeah, definitely. You know, there’s, people come from all over, all over the world, you know, it’s a, it’s a destination just like up there with you and you know, it’s easier to access. I think it’s a lot less complicated to drive out here than it is, you know, further up north there. You don’t have to cross the border and all that. So we definitely, we definitely see quite a bit of pressure during the season. Trevor (16m 29s): It seemed like it started earlier too, this year. I mean, 3 (16m 32s): Absolutely. Yeah. Even, you know, even during the, the times where typically, you know, there’d be no guides out, even trying, you go to a boat launch, you know, it’s kind of the, the shoulder season, not quite a lot going on yet. You’re expected to be empty and there’s, you know, five or six trucks at the boat launch. And yeah, it’s definitely, definitely gotten earlier and earlier even though there’s not really any more fish earlier in that, you know, that part of the season you can still find some If you try really hard, but it’s not, you know, it’s really not worth traveling that early on. But still, we’ve seen quite a few more people the last couple years, especially this year. Mountain Waters Resort (17m 13s): If you’re looking for a world class fly fishing experience, it’s time to check out Mountain Waters Resort. Nestled along Newfoundland’s, legendary Portland Creek. This spot has a history that runs as deep as the Atlantic salmon that call it home once they fly fishing. Retreat for the great Lee Wolf today. It’s your turn to step into these historic waters and swing up your salmon this year. You can head over to wetly swing.com/mountain Waters right now and make it happen. That’s wetly swing.com/mountain Waters. Let’s get out there today, San Juan Rod Works (17m 45s): San Juan Rod works started with a simple belief, great fly rods and gear shouldn’t cost a fortune as a family run company. They focus on building high quality fly fishing products that perform on the water without the premium price tag. You can try San Juan Rod works for 30 days risk free right now, and if you’re not satisfied send it back for a full refund. You can go to san juan rod works.com. That’s S-A-N-J-U-A-N rod works.com. Dave (18m 17s): Personally, I I like that. I like that people wanna get out there before they’ve heard that it’s good, right? That’s, it’s good when people go out, they get skunked, whatever, you know, what I really have a problem with is what we call an American style opening. And I mean that with respect guys, but the situation where, where we wait until the fish are there and then we open the river. They tried this on the Thompson one or two years and it was a complete disaster. You know, basically the fish are all there marinating and then whatever day it’s open. So I, I do like the idea of people showing up before there’s even fish around and fishing most of the time, even when it’s good we don’t catch much. So what’s the difference? Trevor (18m 52s): Yeah, that early season’s the, the funnest for me just ’cause like I said, I don’t, I don’t like being around a bunch of people frankly. And then, and so, and the water’s high, so things are a little more challenging and it’s also a time of year where the river’s kind of brand new. Meaning we’ve had usually a bunch of floods, you know, between, especially through November, all through Christmas and even all through January. And so there’s a lot of new logs and log jams that just show up. And so it’s, that’s one thing that kind of, I would say deters some people from coming out that early. Not just the fact that it is harder, but super cool time of year and you have to, you have to plan your day ’cause obviously you don’t have much light versus March. Trevor (19m 35s): But surprising how many people you run into that tell me how it’s not worth it to fish out there in January and some other, some other times there are generally the March people, Dave (19m 48s): Similar thing happens here. You know, we, there’s locals that fish early and there’s, you know, guides that fish early. But the bulk of our tourism here in the spring on the Chena is at a time when people feel comfortable that the fish are here, but they’ve typically missed the best fishing of the year and they create a crowded situation, especially in a scenario where they don’t know where they’re going. So they tend to kind of follow people around and if they see someone fishing around, then boom, they’re there the next day. So you have to be, as a guide, you have to be a little bit creative. I’m sure you go through something similar. Trevor (20m 21s): Oh yeah, no, there’s, there’s, yeah, you, you try and do some, you try and do some sneaky stuff and maybe putting your boat in weird places or you’re not sleeping much or sleeping in and, and then letting everybody go too. So every guides and every fisherman probably has a different thing or just sitting and fishing tid stuff, waiting for a new fish to come through. Every technique I think has, its, its beauty. I’m an early riser so I don’t have the patience to wait, so I’m out there, Dave (20m 55s): Ed, is it a, I mean I, I had a fly shop in Whistler for a bunch of years and we’d get tourists come in, they wanna know where to go fishing and you wanna help people out, you wanna give people some info, but at the same time you don’t wanna sell the place out completely. So it’s tricky to, to strike that balance. Has, has that been a challenge for you or, or is it something you got a pretty good handle on? 3 (21m 13s): Well it is and it isn’t because just from the nature of the fishing here, there’s lots of places, you know, I’ve talked to Trevor this about this a lot. There’s lots of spots where, you know, you might go in there one day and you know, you fish there and you catch a steelhead and they’re like, oh sweet, I found a new spot. And then you go back, say two more times and you catch a steelhead on each one of those times and at that point you’re like, oh yeah, there’s a steelhead behind that rock every single time I’m not telling anybody about this spot. And then you go back to that spot a hundred more times in perfect conditions during prime time and you don’t get anything. So I could tell you the exact GPS coordinates to get to that spot and you might be there on a day when there’s one there. 3 (22m 0s): You might be the go there and get nothing and then call me a liar. ’cause I said that there’s one in that spot every time. So it doesn’t, you know, aside from some say, you know, secret trails into places that you know have been very hard won, there’s, you just gotta go and and look for ’em. So there’s, you know, and there’s so much ground to cover that, you know, I could tell you 10 spots to go to and it’ll take you a week to, so there’s just so much to explore. You know, in the eight years that I’ve lived here, I, I don’t think I’ve even scratched the surface on, on all the different areas there are around here. And it’s just a matter of, of knowing enough places that it’s like, oh If you, you know, if Plan A is crowded, well there’s plan B, C, and D and If you get the Plan D and it’s not working out, then just, you know, go home and try again tomorrow. 3 (22m 50s): What are you gonna do, Dave (22m 51s): You know, with with the beach fishing that you guys have as well, is it, is it fair to say that there’s fishing 12 months of the year and Port Angeles? 3 (22m 58s): Yeah, absolutely. In Washington, that’s one of the reasons why I really love Washington state is there’s 12 months outta the year there’s something to fish for. When I first moved, moved here, you could fish for steel and salmon 12 months outta the year. Now in recent years, you know, our seasons have been shrinking, you know, been loosened months here and there. But still, you know, I’d say probably nine months outta the year there’s an opportunity to catch a steelhead somewhere in Washington and like a nice fresh, good looking steelhead, not a moldy old boot that’s about to cross over. Dave (23m 28s): So I just recorded a show with, it’ll come out actually before this one so it’ll be out, it’ll be out already for anyone listening. But we had George Cook, Scott O’Donnell deck Hogan and Joseph Ano on it. So a lot of experience on that particular show. And one of the things we talked about was, you know, these closures and trying to decide is, has anyone got an example of a time when we’ve removed anglers and seen any type of upside for the, the fish population? And the only thing those guys could come up with was a couple of the rivers that were affected more by the Mount St. Helen’s eruption. So, you know, they were closed and then when they were reopened, fishing was really, really good. Dave (24m 9s): But my concern is always, you know, when you see these opportunities taken away, whether they’re shorter seasons or rivers that are closed entirely out of concern for how many fish may or may not be there, we end up in a situation where I called it the waterbed effect. I think it’s a good analogy. You take the pressure that maybe would’ve been more widely distributed and it gets focused on other areas and you know, one of the guys, I think it was deck, you know, basically saying the other challenge with it is, you know, it takes the heat off where the real exploitation is taking place. ’cause when fishing’s slow and you don’t have a lot of fish around, anglers don’t catch that many. So even at the best of times or slash the worst of times, the actual impact from recreational fishing, especially if it’s done, you know, swinging flies is, is so darn low that I don’t know if there’s an actual measurable upside for taking people off the river, especially when you factor in the increase of poaching that’s gonna, you know, take place once we take eyes off the river. Dave (25m 6s): Do you guys have any thoughts on that, Trevor (25m 8s): On that last point you made? I think that’s, that’s a big one. You know, ’cause I mean those of us that spend a lot of time out there and live out there and, and care about that place, like we’re always looking at the kind of the folks around us and you get to see a whole bunch of different stuff. Some stuff that’s really cool and some stuff that’s pretty special. When I say special, I mean pretty horrid and like, you know, last year I, I had a guy was below a GNL by himself, hooks a fish, battles it, fights it. Like does everything right, lets it go not not long, didn’t take pictures of it for fricking ever. Trevor (25m 50s): I mean I, I rarely ever see people just like doing stuff for kind of the love of the game, you know what I mean? And the year before that, like not far below that, I saw a guy that I, I actually called the game war on because he had got like, it was probably, I would say a 1718 pound buck and he pulled it up on the bank and had it both his hands in the gills and he got pictures with it and then his buddy got pictures of it and then, and then he just kind of chucked it back in the water and did the same thing with another fish. And it’s illegal to take fish out out of the water here. Right. And then also If, you know, if you’re trying to take care of population, you gotta treat ’em tonight. Rice and the, actually Casey, the game warden told me he busted the same guy this year doing the exact same stuff. Trevor (26m 37s): So that was a repeat, same dude. So Dave (26m 40s): Sometimes I wonder If, you know, well I don’t wonder, I know this, the educational side is so important, right? And it’s pretty easy to buy a fishing license and buy some gear and get out there. A lot of this does fall I believe on the shops. You know, the shops are the ones that end up doing this work, guides do this work too. And that’s, you know, educating people on, you know, Phish handling or just general. Just general not being a jackass on the river. One thing that gets talked about up here is, you know, in this day and age, maybe when you go to buy your steelhead license, there should be like a simple kinda like 10 question test or something to show you can tell the difference between a steelhead and a sockeye salmon and you know, answer a few questions about proper fish handling, that type of thing. Dave (27m 23s): Our license sales Of course are online. Do you guys sell licenses online and do you have any thoughts on that or do you think it’s a silly idea? Trevor (27m 29s): I mean we, we do sell licenses online, you can buy ’em in the store as well. But I think that like as far as the stays concerned, I don’t know what you think about this Ed, but I think what, as far as fishing licenses go is that like the state’s far more focused on the, the saltwater end of fishing versus just freshwater steelheading because there’s way more money in, in I think, saltwater licenses than people going after steelhead. And whether it’s just all around fresh water licenses, that could probably be, that can probably be disputed. But as far as people like over keeping limits and stuff like that, I think they definitely focus more on the salt water. Trevor (28m 9s): But I don’t see why, you know, I feel like people that also fish for steelhead, they, there’s not a ton of beginners like, you really have to want to do this, you know, ’cause you’re gonna be cold, you’re, you might get your, you might not catch anything. And so I always think, I think maybe the question thing could be a good thing, but here in the state people don’t really turn back in their catch record cards at the end of it. So I would have a hard time believing people are even gonna follow through with that unless you withhold their license if they don’t do it right. That’s the only way you’ll actually get people to go through with that kind of stuff. 3 (28m 46s): Yeah, I definitely think the, the state could do a better job of educating folks. You know, like you mentioned the, the rule about not being able to take steelhead outta the water, you know, here in Washington state, any fish that can’t be harvested or isn’t going to be harvested has to remain in the water. And you know, I know that because I read the whole rule book and it’s in there very small in one section that that is the rule. But it, you know, the state doesn’t really have a good regulation education system and you know, you combine that with where, you know, most people when they start fishing, you know, not, not people like us that are just, you know, our lives are wobbled around fishing. But a person that just goes fishing and think, oh you catch a fish, you catch a fish, you kill it, you take it home and you eat it. 3 (29m 30s): ’cause that’s what you do when you go fishing. And yeah, we, you know, obviously we still do, I love getting hatchery fish and taking ’em home, but some of these fish populations just do not have the numbers to allow that. So, you know, I think the state can definitely do a better job about educating folks on, you know, there’s some fish that you, you just gotta let go and you gotta be nice to ’em because they’re, you know, not doing as great as some others. Trevor (29m 55s): Yeah. Like the fall fishing out where we’re at completely different versus our steelhead season. Just like the springer fishery that’s kind of going on right now. Right. There’s still some regulations but you’ve guys, you’ve got, most of the people are trying to harvest some stuff to take home, put in the freezer, right? Because if you’ve ever had one of our springers, they’re the best tasting salmon you can possibly have. But yeah, there’s a bag limit in the fall too. Just brings out a whole nother type of fisherman. Dave (30m 23s): So you’re saying Trevor, more beginners type people? Trevor (30m 26s): Well I would say plenty, a lot more beginners. But like you just, you have people that want to go like say book a guide trip. Well and they, and 3 (30m 33s): Go fill the freezer. Trevor (30m 35s): Well think about if the guy goes, well you can book a trip, but like you can’t, we’re you can’t take anything home. Like some of those people are back, okay, well we’re not gonna come. Like that’s part of the thing. ’cause I think most of us have had somebody ask us like, oh you guys went fishing, like what did you take home? You know? And then you have to explain to them what you know, why you catch or release and stuff like that. But those type of seasons just bring out kind of a different angler. There’s plenty of people that wanna fish all day, but shoot like the cyborg, he’ll go out, he’ll, he’ll crack his limit and you know, a couple hours and, and he’ll be back home because the day’s over once he gets your limit, like that’s it. You can’t just go and keep fishing. Right. Trevor (31m 15s): So, and most people are pretty cool with that ’cause they, they want to fish. Totally. 3 (31m 19s): I get it. Dave (31m 20s): So Ed with, with the shop there and, and once again, going back to this idea of tourist anglers, where do you see a lot of people coming in from? Are these folks coming from other parts of your state? Are they other Americans? Are they coming from Canada? 3 (31m 32s): You know, we get people from all over the world. I’ve met people from, you know, definitely Canada. We get quite a few. We’ve got a ferry here. It’s literally a block away from the shop and it goes from Port Angeles to Victoria BC and back obviously. And we get a lot of people coming through from there. You know, there’s been times where people from, from Terrace and Smithers have come down here to go steelhead fishing and ask them, what, what are you doing? You know, just jokingly And they’re just like, oh I’ve heard about this place and you know, people from Scotland, Japan all over the place. You know, I couldn’t, I couldn’t mention ’em all but you know, definitely a lot of people from Washington and other states. 3 (32m 14s): But I’ve really been surprised by just how far some people will travel to come here. Dave (32m 18s): Nice. And with your shop there, do you do a lot of mail order sales as well? 3 (32m 23s): Yeah, we’ve got a, an online store that we actually just redid after years of trying, you know, when we, when I took over the shop, everything was done pen and paper. There was no, I had a really funny moment with Dave, the previous owner where I asked him what kind of inventory system he used and he just smirked and pointed at his head like this and that was it. He just kept everything in his head and just, you know, walked around looking for what was out. And it was, you know, it was a, it was a really challenging just like what are we out of, what do we have? And running an online mail order system with no inventory system. It was a real, real big challenge for several years. But now we’ve got a more modern website and an actual inventory tracking system so we’re able to have just a lot more products and keep track of ’em. 3 (33m 8s): So it’s, that’s been a, a great development lately. Trevor (33m 12s): It’s easier to navigate. 3 (33m 14s): It’s definitely easier to navigate. Well the, our previous website I think was from 2005 so it was, yeah, a little outdated to say the least. Dave (33m 23s): Nice. So you get, you know, tourists come through the shop. I know you guys are very well known for your fly time material section. You develop a bit of relationship and then, you know, they still buy stuff from, from home when they get there. 3 (33m 35s): Yeah, definitely. That happens a lot. You know, there’s one of the things we hear almost every day is, oh my god, this is the flight best flash up I’ve ever been to just ’cause we, we do have a nice location. I think the shop floor is about 3,500 square feet and it’s just stuffed full of flat time materials and fishing gear. You know, sometimes we, I had to be, I was here for several years until I got to the point where I was, you know, wasn’t finding stuff that I didn’t know we had, you know, somebody would tell me about a certain fly time material. I was like, oh, I’ve never, never heard of that. And it’s like, it’s right here on the rack, but you know, now I know everything that’s in here and now that I’ve got an actual inventory system, I actually just check on my phone and see what we have, which makes things a lot easier. 3 (34m 18s): Even though fly time material has gotten pretty scarce in the last few years. Especially like real natural fly time material. I don’t know if it’s just the production issues or just a lot more fly shops, but it’s definitely getting more challenging to get high quality natural fly time materials. Trevor (34m 36s): That was kind of the thing that kinda sets Ed’s place apart. Like, and Dave had the kind of the pride in this too. Like he always had really quality stuff and If you walked in there, you know, it’s like a, it’s like a toy store for anglers, you know, you could walk around there and you could, you could actually look at everything and everything and, and it was just really nice quality stuff. And then it’s also a, I think the, it used to be an old bank, right? 3 (35m 1s): Yeah. It was the, the back of the bank of Callen County back in the 18 hundreds. We still got the, the old safe and everything. That’s pretty wild. Trevor (35m 9s): Yeah, that safe is sweet. 3 (35m 12s): Oh. But yeah, you know, you’re talking about the, the candy store here with all the feathers. One of the things that cracks me up about steelhead fishing is it’s, I think it’s the only thing that’ll have two gruff adult tough dudes having a heated discussion about their favorite shade of pink. You know, I’ve seen it many times over the counter guys. They got the hot pink, the light pink, the medium pink and they’ll be, you know, each one will be very passionate about which one works better. Don’t forget Cice Cice, yeah, magenta. It’s, I’ve learned so many things about colors doing this job, just trying to, you know, sometimes you’ll get a pack of hot pink mirror but that’s not quite hot pink. 3 (35m 55s): It’s more of a medium pink. So all that needs to get relabeled. It happens. It’s one of the, the challenges of trying to have real good fly time materials because you know, most people’s preference is going to the shop and actually looking at what you’re getting. And I’ve heard from a lot of people that they don’t trust buying fly time materials online because they just get a bag full of junk that doesn’t look like the picture. You know? And that definitely does still happen. But we really do try, you know, when you order from us, we’re gonna send you materials that we would tie with. We’re not gonna send you a bag of junk just ’cause it’s the only one we had. And if it’s, you know, we’re down to the last one, we’ll we’ll try to make it right to you. 3 (36m 36s): Either, you know, find you something else or give you a discount. ’cause it’s the, you know, frumpy looking fack of feathers and it’s the last one. But we’ll, we’ll get you what you need to tie the flies that you want. Dave (36m 48s): Nice. Well customer service is how you build a business, isn’t it? And it sounds like you guys are continuous continuing the legacy that Dave started. I’m looking at your website right now and you’re right, it is a, a very nice site, very easy to navigate. I landed on this holographic steelhead sticker. Look at that funky thing. Oh 3 (37m 5s): Yeah. So we, we actually had a, a tattoo artist designed that for us a few years back. Dave (37m 10s): Very cool. Alright, so have you fished up here by the way? Ed up in Skiena country? 3 (37m 15s): You know, I went up there once I, I took a road trip with my best friend Jason was just, I think the summer of 2019 and, you know, just drove around all over trying to go hit some of the storied spots and some of the rivers up there, you know, spent a few days on the bulk. We just bouncing around, literally had no idea what we were doing. We had our water masters and we were, you know, calling taxis to do shuttles, you know, doing mile plus stretches of floats that we’d never done before in the dark. ’cause we mismanaged our time. I think we spent eight days up there and between the two of us hooked three fish and landed one. You know, so not, not a stellar, not a stellar trip by catch rate, but just that, that country you guys have up there. 3 (38m 1s): It is, it is unreal. You know, it’s, there’s so much to explore so many different places. I mean, just so many rivers and tributaries, it’s, it’s endless there. It would, I don’t think I could handle living up there. It would drive me insane, Dave (38m 14s): You know, especially on a fall trip. That’s pretty accurate. This when you’re fishing the whole system, it’s so vast and you know, sparsely populated and even when it’s busy you can get away from people. Pretty, pretty simple. There’s always, you know, on that first trip, there’s always that kind of two different strategies. One is see as much stuff as you can and explore everywhere. And the other is just pick a zone and get to know it really, really well in that short period of time. But it sounds like you guys went with option A and, and were really getting around looking at new stuff. 3 (38m 42s): Yeah, well my, my real goal was to, you know, get one on a, on a, on a dry fly on a skater just because that’s what you always hear about up there, you know, it’s skating, steelhead paradise. So definitely spend a lot of the first several days just fish in the waker with no success. And then Of course on the second to last day I threw a sink tip on three casts. Later I had a fish, which I kind of knew it would happen. But, you know, I was, I was committed to my goal and I kind of affected me, but no regrets. I’ll be back someday. Dave (39m 15s): Yeah, you gotta get back up here, Trevor. You’re a, you’re a busy guy these days, but when do you think you’ll be back in skiing country? Trevor (39m 22s): Well, it’s one of those things I want to be there every year, but like I said, things are, things have changed a little bit now. It just depends on A, how much work do I got in front of me? B what is my wife gonna say? And then c like the, the best way for me to come up there is if the wife and the kid get to come too, right. Either that or I get a, I get a hall pass and I get to go up there with one of my buddies. But what I’d like to do in the coming years is I would like to, since I got a fair chunk of time off between the end of steelhead season until I start my new gig, is I’d like to go up there before with like maybe a buddy and just kind of fish my ass off and then have my wife and and the kid come meet me up there and then we go do the whole lodge thing. Trevor (40m 10s): She loves your lodge, you know, it’s just like I do and If you guys are cool with the kid being there, like that’s, you know, we’ll figure out fishing stuff, but it’s a, it’s a great vacation for us to get up there. But yeah, as far as like when I first started going up there, I was just going up there with buddies, you know, and I was driving up there, but now I kind of like to leisurely cruise up there and have my Caesar on the plane. Somebody picks me up, it’s really nice. Or two, Dave (40m 38s): This is good. So when you’re in Alaska you can empathize with, you know, the, the struggles your clients have to go through and travel. Right. Trevor (40m 45s): The only time I feel for them, frankly, is when they get stuck in Anchorage because you know, we have plenty of weather systems come in and the guys that are already there get stuck at the lodge and the guys that are trying to come in get stuck in Anchorage and the guys that are stuck in Anchorage will lose days and then now you, you definitely feel for those guys. But I don’t feel very bad for people that are going on a great fishing trip. They’re doing stuff they really like to do and yeah, I never feel bad for anybody going fishing because it’s better than going to work. So there you go. Dave (41m 17s): I used to love Trevor, you know, going into Alaska West you’d spend that first night in Anchorage and we’d stay at, I think it’s the millennium where the float plane base is and just watching those planes come and go is pretty sweet. Trevor (41m 27s): Yeah, no, I think it’s, they changed the name of it, but I know exactly. No, we used to go have dinner there first night and now, now the company gives us like a truck and then I usually take all the boys out and we go try and find someplace new. We’ve all been going there, most of us have been going there for over 20 years now. So we have like our favorite places to go and then we also want to go try some new stuff and then the, you know, the company, usually they’ll have us in, sometimes they’ll have us in the same place ’cause they’ll have to put us up before we get in there. Sometimes we’ll be in the Captain Cook, sometimes we’ll be in a, this place was called the House of Jade. It would look, it was like, this looked like a hostel. Trevor (42m 7s): It was so far out there. We’ve been a couple really cool places there though. But what I like to do is go rip around and do some last minute things with the guys and then we go walk to dinner somewhere so we can have a couple really nice beards before we head out to the lodge. And so, and the next day’s a waiting game and the pilot tells us whether or not we’re gonna, we’re gonna make it out there or not. I mean there’s been times I’ve been stuck for four days in Anchorage trying to get out there and that’s four less days that I have to set up the lodge. So it makes my ass pucker a little bit because when you go out pre-season versus in the later end of the season, you always worry about the what ifs. What if bear dug a hole in the runway? Trevor (42m 48s): What if a quarter of the pipes froze and broke over the winter If you didn’t clean out your water system correctly? You know, on and on and on. What if the, some of the machines don’t start boat issues, blah, blah blah. There’s always something that comes along and every now and then the sunshine hits your ass and it’s a really, it’s a really nice easy setup, you know. So, but we’ll see what we get this year. I’m optimistic. So, Dave (43m 14s): So let’s, let’s talk about your year. So you’re even as a vet, you’re still involved with setting up camp, eh? Trevor (43m 20s): Yeah, well I, it’s like I generally do a lot of the hiring when it comes to the lodge we work at now and then and that’s putting together the right pieces and mechanical minds for certain things. And I always want to be the first guy on the ground, just like a couple of the other guys. ’cause a you get to spend more time out there ’cause we all love that place or just Alaska in general. But then you don’t gotta worry about somebody else, you know, screwing things up and, and, and all the guys that go out. It’s the, it’s been the same four guys for the last few years. I’ve got New York bill, I have a guy named Ryan Celesta who is one of Ed and i’s favorite human beings. Trevor (44m 6s): We call him the Cyborg Cyborg. He’s like a, he’s like a Gore-Tex Terminator doesn’t speak much tall, slim always got his sunglasses on. You rarely ever see his eyes. He’s usually tugging on a smoke and he doesn’t say much, but when he talks it’s usually some pretty valid information. And then Chris Price, I don’t know If you remember Chris. Oh Dave (44m 29s): Yeah, Trevor (44m 30s): Yeah. Chris is our, Chris turns a lot of our wrenches and, and Ryan Celeste the same way. But all four of us go out there, we get the water system going, the the generator, get all the machines started up, assess damage. It’s not like, you know, the old days of, you know, the connect talk stuff when we’d get out there we had to put together boats, we had to get all our stuff up there, set up all the tents you’re getting just chewed apart by mosquitoes and all that. This is a lot easier here. You know, my days of trying to pound like a well head in through permafrost are over. We don’t have much permafrost out in the peninsula at all. Trevor (45m 10s): So it’s, it’s, it’s pretty easy and when you have guys, you know, what they’re doing and have been doing it for years, like I said, it’s, it’s super easy. Everybody up there has been over there, up there for well over, well over 20 seasons and done multiple operations. Shoot Ryan was the head guide for Mission Lodge for a long time. Chris Price has been a manager in South America and all over in, in Alaska as well. So it’s nice having a good team of people that makes it really easy for me. Dave (45m 38s): And so you’re leaving pretty quick, you’ll be up there and how long will you stick around for? Trevor (45m 42s): I’m gonna go till I think it’s maybe the 14th of July this year and then I’ll head home. So yeah, I’ll do that king season. I’m gonna come home. Ed’s gonna come visit us. Oh yeah, ed always likes to come drown some flies up with us and get his chances, you know, reel on some chinook and then he’s, you know, anus, fishing’s kind of a gamble right when it comes to fishing runs and stuff like that. And as far as, you know, there’s the, the saying you got a horseshoe kind of stuck up your ass like Ed’s ed’s kind of had it the last couple years where his timing’s been really good and so we’ll see if he can keep that this year. Trevor (46m 22s): But, but really st still have ’em up there. But, but yeah, we’ll get done there July, it said July 13th or 14th then I’ll be home in Washington state till essentially the end of August. So I’ll go just kind of rip around, I’ll go fishing out in ne Bay a little bit and do some other little small trips and just kind of hang out the house too. ’cause my wife goes back to work so I’m gonna be, I’m gonna be the daycare guy so I’m gonna be watching the kid and, and then seeing what kind of trouble we can get into. And then I’ll head back up to Alaska for co-host steelhead, stuff like that. Dave (46m 56s): Nice. And then, you know, when you’re done your fall season in Alaska you get a little bit of a break and then back into winter steelhead in Washington, right? Trevor (47m 3s): Yeah, pretty much the, the fall is like I want to sleep. I generally see what the state’s gonna do as far as the regulations every year. Like our, when I get home I don’t really have a hankering to just go get back out there and, and catch coho or, or frankly anything. Like I said, I’m usually a, I’m usually pretty beat ’cause you’re going every day and depending on how the tear down goes, if we’re shoveling snow off the runway, you’re pretty dead by the time you get home. So I like to hang out And also hang out with my wife, see my friends, my family, obviously the baby now and then just kind of relax and then like I said, we gotta see what the state does. Trevor (47m 43s): ’cause every year they’re gonna go over the rules and regulations about what’s gonna happen the following year. And so I generally start booking my season, but it’s more of like a, it’s not an absolute, it’s kind of a mock draft, right? You put your guys in there and you say, we’ll see what they do this year, but you’re kind of locked in because they always come up with like a multiple choice, like scenario of, okay, we’re gonna do this but we’re not gonna fish out a boat or we could fish four days outta seven days or we could not fish after this time. Or, I mean, there’s a bunch of different ideas people have depending on how they’re gonna do this at the, the year and, and every year’s been different frankly, from no fishing outta boats to no fishing outta boats in certain sections to, you know, a while ago we always somewhat to no kill on wild steelhead to, you know, ice fish all the way through April. Trevor (48m 37s): And Of course we don’t do that anymore. So yeah, so essentially you would just, it’s just, it’s kind of a waiting game and then, and using the time that I have off to be productive and that’s mainly just working on houses and, and then just trying to enjoy my time on earth here. So Dave (48m 54s): It’s probably a good opportunity for us to let anyone knowing or anybody, it’s probably a good opportunity for us right now to let anybody know who’s coming up to Forks that they do have accommodation options, don’t they? Trevor (49m 5s): Yeah, well yeah. I started building a couple Airbnbs. This is a well a few years ago and yeah, I’m working on my third one now, so it’s pretty easy to put my anglers up or generally just my buddies. They’re coming in and outta town. And then once this new one’s built, I might be moving in there because that one’s gonna be pretty nice. ’cause I’m, I’m designing everything myself and it’s gonna be nicer than the house I’m in right now. So I think my dog will like it better for sure. ’cause I’ll have a buried yard. It’ll be on a dirt roads that, that’s not gonna be as cool. But we’re used to potholes out here. But yeah. But no, we’ve, we got plenty of accommodation here and, and, and just in town in general. Trevor (49m 47s): So there’s not like, it’s not hard to find a place to stay, but if you’re looking for a place to stay, you should definitely talk to me and try and talk to me early. ’cause like those spots fill up pretty quick. Dave (49m 57s): Nice. Well we touched on it earlier, at least I did. I I’m gonna bug you guys a little bit about it. So this idea of not being able to fish in April, do you think it’s benefited the fish? Trevor (50m 9s): Yes and no. There was a lot of people that didn’t fish April super hard in any way. They fish half of April and then most, most everybody would, would get out of there like around the 15th. ’cause that when they, because they shut down certain rivers on the 15th and they had others open. Right. But I’m not a big fan of it just because of a few different reasons. A because like once all the recreational anglers get out of there, they essentially, you think the whole river is free, but they, it just opens up the, the commercial salmon fishery, you know? And I just can’t see how the commercial salmon fisher’s not putting a dent on, on the April fishery in general, you know? Trevor (50m 53s): And so it’s kind of always been a hard pill for me to swallow because there’s a lot of people that loved April. I loved April too. But, and, and a lot of us were, we’re okay taking a knee or bowing out in April. But then again it, you just don’t think it’s gonna do the amount of good when, when we’re still running nets through everything, you know? ’cause in April you’ve got March Celts rolling out, you’ve also got incoming April fish and you, I mean you do have Springers as well, but April is not the best time to be going after salmon. It’s just, it’s not. So I find it counterproductive and, and like you said, you know, river that doesn’t have any friends is more prone to poaching stuff like that. Dave (51m 37s): I wanna reiterate my earlier point that, you know, when you condense the fishing season, you condense the anglers ’cause everyone ends up fishing the same time. And If you have a longer season, you might have folks that like the idea of April weather, you might have folks that like the idea of fishing the beginning of the season when there’s less people around or what have you. I’m speaking generally Of course, but it’s this inconsistency that’s tough from a business side as well as a personal side. Just a guy trying to schedule his vacation time. And I find that like, once again, speaking super generally, fishing regulations are inherently complicated. I mean, we’re industry professionals and sometimes they’re complicated for us, right? Dave (52m 17s): Ed, you talked about having to find the fine print in there earlier in the Washington regs, but being very familiar with it yourself. So I think simplifying regulations should always be the goal. And once you get people used to, okay, the season starts at this point, it goes until this point, I can fish from a boat or I can’t fish from a boat. Every time you switch it up, you just create, you know, confusion and distrust. And to me it, it’s, it’s gonna be hard to have confidence in a fishery. It’s gonna be hard to book the vacation time If you don’t know what the heck’s gonna go on regulation wise. And I’m just, once again, I’m not convinced that condensing the anglers as immeasurable benefit on the conservation side versus having a longer season and spreading out the pressure. 3 (53m 2s): Yeah, definitely. You know, it’s, if you’re concerned about the impacts on, on a certain fish from, you know, catch and release mortality of what have you, and you’re shutting down all the other available fisheries. So the people that are, you know, people are still going to want to fish. They’re all gonna focus on one and beat down on that specific one even harder than if there were more options and say, you know, know, maybe they’re open, the fishing’s not as good, but at least you know, it’s, it’s closer to where people live so they won’t be all congregated in one place and overcrowded it and just making it not as good experience for everybody involved. Trevor (53m 38s): Yeah. Like I felt like our weekends were substantially more obviously more busy especially, or just in general, like our full season when they had the skat and the sock closed. Right. And then when they shut down the quits and the Clearwater when they, like I said, they’ve just kind of, they just kind of painted us into a corner for a few years and I mean they still got, they, I think they opened what the upper Quinalt last year, right? 3 (54m 3s): There’s a few more rivers that were open this last year. Yeah. Trevor (54m 7s): But the, and the quits was open for a little bit. Same thing with the Clearwater. But then, but then those shut down after a certain amount of time, like I said because, but people that want to fish, they’re gonna, they’re gonna go to what’s open and that’s, that was the one main thing that made that I think made us really busy was just that. Then also plenty of publicity 3 (54m 30s): And there’s, you know, I I think they, they often take the, they go to closure way too fast. There are many things that you could do to decrease the impacts on the fish other than just flat out closing it because you know, many of these rivers, once they’re closed for a while and they don’t open people just forget about ’em. You know, there’s a old Scott Howell quote that I think about all the time. He said Everybody wants to rivers to themself, but a river without friends isn’t protected. And that’s ultimately what happens to a lot of these places. A lot of the famous storied Washington rivers from back in the day that are in all the deck holding books, you know, they don’t have fishing seasons anymore. And you know, is it because they’re completely depleted, A steelhead that where you couldn’t even, you know, have a guy throwing a hair wing on a floating line there? 3 (55m 15s): I don’t think so. I think there’s the potential for a lot more opportunity if they just took a, a more fine tuned approach to setting their regulations. Dave (55m 24s): Well you know, we’ve had, as I mentioned earlier, we had George Cook on here for the June episode, also had George Cook on, I think it was April episode. But George both times brought up this really interesting point and, and it’s this idea of limited entry. Now George obviously If you know George, you know, he is a big hunter. So thinking about how we manage big game and access to big game, you know, kind of taking a page from that book and applying it to fishing. So George’s point Ed was that, you know, If you had a river that they didn’t wanna have too much pressure on, but they wanted to have a small scale fishery, have some type of lottery or what have you type system where it was limited entry and how excited would the angler, whether it would Trevor or someone else who gets the draw for this special system, you know, to come into your shop and get all stocked up, you know, to go on this adventure and fish this river that, you know, doesn’t get a, a ton of angling taking place on it. Dave (56m 16s): So George George felt that that was, you know, another tool in the management toolbox that should be explored. What do you guys think of limited 3 (56m 23s): Entry fishing? Trevor (56m 24s): We know I talked about this on the Skagit with, ’cause you know how they, they usually have the Skagit, the main catcher release season now open from the dowels up, which essentially concrete up on the Skagit and then the sock, but then the whole lower river would be, would be essentially closed. And my thought was to have a limited amount of people or have a essentially pay for, you know, a more expensive permit where, or a lottery system where all that money goes, the management of the, of the river itself, you know what I mean? And you still have some people fishing it, but it’s not just getting way too overcrowded and people can still see that portion of the river, which nobody’s been able to see for a really long time. Trevor (57m 9s): ’cause that section used to be open until we, we will end of march. Right? 3 (57m 13s): Yeah. Even like the the classified water system you guys have up there, you know, that’s a thing that could potentially be implemented in here in Save Rivers that, you know, that don’t have a, a run size to sustain a full open season. They could have you, you know, the like the classified waters day license kind of thing or maybe an additional endorsement on your license that it, you know, depending on the river it might cost however much. You know, that’s an option. There’s things they can do. I have mixed feelings about the LA lottery aspect about it because, you know, just from my personal fishing, I’ve got limited amount of days off that I can go fishing and say that, you know, you get drawn in the lottery, you get your two days to fish and then the river gets blown out and then that’s it. 3 (57m 57s): Which I guess it’s, it’s part of the risk that you run on any fishing trip, but you know that that kind of limitation, I could see that not sitting right with a lot of folks. So it is definitely a complicated issue, but I just think there’s more options outside of just outright closure. Trevor (58m 12s): Brian, did you bring up the, any of this stuff with, you had Bobby Kratzer on? No, 3 (58m 18s): I haven’t had him on there. Trevor (58m 19s): Oh, okay. I thought you had him on a while ago. You know, we’ve just talking with the guide association in Forks, like oftentimes has been thought up as about going to the BC model of essentially, especially when it comes to outfitters, right? So you don’t like, so you don’t overdo an area and it’s, it is kind of funny how much pushback it gets, you know, it doesn’t, there’s not as many people excited about that as like essentially as I would as I would be to see that kind of implemented kind of down here, right? ’cause it gives value to your business. You know, you can’t over, you have can’t overcrowd places, stuff like that. Pescador on the Fly (59m 6s): Pescador on the fly offers a full spectrum of fly fishing gear for any angler at any budget. By bringing high performance rods directly to the angler, they eliminate the middleman markup saving you time and money. The top tiered l ray series is designed for serious anglers with the L ray G six being the most packable high performance rod on the market. And most anglers who try the G six can’t believe it is a six piece rod. It performs just like a four piece. There’s no difference in performance. Whether you’re fishing local streams or embarking on your next adventure across the world, the G six delivers precision and power wherever you go. You can get 10% off your next order right now If you use the code wet fly swing at checkout, that’s pescador on the fly.com. Use the code wet fly swing for 10% off, never fly without your G six. Discover the L race series and more at pescado on the fly.com Fish the Fly Guide Service (59m 56s): fish. The Fly Guide service is passionate about sharing Jackson Hole’s world class fishing from its iconic rivers to hidden backcountry waters. The legendary butan stone and other fantastic hatches bring explosive top water eats during peak season. Backcountry creeks hold hidden gems where every bend offers something new and wild trout rise in untouched waters. Jackson Hole sits in the golden circle for trout home to the headwaters of three major river systems, the snake, the green, and the Yellowstone. Here you can chase native cutthroat trout, big browns, wild rainbows, and even K on the fly. If this is your kind of fishing fish, the fly guide service is ready to take you there. Book your trip right now@fishthefly.com. Dave (1h 0m 40s): Well, okay, so before I tell you my thoughts on it, I wanna clarify. I’ve never fished for steelhead in Washington state, so I really don’t know what I’m talking about from a personal experience standpoint, but I’ll I’ll tell you this sort of general idea that I think it’s important to control the amount of guiding that takes place. And you know, however that number is determined. Okay, this is where it gets tricky, right? Because how do you put together the group that’s gonna decide how many guide days can be on a particular river? But once you figure out what that number is and you figure out How are you’re gonna distribute those days, which historical use probably comes into play, hopefully there’s some reporting system already taking place. Once you get that hard part outta the way and you end up in a situation where, you know, okay, river X has 500 guide days on it a year and there’s five outfitters there. Dave (1h 1m 28s): And and between them they, they have these days then the free market kind of comes into play. And you might have one outfitter who is gonna fish a shorter season right at, in the middle of the season, but he is gonna have more guides on the water. And you might have someone else who’s gonna fish the beginning or the end or or someone who’s gonna spread their days out throughout. And then, you know, that’s, to me that’s capitalism. You just let it do its thing and, and it it’s smart, right? It’ll intuitively people will find their way and they’ll say, Hey, I I think the river’s busiest at this time so I’m gonna build my business around the beginning or the end and I think it’ll work out well. And the sales pitch to the outfitters who might be concerned about the loss of freedom is, hey, when the time comes to retire now you’ve got something that you can sell because you own a hundred guide days on this particular river, which, you know, gives you the security to know that you can run this business. Dave (1h 2m 18s): And it also, you know, essentially stops more and more and more and more outfitters coming in. ’cause the challenge is once you have this situation where there’s not enough clients for everybody to be operating in a sustainable way, the first thing that people do is start cutting their prices and undercutting each other. And that’s a road to nowhere, right? And I don’t know If you guys have seen that yet, but so you end up with a river that’s really crowded and, and a bunch of businesses that aren’t making money anyway. So I think it’s, it’s, it’s a good discussion to have. And once again, I find when I get season guides on here, like yourself Trevor, a lot of times the conversation does shift towards angler management. The Quebec system, the Z system comes up a lot and I, I actually have been getting a lot of feedback via email from people before and against the, the Z system and, and you know, the underlying comment always seems to be this loss of freedom. Dave (1h 3m 8s): And one of the things those of us living on the west coast enjoy is the fact that, you know, buy your license and you can go fishing wherever you want as long as it’s open. Trevor (1h 3m 16s): Yeah. And I think one of the main pushbacks too when it comes to like you get a certain amount of days on every river is this place is so fickle on the weather and blowouts and stuff like that. Like when it comes to like the glacial systems, like let’s just say the quits and the hoe, well you could take a guess on how many times you’re actually gonna be able to fish those rivers versus some of the other rivers that, that are cleaner longer or clean up quicker. And I think that’s a big reason why there’s been some pushback also for the, for wanting to do like the rod day deal versus just, you know, what I think is we should have just essentially a set number of a set number of outfitters that way it can’t be overrun. Trevor (1h 4m 2s): We have to figure out what’s the number gonna be where we’re not just constantly climbing and especially if the fishery is having trouble, if if our impact’s constantly climbing, that’s not gonna be good for it. And that’s why WDFW comes up with things like, okay, obviously they went to what, a four day, a four day fishing week on the SC and the sock. Right? And so they didn’t do a seven seven day deal there and I think they closed a little bit early this year too. Right. And I don’t, and I think that was just due to management. What, Dave (1h 4m 34s): What’s the logic behind phishing four days? To me it seems stupid because you’re just gonna condense all the pressure into those four days. Trevor (1h 4m 40s): It, well, exactly, it’s going to, well what it that does is it takes all this seven, the guys that wanna work seven days a week, the g well guys like me, like I wanna work every day that the season’s open I book every single day unless I’m blown out. And so that’s gonna take those guys that want to go guide over there and that’s gonna push ’em over towards us right? On the Olympic peninsula. And there are some guys that are gonna be totally cool with just doing the four day thing. Okay. And, and then two of those days are gonna be a weekend. So, so everybody that has a regular nine to five can go fishing on the weekends, you know, which I totally understand that, but I’m guessing that’s also to just kind of make sure the season gets lengthened, right? Trevor (1h 5m 21s): They’re afraid that if they do, I’m guessing a seven day week they’re gonna, that essentially the season’s gonna be a lot shorter ’cause they’re gonna impact more fish versus, versus lengthening it out. This Dave (1h 5m 32s): Just sounds to me like people who don’t have any actual real world experience fishing on the rivers trying to come up with funny plans on how to manage anglers without understanding what those impacts actually are. Trevor (1h 5m 44s): There’s definitely probably some of that truth, but I’m just speculating Dave (1h 5m 49s): You’re politically correct. I love it. Trevor (1h 5m 52s): I, you know what, I woke up today trying not to piss anybody off. I’ve already been, I’ve already been in traffic twice going to get my, my teeth drilled on. So I’ve, I’ve swore to my windshield once today. Okay. So Dave (1h 6m 5s): What do you think, ed, do you think, you know, excessive and complicated regulations and discourages participation? Or does it have a measurable upside for the fish? 3 (1h 6m 15s): I think I, I mean I think you could argue either way for it when they came to that no fishing from the boat regulation here in the Olympic Peninsula, on one hand it does create a lot of safe havens for the fish where people just cannot catch ’em. So there’s a lot more areas where the fishes won’t be caught and for that reason it decreases the, the impacts of catch and release because of, you know, there’s a certain amount of fish that is just never gonna get caught. You know, part of this, there’s a big, big deal a few years ago where they did a survey on one of the rivers here and they found that every single fish was getting caught 1.4 times. So that’s, you know, regardless of what you might think the, the impacts of catch and release could be, you know, that’s a lot of catching on a very limited amount of fish. 3 (1h 6m 58s): So I’m really not sure what the, the way forward is to keep everybody that wants to go fish fishing and keep that experience a quality experience for everybody. You know? ’cause there’s, there can be definitely be days out there on the river where you, it’s hard to find a rock to stand on because there’s so many people. Dave (1h 7m 16s): Yeah. But, but don’t you think as anglers that there’s ways that we can avoid recapturing fish? Don’t you think that there’s certain techniques that are used that are, make fish more susceptible to recapture? As an example, when I used to fish at Thompson a lot when it was open, there would be guys that bottom and bounced with bait in the town water, especially in late season. And those guys would catch fish that had been caught before. People swinging a, a fly on a dry line. They weren’t recapturing fish, they were getting fresh ones, but they weren’t catching nearly as many either. 3 (1h 7m 48s): Yeah, that’s a, that’s a very good point. You know, if you’re out there with a spay rod and a big flashy intruder, more likely than not the fish that’s gonna bite that fly, it’s gonna be a, of a unbothered aggressive fish that’s still behaving the, the way that nature made it and not a a, a tired, timid fish that’s already been caught twice. You know, those, you definitely, there’s, there’s techniques that, you know, make it a lot easier to catch those types of fish. But you know, then you get into limiting, limiting the way that people fish. And you know, I don’t necessarily want to do that because I know that not everybody loves spay fishing like we do. They wanna, you know, for whatever reason they wanna fish in different methods and they should be able to. 3 (1h 8m 28s): But you know, it really comes down to individual anglers and you know, knowing when enough is enough. Like yeah sure you can, you can go fish with the pink worm, you know, maybe don’t try to catch 20 a day, maybe leave some for tomorrow, maybe leave some for the next guy, maybe leave some for your grandkids. You know, you’re just gonna, how many fish is enough? How many does it take to make you happy? Dave (1h 8m 52s): What do you guys think of catch release limits? Do you think that this is a good regulation or it should just be more of a personal choice slash education thing? 3 (1h 8m 59s): I think it’s an unenforceable regulation unless you somehow put body cams on every angler out there, How are you gonna know? You know, there’s, I don’t know how you would enforce catch and release limits. Trevor (1h 9m 11s): We’re obviously all for catcher aise, but yeah, it’s hard to manage something I want to just kind of take a step backward on and some, I think that has been talked about too as far as being able to fish and not limiting fishermen depending on what style is rolling closures. Have you talked, have you heard or talked about the head Brian? Dave (1h 9m 30s): Nah, no go on. Trevor (1h 9m 31s): No rolling closures. So we know what you’re talking about. You’re talking about, you know, on the Thompson about guys catching fish a lot higher up, right? They’re just, that aren’t, haven’t moved much, right? So for example, you know, they’ve talked about doing this, which is like for example, you know, early season like there’s a lot more of the rivers open and then as every month and then once, so let’s say in January the majority of the rivers open, well once February hits a section, maybe two depending on the river gets shut, okay, then you start going, then you go to March. Okay. And then essentially it condenses people down to kind of the lower ends of the river right now. Trevor (1h 10m 13s): Now there’s, there could be arguments on both sides of this, right? Because obviously there’s gonna be fish that that spawn up quite a bit up river they also slowed down quite a bit more versus down low. But also on the later end of the season, fish are more prone to spawn lower too, right? So it’s kind of a double-edged sword there. But I think that’s a way to keep people fishing, you know, and not like stifle the way they’re fishing, right? Because even those later end fish, not all of ’em are gonna spawn down low and they are gonna be moving a lot faster than some of those fish in the, like for example, the up upper sections of the sole duck versus the lower sections, they slow down substantially up higher and those fish are getting pricked a lot, a lot more frequent. Trevor (1h 10m 58s): So Dave (1h 10m 58s): You’re suggesting, you know, try and keep anglers in places where they’re gonna target fish that are moving versus fish that are staged up already. Yeah. Trevor (1h 11m 6s): Well and then also the weather dictates a lot when it comes to caching too. You know, when we have our blowouts here, you know, you don’t know if it’s gonna be blown up for a day or five days sometimes, right? Those fish get a, they get a free pass, you know, that’s why I’m not super, I’m never super butt hurt about a blowout unless it’s been like I’m losing a substantial amount of my season, right? Because I know the fish are making it to the trips and then they’re, a lot of times when the, when the river drops back out, I tend to run into plenty of kels too that are heading back out. They’ve already spawned. But I think that’s, that would be a way to do it, to keep the season open and to keep fishing more move or keep fishermen in more moving zones and not sitting on a, a place way up river and pounding the same place off of an anchor or just an idea. Trevor (1h 11m 55s): But it’s been floated brown by a couple fishing guides out there. It’s something I, you know, we haven’t fully implemented. It’s something that, that we put in once the season starts when it comes to, like for example, we had like essentially no, no fishing out of a boat above the 1 0 1 bridges and stuff like that, right? That’s kind of a way they’ve done it but they, and they haven’t like fully closed stuff. They used to close those things in April for sure. Like you could never fish above 1 0 1 on a lot of these streams in April. And that’s something they did to protect spawning. ’cause there’s a fair amount of spawning up there, but there’s a fair amount of spawning in the, in the lower ends in April. There’s a lot actually. Trevor (1h 12m 35s): So, Dave (1h 12m 35s): So this, once again, this kind of pulls us back into this education versus regulation discussion and think, you know, is it not a better strategy to focus on education and teach people how to identify areas where fish are currently spawning and how to avoid those areas and not target spawners? Trevor (1h 12m 51s): Yeah, that And also to address another kind of elephant in the room. Like I don’t believe that the consequences are, are bad enough to deter people from doing things over and over again. Not in this state. I think it’s a kind of a slap on the wrist. That’s why that guy I was talking about earlier, you know, he, he’s a repeat offender to the same thing. I mean it has to be pretty egregious for you to just not only lose your fishing license but have your boat taken or your, or your fishing rod taken, you know. So I don’t think the consequences are bad enough when it comes to fish that are, that need more help than others personally. Dave (1h 13m 30s): I like that. I mean this is something that I personally really wanna talk about more and more with, with guides and anglers, people in the industry because I’m of the opinion that the managers really need to do a better job of consulting with us. ’cause I feel like If you put 20 of us in a room together, we could design a fishery that’s gonna be sustainable, a fishery that’s gonna have maximum economic benefit to the community and one that’s gonna allow access and opportunity to people. Well maintaining, you know, the whole quality fishery thing and putting, you know, a greater emphasis into education that the side of it that I do struggle with on a personal level is I’ve been doing this, you know, as a guide, as an instructor, probably 30 some odd years now in that timeframe. Dave (1h 14m 15s): I’ve put hundreds, maybe over a thousand new anglers on the water. Tried to get these people excited to go fishing, sold them gear edgy, get probably lots of beginners through your shop, selling ’em their first spay rot or what have you, Trevor, how many people caught their first steelhead with you? These folks all need places to go fishing. And the challenge is, if the opportunities are smaller than ever before, they’re all gonna end up there at the same time. And that’s not good for the fish, it’s not good for the fishermen, it’s not, there’s no upside to that. So I really feel that at this point in time, the, the people managing these fisheries really need the help of those of us that understand those fisheries. And I just don’t know, I mean I hope, I hope I’m wrong, but I just don’t know how willing they are to take our advice. Trevor (1h 14m 58s): I think there’s some truth to that. I think there’s a lot of people, as far as fishing guys think we we’re pretty alienated from just putting an opinion in. We do spend a lot of time on the water. You know, ed spends a lot of time in that shop and a lot of time on the water talking to people with a bunch of different opinions too. So I’m sure he’s got a good grasp of what everybody, you know, is thinking and stuff like that. But yeah, if they, if we limit it too much, they’re just gonna, well they’re just gonna go flats fishing and they’re gonna stop the anatomy stuff altogether, you know, or it’s gonna just push everybody into one spot. 3 (1h 15m 31s): Yeah. And you know, like you said, nobody knows these rivers better than the guys that are out there every single day. You know, nobody can tell you better how many fish are other than the guys that are out there every single day seeing where they’re spawning, seeing where they catch ’em. If you get those guys like Trevor that’ve been out here for decades, you know, they see how a certain river has changing. You know, I, I know Trevor, you’ve seen certain rivers that, you know, back in the day were amazing and where they’re not even we’re going to anymore. No. Trevor (1h 15m 60s): And then well, and then also it’s like, and I’ve had a conversation like this with a couple other guys like Ryan, you know, it’s like I know where fish are spawning the early times of year, right? And they’re steelhead and I’ll tell somebody, or I’ll tell a, you can tell a, a fish checker, you can tell people they’re, they’re looking at reds and stuff and they’ll tell you their coho. And it’s, that drives me nuts. ’cause I, I mean I’ve caught a, a ton of coho and by that time most of the coho have been blown outta there, you know what I mean? So these fish are spawn a lot earlier than what a lot of people think. Definitely not in mass numbers, but those early fish, they, they come in and they spawn in those upper upper sections. Trevor (1h 16m 42s): I mean, we see ’em all the time and a lot of people tell us that essentially they’re, they’re not steelhead. It’s fricking wild. 3 (1h 16m 48s): Yeah. Wasn’t it the official position that steelhead don’t start spawning until March 15th? Yeah. Trevor (1h 16m 53s): Okay. Yeah, that right there, 3 (1h 16m 56s): Even though you and I have both caught spawned out cals in early January, wild winter spawned out steelhead. So I don’t, that must have been a freak occurrence I guess, even Trevor (1h 17m 9s): Though it happens quite a bit. No, go fish, go fish the middle soul duck in February and tell me how many spawning beds you see. You know what I mean? You won’t see a lot after a blowout because they all get covered up and stuff like that. But, and that’s the other thing, you know, we, we kind of grab about essentially not, not a bunch of counting like early season ’cause we’re counting all the fish while we just focus on everything in March and and beyond, you know, if we’re talking about the, the whole span of the season, you know, we’ve talked about sono, you know, we’ve talked all kinds of levels on trying to get a, trying to get a clear picture on what our run actually is versus the, the guide log books, catch record cards, sonar fish checkers, red counters, you name it. Trevor (1h 17m 58s): And it’s, it’s kind of a, it’s kind of a shit show to think about as far as figuring out how or what method actually there is to figuring out how many fish are actually coming through here and accounting for fish are coming through during the blowouts that obviously are not getting counted. So Dave (1h 18m 18s): Here’s a, a funny take, but maybe there’s some truth to it. Do these numbers really matter? Because up here on the Chena we have this tie test fishery everyone’s pretty familiar with. It’s a gill net kills most of the fish that catches. And you know, we figure out how many fish are being caught per hour and extrapolate that out into a, a much larger number to represent the supposed size of the run based on how many fish we’ve killed. And this is publicized. And the problem is when that net kills a bunch of fish, it creates this expectation that there’s heaps of other ones that are swimming by and this drives more participation. So we see, you know, an increase in crowding based on speculation that there’s a bunch of fish because this net killed some in reality, the net could have run into a pod. Dave (1h 19m 3s): Who knows? Maybe it’s accurate, but I kind of almost just think it’s better if in the old days when you just didn’t know how many fish were there and you just went fishing and if you’re lucky you caught a couple, Trevor (1h 19m 12s): That’s the wonder of being a fisherman Brian, you know, back when you had to go, go walk down the elk trail to see if it went to a good fishing spot before, instead of looking at a, a Phish app now that it takes all the wonder out of it. Dude, it’s crazy. Dave (1h 19m 28s): The internet’s been hard on fishing, hasn’t it? Trevor (1h 19m 31s): Yeah, I’m not without sin there, but yeah, it’s, it’s definitely getting more complex. Like I had this, I had a guy in my truck this year, man, and going to a put in and he is like, oh yeah, I’ve seen this on my, on my Phish app here. And I was like, pardon my language. But I was like, dude, this is, this is where we’re at right now. This is where it’s come to. You got influencers promoting on Instagram. Yeah, no man, like I said, it just takes all the, all the kind of the wonder out of it. That was the coolest thing about being like the early days of steelhead fishing for me is ’cause I didn’t know anything and we didn’t have like all this information on the internet. Trevor (1h 20m 13s): There was a couple books, but you had to like drive around and you had to walk, you had to walk into some bear traps, you know what I mean? You walk into some places that like that come to a cliff and you, and you can see the river, but you’re not really getting there. So then you gotta trudge back to your truck. You might rip a hole in your waiters doing it, you know, and then there’s some other stuff and then you find new boat launches. I mean, for the first, I dunno how many years I was there, I didn’t, I didn’t know a number for a shuttle, you know, so I was hitchhiking back to my truck. So those were the cool times, you 3 (1h 20m 50s): Know, it’s part of the magic of it, you know, the exploration and when you do find that elk trail that does go to a spot and you get down there and you catch a fish, you know, there’s so much, so much more about Yeah, exactly. It tastes so much sweeter than If you just got, you know, your monthly subscription app that tells you a map right. To where some guy caught a fish. So you can just head down there and it’s, it just, I don’t know, it cheapens it, you know, it’s the, the fast food approach. Dave (1h 21m 18s): So today is my birthday. I just turned 52 today, so I am a happy birthday. Yeah, I’m, I’m happy birthday. A middle aged steel header. I’ve talked about this a lot and I, you know, going back once again to that episode with George and Scott and Dak and Joe, you know, those guys a little bit older than me and they, you know, they were, to me, they were kind of around for this really neat part of, of steelhead history because they weren’t the first ones fly fishing for steelhead, but they got to meet some of the first ones and they were entrenched in this during a really, you know, intense period of innovation. You know, seeing spay rods, larger flies, shank flies, all this new materials that you guys sell at, you know, a lot of real exciting new developments in fly fishing and those guys are still doing it today. Dave (1h 22m 5s): So they were, you know, they hear about the, the really old days. They were a part of the, the good old days and yet they’re still out there. And I always have to remind myself, because I don’t wanna become too cynical that, you know, for some people who are just getting started today is the good old days today is like, you know, the best steelhead fishing of their life. And we could sit there and be like, oh, everything sucks. It used to be better, but did it ’cause time has charmed the past a little bit. And it’s important I think to remember that it’s just phish and a big part of this is that whole shared human experience and the exploration that you talk about. And you know, we, we admired in the politics like we’ve done on this episode a little bit, but I think that’s kind of our duty as, as kind of middle-aged steelheaders is to, to try and make sure that we leave something here. Dave (1h 22m 48s): So this, this tradition, this culture will continue for those that are younger. Trevor’s kid, my kids. Do you have kids? Ed? 3 (1h 22m 55s): I don’t know, just a dog for now. Trevor (1h 22m 58s): And the thing is too on that is like, as far as longevity goes is like the saying adapt or, or die, you know what I mean? Mean like, if you’re not willing to adapt to the newer stuff, like essentially you get phased out and like, and this is the world’s constantly changing, like humans, we we’re like, it’s hard bred into us to keep like inventing and keep developing stuff and making stuff better. We can’t just sit there like we still use the wheel, but we we’re obviously trying to do different stuff, right. You know, we can, we don’t just settle for one thing. It it’s gonna constantly keep going, but it doesn’t mean he can’t bitch about it every now and then. But, Dave (1h 23m 37s): You know, technology can’t go too far. I mean Trevor rolls up to this run, you don’t do this, I’m making this up. But Trevor rolls up to this run, puts his drone up in the air, zooms over, figures out which log the fish are hiding behind and then presents the fly there with, you know, even just the, the gear we have now. It’s, you can become a competent spa caster in a few minutes at this point with the right instruction. Trevor (1h 23m 59s): Yeah, yeah. Drones, no, technology’s getting really good. I mean we’ve sent some drones over some king water and just mainly like in early season we used to try and figure out what the route is we were gonna drive. ’cause it’s kind of, it’s kind of a, it can make your ass pucker a little bit, some of the channels we take. And so we send the drone down first, but it’s crazy on sunny days how much you can actually see with a drone. I don’t own a drone because I, I’m not good with technology and I’m pretty sure I would just waste a lot of money by syncing a few of them. Dave (1h 24m 32s): I said it before though, buddy. Your, your photo work on and video work, pardon me on your Instagram account. I know you deleted some of it, but, you know, that was, to me that was some of the best stuff on the whole internet. Trevor (1h 24m 42s): Well I, I love doing it and like I said, I lived for the first 30 seconds of every phish. That’s what I live for is the first 30 seconds of every, of every hookup. And If you don’t capture it, you can’t really relive it the same way. Like, I’ve watched some of those things like a thousand times, you know, some of those keep me warm in the wintertime. And then also you, like, you give those to your clients and it’s, it’s pretty awesome. ’cause I mean all, all those fish are built different. You don’t know if some are gonna come in like a wet paper towel, the other one’s gonna go ape shit. But no, I love doing it. I miss it. I’ve, I’ve been, I’m pretty quiet the last couple years on purpose. Trevor (1h 25m 23s): It was kind of an inner struggle about, like I said, when it comes to the technology, like just putting too much out there. Like I didn’t think I was doing any, I feel like I was doing the river disservice by doing it, frankly. That’s why I, I essentially toned down on it quite a bit. Dave (1h 25m 40s): What do you think Ed, I mean you’re, you gotta be torn a little bit. You gotta shop, you got stuff to sell, you want people to come visit you and go fishing, but at the same time you don’t wanna get too many people fishing all at once. How do you balance that out? 3 (1h 25m 51s): Well it’s definitely, it is definitely a challenge. You know, I don’t, it’s, I’ve definitely tried to not make our, you know, our, our shop marketing or whatever, just be a bunch of pictures of big steelhead because one that’s, you know, there’s more to it than just that. I, I wish it was easier to get people, you know, that the video of those first 30 seconds of the bite and the hookup and the fish just going absolutely berserk as it happens sometimes. I would much prefer that over the grip and grin at the end, you know, the trophy shot that everybody loves. Like the, the experience of getting that bite on the spay route is so much more than the picture you get at the end. But yeah, you know, I, I struggle with it though. 3 (1h 26m 31s): There’s a lot of times we’re pretty quiet on social media too, just because I don’t want to, you know, I have to toe that line between trying to keep these fish that I love so much around and, and you know, that’s part of why I really like this discussion of just like other things that we can think of how to, you know, keep everybody fishing around for longer and keep these amazing creatures still around so we can go harass ’em with our little feathers. It’s, you know, the, the very first fish that I ever caught here. It, it literally, it sounds cheesy, you know, I’ve heard it on some cheesy marketing from influencers, but one cast can change your life. It sounds super goofy, but literally that first ever steel head I caught up, I’d never felt something so powerful and just amazing. 3 (1h 27m 14s): And then fish are just so beautiful. So really trying to, you know, been working on a strategy to go, you know, market the shop a little more with that, you know, idea that we, we don’t want to just go and beat down on these fish and catch ’em all and get the biggest one all the time. It’s like, you know, I love catching big fish. Everybody wants to catch a big fish. But also, you know, realizing that it’s not all just about that, but it’s, it’s definitely, definitely tough. ’cause I see a lot of other, you know, outfits or shops that it is just, you know, phish picture after phish picture and you know, no real, no real content that’s got any value other than just showing off. Look how awesome my guide is. 3 (1h 27m 54s): Look how good we are. And it sets up these, these unrealistic expectations for when people book a guide a trip and they’re gonna show up and it’s like, well where’s my 30 pound steelhead? I saw all these pictures of giant fish on your page. Where’s mine? God forbid they get skunked and you know, so it’s, yeah, it’s, it is definitely hard trying to sell the experience. Dave (1h 28m 17s): And I imagine too, I, I mean I remember as I said earlier when I had my shop in Whistler and, and tourists, but locals too, you know, people want information. They want you to give up the goods a little bit on where they should be going. And it, it’s tricky to find that balance of, of not being a jerk and telling people, no, these are my secrets. You’re not gonna find out. But still not completely selling the place out. There’s a a little bit of an art to that isn’t there? 3 (1h 28m 40s): Absolutely, yeah. And there’s, you know, there’s levels of selling a place out. You know, If you say you go on social media and you start blasting a bunch of different rivers saying, oh the fishings might check out this fish from this river, you know, If you have enough reach in your social media, then that definitely, you better not go to the river for the next two weeks ’cause you’re not gonna find a place to park. You know, I’ve heard it from my guy buddies that they, they post a picture of a fish with a, a certain landmark in the background and then they don’t get to fish that spot for the rest of the season because there was a landmark that could get identified. But you know, again, with a lot of these spots, you know, it just, you know, anybody that should get asked where to go fishing should know enough that they can give you several locations that keep you busy for a week. 3 (1h 29m 25s): Productive locations that, you know, they have more and more like I could tell you 10 different spots that you can go and really, you know, try different flies, figure it out and it’ll keep you busy for, you know, long and you gotta go back to work. And then once you’ve gone and done that, you know, it, it kind of makes you think more and then you go explore and try and find some more. And then aside from that, I, I’ve had it happen where you find a spot, a new spot, you never fished it before. You fish through it, you catch a still or catch, you know, a salmon, whatever, any type of special fish you go back to the next day you catch another one in the same spot, you go back the next day and you catch another one. And so after that you go, oh my god, there’s a steelhead behind that rock every single time not telling about this. 3 (1h 30m 11s): And then after that you go back a hundred more times and you don’t catch anything. Dave (1h 30m 15s): I mean timing, right? Timing is everything. 3 (1h 30m 17s): Yeah, the timing. And a lot of times, you know, it could just be sheer luck. There was just a pod that was staged up there for three days and it’s actually a pretty worthless spot that they’ll never be back in there again. So, you know, that could be my personal secret spot and I could tell you, I could give you the GPS coordinates of that rock, where to stand, what sinked it, to put on what fly and you’ll go there, fish it, not catch anything and think that I’m a liar even though I had, you know, three of the most amazing days of my life. Fish in that spot. That’s the thing that could happen. So, you know, there’s, there’s also so few secrets left around here. You know, I haven’t been around here nearly as long as Trevor, but I’ve seen so many spots that I thought, you know, I discovered a place that I thought was a secret and two weeks later, oh what, there’s four guys that came in, you know, hiked two miles from the highway to beat me to the spot and now like I wasted half a float to get here. 3 (1h 31m 13s): And it’s, you know, it’s going back to adaptability that’s, you just gotta be able to adapt and just keep trying. That’s so like the, you know, the steel had these rainbow trout that we love so much. They’re one of the most adaptable fish in the natural kingdom. They live in some of the widest range of habitats and places, you know, they’re present in almost every country in the world because people introduced them into places and they, they just took here they, there’s not enough food in the river. So they go out to the ocean so they can find enough food, gotta stay, adapt to your circumstances. Dave (1h 31m 48s): And I wanna take a moment here and, and shout out John McMillan. I know you guys are friends with John. You know, John’s done some fantastic work on Residualization. You know, that that flexibility in the steelhead lifecycle about how long they’re gonna be in fresh water and whether they’re gonna out migrate. And you know, one of the conversations John and I have had is about the length of the steelhead range, meaning basically from San Francisco or what have you, or even south of there all the way up north through Alaska and thinking, okay, well where’s the sweet zone? Where’s the middle part of the steelhead range? Well, historically it was probably the Columbia system, but If you believe in climate change and you know, observe that things are getting warmer, it makes sense to think that the center of the steelhead range is actually gonna shift north closer to where I am. Dave (1h 32m 34s): And you know, once again, they’ve proven over time to be incredibly adaptable. This includes temperature. And the other thing I’ll say, at least speaking about the cheena is we see this, this massive variability in abundance from one year to the next. And here’s, I brought this up numerous times on the show, but I’m gonna do it again right now ’cause it’s my show. And that is, you know, just ’cause you have a low return one year doesn’t mean that you’re gonna have a low return in the years follow. And a great example of that is in the early nineties we had some of the, the lowest returns of ski of steelhead. Yet in 1998 we had the largest return of cheena steelhead. Dave (1h 33m 15s): Now your average cheena steelhead when it returns as a 6-year-old fish. They live in freshwater for four years, go out to the ocean for a couple years return as a 6-year-old. And if you’re good at math and you know that 1998 was the largest return on record and you think back and go, well, gosh, 91, 92, 93, those were all really, really low years. How the heck does that happen? Well, there’s a couple of reasons. One is that ocean productivity is the most important thing and no, we can’t control it. It is what it is. And the second is that maybe there’s something to this idea that when you have a low returning number of, of adults, they’re progeny fair exceptionally well because they get the best access to groceries, they have the most space, and we produce the highest quality smolts, which then go out to the ocean and do exceptionally well. Dave (1h 34m 1s): And and this is a really neat thing with steelhead, I believe, where, you know, you’re going to see the situation where from one year to the next, not only are we gonna see numbers go up and down, but we’re also gonna see varied life history. I think I was talking to, to Bob Hooten the other day about this, and I think he said there’s 12 or 15 different age classes represented in each scheme of steelhead return. So meaning, you know, we have those 6-year-old fish, but we might also have eight and 10-year-old fish, what have you, some, some fish that were in freshwater for three years, some fish that were in freshwater for four years. And it’s this variability of, of skiing a steelhead that sets them apart. And this is obviously the best argument for keeping a system wild. Dave (1h 34m 42s): This is the best argument for not having dams in place. This is the damage that can be done with hatcheries where, you know, you have a hatchery system a lot of times that leads to a bunch of fish that look the same and it is what it is. But yeah, that, that’s my rant for today. I, I wanted to check in with you guys real quick about this idea of wild fish versus hatchery. I know down in Washington, this is a, a tricky zone, but I, I couldn’t have a conversation without getting into that. What’s your thoughts on this? Can you have hatchery and wild fish coexisting or are wild steelhead always gonna pay a price whenever you dabble with hatchery in the same system? 3 (1h 35m 18s): So I got, I got a quick rant for you about hatcheries. I’m not as a, a scientist like John’s, so, you know, the, as far as the, the genetic spawning inbreeding things that, that, that’s a little bit above my pay grade. But there’s one thing, one impact that hatchery fish definitely do have that I’ve observed. And it’s when they do the hatchery releases, all of these SMTs come out together and we, if you’re on the river when it’s happening, the river will look like it’s just boiling with all these tiny little trout and salmon and they all come out at the same time. It’s just this giant cloud floating down from the hatchery to the ocean. Right. Well one of the main things that a lot of people blame the status of our fisheries on is the amount of predators affecting the populations. 3 (1h 36m 5s): Like CLC lions, ganzer, there’s a, you know, there’s a, people hate ganzer around here because of how many sm they and how many of them there are. But the reason that there’s so many sea lines of ganzer is that these hatcheries have created a buffet for them where, you know, compared to natural origin fish, you know, you’ll get a red and they might be, I don’t know, a thousand fry that pop out of it. I don’t really know how many come out, but, you know, all these fish get dispersed and as they’re growing and maturing, they coming out of the, of the reds at different rates. So instead of having this giant buffet plate coming out, you’re getting a few here and there so it doesn’t create nearly the food source for the sea lions and the ganzer as the natural origin fish. 3 (1h 36m 53s): So all these, you know, If you want to have hatcheries, you can’t be complaining about there being too many sea lions because you’re feeding them with the hatchery Dave (1h 37m 2s): Ton’s actually brought that up. I think it was maybe even on the show, but definitely him and I have talked about that. It’s, you know, it’s that slug of fish all coming out at the same time. That’s completely unnatural that I said, like you said, it just, it, it creates a larger number of predators. Trevor (1h 37m 16s): Well also, you know what Ed mentioned it like when they’re letting some of those fish out, they’re, you know, they’re already at a certain size. I mean, you can’t throw a fly in the water without the thing just getting pecked on constantly and how many of those fish are taken while it’s molt. That’s something that I’ve always wondered is when they let that, that huge swath of hatchery fish out, how many wild youngings are are getting smacked? Because dude, if they’re, if they’re eating one of my big steelhead flies, I mean, a small wild steelhead is not gonna, is not gonna make them v at all. Right. So I think that they’re probably eating some of those as well, just like the ganzer and stuff like that, but, 3 (1h 37m 58s): And they’re eating their food too, you know, it’s like with the, I think John was talking about how every year when there’s a big pink salmon return you know, all the other salmon in the steelhead that return suffer because the, the pink salmon just decimate the bottom of the food chain. So it’s kind of that same effect with a hatchery fish. You’re, you’re throwing a bunch of hungry guys in a, you know, in a limited, limited restaurant and the restaurant’s gonna run out of beef. Trevor (1h 38m 25s): What about brew stocking? What about thoughts on that versus your, so like, I’m not a huge fan of Chambers Creek Fish. Right. I was a fan of the Snyder Creek produce docking program, which was on the Soul Duck and which is taking from wild genetics. Right. That didn’t bother me one bit. But we also weren’t having like a huge swath of fish just getting let out, like from the, like the, the Bogus Hill stuff, like from the hatchery there. Dave (1h 38m 56s): Trevor, can you, can you explain the program that you like, how it worked? Trevor (1h 39m 0s): Well, we had a bunch of guides and I wasn’t even, I wasn’t even a part of that process. I got to experience it as far as the fishing, but we used to have a, it was Snyder Creek Brew Stocking program where we had some fishing guys that would go out, catch some fish off of the, the early return fish that would come up the Souk River, you know, and then we’d spawn them, right. And then just kind of help them and get them into the, the earlier section of the run. Like one of my favorite times out there was December. Right. The best Christmas I ever had in my life was not when I was opening up toys when I was seven years old, but it was when I was living in my truck at, And I remember catching four really nice fish snowy piece of water in the middle of December with nobody else there, you know, and that was the one thing that a lot of the guides out here that had been doing this for a while also remember, is they remember great returns of fish, especially to the Soul Duck. Trevor (1h 40m 6s): And then when it comes to the Snyder Creek Fish, they weren’t your cookie cutter Chambers Creek fish. Right. Meaning they were taken from a section of the fish that were always early returners, which is why Chambers Fish are so popular. But Chambers fish are, are relatively small, you know, I don’t believe they eat a fly very well, but those Snyder Creek fish move to a fly very well and they’d be a mix of anywhere I’ve seen ’em up to up to 20 plus pounds and then down to six pounds. Right. Where the Chambers fish are generally pretty small. You generally don’t see much line come off of your reel at all. Trevor (1h 40m 48s): I mean, you’ll get some size, size difference, but most of the time If you see a a different size fish is gonna be just a early wild fish. But I was a big fan of taking the genetics from that exact system and helping the parts of the run that we’re not doing as well. Right. Dave (1h 41m 7s): So if I’m picking up a, you laying down, you’re talking about fish that were taken from another river and put in a different river? Trevor (1h 41m 13s): Well, yeah, like I’m talking about Chambers Creek fish. I’m not talking about Snyder Creek. Okay. Snyder Creek is a trip that comes in on the upper sole duck. Okay. It’s where a lot of early fish end up going up to spawn. Same thing with, and it’s just the time of year. Right. And those fish are your early, your early returning fish. And that’s why we did a lot when it comes to bro stocking those fish because they were early returning fish. And then they’re also like, they’re nice size fish too. And like I said, they move to a fly really Well, Dave (1h 41m 47s): But I, I just wanna be clear ’cause I make sure I understand. You’re talking about you were catching these fish in one river and then releasing their egg or their, the babies from their eggs in a different river? Trevor (1h 41m 57s): No, no. Catching them in the same river. Releasing them in the same river. So Dave (1h 42m 1s): What, what’s the point then? Why would you not want them to spawn naturally? Are you just trying to ensure a higher survival from egg to smolt? I Trevor (1h 42m 8s): Think it’s also just, just trying to help with survival rates. Right. Dave (1h 42m 12s): See, I, I disagree with that because I’m gonna say this, that the challenge isn’t survival from No first question though, were you releasing them as fry or as smolts? Trevor (1h 42m 21s): I’m trying to remember what they were actually doing there. I can’t tell you for sure if it was fry or smt. Dave (1h 42m 26s): Well let, let’s, let’s assume it was SMTs fry programs are disastrous. They just create a bunch of ized fish anyways. But let’s assume you were trying to ensure a higher amount of survival from egg to smt. Right? Which makes sense if that was the goal. But here’s the challenge. Now you’re putting more smolts back into the river an artificially high number than what that river can naturally support. Right? So on a, on a smaller scale, you’re creating the same problem that Ed identified earlier. And I get it, it’s on such a small scale that it, it doesn’t feel like it’s bad, but over time what you’re going to do, I believe is diminished the genetics, right? Because you’re, you’re essentially replacing natural selection and if you’d have left it to nature, yeah you’d have less smolts. Dave (1h 43m 9s): But in theory they would be the best smolts because they’ve competed against each other and now we’re just gonna make sure that all of them survive and push ’em all out to the ocean and hope for the best. There’s probably not enough of them going out at the same time to create the same predator issues. But once again, we’re not allowing the best possible smoltz the best chance because we’ve artificially protected the ones that weren’t as strong. That’s my understanding of it. But I’m, I’m completely biased because up here in BC we have a a pretty solid wild steelhead policy where there’s only a handful of places that have hatchery fish. And honestly, I’ve grown up fishing the wild spots and, and I appreciate that. Trevor (1h 43m 45s): I’m a big fan of keeping some places wild. Like I think that like, especially like real true hatchery places. Like for example in the state of Washington you got the Cowlitz, okay, there’s a place called Blue Creek where there’s a swath of people that go down there to whack fish, right. And take fish home. And then I think there needs to be places where people need to go to be able to bonk fish. And you know, what I was talking about with the Snyder Creek was just essentially just results for that time of year, you know what I mean? And just the amount of fish that we did have, and there’s a lot of guys that will swear by that. That was a big reason why it’s still good early is just kind of the remnants of it. Trevor (1h 44m 27s): And maybe that’s just me lusting for kind of the older days, but it was a hell of a lot of fun and they were cool fish. You wouldn’t have known they had been helped in any way, shape or form. You know, when I hook a Chambers Creek fish 3 (1h 44m 39s): Pretty underwhelming. Trevor (1h 44m 41s): Yeah. It’s, I wouldn’t travel across the country for that fish, but I would travel across country for, for some of the other fish that we catch here. Dave (1h 44m 48s): Yeah. And I guess, you know, the reality of the situation is if, If you can afford to run the program, you know, meaning produce the, the hatchery releases and you have a harvest fishery, there’s gonna be a segment of the population that you know, wants to kill a fish. So you kind of need these two experiences. You need, you know, hatchery is where the guy that wants to, you know, fill a cooler can go to and then the wild places where guys like us can go to. And I guess the, the danger is when you try and do one on top of the other, right. ’cause there isn’t to my knowledge, and if anyone out there has one email it to me, I’d love to hear it. There’s no example of a population of wild steelhead that have been saved through hatchery intervention. Dave (1h 45m 30s): It doesn’t exist. Trevor (1h 45m 31s): Yeah. ’cause I mean Oregon, they do quite a bit more bro stocking than we do up here if my memory serves me correct. Right. 3 (1h 45m 40s): Yeah. The Oregon coast, definitely. Trevor (1h 45m 43s): You know, I also hear people say they’re always taking, they’re always looking for kind of the biggest, best fish and not just picking, you know, throughout the run. Right. And we, we talked about bro stocking, we were, you know, they always want us to brood stock in a certain time of year versus getting fish throughout the year because, you know, sometimes getting fish super early, it’s really hard for them to kind of ripen up too. But you want some early returning fish, you want some mill returning fish and you want some later returning fish. That way you’re not just brood stocking one portion of the run. Right. But you know, Oregon, they, I don’t see them closing down much. I’m not saying that’s due to brood stocking, but it’s just weird how our regulations are here versus Oregon, you know? Trevor (1h 46m 29s): Yeah. 3 (1h 46m 29s): Still see a lot of guides from down there. Come up here though. Trevor (1h 46m 32s): Y there is that. I like it here. I 3 (1h 46m 37s): Like it here too. You know, talking about the, the hatcheries. I think there is, there is a way that, you know, it could be done better. It’s just more expensive. I just, a few weeks ago I saw a video where in Scotland they were actually, you know, it was a hatchery program, but what they were doing, instead of just releasing the small to fried directly into the river, they were actually seeding the gravel with fertilized eggs. So they had somebody out there digging in the gravel, depositing the eggs and then, you know, those eggs would naturally be born and then you’d still have that natural selection, you know, it’s obvious, a lot more complicated and more expensive than just having the hatchery tank that you flush the toilet on and then all those SMTs go out. 3 (1h 47m 18s): But then you would maintain that natural selection of getting the, the best SMT to win. And, you know that that would help, you know, maintain these, the genetics and the, not just the genetics but the, the behavior of the fish. Because those Chambers Creek strain fish, you know, for one, they’re not at all aggressive and they do not fight. They’re, and I think Bill Herzog called him a turd with fins and he is not wrong. Dave (1h 47m 45s): I gotta get Bill on the show here. Him and I have talked, we’re gonna try and put together something but need to figure out who to put him on here with. You guys have any ideas? Who would you like to hear Bill talk with? 3 (1h 47m 55s): I think you could just let him go on his own. Trevor (1h 47m 58s): That would be, I mean he’s got enough knowledge and enough stories where I don’t think that’s a bad idea. Brian. Yeah. Was just actually just to let him run. 3 (1h 48m 8s): Yeah, just give him a topic and let him run. That’d be awesome. You Trevor (1h 48m 11s): Could have a few questions, but he’s gotta have a bunch of thoughts on this kind of stuff and I don’t see why I feel like putting ’em all with somebody else probably be a disservice. You’re taking this a battery at a hundred percent and then you’re gonna put it at 20%. You know, you might as well use the full thing while you’re at it. Dave (1h 48m 30s): I was thinking about putting him and John McMillan on an episode. What do you guys think of that? 3 (1h 48m 34s): That’d be a good one. They did a few episodes on, on John’s old book podcast and those are, they’re talking about fishing up there by you. Those are some all time fish stories. Dave (1h 48m 45s): Yeah, yeah, bill, bill was fishing buddies with a good buddy of mine that I used to fish with. That’s how I know, that’s how I, I met Bill initially, but so you guys, Olympic Peninsula, I gotta ask any Sasquatch stories 3 (1h 48m 58s): Now. Jermaine, Dave (1h 48m 60s): Trevor, Trevor (1h 49m 1s): I’ve had one thing I can’t explain, but it’s one of those things where, I don’t want to call it a sas. I don’t wanna call it a Sasquatch story, but you know, and there’s, there’s plenty of other guys that will tell you that they’ve seen, heard whatever, something with Sasquatch. But I was way back on a river that I’ve, in an area, I’ve never seen another angler in the fall. This was, I think when I was a teenager and I had, it was kind of a windy day too, and I had a rock wall in front of me and we were, and a long ways from a logging road. And then the, the landscape kind of sloped behind me. And I had a, I had a rock land like four feet from me just upstream. Trevor (1h 49m 41s): And it wasn’t like, and at first I thought it was like a pine cone fall off a tree. ’cause it was a, it was a windy day, but then it happened again and then it happened again in like the same spot with pretty crazy precision. So either somebody’s got some really good aim or I don’t know. But all I know is that it was the only time I’ve ever been like freaked out out here. Whether you call it Sasquatch or not, but there’s, I, I know a few guides up here that will tell you they’ve seen it. I, I also, in a logical sense, I know there’s a lot of hunting guides up here and there’s a lot of logging trucks and I just believe that if there was a Sasquatch here, a hunter would’ve shot one by an hour, a logging truck would’ve ran it over. Trevor (1h 50m 25s): So that’s my 2 cents on it. 3 (1h 50m 28s): I don’t have a Sasquatch story, but I have a Sasquatch rant, you know, because going off of what Trevor said, with all the hunting guides, all the fishing guides and all the log trucks that are out there, somebody would’ve bound to be seen one. And not just that, you know, assuming that Sasquatch isn’t an animal, some kind of animal, a living being, it had to be born somehow, right? So another Sasquatch had to mate with a Sasquatch to make a third Sasquatch. There can’t just be one Sasquatch and if there’s below a certain amount, I forget what the, the amount is for a population, but If you have below that amount, they would all be inbred because it would be, you know, brother and sister mating with each other. 3 (1h 51m 8s): So eventually all these sasquatches, you know, suffer the genetic defects of inbreeding and they would definitely be caught and spotted because you’d eventually have, you know, a Sasquatch with a, a gimpy leg that’s not able to run through the woods as fast as people say they do and fly around. You know, you’d have some pretty slow sasquatches. So just based on the scientific facts available, unless you assume that Sasquatch is some kind of immortal interdimensional being, there cannot be a Sasquatch because somebody would’ve seen it already. Because to be one Sasquatch there would have to be over 200 Sasquatches, otherwise it’d be pretty slow. 3 (1h 51m 50s): God, there you have it. So that’s my take on Sasquatch. The only way that Sasquatch can be scientifically provable is if it’s some kind of supernatural being that is immaculately concepted. If you’ll Trevor (1h 52m 7s): Eons of inbreeding. 3 (1h 52m 9s): Exactly this one moment. And Trevor (1h 52m 12s): That’s another reason why we’re not brew stocking anymore folks. 3 (1h 52m 15s): Yeah. That’s why hatchery fish are bad because they’re in breath. All hatchery fish are brother and sister. Dave (1h 52m 21s): Alright, well before we go, we always have to figure out something at the end of the show for you guys to spread some of your wisdom. So I, I’m gonna go with this. I’m gonna say my question to both is, for a young guide, someone new to the profession, what words of wisdom would you give him? Trevor and Ed, your question is gonna be, you know, for anybody out there contemplating opening a fly shop or buying an existing fly shop, what do they need to know ahead of time? So once again, Trevor advice for a new guide add advice for someone looking to get into the fly shop business. We’ll start with you Trevor. And then when you’re done that let people know how to get ahold of you if they wanna try and get out fishing or add anything you wanna tell them about, you know, buying some stuff from you online or coming to visit you at the shop. Trevor (1h 53m 8s): Advice for nuke fly fishing guides. If you’re trying to start your own business, what I would tell you to do is go work somewhere else first. Don’t star in your home river and go to a place that where you can work under a lodge or an outfitter that has a lot of clients that come through. And if you’re worth your salt as a fishing guide, people are gonna want to fish with you somewhere else and it’s gonna give you a good base essentially to start your own business somewhere else. And then if, And also if you’re, again, If you keep being exceptional, your business is gonna grow. Trevor (1h 53m 48s): Some other things I would tell you, and this is something that’s always in the back of my mind, which is long longevity of guiding. Okay. And that’s the type of fish you’re going after and how hard you’re going after them too for, so for example, when it comes in NamUs fish, like with all the things swirling around anus fish and their shutdowns here and there, you’re not necessarily guaranteed to have a season next year or 10 years from now. Okay? So that’s something that’s always gonna be in the back of your mind. And so that’s why a lot of people are gravitating towards, you know, panfish, you bass and swarm water species or salt water carp, stuff like that. Trevor (1h 54m 32s): Carps been a a very popular fish now. And then also if you’re a traveling fishing guide or If you want to travel around, I would do it early while you’re still wild and free just ’cause if you’re away from home a lot, you’re not gonna see your family very much. And so you gotta be really prepared to, to just be away from people for a while. So If you’re planning on starting a young family or a family, I would try and be a more central fishing guide to your home that way because no woman wants to be with a fishing guide that’s gone all the time. I can tell you from personal experience. With that being said too, try not to get burned out to where you’re a pain in the ass to hang out with. Trevor (1h 55m 15s): ’cause nobody wants to hang out with a croy fishing guide that’s always mad at the state of fishing and stuff like that. So you have to be able to find the brighter side of it of things and then try and keep your dark thoughts to yourself. And lastly, I would say this too, always have a plan B and your plan B is your something else to fall back onto in case this doesn’t work out. Because a lot of people do this for the love of the game because they love fly fishing, but maybe they decide to take a different turn like, which is again why I started doing just building rentals, right? To have something else to do is something I find that that’s really fun. That’s another way to, to make some money. Trevor (1h 55m 57s): Also, the next thing and and a very important thing I would say too is don’t be the fishing guy that’s 60 years old that has nothing in the bank. If you’re not saving your money and you’re planning to do this for a really long time, you’re gonna be a really old guy that hates throwing down the river. It’s body aching and you’re gonna have nothing to, you’re gonna have no money in the bank, you got no retirement. So investing your money properly and aggressively at a young age, I would highly recommend and I would talk to some of your clients that are older, smarter and better with money than you are. And that’s the beauty of being a fishing guide. You’re in the boat with people that are far more educated, quite a bit smarter when it comes to business and finance. Trevor (1h 56m 40s): Real estate. Been through maybe a couple marriages. So if you’re not tapping into your client’s knowledge as much as they’re trying to tap into your knowledge of fishing, you are wasting your day. That’s all I’m gonna say on this. But I wouldn’t do anything different. I would’ve definitely made some different investments, but I love, I love being a fishing guide, I love meeting new people. I met some of the coolest people doing this job, so I wouldn’t discourage it, but I’d think it through. So to find me, I guess you can find me on Instagram at Op Fly Guy, my email is op flyGuy@gmail.com If you wanna book a trip. I got a fair amount, but I also like to go hang out with my family and Ed. Dave (1h 57m 21s): Nice. Well Trevor, I know I’ve asked you that question before and you’re pretty consistent with your answer, but it is really, really solid advice. I wish I’d got that advice many, many years ago, probably would’ve helped me along. So thank you for sharing that with people. Ed, what about the fly shop? What do you think of someone getting into that line of work? 3 (1h 57m 38s): Well, the first thing I would say is if you’re thinking about switching jobs, because your current job makes you spend too much time on the computer and you wanna spend less time on the computer, the fly shop is not the way to go. ’cause you’ll spend just as much or more time on the computer and you, you know, you absolutely have to love it. You’re subjected to the same regulation changes as a fishing guide. You know, when the fishing’s open you get more traffic. When all the fishing is closed, there’s less traffic and it’s, they go hand in hand. So you’re subjected to that as well. And it’s, you know, I would say definitely learn something about running a business before you, you try to do it, there’s a lot of things on behind the scenes that you don’t know and it, you know, it’s definitely given me a real appreciation for anybody that runs a restaurant. 3 (1h 58m 27s): Just having to deal with having inventory of things that have an expiration date to, I like running a fly shop has given me a immense appreciation for somebody that runs a restaurant just dealing with inventory and all that like I couldn’t imagine. But yeah, you know, get, get ready to make a lot less money than you think you are. And you’re not gonna fish as much as you think you’re gonna, unless you, you know, it’s, it’s critical to build up a good team. I am eternally grateful to my boy Kyle. I gotta give him a shout out to the king. If it wasn’t for him, if he hadn’t walked through that door and asked me for a job, we would not be in the same situation that we’re today. He has been a priceless asset and I love him dearly. Dave (1h 59m 10s): Excellent. And I know you got the website. How do people get in touch with yet? 3 (1h 59m 15s): So you can find us@waterswest.com. You can come by at one 40 West Pro Street in Port Angeles, Washington. You can see us on Instagram Waters West Fly Shop. We got some infrequent but quality updates on there. We’ve been working on making, you know, a bit more content. We’ve got a YouTube channel that’s gone into disrepair, but there’s some really, really high quality fly time videos for some big name fly tires. We’re hoping to revive that here pretty soon. But yeah, waters west.com for all your spay fishing needs. Dave (1h 59m 48s): Right on guys, I’ve really enjoyed speaking with you today. You’ve got me rethinking my whole thoughts on Sasquatch existence there. Ed, that’s a good story. 3 (1h 59m 59s): It’s science, it’s not a story. Dave (2h 0m 2s): You need to carve out some vacation time, come up to the Skiena either in the spring, the summer or the fall, whatever works. We’d love to have you up here. And Trevor, bring your family up. You know, our kids can hang out together. No Trevor (2h 0m 13s): Dude, you’ll be seeing us again. That’s a guarantee we, it’s kind of pains me to have taken the last couple seasons off, dude. But you know, it’s it, we’re prioritizing some stuff and fishing needs to be a priority too. Dave (2h 0m 26s): I’ll tell you this ’cause my kids are just a little bit older than yours. As much fun as it is for us to go out and and catch Chinook and Steelhead on our own, it’s way more fun to take the kids out there. So, Trevor (2h 0m 37s): No, I’ve seen you out with the kids on the bar, dude. They’re having a blast. Dave (2h 0m 41s): Yeah. Yeah, it’s, that’s the good stuff and looking forward to that. So once again, you guys really appreciate your time. Thanks. Hope to do it again soon. Thanks Brian. 3 (2h 0m 48s): Thank you Brian. Dave (2h 0m 53s): Well that was a lot of fun. Always good to talk fish stories and management ideas. I think we all see the value in discussing fish politics with the guys that actually understand the resource. I want to thank Ed and Trevor for taking the time to share their stories, views, and expertise with us today. Thanks as well to everyone tuning in. We’ll be back with another episode in early November. In the meantime, please feel free to send in show comments, questions, and show ideas. You can reach me by email at info@skeenaspay.com. You can find in the Bucket podcast online at www in the bucket podcast.com. If you’re on Instagram, you can follow us at in theb Bucket Podcast. Dave (2h 1m 33s): Once again, thank you. I’m Brian Ska and you’ve been listening to In The Bucket Podcast, brought to you by the Wetly Swing.
         

817 | Fly Fishing Northern California with Tom Mahan from Swingwater Fly Fishing

Fly Fishing Northern California

Episode Show Notes

Fly fishing Northern California means stepping into rivers rich with history and wild steelhead, and the Trinity River is one of the crown jewels. Tom Mahan of Swingwater Fly Fishing has built his career on these waters, chasing steelhead the classic way—on the swing. In this episode, Tom talks about why he loves transitional seasons, how grease line presentations and custom furled leaders move fish in clear water, and why the Lower Trinity feels like a “mini BC” when the fall fog sets in. If you’re curious about targeting spooky steelhead in light flows, this is a must-listen.


Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

Fly Fishing Northern California

Show Notes with Tom Mahan on Fly Fishing Northern California

The Trinity’s Hidden Lower Section

Tom Mahan spends most of his guiding time on the lower and middle parts of the Trinity River. While many anglers head to the well-known upper section near Redding, Tom likes the less-traveled stretches downstream.

Why don’t more people fish there?

  • The upper river is easy to reach from Redding and is perfect for indicator fishing.
  • Roads to the upper river have been improved, making it more accessible.
  • The lower section is harder to reach, with steep roads and rugged terrain.
  • Some anglers avoid it because of stigma around fishing near the reservation.
fly fishing northern california
Photo via: https://swingwaterflyfishing.com/rivers

Year-Round Runs and Transition Seasons

The Trinity River has fish almost all year. There are summer runs in July and August, fall fish in September through November, and winter steelhead that show up in December and January.

Tom also talks about what he calls transition seasons. These happen when flows change after winter and before fall. Cold water gets released from the dam, and it seems to trigger fish to move. During this time, Tom has found fewer fish overall but more hookups because the pressure from other anglers is almost gone. He’s even seen big browns show up, with stories of fish reaching 20 pounds.

For gear, Tom leans on Scandi setups with custom furled leaders, small swivels, and stout tippet. His go-to is a 13-foot Burkheimer rod, which handles both short and long casts with ease. He says it feels lighter than its length, but still powerful enough for big fish.

The Grease Line Technique

Tom is a big fan of an old-school method called the grease line technique. It started in Europe in the 1800s, when anglers greased their leaders to keep flies high in the water. Today, it means fishing a dry line with a wet fly, letting it drift broadside in the surface film before it tightens into a swing.

Tom often uses muddler patterns for this style. He likes how a muddler shows a strong side profile, giving steelhead a bold silhouette to chase. By keeping slack in the line and using soft mends, he lets the fly drift naturally. The result? Fish rise to the fly, hit broadside, and often hook themselves.

Why Tom Uses the Rage Line

Tom likes the Airflo Rage for certain situations, especially when teaching or when an angler is new to casting. The Rage is short, powerful, and easy to turn over in wind. It started as a cut-down Scandi long, and today it’s one of the most versatile heads for light rods.

That said, Tom points out a limit. On rods over five or six weight, once you pass 390 grains, the Rage doesn’t hold well with tapered leaders. There’s just too much mass for a clean anchor and D-loop. For him, it shines on lighter setups like his Berkheimer 5- and 6-weights, paired with muddler flies and furled leaders.

fly fishing northern california
“Because all season is Muddler season….” Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/swingwater._.flyfishing

Custom Furled Leaders for Steelhead

Most anglers use store-bought tapered leaders, but Tom builds his own furled leaders. A furled leader is made by twisting line under tension so it folds back on itself, creating a strong and flexible strand.

Tom takes it a step further by tapering his leaders. He starts thick near the fly line, then steps them down smaller toward the fly. This taper carries energy smoothly from the cast, helping the line turn over cleaner especially on long casts.

He finishes with a tiny swivel or tippet ring, then ties on the final tippet and fly. The result is a leader that feels balanced, casts tight loops, and keeps presentations soft in clear water.

Beyond Muddlers: Marabou Tube Flies with Clay Discs

Tom isn’t just a muddler guy. He also ties marabou tube flies that mix simplicity with movement. He builds a shiny body, props up the marabou with dry fly hackle for shape, adds just a touch of flash, and then finishes with a small clay bead disc on the front.

Unlike factory-made coneheads or sonic discs, these flat clay discs push water in a way that makes the marabou pulse, kick, and dance with every microcurrent. The flies stay light, easy to cast, and full of life in the water. Tom often fishes them right in the surface film with the grease line technique, and steelhead crush them.

Tom’s Start in Fly Fishing

Tom began fishing at a young age on a small creek near his home in California. The stream flowed into the Sacramento River and gave him access to world-class smallmouth bass. In spring, trout moved in to spawn, adding even more variety.

His love for rivers grew stronger thanks to trips to Alaska as a kid. Visiting family near Anchorage and fishing the Kenai Peninsula left lasting memories. For Tom, moving water—whether creeks or big rivers—has always felt like home.

Tom’s Go-To Sink Tip Setup

When flows rise above 800–900 CFS, Tom keeps a rod rigged with a Rio GameChanger head and light sink tips. His two favorites are:

  • FHI (Float / Hover / Intermediate)
  • Intermediate / Sink 2 / Sink 3

These multi-density heads let him fish structure without getting buried in rocks. He pairs them with short chunks of T-7 in 7-, 9-, and 11-foot lengths. For bigger rivers like the Smith or lower Trinity in winter, he’ll also carry T-10 in 8- and 12-foot pieces.

Tom prefers level Airflo sink tips over MOW tips because they’re thinner, cut water better, and keep flies moving naturally.

For him, this system works not only on the Trinity but anywhere he needs to swing flies deep and still keep control.


 You can find Tom Mahan on Instagram @swingwater._.flyfishing.

Visit his website at swingwaterflyfishing.com.

fly fishing northern california

 


Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Today’s guest has built his life around the wild rivers of Northern California. Guiding on the Trinity, Tom Mahan has carved out a reputation for chasing steelhead the hard way on the swing. By the end of This episode, you’ll hear why he prefers transitional seasons when the crowds disappear, how he uses grease line presentations and custom furled leaders to move fish in clear water, and what makes the Lower Trinity feel like a mini BC in the fog of late fall. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip, And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Tom Mahan is here from swing water fly fishing to share his story on fish in Northern California. Dave (46s): We’re gonna find out what his approach looks like for steelhead, and we’re gonna dig deep into the trinity and especially in the fall fishing. This episode is gonna be primed right now. If you’ve ever wondered about fishing spooky fish, some areas and, and light flows and all that we’re gonna talk about today. So let’s just get into it. Here he is. You can find him at swingwaterflyfishing.com. Tom Mahan, How you doing, Tom? Good. Tom (1m 14s): Thanks for having me on, Dave. Yeah, Dave (1m 15s): Yeah. Thanks for, thanks for putting some time aside today to put this together. We’re gonna be chatting, obviously, swing water, fly fishing. It’s in your URL of your website, you know, wet fly swing. Obviously we have a lot of overlaps. I was just on the river last week fishing for steelhead. I know that’s what you focus on. The cool thing is you’re in Northern California, the Trinity. I know we’ve had some listeners recently that have talked about, you know, that those rivers, the Smith, the Klamath, there’s some really famous rivers, really, that’s kind of where the start of steelhead fishing, I think, in the whole country began, at least with the fly. So we’re gonna talk about that and all there. But to maybe let’s start on the history piece. Are you a big history buff? Do you know a little bit of that history on, on kind of fly fishing and, and all that? Tom (1m 57s): Well, I think so. Of course. I, I feel like I’ll, I’ll probably say this and there’ll be some guys that are making me feel like I don’t know much at all. Yeah, Dave (2m 4s): Right. Tom (2m 5s): But, you know, I’m, I’m, so, I’m 42, you know, I’m very proud to say that unless I’m shown some history. Otherwise, I do believe that at least swinging flies for salmon and, and steelhead in the Pacific Northwest actually did start right here on the coastline that I guide. And there was, you know, I think a very, most people probably know a very popular documentary made about it. And, and if, and if anybody hasn’t watched that man and they’re into swinging flies, it’s definitely a good one to watch. Dave (2m 34s): Yeah. What was that? Do you remember the name of that? Tom (2m 36s): I think it’s Rivers of the Lost Coast. Dave (2m 38s): Yeah, rivers of the Lost Coast. Exactly. Yeah, Tom (2m 40s): It’s a pretty cool story. And here in Northern California, you know, if, if you’re out there on the rivers a lot and you’re talking to people, you know, there’s still a lot of a strong network from people that either knew or related and had relationships with those guys that kind of, you know, made this whole thing popular and what they made that, that documentary about. Dave (3m 0s): Yeah. Yeah. No, this is great. I’m gonna have to watch that again. I can’t remember. And, and it’s Tom TomKat who is the, I guess he’s the guy narrating it and he’s from a river Unru it, right? I, I don’t remember. Yeah. Do you, do you like when you’re out there, I, I guess first off, on the Rivers we’re talking the Trinity, we talked, we mentioned which ones are the one for you? Where are you spending most of your time throughout the year? Tom (3m 22s): Oh, definitely the Trinity. I’ve been on the Trinity a you know, a really long time and, but I think I spend most of my time, you know, if you’re not somebody who knows me or fishes with me, most of my time is spent on that lower middle section and the lower section, which is a very unknown portion, you know, relative to the very well known portion of the Upper River. You know, a lot of people know about that from like Lewiston, the headwaters down to like Junction City or something that top, you know, 40 to 50 miles. But yeah, I, I spent a lot of time on the Trinity, mostly on that lower section, but, but yeah. Dave (3m 58s): Yeah, yeah. What’s the, and why are people not spending as much time in the lower section? Is swinging flies not as popular as say, you know, some of the nipping and other tactics? Or, or why do you think that is? Tom (4m 9s): Well, I think there’s a little bit of a few things. You know, the indicator phishing is, you know, a very popular thing in Northern California. I know it’s popular elsewhere, but, and I, I think, you know, just kind of a systemic cultural thing with, with indicator fishing, it lends itself that Upper river lends itself really well. Not only does it lend itself the way the river lays itself out, the characteristics, the predictability of it year after year, you know, for many things the way the river lays out and also the, you know, the flow regime coming outta the dam. And it’s also, you know, not too far from Redding. Oh, okay. And a lot of people, as you know, you know, lots and lots of people come to Redding to fly fish and indicator fish the, the lower Sacramento River for trout. Tom (4m 57s): And so it’s, it’s a stones throw from there. And, you know, over the last, you know, 10, 15, 20 years, you know, some of the, some of the, the roads that used to keep people from going over there very windy, could be treacherous at times, especially in the winter, have been straightened out. You know, there was, you know, Buckhorn Summit is one of the main stretches coming from Redding going to the river and, you know, you, you had to really think about Whether you wanted to go up there in the wintertime or not. It was a 25 mile per hour road, and now you could do, you know, anywhere from 45 to 60 mile per hour going straight over there. So, yeah. So it’s, it’s a little bit more accessible for most, most folks than that Lower River. Tom (5m 40s): And then, you know, there’s an Indian reservation at the bottom end of the river, and I think, you know, there’s a little bit of stigma attached to that, whether it’s true or not. I think it depends on who you ask. But that, and it’s also really hard to get to. It’s, you know, it’s a few hours away from, or it’s a couple hours away from reading and it’s, you know, also you go through several stretches of more treacherous road and that stuff has not been straightened out, nor will it ever be because of the way, you know, you’re driving through really steep mountainous terrain, some of the nastiest terrain in the, in the country actually. Dave (6m 11s): Oh, really? So, and this is in the, this is the lower section. This is kind of getting to the area where you’re fishing? Tom (6m 16s): Yeah. That’s kind of on your, you know, what you gotta go through to get down to where I am spending most of my time guiding at on the Trinity. Dave (6m 22s): Okay. And are you mostly guiding, it sounds like it’s a fairly large river. Are you floating the river? Are you walking away? What does that look like? Tom (6m 30s): Usually on that lower stretch, it’s always a float for the most part. If it’s a half day single angler, you know, we’ll, we’ll go and we’ll do our thing. We’ll hit the, the greatest hits and call it. But you know, as long as the boat gives me an advantage and gives my anglers an advantage, we’ll be in a boat. But there’s a lot of water also in that middle stretch, depending on where the flows are at, of course. Where a boat doesn’t necessarily give you an advantage. And so we will definitely spend a full day, you know, hitting all the runs within a 20 to 30 mile stretch, which is kind of cool, you know, because you’re not locked into four or five, six miles on a float. Dave (7m 8s): No. So, yep. That’s great. So that’s it. So you got a 20 or 30 mile section to float down there. And, and where is the, is there, are there multiple Putins through here? Are people doing, is this like rafts drift boats? How does that look? Tom (7m 20s): Yes, they are, but they’re just as, you know, can be just as treacherous as, as the roads, maybe even more so going down there. I mean, there are some folks that came from out of town last year and, or maybe a couple years now, but they tried to put in at one of these spots in a very steep, you know, dirt road. And you got about a foot on each side of you, and if it’s raining, it’s really steep. The first time you tap the brakes, you’re gonna go over the edge. And so, yeah, he got, you know, his truck went off the hills, boat went off the hills. Clients didn’t even get to fish that day and Oh geez. So it’s, yeah, it’s, we, we are using Putins and takeouts, but for the most part, I, they’re definitely not improved by any means. Dave (8m 0s): No, they’re not. Yeah. That is inter, that’s the cool thing about it, you know, I think that, I mean, sometimes people think California with as many people that everything’s improved, but yeah, it’s pretty remote in that section of the, of the state. Right. That trinity, the whole area. ’cause you’re, you’re within, you’re closer to the coast than you are Redding or maybe you’re in the middle, right? You’re out there somewhere. Tom (8m 19s): I’d say you’re a tiny bit, you know, tiny bit closer. You, you know, you’re about an hour closer to getting to like say the, about the e you know, so over on the coastline, whether it’s the E River or the Smith or whatever. But you actually are a little bit closer. But, but I think, you know, I’m always trying to, to look for that region or area of the river that, you know, does it fish well? Can it fish well? And have you not be around, you know, a bunch of other human pressure. And I think because of what you have to go through to actually have a program or just fish down there in general, and the same thing on the Klamath, I think that has a tendency to keep most people away. And that, that’s my opinion anyways. Dave (8m 58s): Yeah. Just ’cause it takes a little, a little more effort to get there. The fishing is, I mean, it’s harder, obviously you’re swinging flies too, right? Versus nipping, everything’s a little bit harder. Tom (9m 7s): Yep, exactly. And you know, there’s, there’s mostly no cell phone service down there. And sometimes you gotta hang a raft off a bridge by a rope to get it into a spot or, you know, you’re maybe some spot you’re doing like a a 45 to an hour and a half minute turnaround for a shuttle if you’re floating that day. So yeah, a lot of work goes into to going down there. But it, it is rewarding. There’s not a lot of people. It’s very beautiful. A lot of my clients call a mini BC in the late fall, early winter. Yeah. The way it sets up big, big mountains, rivers, just going through micro valleys that are flat meandering. Yeah. Just really unique. And, and when most people see it for the first time, ’cause you know, they haven’t fished there or whatever, they’re really blown away. Tom (9m 50s): They’re more blown away by the landscape and the valleys and the fog and the, you know, the size of the river. It’s not the small trinity that people know and yeah. Dave (9m 59s): Oh, people know of the upper river more. That’s what they think of. It’s a lot smaller up there. Yeah. Tom (10m 3s): Smaller goer, hard pan. We’re down there, it starts to get into gravel and flat, big long runs. Dave (10m 10s): Right, right. That’s cool. Yeah, big river. So, nice. Well, and we’re gonna chat a little on the, you know, kind of the fishing, getting into that. Let’s talk fish runs a little bit. What is, you know, timing and is steel had the focus? Are there are some other species in there that you’re targeting? Yeah, Tom (10m 26s): There definitely is. And so the timing part is, you know, I think like most rivers it’s got, you know, a little summer run some fish coming up in the summer. It’s got a, you know, pretty big fall run if you ask me. I think the winter run for as short as it is, I think it’s probably got more fish in it right now than the fall run, believe it or not. Obviously it doesn’t last long. Those fish are genetically tuned a little bit different than the fall fish, so you don’t see ’em as much, but man, there’s a lot of them there. So like most rivers it’s got that summer, fall, and, and winter. But yeah, it’s, it actually is a 365 day a year fishery. Tom (11m 7s): And there are some, I mean, I call ’em transition seasons because there are some consistent pulse flows that get let out of the dam after the wintertime and before the fall run where it’s been fairly consistent. I’m not saying exactly consistent as far as how much water’s coming out per week or per day, but there is higher flows, colder water coming out in hotter months. And what I’ve seen is when I was smart enough to start figuring out like, why wouldn’t this trigger some fish to come up that maybe otherwise wouldn’t be, I’ve literally watched these fish on these transition runs kind of evolve and just get a little bit bigger every year and more and more show up where, I guess a good way to explain that is, is a basic way to explain that is when I first started doing it, and I fish a lot on these transition runs, I, I probably fish just as much, if not more during these short seasons as a guide and with my anglers. Tom (12m 5s): And I do during like, the main well-known runs. Dave (12m 8s): And would the main be, if, if you break it out, let’s just say summer runs, so you’re out there, are you fishing kind of the summer, you know, July, August, September, and then the fall is kind of October, November, December, and, and then the winter is like January. Is that kind of how it is? And then, and then there’s like a transition run in between those? Tom (12m 26s): Yeah, So I would say, you know, if I had to categorize it and I, it’s getting harder and harder to categorize ’cause these fish we’re finding do what they want and they time what they wanna do when they want. But I would say, you know, late July and August you’ll see a few really good summer fish coming up, regardless of the flows. Obviously if there’s some cold water and some higher volume, there’ll be a few more. So that’s what I would call the summer fish. And then, you know, September, October fall, just like most rivers, but on the Trinity you’ll get a really cool overlap of, there will still be some fall fish coming in in November, middle of late November. And then you’ll start to see based off of weather of course, you know, you might see that first push of those thicker, whiter, clear, fend winter fish coming in. Tom (13m 13s): And that’s a really good time to, to be on the river when you hit it. Right. So I would say that is those three popular seasons. And then what I call a transition season isn’t, and is, you know, I’m not sure if I should say this or not, but there, there’s some flows coming out that I think emulate, you know, snow melt, right? That starts coming off in May, may and June. And depending on, you know, how much water we have based off of, you know, how full the lake is up there, they will, you know, douse it, they’ll douse the river. And, and during that time, you know, there is legitimate world class German brown fishing, I mean, I’m talking world class. Tom (13m 53s): There’s fish in the upper teens stories of when guys used to really fish for ’em with conventional gear and bait, you know, more than enough Oh really? Stories of 20 pound steel or browns to make you start believing it. Dave (14m 6s): What does that look like? I, I haven’t heard about that run. I mean these are, what’s the life history of these brown trout? Tom (14m 12s): So just like, you know, the, they’re lock levins, they came over, you know, we have original documentation of, gosh, I’m gonna be off on a year. But it was, yeah, it was the late 18 hundreds, early 19 hundreds. Back then they didn’t, they didn’t call hatchery, at least on, on the, in this region, they didn’t call hatcheries hatcheries, they call ’em hatching stations. And they were far less complex than they are now. Of course, Dave (14m 38s): If you’re looking for a world class fly fishing experience, it’s time to check out Mountain Waters resort. Nestled along Newfoundland’s, legendary Portland Creek. This spot has a history that runs as deep as the Atlantic salmon, they call it home once they fly fishing retreat for the great Lee Wolf. Today. It’s your turn to step into these historic waters and swing up your salmon this year. You can head over to wet fly swing.com/mountain waters right now and make it happen. That’s wet fly swing.com/mountain Waters. Let’s get out there today, San Juan Rod works started with a simple belief, great fly rods and gear shouldn’t cost a fortune as a family run company. They focus on building high quality fly fishing products that perform on the water without the premium price tag. Dave (15m 23s): You can try San Juan Rod works for 30 days risk free right now, and if you’re not satisfied, send it back for a full refund. You can go to san juan rod works.com. That’s S-A-N-J-U-A-N rod works.com. The browns going out to the ocean, Tom (15m 42s): So you know, it’s up for a debate. Right. You know, you’re, you’re gonna ask 10 guys, they’re gonna tell you this No, that you ask another 10 guys, they’re gonna tell you yes. But what I can tell you is this, we’ve got original and I’ve seen it with my own eyes, I’ve held it in my hand, original documents that down in Hoopa, which is, you know, just a few miles before it runs into the Klamath. And that puts you, you know, I think the mouth of the Klamath is 40, 30 or 40 some miles up from the, from the salt of, you know, 30 plus inch browns being trapped in the hatch, what they called then the hatching station. So, you know, what are they doing down there? I don’t know. You know, so, so we’ve got that and you can, you know, interpret that however you’d like, but Dave (16m 25s): Well, and if they’re that big, I mean, how would they grow that big other than going out to the ocean because they’re not east side, aren’t these west side kinda, you’re on the west side, right? It’s not like you’re in the, you’re in the places where there’s not as much food in the freshwater, right? Tom (16m 37s): Yeah, I would say definitely. I mean, you could make a strong argument, at least on the surface, that, you know, back then we didn’t have the, the fish hatchery that’s up in Lewiston that wasn’t there. And so, you know, if, if you didn’t know that, you could say, well those guys are just feeding this river, you know, hundreds of thousands of salmon smolt and still had smolt and that on top of the fish that are sping in the river and the tris and those fish, like the stripers in the lower sack right now are just crushing Oh right. Factory. But that didn’t exist back then. Those fish were getting, you know, documented as being very large tend to, I think I did a formula one time and they, they measured ’em in centimeters back then. Tom (17m 18s): I think they still might actually. But I think it was 17 pounds was the biggest one that I did the formula on if, and I use the steelhead formula. But, so that’s, you know, that’s a large fish. So yeah, there’s that. And going back to it, the original question, Dave (17m 32s): So when you focus on these transition seasons because, and now why is that, why even separate as a transition, you know, is it a different fish that’s in there? It’s Tom (17m 40s): A philosophy of mine. I, I think, you know, and I talked to this with my, ’cause we’re sw I swing, right? Yeah. I do a lot of swinging. If I’m not swinging, I’m casting some streamers and stripping streamers. I don’t think I’ve done an indicator trip for steelhead. I’ve never done an indicator trip. So it’s a lot tougher for us to run into fish I think if you’re looking at it from that perspective. But I feel like when you’re in a system for a long period of time and you, and you start to become very familiar and you’re very comfortable and you start to kind of feel like you’re part of that system. And what I mean by that is, you know, I guide the, you know, whatever this stretch of the trinity this time of the year, you just start to really get a feel for, you know, what the birds are doing, how the deer are looking, are they happy? Tom (18m 21s): Is it curious, you know, the pressure of the day. Dave (18m 24s): Yeah. You’re seeing that stuff that other people aren’t really noticing ’cause you’re out there every day. Tom (18m 28s): Yeah. And when, when you get that comfortable with something in nature, I feel like things that come into play that aren’t normally there are very noticeable. And for me, one thing I tell my clients a lot is if you give me 10 miles of river with, with three steelhead and no boats, no guides, no anglers, I’ll probably show you three steelhead. Or at least we’ll encounter ’em, gimme that same stretch of 10 miles and put 55 steelhead in there and and put seven guide boats and a couple bank anglers. Maybe we’re lucky and we might run into one. Right. Right. I’m saying this from a perspective of a swing guy and a swing guide. And so going back to that, my philosophy is, is I just have proved to myself that there is far fewer fish in these transition seasons, but far more connections because of the lack of pressure. Dave (19m 21s): Right. So, so this section where you’re fishing still gets pressure, there’s still people fishing down and it’s not like you’re the only boat out there Tom (19m 27s): 99% of the time on these transition seasons, I am Dave (19m 30s): On your transition, but not in the main, not like the peak, Tom (19m 33s): Not in the main seasons. Definitely not. Dave (19m 34s): Okay. So, and then what would it be if we were talking to you thinking, I mean now as we talk it’s September, you know, this probably will go out in October. So let’s take it to that time. If it’s October in that range, what does that look like? Is that, would that be considered more of the fall? Talk about that. If somebody was thinking about doing a trip out there, what would they be? Is that a good time to go for it? Yeah, Tom (19m 55s): I think so. The river is at what we call a summer base flow, which is 450 CF s coming outta the dam. But the lower you get on the Trinity, just like any river or most rivers, you have influences from tributaries. There’s not a lot of preci, not a lot of rain right now. So those tributaries aren’t increasing the volume of water as much as they do in the wintertime. But the river starts to get a little bit bigger, a little bit bigger, a little bit bigger. The farther you go down, you’re really hunting at that point, at least when you’re with me, we’re probably gonna be hunting steelhead in the middle section. We might be on the lower. I don’t really like to lower that time of the year because it’s so flat down there. Tom (20m 36s): It’s a lot of calm water that you can’t really swing through. Mm. Dave (20m 39s): Is the lower, like down to the confluence with the Klamath? Yeah, Tom (20m 42s): This is down in the, in the Hoopa Indian reservation area, Willow Creek that I was talking about earlier, where it’s really nice, nice to fish in the late fall and early winter when there’s more flow. But October’s a great time ’cause there’s big fish in there and you know, if you really have that hunter’s mentality and you’re willing to go do what it takes, you know, the trinity produces some, some world class fall fish in the fall, you know, in that month. And you can get it done on a, you know, a dry line of course, so Dave (21m 10s): Oh, right. And dry lines. Yeah, because it’s low and clear basically. And you’re hunting because are you spotting the fish? Are you actually seeing the fish? Tom (21m 17s): No, we’re just, we’re starting early really taking advantage of low light, you know, and I take a huge priority every time I walk an angler into the run. You know, I, I’m not gonna let you, if you have a waiting staff, which I, I prefer you do for safety if you’re a little bit older on the older side. But if you don’t have, you know, I don’t let you walk into a run if, if you don’t have a rubber tip or tape on it. That’s just one of the noisiest most ineffective things you can do when you’re clanging metal on rocks. But we’re really approaching these runs with, with a hunter’s mentality. Like almost like you were spot in stock in an elk or a bear or a deer with a bow. Because I think, you know, spay man’s number one disadvantages is you’re standing at the top of a run this time of the year and you know, crunching on rocks, kicking up stuff and those fish fill you, dude, like, make no mistake about it. Tom (22m 5s): They feel you, they hear you. And so the less pressure you put on these fish as you’re, as you’re hunting them, the more curious they’re gonna stay. And you know, that’s just not me giving a philosophy. I’ve literally watched that, you know, noisy, noisy, clumsy anglers will catch the players, but stealthy hunters will run into fish that otherwise probably won’t move to your fly. And so, so that’s kind of what we’re doing in October. But it’s, it’s really fun. You learn a lot depending on how, you know, advanced you are as an angler, but yeah. Dave (22m 37s): What’s that look like for the gear in, you know, in October? So it’s kinda light you are using scandy? Or maybe describe that, what are the fly lines you’re using out there? Tom (22m 46s): Yeah, so depending on the angler’s ability, it’s, I mean it’s always some type of scandy at that time of the year in October, at least most of October. But yeah, I mean it’ll be anywhere, you know, if a guy’s, you know, just learning how to caster is not the greatest caster. We’ll you know, we’ll fish like a, a short, like a shortened like condensed scandy, like a 23 footer or 21 footer. And there’s tons of these from any line company you can think of right now. Dave (23m 12s): Yeah. What would be one that you guys use or is that a line that you commonly use out there? Tom (23m 18s): I would say the most common is like a 30 foot range scandy short with, I do these custom step down furled leaders for the, the front of that scandy head. And then, you know, from there we’ll do a tipt ring, a stout tipt ring or a micro size 14 titanium barrel swivel, I mean a meniscule barrel swivel on the front of that, that taper or that Ferd leader. And, and then we’ll tie, tip it from that to the fly of, of course, but, but it’s a five way, you know, I’m, I’m a berkheimer, you know, I represent berkheimer rods. So yeah, I’ve, I love the 51 25 Berkheimer that time of the year. You know, I’ve been fishing it lately, but we ran into some fish last week where probably we’re hoping we would’ve had a, you know, could have had a six weight there and felt a lot better about it, fish in the double digits, but, but yeah, that are, that are, you know, six weights. Dave (24m 8s): Okay. And what’s your length like 13 something? Tom (24m 11s): Yeah, I think, you know, in that 13 foot range, me personally, my favorite rod of all time, not just for summer and fall fishing is the 61 39 berkheimer. I don’t just think that’s the best six weight. I personally think like that’s the best spay rod that’s ever been designed and built. It just performs at the highest mark across the board and it’s very rare to find a rod that, that you can say that about. Dave (24m 34s): Yeah. So that rod, you can use a lot of, like, whether that’s a skat or scan, you could put anything on that rod for the most part. Fish it. Tom (24m 40s): Yes. And it, And it does really, really well. And I think the one thing that’s most noticeable about it is Carrie built that rod, you know, it’s basically a 14 foot rod, it’s 13 feet, nine inches. But man, you know, when you’re, when you’re casting that thing and fishing it, it feels like you’re fishing a 12 and a half foot rod or casting a 12 and a half foot rod. Dave (24m 58s): Yeah. And what is the advantage of doing the, I know if you’re casting, I guess that is the advantage, right? If you’re casting bigger winter stuff, the extra length is good. What, why would that be better than say a 13 foot or something like that or 12 nine for say, summer, summer fish? Or is it just the way, it’s just the perfect, I guess That’s a hard question ’cause it’s just the perfect fit, right? It’s like, well Tom (25m 16s): It is, but no, there’s, there’s a lot of, I mean I could go on and on about that, but I could talk for an hour just on that. I think the biggest thing is one that specific rod is a very hearty rod, that’s the best word that I can use to describe it. And what I mean by is, if I get a guy that is just, just not doing a good job casting, I can hand him that rod, I can put like a 390 grain rage on it with a, you know, a custom 11 foot tapered leader in a muddler. And I get him to slow down and he’ll turn that head over every time and he’ll be fishing. But outside of that, I just feel like, you know, you feel like you’re fishing a shorter rod even though you’re not. But it makes, makes big casts and maybe you don’t always need to make big casts, but when you do need, and I do a lot of situational fishing, right? Tom (26m 0s): I’m really into fly presentation, but that 13 foot nine inch rod can just move line so well and manipulate your angles so well, even for beginners. And I think that’s important because if you can really figure out how to present your fly a little bit better, you’re gonna start running into more fish. So I would say line manipulation and castability make it the best. Dave (26m 22s): Yeah. And, and we will, I wanna talk more about some of the fly lines, but go on that fly presentation a little bit. ’cause I think that is an important part. Describe what are your thoughts there, you know, on fly presentation, how are you presenting that versus say what other people might be doing out there? Tom (26m 36s): You know, going back to like what I talked about earlier, I just gotta touch on this because I, I think this is kind of what gives me the vehicle of, you know, making the intuitive decision on how I’m gonna present. First of all, each run is, is its own run. And it’s very situational. And I think you gotta kind of, you know, for lack of a better word, edit or find the water for what you’re trying to do. But for a certain water, you know, I, I’m really big into the old, you know, really old school, old fashioned grease line technique. And I’m just talking about fall fishing right now in October. I love fishing muddler, I love fishing muddler, but I, I like to cast slightly upstream in most runs. Tom (27m 16s): Now, this is not every run, but in the fall, given the win, you know, the water’s situation that I have both on the Klamath and lower Trinity or Middle Trinity, I like to cast slightly above 90 and I teach my guys to make mends to where there’s a slight bit of slack in the line. Dave (27m 32s): So make an upstream mend a little bit. Tom (27m 34s): I wouldn’t call it upstream, I would say more. You’re, you’re making the up slightly above 90 degree cast and then you’re almost pulling it back to you to create slack where you can then use your rod. And this is where the 13 foot nine inch rod is really good to create, you know, little s’s in the line, little slack, right? And what that does is it allows that fly to just kind of get in that film line or just below the surface and come down in a very natural presentation. But broadside and I try to get that to fish broadside as far down my swing as possible. At a certain point, you know, it, it straightens out, kicks, transitions and turns. And then we’re at the, you know, old school wet fly swing, right? Tom (28m 14s): Tight line swing. But the reason that I love it is when you’re fishing in the surface, obviously inherently a fish has to come up and to move to that fly and they don’t just stay there, right? The fish comes up, smashes it and goes back to where it came from or tries to swim away. But when they come up and grab that fly broadside, you know, it’s such a beautiful hook set. Nine times outta 10, it’s hooking itself. And I’m a big fan of the grease line technique. Now that was a very surface depth overview of, of that. I mean that you could, I’m really deep into the, the, the grease line technique, but that’s kind of what I do with muddler. That’s Dave (28m 49s): What you do with mud, is that the grease? Now describe that. What what is that grease line technique exactly for those that don’t know. So Tom (28m 55s): That’s the actual technique, the grease line. And this comes from back from in England, from Europe, you’re just using a floating head and a, a floating leader and it’s grease because back then they greased them to keep ’em up high in the water column. And that’s, you know, the word is the name is just kind of stuck with it through time. There’s very, very, very few people that I, at least in my network that I’ve talked to that really even have, have researched it. But that’s what it is. It’s a dry line with a wet fly and you’re just kind of presenting broadside as far as you can before that thing straightens out and turns and now you’re fishing a tight line. Dave (29m 32s): So that’s what it’s, so the grease line is more focused on that broad side presentation? Yes. And on dry and not, not necessarily fishing muddler or is it you could fish any fly Roy with the grease line? Tom (29m 42s): Well, you know, I fish the muddler because I’m just a, a huge Muddler fan. I tie muddler, I’m really obsessed with tying muddler, but they actually, the original was, you know, there’s a specific grease line patterns from, from the 18 hundreds from Europe that they used. And, and the idea is, is it’s a bug that’s trapped in the film line And it just being brought down the river at the natural speed of the current and fish are, you know, fish are keyed in on that. So that’s why they do Dave (30m 8s): That. And is it almost a, it’s a little bit, not necessarily a dead drift, but you’re not really putting the fly isn’t whipping across at the start. You’re not, not swinging across. It Tom (30m 17s): Kind of is for, you know, for lack of a better term. I mean it kind of, when you make that initial man and you get your line right, there’s no tension on the line. So it kind of is just a dead drift, but it’s a broadside dead drift. And if a fish grabs it, they’re probably gonna get hooked, you know, because of that. The reason I love it with Muddler and I tie muddler for side profile ’cause I don’t fish a ton of vertical tight line swings even when I’m fishing sink tips. But I really like the idea of, of letting that fish, you know, if you go down to the the fish’s point of view, you’re looking up at a muddler broadside with the horizon, you know, you kind of just see the, the silhouette of that thing, right? And so, So I tie for silhouettes, big barrel heads, something buggy poking outta the ass of that thing. Tom (31m 1s): Oh, okay. Dave (31m 2s): Yeah. Tom (31m 2s): And I, I like to give it to ’em broadside and you know, maybe that’s the reason, maybe it’s not, but, Dave (31m 7s): So the muddler, you’re ty how is that different from say a typical, if you’re gonna just go look up a, a muddler that you’d fish on on more on the swing? How is yours is just a little bit bigger? Tom (31m 16s): Well, I wouldn’t say bigger, it just, I would say it’s more, the head is very barrelhead. So it’s very pronounced. Dave (31m 22s): Yeah. So barrelhead not, it’s not like carved down really thin or any of that, Tom (31m 26s): Right? But it does have characteristics of like, you know, the old school steelhead cadis or Thompson Cadis, whatever. But I mean, I, let me digress a little bit. First of all, yeah, the, the muddler, the muddler evolution has, has really, really evolved. And there’s some people out there that are tying some sick muddler and for whatever reason steelhead just absolutely hate those things. Some of the best takes I’ve ever had are on Muddler for steelhead. Dave (31m 54s): There you go. So muddler muds are good. Good. Well we mentioned a little bit, so that’s a law on presentation, the lion, let’s go back to that. So you mentioned the rage, why not just fish that rage? And that’s the airflow, right? Airflow, yeah, the the rage. Why not fish? That one? I mean you could you fish that one throughout the year, October throughout all the seasons. Tom (32m 13s): So here, here’s what I found about the rage. First of all, I mentioned the rage because that’s what I will put on the 61 39 when a guy’s either new at casting or he’s Yeah, he’s really struggling with Dave (32m 22s): Because it’s easy, right? Yeah. The rage is, it makes it, I mean I think Larimer he did, he was thinking about the wind and conditions where they weren’t perfect to make an easy casting line. Yeah. Tom (32m 31s): Yeah. So the story I actually heard, I won’t say any names here, but yeah, let’s Dave (32m 34s): Hear it, let’s hear Tom (32m 35s): The range from the story that I heard. And I’m not saying I was there for, this was a scandy long that was chopped because of its inability to finish strong in a long cast in the wind on the CHS was chopped back, chopped back, chopped back a few times over, you know, however much time. And, and man, we got this crazy cool head now and I think it ended up at 29, 30 or 31 feet. But anyways, so that’s what I do. But, so here’s what I found about the rage. Let’s just say, I think when, when it comes to fishing, like we’ll just call it a, you know, tapered steelhead leader, right? A 12 foot tapered steelhead leader or a nine foot or whatever, I feel like with a full length rod. Tom (33m 16s): And that’s important because shorter rods are not part of this. What I’m gonna explain here, yeah, when you get over 390 grains on the rage with just a monofilament liter and a traditional fly, hopefully you’re not fishing weighted intruders on those, that’s not gonna work well. But there’s so much mass which creates so much momentum from the kinetic energy that it just cannot hold it down once you go above three. So once you get into the 420 grain rage, you know, a tapered leader outside of going like really long with it, is not really gonna anchor you down and keep your D loop intact for you to, you know, create rod load and whatever, go into your change of directions, Dave (33m 57s): Right? So there’s a certain limit. So there’s a limit to some of the, Tom (34m 0s): Yeah, so, so my five weights and my six weights, I will, you know, at 390 and 360 grains. And of course anything below that of course. ’cause you start getting lighter and lighter, less mass et cetera. Less length with full length rods relative to six and five weights. It’s really a highly functional head. Everybody knows that already, but I think most people are probably say, oh yeah, you can fish a poly leader or you can fish a floating universal leader, which I’m not huge fans of the floating ones of those anyways. I don’t think you need those. But no man, they’re, they’re really great. In fact, I think this year I made the decision, at least with my 51 25 berkheimer, which is just a fantastic summer steelhead rod by the way that the 300 and 330 grain rage was probably my favorite way to fish. Tom (34m 46s): Muddles on the trinity. Dave (34m 49s): Pescador on the fly offers a full spectrum of fly fishing gear for any angler at any budget. By bringing high performance rods directly to the angler, they eliminate the middleman markups, saving you time and money. The top tiered El Ray series is designed for serious anglers with the El ray G six being the most packable high performance rod on the market. And most anglers who try the G six can’t believe it is a six piece rod. It performs just like a four piece. There’s no difference in performance. Whether you’re fishing local streams or embarking on your next adventure across the world, the G six delivers precision and power wherever you go. You can get 10% off your next order right now if you use the code wet fly swing at checkout, that’s pescador on the fly.com. Dave (35m 30s): Use the code wet fly swing for 10% off, never fly without your G six. Discover the L Race series and more at pescador on the fly.com. Fish to Fly Guide service is passionate about sharing Jackson Hole’s world-class fishing from its iconic rivers to hidden backcountry waters, the legendary mutant stone and other fantastic hatches. Bring explosive top water eats during peak season. Backcountry creeks hold hidden gems where every bend offers something new and wild trout rise in untouched waters. Jackson Hole sits in the golden circle for trout home to the headwaters of three major river systems, the snake, the green, and the Yellowstone. Here you can chase native cutthroat trout, big browns, wild rainbows, and even K on the fly. Dave (36m 13s): If this is your kind of fishing fish, the fly guide service is ready to take you there. Book your trip right now@fishthefly.com. So that’s what it sounds like. And I have a, I have like a a six weight or a, what is it? I think it’s six weight echo that it’s just an older rod, but it, it’s great with the rage, you know, and I feel like I’ve never cast the rage on any other rods, So I don’t know. But so what you’re saying is it the rage is a better line for those lighter steelhead type rods? It wouldn’t be good on say a eight or nine weight necessarily. Tom (36m 43s): Not with tapered leaders. Yeah, no way. Now again, that comes down to taste, right? Like what do you want? You know, some of these guys are just like, you know, I’ll only fish a double tapered silk line. They’re not gonna fish a rage. Right? Dave (36m 54s): Yeah, yeah. That’s totally different. Yeah, that’s right. Tom (36m 55s): Not it’s in my, I mean I think the rage is probably the most utility. Dave (36m 59s): Yeah, it is. If you’re gonna get one line, yeah. Especially if you’re new, that’s a good line to grab out of the box and just go for it. That’s gonna help you. Yeah, for summer steelhead especially. Yes. Okay, so, so that’s a little on the line. So talk about the leader. So let’s just stay with that. Let’s just say we have this rage set up on a five or six weight. You mentioned the furled leader. Talk about from the fly line down to the rest of your terminal tackle. How do you do that again? Tom (37m 22s): Okay, so we’ll just talk specifically about my furled leaders. Yeah. And what Dave (37m 25s): Are fur leaders remind again, what furled leaders are? Tom (37m 28s): So a ferral leader is basically you take, you know, a long piece of line, you double it, you twist it, and you, you have a consistent twist all the way down. I, I’m not gonna say anything like, ’cause it doesn’t matter. Furrowing is furrowing and because of the tension of that, when you double it back, it will just twist back on itself, right? So you’ve just basically got it’s twisted line under tension. And so what I do is, and this just, you know, funny, I just, there was a company, one of my clients told me this last week, there was a company that was making furled leaders on machines and they went outta business. And so he bought a couple of ’em, two or three or whatever, and he brought ’em on the boat and they looked beautiful, but they were not tapered, meaning there wasn’t, you know, a mass going from larger to smaller coming from the shooting head going to the fly. Tom (38m 16s): And So I was like, man, they look super good. They had built in either tip it ring or a micro swivel, whatever it was. So we put it on the end of actually a 330 grand rage on his 51 25. And I’m sitting there and I fish with this guy. I mean, I guide this guy quite a bit and I’m looking at him like, well, he is having an off day, he is just not casting. Well, that’s okay, whatever happened, you know, fast forward I, I pick up his rod and I go to make a cast for whatever reason. And I was like, oh, maybe I’m having a bad day. I cast again, I cast again. And I’m like, no, that’s the leader. And what I found was, and this is pretty cool because I, I taught myself something here is that for real, leaders are cool, but on a spay rod, when you’re trying to make, you know, really nice big casts or efficient casts, having a tapered leader, not just a tapered leader, but a tapered furrow leader is legitimately 10 times better than having just a straight taper or referral leader. Tom (39m 12s): And so here’s what, here’s what I do with mind is I’ll take, you know, depending on what length I want, I’m just gonna use 20 feet as a, as an easy number to think of, right? I’ll take 20 feet of 12 pound fluorocarbon or 12 pound mono, whatever you wanna do. And I will make the back section of it to where it has a quadrupled furled section that’s the thickest part of it. And that is with a loop that goes onto the end of the shooting head and I come down, I tie a, a knot and I trim that tag in really close to it. So it’s knotted there. So the next section is only a single, a double furled portion of the liter. And then I tie a knot at the end of that and say the top section is, you know, three feet long. Tom (39m 54s): The middle section of just the double tapered or furled portion is maybe two and a half. So it’s smaller and mass, but it’s also slightly smaller in length. So it’s, it’s tapered both elements length and, and mass. And then from the front of that, I’ll just have, you know, I’ll leave like, I think I leave like two, two and a half feet of just whatever pound, like in this case 12 pound test tied to a micro, a spro, micro swivel, titanium swivel. And then from that swivel I will tie whatever length of tip it is necessary or liter necessary to a muddler or a fly and fish it like that. And so what we found was is that, you know, on long casts, you know, that loop was able to hold its stability and transfer energy throughout the entirety to that either swivel or the fly much greater distances and hold much tighter loops with the furled taper instead of just the straight furled. Tom (40m 47s): Hopefully that made sense. Dave (40m 48s): Yeah, it does. So that’s why you do the furled leader because it’s gonna help you, especially with a long cast, to actually keep a, just make a better cast overall versus, say you’d have on just your normal maxima whatever without a furled leader. Tom (41m 0s): Exactly. And you know, I have to be fair here, I was a part of a airflow team when Tim Ray, Jeff was Dave (41m 9s): Oh yeah, sure. Tom (41m 10s): Yeah. And you know, I learned that guy is, he’s something else. Yeah. And you know, he taught me a lot about energy transfer, you know, relative to, to fly casting. And you know, that is one of the things that got me on these world leaders that I build for my, my clients. What happens is, is that basically, you know, the surface depth of this energy transfer thing is there’s a ton of energy coming through that shooting head, right? A ton. And the more you can harness something efficiently to hold onto that energy, instead of it just like hitting a piece of mono And it disperses to me the idea of having a really thick furled, you know, 12 pound test leader back there, I’m gonna carry a lot more energy through that. Tom (41m 52s): And then I wanted to taper as it gets closer and closer to the fly for efficiency. And that’s, that’s why I, I went with, I call a stepped down pro leader. And maybe I’m wrong, maybe I’m right about that. But the important thing is, is it works really well and I got lucky there. Dave (42m 7s): That’s cool. Yeah. What, and, and how do you, for those that haven’t done the ferral leader, what is the knot, how are you tying the ferral leaders together? Describe that process or how could somebody see that? What does that look like? Tom (42m 18s): If someone can do this over listen to me to explain it, that’d be impressive. Yeah, that’d be hard. So when I get down with the top section, it’s furled and then twisted over itself again. So it’s got, you know, basically four strands of 12 pound tests. It’s quadrupled. I just tie a surgeon’s knot right there. But I make sure I make sure that that surgeon’s knot is, when I go to pull tension on it, it’s got a little bit of chapstick on it so everything pulls evenly. And then once it’s seated, I put a lot of pressure on it to, to really make it small because I don’t want big knots, you know, creating disturbances that I don’t want there when I’m swinging flies, especially in quiet water. And then I just nip it off really close to that knot. So it’s just a surgeon, an overhand knot really. But I’m very careful to make sure it seats right because I don’t like, I mean, I don’t want any one of my twists to even have a little bit of a gap and not be consistent with the, you know, the 30 other twists drives me crazy. Tom (43m 10s): So. Dave (43m 10s): Right, right. That’s, so if somebody wanted to get some of these fer liter, could they go get one or do you have to kind of build ’em yourself? Tom (43m 17s): I’ve never, yeah, I’ve never, Dave (43m 19s): There’s not much out there. It’s kind of a, it’s a little another one of those little tiny niches in fly fishing. Right. It’s these little, and I’ve heard of this before, I’ve, I know there’s some people in trout fishing that love the furled leaders. I’ve heard about ’em before and I’ve, I’ve never really fished ’em. So it’s, but it’s interesting to hear that for steelhead. I mean, do you hear, I haven’t heard that for steelhead many people doing this. Sounds like you’re doing something pretty unique. Yeah, Tom (43m 38s): I, exactly. No, I haven’t. I mean, why when you could just go buy a, a 12 foot Rio salmon steelhead leader and you know, go to work ’cause they work great. Right, Dave (43m 48s): Right, right. But you, like you said, I mean the thing with steelhead is, you know, like we know sometimes you don’t get a lot of opportunities, so why not stack it the deck in your favor a little bit more. Right. Every, every little thing it feels like you’re that type of person that you’re thinking every little thing from walking up to the stream to, you know, you’re thinking about all of that. Yeah. Yeah. Tom (44m 4s): Just Dave (44m 5s): It’s not easy. Right. Steelhead and the trinity, would you say is not easy like most places for steelhead fishing? Well, Tom (44m 11s): I, I would say, you know, let’s just say where I’m fishing is maybe 550 to 650 CFS and it’s dead quiet except for the deer and the, and the birds. You know, I don’t wanna pile a cast up on my, you know, if I gotta make, I mean you always start short right. When you’re working a run. Yeah. But sometimes you don’t, sometimes you gotta get to a spot and stand on a rock and your first cast has to be 67 feet and if you pile that up And it doesn’t turn over your bug, you know, that’s that fish, you know, situation might just swim behind a rock and you won’t see that guy again until the evening. So I don’t fall into the camp of well it works well cool, but like, can you get an advantage because I’ll take a half a percentage point if I can, you know, and it’s realistic, so Exactly. Tom (44m 55s): Yeah. That, that’s, that’s the way I view it. Totally. Dave (44m 57s): No, it makes sense. I think, and we’ve been focusing on this October, you know, period where it’s low and, and obviously there’s more of the trinity, but you know, it’s kinda interesting ’cause I, I I agree. I think that any little advantage you can get right. Is gonna help you, especially in those conditions. Yes. What is the, you mentioned the swivel, why the, the micro swivel. Why not just do a blood knot there at the end? This is right above your tipt. Tom (45m 17s): Because once I build those things, it’s like I put so much like effort into having them be perfect at a certain point. If I don’t tie a swivel on there, this is really why I do it. I’ve never had an issue with line twists. I know a lot of guys are like, ah, twist this twist. I don’t know what I’ve been doing differently. I’ve never had a fly come outta the water and start spinning. But for me, I just, over time, you know, you start to get to the point where you gotta tie another one because you, you bite off this blood knot. ’cause you know, a guy put a, a wind knot or two in this, or you had to chop it off and tie another one. And I just don’t, I don’t wanna tie ’em, man. Those things are really durable and I have not seen a drop off from not, you know, you could argue at 12 pound test being connected, 10 pound test, you know, that connection is probably a, the same size, if not bigger than one of those size 14 spro, micro barrel swivels dude. Tom (46m 6s): Like Dave (46m 7s): Mm. That is, you Tom (46m 8s): Know, so it’s not a disturbance if you tie your knots and take your time to tie ’em. Right? Yes. You can argue that there’s a little bit more of a, a weak point, but dude, I’ve, I’ve caught really big fish and if we ever get into the, the dry line for Kings up in Alaska today Yeah. It’s proven right. So Dave (46m 25s): Yep. Right. You can land kings with lighter stuff too. You don’t have to have whatever they use up there, 20 pound. Yeah. Tom (46m 31s): Yeah. So yeah, that’s why I do it. I honestly, just because they’re durable, they’re hearty, they turn over better than anything else out there on the end of a, if you’re fishing a dry line. And I just don’t wanna tie a bunch of ’em. So I just, I put a barrel swivel on ’em. Yeah. Dave (46m 44s): Okay. That makes sense. So that’s kinda stuff. And, and give us a little quick on, on the fly. So you mentioned the muddler. Sounds like that’s one of your favorites. What are your, if you had a wet fly you were gonna throw on there with this setup, what would it be? Are you exclusively muddler? Tom (46m 56s): No, I’m not exclusively muddler. I actually just a couple years ago, so as you can tell, I, I tinker with a lot of stuff. I’m always, my mind’s always racing to try to, you know, as you go through a season, you progress and you learn. At least I’m always trying to learn regardless of how long I’ve been doing it. And, you know, you try something and you’re like, eh, it worked. Well, maybe it worked ’cause there was a fish there and maybe it didn’t work and there wasn’t a fish there or whatever, you know, and still had, you could never recreate any situation. Right. But a couple years ago, I’m like, first of all, to answer the first part of that question, I’m a real big believer in fishing marabou for steelhead, like big time. And I tie mine on two flies and mine is like this, you know, it’s like this evolution of like 30 different flies. Tom (47m 39s): Like I’ve just, there’s so many fly tires that I love their flies and I’m like, oh, I’m gonna steal that. I’m gonna steal that. But I also believe that less is more addition by subtraction. So I, I tie these really cool tube flies on pro tubes, you know, they’ve got, you know, kind of a minnow ish shiny body with a, a dry fly hackle palmer up it at the top of that, Palmer, I’ll, I’ll stack like six to eight to 10 wraps depending on what I’m trying to achieve as a shoulder, right? A continuous I’ll palmer up make the body so it never shrinks down to skinny. And then at the top of that, Palmer, I’ll, I’ll stack like, you know, up to 10 wraps of, of this dry fly hackle. And then that’ll be my shoulder and it’ll help prop the bu up and I’ll put like maybe two, sometimes four strands of flash and then no more than three wraps of bu maybe I’ll do a full wrap of whatever this color bu. Tom (48m 32s): But I always got some type of black in there for the most part. But, so anyways, I tie those and then I’ve, I, I’m gonna get off on a tangent here ’cause I’m, yeah, I just really think this is the most effective fly. Like we talked about how fun the muddler is and how much I use them, right? This is the most effective fly that I’ve ever used. My daughter made these bracelets when she was young and they’re, you know, they’re these clay bead bracelets and you could buy the whole kit with like a thousand pieces from Amazon for like five bucks. And I’m looking at this bracelet she made me one day and I’m going, what? That is a really fishy little steelhead, kingfisher blue color you got there. Let me see that. Where’d you get that? And, and anyways, I was like, I grabbed one of my pro tubes And it was just the snugs most perfect fit in the world, man. Tom (49m 18s): And I’m like, why do they call these clay beads honey? And she didn’t know, you know, I’m like, I don’t, I still don’t know why they do, why they call ’em clay beads. I haven’t looked into it, huh. Nonetheless, of all of the cones and things you can buy for these, these tube flies, these weightless tube flies. I’m telling you, dude, there’s nothing better. This is it than the effect that these perfectly flat clay disks and, and they’re only a, you know, they’re, they’re not huge. Yeah, but they’re not small either. Perfectly Dave (49m 45s): Flat. So clay disks. So how is this different than, and this is going on the front of the fly. Tom (49m 49s): This is going on the front of the fly. So I’ll finish that with just a, you know, two, maybe three wraps of bu very wispy, like I said, addition by subtraction. I like, I like flies with bu at least that look subdued. And as they pulse or kick, you might get a glance of that little sexy body underneath. Right? I, yeah, I just feel like that might trigger a fish, right? With just a couple pieces of flash extending to the stinger hook and, and I’ll run like, you know, a loop. I’ve got a whole system that I tie with my two flies too. But, but anyways, I put this, So I talked about how I build up that body or that shoulder with the, with the same hackle that I used to palmer up to keep a little bit of a profile, right? And so the BU is already standing out like it is. Tom (50m 30s): This thing will not suck down in fast current because of, you know, the, the thick amount of stacks with that dry fly hackle. And then you put this clay disc thing on there, this clay b disc thing on there And it just makes it perfectly flat pushing against water. And every time that bu hits a little, you know, piece of microcurrent, it just dances. It just kicks, it moves, it darts, it pulses, it does whatever you, you know, whatever the water’s doing it does. But because of how little material I’m using and still having the ability to carry a really badass looking profile in the water, going back to the original question, you could cast these things on a three weight spay route or a three weight single hand rod because they’re so lightweight. Tom (51m 15s): So going back to the question, am I exclusive muddler? No. One of the other things that I will use the grease line technique with is I will fish these marabou flies in the film line on the surface and still had absolutely crushed them. And I’ll fish ’em the same way I fish ’em on sink tips, you know, with the stinger hook, you know, whatever, three inches, a three inch monofilament doubled loop to keep that stinger hook, you know, from falling down not below the fly, it’s sticking straight outta the, the back of that fly. You know, I’ll just grease line, I just call it grease line, you know, just drive fish and leeches on the grease line and I fish it just like you would’ve a green butt skunk, a muddler, you know, a lady Caroline, whatever. And steelhead will come up and smack those just as much. Tom (51m 57s): Yeah. Dave (51m 58s): So yeah, what I’m trying to get to is just picture that disc, and I know there’s some different discs people love using that. You know, you put on the front of the fly that kinda, sometimes people, I don’t know, think maybe it pushes water or maybe it doesn’t, but is this, it’s kind of a flat disc. I’m trying to think of the name of those ones that I’m picturing, but Tom (52m 13s): I think they’re called the pro tube Sonic discs. Dave (52m 14s): Exactly. Yeah. So is that kind of what we’re looking like here? Yeah, Tom (52m 17s): It’s, it, I would say it’s the same diameter, but if you look at the same, you know, it’s, it’s the same size except for if you look at the, those sonic discs, they’re actually slightly conical, right? Yeah, they are. And they also have port holes in them, which water flows through. Yeah, that’s right. And what I’ve found is, yeah, you know, you still get your bu fly will still get movement. I, and I learned this on the Olympic Peninsula when I was guiding up there quite some time ago. And I would watch this thing in the water. Those port holes are literally shooting water through there. And what I found is it actually keeps that bu almost lifeless because it forces it to kind of stay, you know, I think it’s got like, they either got like four or six holes in it and they’re perfectly symmetrical holes made in a factory. Tom (53m 1s): And so you’ve got four little jet streams of water kind of almost making a, a cocoon, if you will, over that mbu. Does it still look killer? Yeah, it does. But you know, for me, I want the profile to maintain itself and I don’t really care about my fly being straight. I want my fly to dance and move and kind of make fish feel comfortable. So yeah. Yeah, that’s kind of where I’m at with that. But that’s what those disks are. If you just get on Amazon and look up clay disks, I mean there’s, gosh. Dave (53m 32s): Okay. That’s it. Yeah, I can find ’em on Amazon. Okay, cool. So, well this is great. I mean, I think this conversation has been awesome. We’ve been really focused, which is cool. I wanted to circle back really quick and just ask, you know, we didn’t get into this, but you know, you’ve been doing this a while, right? What’s your, you know, first, how long have you been doing this and when did you first get into fly fishing? What does that look like for you? Tom (53m 52s): I got into fly fishing really young. I don’t know what age, but it wasn’t just fly fishing. I grew up in an area where I had, you know, moving fairly, you know, small to medium sized tributary depending on the size of the year. Dave (54m 4s): And was this California? Yeah, Tom (54m 5s): This California that flowed into, it was a warm water tributary most of the year that flowed into the Sacramento River. And it was walking distance from me. So I, I grew up fishing for literally, I mean, you know, unless you lived here and knew about this creek world class, small mouth, at least relative to the world record, right. And moving water, I would fish for those. And then in the springtime, trout would, would come up in the springtime to spawn. And of course I was already close. So, you know, it wasn’t just fly fishing, it was, it was every just moving water, creeks, rivers, whatever. But I also was fortunate that my mom, my mom’s side of the family is from Alaska, well not from Alaska, but they all moved to Alaska a long time ago. Tom (54m 45s): And I was able to go up there as a kid. Dave (54m 48s): Oh wow. What part of Alaska? Tom (54m 50s): When I was a kid, it was just around the Kenai Peninsula. They lived in Anchorage, but we drove down to the Kenai Peninsula world. And that really had a big impression on my life. You know, very vivid impressions of just how fun it is to fish for fish in a river. Not that I don’t enjoy still water or you know, whatever, but I, I just like fishing in a river or a creek. Dave (55m 8s): Right, right. That’s cool. Wow. So yeah, so you’ve got all that, that whole history and then obviously you’re on, on the Trinity and the trinity flows into the Klamath, like we talked, where’s the, in the Smith, without going too deep, the Smith’s down, it’s its own system, right? Yes. It, it’s flow into the ocean down. Is it, where is it from the Klamath where the Klamath flows in? Is it north? Tom (55m 26s): Yeah, it’s north. About 40, 43, 44 minutes. I think before you actually, before actually hit the 1 0 1 bridge that goes over the main body of the smith. Yeah, you gotta go north. Gotcha. Okay. North. Sorry, Dave (55m 39s): You gotta go north a little bit. Yeah. Okay, perfect. Well no, this has been good. I think that, you know, it’s always tough on these, ’cause I think we got real detailed on this. We didn’t talk about the other seasons. Maybe describe that just real quick before we get outta here on, you know, we talked about that October, if you’re a fishing winner, do you change up your game, all that? When do you start changing up from what we talked about into more of that heavier sink tip and all that stuff? Tom (56m 0s): I don’t wait for it to get cold If the water volume gets bigger. I love, love, love, love fishing, sinking lines. You know, I, I love outside of fish and dry lines, well I guess there’s not many more options, but I love the game changer from Rio, the game changer body. I love the densities that it comes in. I love that it gives you the ability to fish a sink tip. I love that it gives you the ability to get as deep as you would be fishing with like a floating Skagit head in T 14, but now you’re talking, you can throw on, you know, instead of 12 foot of T 14, now we’re fishing, you know, maybe 11 feet of T seven, you know, level sink. Tom (56m 40s): Yeah. On the end of it. Not only that, it just really allow, you know, these sinking heads really allows you to fish structure so much better. Because I think people are kind of, it’s kind of a counterintuitive thing. Like I think a general consensus is why do you fish T 14? Well, I need to get down. Well, true, but what about the time that your, your line’s out in the, in the current swinging? Right. For me, I look at it as the longer my head can be out there or my line, the longer I have for my sink tip to do its job. And so for me, I really like backing off the floating skagit heads, getting into the, the game changers and all the densities and fishing lighter tips. Tom (57m 23s): The other thing it does, and I, I don’t, honestly, we’re at a point in this, we’re at a really cool evolution in, in lines right now, you know, with multi density sinking heads that, you know, the days of having to fish 12 foot of, you know, T 14 or whatever, 12 foot of T 10 on the end of a floating Skagit head are, are kind of, you should be thinking about better ways because I don’t know about everybody else out there, but for me, I catch a lot of fish when I’m on a sink tip anyways. I, I catch a lot of fish in that last 30% of the swing lots, like way over 50% of my fish come in that last 30% of the swing. But if you think about like what your fly and your sink tip are doing when it’s that heavy, typically it’s slower water when it starts to enter that area, right? Tom (58m 6s): The seams, the boils, this hang down, whatever it is that sink tip, you know, T 14 is just, is you’re asking to get buried into a rock, you know? And yeah. Right. I’ll tell you one thing. When I started fishing these sinking heads in like, you know, longer lengths of T seven just in these weightless maroo tube fly systems, you know, I started catching a ton more fish in the last 20%. ’cause I, and one I’m not getting hung up, right? And I think that fish is, is you’re not as heavy. So you’ve got a lot more lifelike ability in your line system versus like if you were, you know, a big heavy T 14 and really heavy fly, just kind of a straight line stick swing, right? If you think about, you know, you’re giving the water a chance to kind of move your stuff around a little bit, but still stay tight so you can have some feel. Tom (58m 51s): But I, I like the idea of being able to fish really good deep into my swing and maybe even hang there for a few seconds like the European guys do and you know, give it some action and see if a fish might be tempted to come up, especially in high off-colored water, right? Like that’s where they’re at anyways. And furthermore, I think, I think people are thinking the opposite. Like now that I’m talking about it, like if it’s high and off colored, you should be fishing lighter, you should be fishing really, really effective and shallow water in the hang down and don’t worry about that really fast dirty stuff with debris in it out there. It’s only gonna cause more problems. And I think the biggest thing is with this sinking line and lighter sink tip thing is, is that, you know, anytime you gotta walk out into a run to dislodge a fly that’s, you know, in four foot of water or whatever, you kind of just kiss that run goodbye for a little bit anyways. Tom (59m 40s): Right? So, right. Yeah. Yeah. I’ll start getting into those when I have the, the water volume. I think if you fish sink tips and you know, water where it’s kind of quiet and stuff kind of a disadvantage there. Dave (59m 52s): Okay. And is, what is that on the, you mentioned the 500 CFS on the Trinity, what would the levels be where you’d start switching to sink tips? Tom (59m 59s): Right around 800 to 900. And I won’t switch to ’em, but I’ll just have ’em, I’ll have a rod rigged up with maybe eight to 11 foot a T seven and a weightless fly and Dave (1h 0m 7s): Okay. And what was the, so on the game changers, there’s a bunch of different sink rates, right? Yeah. What would be your, what are you using there? Do you have everything or what, what would be one somebody should get for the trinity? Tom (1h 0m 18s): Intermediate? Dave (1h 0m 19s): Yeah. Intermediate. That’s the FHI or whatever. Tom (1h 0m 21s): Exactly. No, I, I would say the, the intermediate, if you really wanna be able to fish or fly really well and really far into these, there’s a lot of Bucky Likey cut bank rocky stuff, the intermediate sink two, sink three, and then the FHI. And then I, you know, I, I always go and I just put these in my pockets. I’ve got a a seven foot piece of T seven and this is for like, you know, until we get into the, the big water, right? Yeah. I’ve got seven foot, nine foot and 11 foot of T seven and I’ll run that and if, if that head might be a little bit too much, the float hover intermediate is, you know, about as good as it gets. Yeah. Dave (1h 0m 59s): Okay. So the inter, I’m looking at the one, it’s intermediate slash s two slash S3. So that fly line or that head basically has intermediate that describe that. What is the, what is that numbering system? Yeah, Tom (1h 1m 11s): So starting from the back to the front, meaning that the portion of the head that’s closest to the rod tip, the back portion of that is gonna hover just below or not hover because that’s actually a density. It’s gonna be intermediate, which is a, you know, basically a one and a half inch per second sink rate just below the surface when you have a tight line swing and then it tapers or that intermediate rolls into a little bit faster sink at sink two inch per second, and then that two inch rolls in at the, the front of the head going towards the liter or the sink tip at three inches per second. So it’s a really nice gradual tapered density And it allows you to fish a much lighter sink tip and still be just as effective as you would be with say like a, a floating skagit in T 10 or T 14. Dave (1h 1m 58s): Right. Gotcha. So that’s why it’s cool. Could you also on that put a, just if you had to put a dry line tip on the end of that or what would you do, what game changer would you get if you wanted to float all just dry line? Tom (1h 2m 10s): So, believe it or not, that game changer is, is an actual scandy taper. It’s a continuous taper, very similar to scans. It is a scandy taper, however, they don’t make it in floating. But let’s just say for example, if they did make it in floating and you bought like a 15 foot Rio replacement tapered tip or a 10 footer, excuse me. Yeah. You would turn that 23 foot head and then now you’ve extended 10 feet off of a tapered tip, regardless of what that is. Now 23 feet turns into 33 feet, but because you’ve extended the front taper of that game changer, now you’ve essentially got a scandy head, if that makes any sense. Dave (1h 2m 44s): Right. You’re changing a little bit. Yeah. Tom (1h 2m 47s): So it’s, it kind of gets convoluted there. Basically what they did is they, they cut a scandy head off and they’re saying instead of maybe your six weight takes a 390 green scandy, they’re saying we cut the tip off of this scandy and now we’ve got the center mass theorem working for us. It loads the rod much better and it’ll, it’ll handle tips. But because of this, you need to go to a 4 25 or a four 50 instead of a three 90. Yeah, Dave (1h 3m 10s): Yeah. A little bit heavier. Yeah. To Tom (1h 3m 11s): Control tips and load your rod. Yep. Dave (1h 3m 13s): That makes sense. So not to, I mean we, we mentioned the rage before, but that was a, like you said, a longer scandy that was cut down. This is sounds like this game changer is a similar deal. It Tom (1h 3m 22s): Is, but it’s cut down a lot more and, and you’re not, you’re not increasing the grains as much as you are right. Like as you are on the rage Yeah. Dave (1h 3m 30s): And the floating. Yeah. And the FHA is floating hover intermediate, is that what that stands for? Yep. Tom (1h 3m 34s): Float, hover intermediate. Yep. Dave (1h 3m 35s): This is cool. So those are the two. So for the Trinity, FHI and then this IS two S3 is what you would have there. Tom (1h 3m 42s): Yeah. And that’s not just for the Trinity man, that’s anytime you want to fish sink tips, that’s my go-to Smith River, you know, winter spring. Dave (1h 3m 50s): Oh, right. So this is a good all around sync if you’re efficient. And then have you, like you said, have a, have a T seven, what, what were the links? What were the tips you’d have with you there? So Tom (1h 3m 58s): I, I carry a bunch of ’em in my, in my guide box, but I usually have on a seven, a nine and an 11 foot chunk of T Dave (1h 4m 5s): 7 7 9 11. So you don’t have to use the mow or any of that stuff for this? Tom (1h 4m 9s): I don’t, I just like the airflow level sink. ’cause it’s got a thin coat. I think it cuts through the water a little bit better because it’s thinner diameter. You are gonna wear it out a little bit faster, but I think it’s worth it for what you’re gaining. And then I also, you know, like say if I was on the Smith or the Ill or you know, the lower Trinity in the winter winter time, I’ll carry like a eight foot chunk of T 10 and a 12 foot chunk of T 10 too if I really need to do some damage. Dave (1h 4m 32s): Awesome. Well this has been good, Tom. You know, like these always are, they’re tough to get out because there’s a bunch of stuff we could be keep picking your, your brain on. So we might have to swing back and get you back on here down the line. So I guess, yeah, we can leave it there. We’ll just send everybody out to swing water fly fishing.com or on Instagram. I think it’s, they can just look up Tom Mayhan swing water. But yeah man, this has been good. Any, any last words you wanna leave people with if they’re thinking about, you know, heading to Northern California, you know, for some fishing? Yeah, Tom (1h 5m 0s): I mean I just, I just feel like if you’re listening to this and, and you’re into spay or swinging flies, don’t let what’s out there on the internet and the masses steer you away from what the trinity actually is. There’s, you know, two thirds of that river that is very unknown is some of the best swinging that the Pacific Northwest has to offer. And I say that as a guide who’s guided, you know, the, the coolest anadromous fish all the way from Alaska down into Washington on the Op, Oregon on the rogue, et cetera. And now obviously my home waters and I’m not biased. Right. I’m fair. Yeah, not only that, you know, those transition seasons that we talked about earlier, there’s world class fish that are coming up, they’re short seasons, the fish aren’t everywhere, but if you know how to locate ’em, it’s really trophy hunting with a spay rod at its finest. Tom (1h 5m 47s): It’s really a, a cool program. Dave (1h 5m 49s): That’s amazing. Yeah, I I feel like, you know, you said it, California, Oregon, Washington, I mean all the way up BC, Alaska, I mean there’s steelhead all over the place, but I feel like, you know, it’s kind of, you know, the further you go south especially, you know, I mean really this, I guess getting back into the historic runs, right? Like there aren’t steelhead in, in southern California really anymore, right. Or, or Mexico. But it sounds like the steelhead runs in, in your part of the world are still doing good. Although we’ve had ups and downs all over the place. Maybe give us that little rundown. Have you seen some of those ups and downs too, like everybody else has where Yeah. The run, yeah, you’ve seen those? I Tom (1h 6m 23s): Have. I, and I would say, you know, back, you know, some of the guys that were, were very influential to me and when I was young, you know how it is, you just kind of, not that you discredit them, but you just kind of, you know, in one ear and out the other when they say it’s cyclical. Man, I, I, I do believe that. I, I think it is, when I first started getting serious, I think the first person I took out on the Trinity was 2009 and actually got paid for it. You know, the fishing was on the, that was like, of course I was fishing before that, but that was, that was on the heels of an unbelievable stretch of like, you know, you’d go down in a junction city sometime and you’d see three, 400 adult steal it in a single pod in a single piece of water, you know, and then it went to, man, what is going on? Tom (1h 7m 5s): Maybe it’s the end of times and you know, in these last two, three years have started to prove that, well no, we’re still here. Dave (1h 7m 15s): We’re still here. Yeah, it’s, that’s right. Yeah. I mean the same thing, you know, up here and I mean the Columbia, you know, numbers are definitely have bumped up this year again and, and I was just on the river And it wasn’t, it wasn’t like, it was like you’re saying 2010, but I mean there’s definitely fish out there to be caught. Yeah. Tom (1h 7m 31s): Yeah. Dave (1h 7m 32s): So cool. Awesome Tom. Well I think we can leave it there. Thanks again for all your time and yeah, looking forward to keeping in touch with it as we go. Alright Tom (1h 7m 38s): Dave, I appreciate you man. Thanks. Dave (1h 7m 41s): All right. You can find Tom any of these guide trips at swing water fly fishing.com. You can also find ’em on Instagram as well if you’re interested in putting together a trip down here. If you haven’t checked out Wetly Swing Pro, you can go to wetly swing.com/pro sign up there and we open it back up. We can provide some information there. This is our chance where we’re building trips together, traveling around the country and would love to hear from you. And Wetly Swing Pro, we’ve got a big giveaway, sche that we mentioned it today, kind of bc, the Chena spay trip, and the giveaway is going right now. You can go over to wew.com/giveaway and you can sign up to enter to win that big trip. And if you want to go on this trip next year, you can send me an email, dave@weflyswing.com. Dave (1h 8m 25s): And again, we fly Swing Pro. If you connect, there is the best chance to get your name in the hat for all of our upcoming trips. Thanks again for checking in here till the very end. Hope you enjoy that episode and hope you’re having a good morning, good afternoon or good evening, wherever in the world you are and I’ll look forward to talking to you on that next episode. We’ll see you then. Outro (1h 8m 45s): Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly Swing Fly fishing show. For notes and links from This episode, visit wet fly swing.com.

 

fly fishing northern california

Conclusion with Tom Mahan on Fly Fishing Northern California

Fishing the Trinity on the swing isn’t just about hooking steelhead—it’s about the experience of reading water, adapting to conditions, and connecting with a legendary river. Tom Mahan’s insights into seasonal tactics, leader design, and the subtleties of presentation give us a deeper look at what makes this fishery so special. Whether you’re planning a trip to Northern California or just want to sharpen your approach to steelhead, Tom’s story is full of lessons you can carry to your own waters.

         

816 | Fly Fishing Cuba and South America with Jon Covich – Flats Fishing, Tarpon, Permit, Travel Tips

Episode Show Notes

Cuba has long carried a sense of mystery for travelers, and when you put a fly rod in your hand, that mystery only deepens. In this episode, Jon Covich talks about chasing bonefish, tarpon, and permit on the Cuban flats, the realities of travel restrictions, and how the culture of the island is just as important as the fish.

Jon shares what it’s like to guide and host trips through World Fly LLC, why South America deserves more attention from anglers, and the practical lessons you need before booking a saltwater trip. The conversation drifts between history, people, gear, and stories that remind us why fishing new water is about far more than checking a species off a list.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Episode Recap

00:00 – 06:15 — Dave opens the show, introduces Jon Covich, and sets the stage with Cuba’s unique fishing opportunities and travel challenges.

06:15 – 15:42 — Jon shares how he first began traveling to Cuba, the hurdles of permits and restrictions, and why the flats there are so special.

15:42 – 26:20 — Bonefish, tarpon, and permit stories: Jon explains the seasonal rhythms, what makes Cuban waters different, and how anglers should prepare.

26:20 – 34:48 — South America highlights: exploring rivers across the continent, species diversity, and why travel planning makes or breaks the experience.

34:48 – 47:10 — Culture and history: connecting with Cuban guides, learning from local communities, and how politics shape the fishing experience.

47:10 – 55:30 — Travel tips: gear choices for saltwater trips, what to pack, and Jon’s favorite setups for flats fishing.

55:30 – End — Reflections on why Cuba and South America keep calling him back, and how travel fishing deepens our sense of connection.


🔗 Guest Links & Resources

World Fly LLC – Cuba and South America Trips
https://www.worldflyllc.com/

Instagram WorldFlyLLC


Videos Noted in the Show

Related Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Today’s guest has built a life around two passions, fly fishing, and world travel. From his early days working at Kaufman Stream Board to becoming a tackle rep along people like Brian O’Keefe, today’s guest has followed a path that has taken him far beyond the Pacific Northwest. By the end of this episode, you’ll hear why Cuba’s Flats are unlike anywhere else in the Caribbean, how John helps anglers navigate the ever-changing rules that Americans face traveling in Cuba. And what you can expect when chasing Tarpon permit and bonefish in a fishery where your group might be the only angler for 100 miles. This is the Web Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip, And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Dave (48s): John Kovich is here to take us inside the Cuban Flats and the culture and history of Cuba. He’s been there for decades. He’s got 33 trips and counting, and he’s gonna be back there this November. We’re gonna get a perspective, not only on the fishing, but on Havana and the history. We take a nice tangent on this one, so be prepared for that. We’re gonna find out why he is the leading expert in fly fishing for this area. What you can expect at World Fly, where he does his business, and everything else that’s gonna come along today. Here he is. Let’s get started. John Kovich. You can find him@worldlyllc.com. How you doing, John? Jon (1m 28s): I’m doing just fine. Early out here on the West Coast. Dave (1m 30s): Yeah, yeah, that’s right. We like to get going early. Nice. How are things going? Are you, you staying cool this summer? Jon (1m 36s): You know, we’ve had a little bit of a heat wave this last week, but you know, there’s nothing like summer in the Pacific Northwest or the Western US if you ask me. So it’s kind of funny. I get people all the time asking me, you know, where are you traveling right now? And I say, I’m not travel anywhere. I’m staying home. It’s beautiful here. I’m out crabbing and salmon fishing and hiking. So Dave (1m 55s): It’s Oh, nice. And where, where’s your home these days? Jon (1m 58s): I’m just outside of Seattle. Dave (1m 59s): Oh yeah. Outside of Seattle. Cool. Yeah, you’re right in the right in the hub. You’ve got lots of, I mean, lots of fly fishing opportunities. Right. We, we’ve definitely done some episodes. What do you focus, do you do some fishing around around the area? Jon (2m 9s): Yeah, I do. I’ve got a little whaler, you know, a 17 foot Montauk that I can put in the water, a third of a mile from my house. And So I fish, see in cutthroat this could, you know, I mean, throughout the year, but a lot of times, right, like right now I’m not going out and throwing crab pots because we get dungeon of crabs, so that, that becomes a nice substitute for actually fly fishing. But pretty soon the salmon will really be here in forest. I mean, the pinks are here right now, and we’ll get coho Yeah. Really in thick here in the next month or so. So I’ll be doing that quite a bit. Right, Dave (2m 39s): Right. Yeah, that’s right. Because you guys get the, the pinks and you get the whole, well, I guess, do you get some Chinook up there too? Jon (2m 44s): We do. Well, yeah, absolutely. You know, we get, you know, it’s not as dependable. It’s certainly harder on a fly ’cause they tend to be deeper, but you’ll catch ’em. I just saw a picture of a friend of mine that’s out at a place called Ne Bay, which is out fishing from a kayak and landed a 25 pound king on the fly. Wow. What happens? But they were out fishing for, for a coho, and that Dave (3m 4s): Happened. Yeah, that’s a big fish. 25 pounds is big. Yeah. Jon (3m 7s): Even from a kayak, which is great. Dave (3m 9s): Nice. Okay, well, we’ll we’ll talk, probably sprinkle around, talk about some of these other topics. And Today I think we wanna focus on one of your travels to Cuba and you’re traveling all around the world. But maybe before we get there, why don’t you take us back really quick. I know you’ve been in the industry for a long time. You’ve, seems like you’ve done everything. Maybe take us back to the start. What’s your, what’s your first memory of fly fishing? Jon (3m 29s): You know, I, I actually got kind of, I got into fly fishing a little bit late in my, oh, I guess mid twenties. This is probably when I got into fly fishing. I’ve been fishing all my life, you know, as a kid I was lucky to grow up really in, you know, a rural part of Washington state. And my parents gave me a lot of freedom. So I was always running off and fishing a spinning rod with my buddies. But I knew about fly fishing. I had a granddad who was Scottish, and he passed away when I was really young. But, you know, there were a lot of pictures of, of him around with a tweed jacket and, and a fly rod. And I, I always knew about it And it was something I wanted to try. And So I got into it and like I said, in my mid twenties, and then fell, of course, like so many of us do, into being a hardcore obsessed flying. Jon (4m 11s): Couldn’t talk about anything else except fly fish. She couldn’t do anything else except fly fishing. It was a little bit all consuming. And then I got into the, into her career as ultimately as a, as a tackle rep, which, Dave (4m 24s): Oh, a tackle rep. Was that your first position in the industry? Well, Jon (4m 28s): I started, I was working, I worked for Nordstrom for a long time through my college years, and then took a job with them for a while. That was pretty serious. And no, I really didn’t like it and wanted to get out, So I quit. And I had a guy that I’d worked with at Nordstrom who was managing the Kaufman Stream board shopping. Oh wow. And if you remember Randall Kaufman? Yeah. Which Dave (4m 47s): One? Because there was two, I know he had one up there. There were two, Jon (4m 50s): One in be, well they had three actually. One in Portland, Oregon, TIG Oregon, which was their original. And one in Bellevue and one in Seattle. And So I worked in downtown Seattle and I would run in between Nordstrom where I worked. I started early and I took a job there just, but I wanted a menial job. I said, you know, after I quit this office job I had, I said, do gimme, I wanna be a, gimme a janitorial job. ’cause I just want something that’s kind of a no brainer. And so they said, yeah. And then as I was going to say, this guy, Bob, a, who I’d worked with at Nordstrom was managing the Kaufman’s downtown. And he found out that I’d quit this, you know, this office job at Nordstrom. And he called me and said, Hey, you should come to work for us. ’cause you, you know, you’re a good salesman and you know about fly fishing. Jon (5m 31s): So I worked it out that I could work from about seven in the morning to 11 at Nordstrom. And then I would run virtually run, you know, three blocks down the street to Kaufman’s for their midday rush. ’cause you know, there was, they were catering to the, the business crowd downtown. And they would come in between 11 and three. So I Ricky 11 to three, 11 to four, and then I’d run back to Nordstrom and finish my shift there. And that’s kinda how I got into it. And then I started seeing the reps, the tackle reps that would come in. And, you know, a lot of the, you know, the listeners to your podcast probably haven’t met fly tackle reps. Maybe they have, maybe they’re gone to a shop or something. But, you know, virtually everything in that shop that you visit, your favorite fly shop is represented by a tackle, an independent tackle rep who comes in and shows the product to the, sells it to ’em. Jon (6m 19s): And So I started seeing these reps come in. I thought, you know, I could do that. I know how to sell stuff. And So I started talking to Brian O’Keefe, who I think you’ve had Brian Oe. Oh yeah. Dave (6m 29s): Oh yeah. Yeah. Jon (6m 30s): And I was, you know, I was like, oh my god, this Brian O’Keefe guy’s famous because I was, was getting into photography. And So I I his photos and, you know, seen his, his stories about his travels. And so he would come into the shop and I’d be all over the guy with questions and everything. Yeah. It’s almost a little embarrassing to, to look back on. And Brian, you know, quickly kinda recognized that, that I wanted to have a career in this. And so he was, he was awesome. He said, Hey, if you wanna start as a rep, I’ve got a bunch of stuff that honestly I don’t make any money from, but I, you know, I represent these small companies and I’ll just, I’ll just pass ’em on to you. And that way you can, you can be a rep, at least you’ll be able to say your rep and then you’ll be able to do some other stuff. Jon (7m 12s): And, and he had me kind of sub rep one company for him, barber clothing. ’cause basically he didn’t want to do it. Right. You know, he’s like, you’re a clothing guy. So, so that’s how I got my start. And I was making, I think I figured out that for my first year I averaged about $60 a month. Luckily I had some savings. And then my first job where Dan Bailey’s called me and they needed a new rep. And So I started ing for Dan Bailey’s and then Abel called me and they needed a new rep and heard that I was a new guy in the Pacific Northwest here. So they started ing Abel wheels and were an upward, and that was 19 nine, full of 1992 when I started ING Dave (7m 51s): Oh nine two. Right. In the, the, the mix of a river runs through it. Right. That’s Yeah. Jon (7m 56s): Exact, exactly. Dave (7m 57s): Yeah. A good, a good time. Jon (7m 59s): Fun time. Yeah. It was a fun, energetic time. Dave (8m 1s): Yeah. Nice. So, well, I mean, you’ve obviously got a lot of stuff we could talk about on your background. I think we should skip ahead a little bit to the travel. Sure. ’cause I wanna talk Cuba. So did, was that an easy transition? Did you, you know, from talking to Brian O’Keefe to travel in the world? Because you’ve kind of been everywhere, right? Jon (8m 18s): Yeah, it, it was because the nice thing was before I got into fly fishing, I was already a traveler. So I had kind of decided in my early twenties that I wanted to see the world. And so, you know, the, my first trip I went to Europe and the Middle East and North Africa. And I was gone for 15 months with a backpack. And So I kind of, you know, I fell in love with traveling and, and I fell in love with a camera, having a camera along to kind of shoot photos. And then when I got into, you know, fly fishing, of course I’d heard about The Bahamas and I heard about Alaska and New Zealand. And So I started going to those places and I was really, I had one smart move in that I married a flight attendant. Dave (8m 56s): Mm, there you go. Jon (8m 57s): You know, so we had these slight benefits. And So I was going to Argentina and Chile and Brazil and you name it. And in those days I started getting, I mean, O’Keefe and some other guys were really known for this. But I started getting a little bit of a reputation, at least in my area and here on the Pacific Northwest as being a guy that people could talk to about travel. Right. So I wanna shop and shop and say, Hey, you’ve been to the South island. Right. You know, I mean, can you really do it on your own or do you have to go to a lodge? And So I could talk to ’em about, and then ultimately I, I fell in with the guys at Fly Water Travel, who you probably know of. They were purchased about five years ago by Far Bank. So part, they’re part of the Far Bank family, you know, Sage in Rio Redington. Jon (9m 39s): And I knew those guys. I knew Ken Morris, who was one of the founders of the company. And I would always visit them. ’cause Kenny had worked in a fly shop. And so we had this great relationship. So I’d stop into their office and see them in Ashland, Oregon. And I think in 2011 or 2012, I, I stopped to have a coffee with them and I’d just come back from Argentina and we were talking about my experience there. And Brian, the other co-owner, kind of said, as I was leaving, he said, we should find a way to work together. That would be really cool. And I left, I thought, I wonder if he was serious, you know, but that would be cool. So I called him back a few days later and he said, yeah, I was serious about, let’s find a way for you to work with us. So I became a rep for them calling on fly shops and talking to them about and partnering them. Jon (10m 22s): And so it gave me a lot more opportunity in travel. Now, ultimately, I became kind of their Cuba specialist. ’cause I, I had been in Cuba early on and then was interested in, in keeping that up, especially when it started kind of opening up around 2015. And, but it’s a cut go a little bit forward. Fly Water had to stop selling Cuba after they got bought by, you know, they had big corporation that was overseeing them and lawyers, you know, big lawyers. And they said, you know, we don’t understand this Cuba thing. We, we don’t wanna take any risk if there’s any risk. So I started my own little travel company called Worldly and at, and a few other places in the world. Columbia and Brazil and Argentina and a few others. Jon (11m 3s): Right. So there you go. I’m doing both still. So it’s not, I haven’t had to transition. Dave (11m 9s): I’m still Oh, cool. So you’re still doing fly water travel too? Yeah. Jon (11m 12s): Well, I’m not doing fly water. I had, I ultimately, this year I resigned from Fly Water for only selfish reasons, not because there was anything that matter with those guys. I love them. And they are, you know, they’re two of the best guys that started that company. And they, the people there do a great job and I refer a lot of customers to them. Dave (11m 30s): Yeah. Who was the other one other than Ken Morris? Who was the Brian Geese? Oh, Brian Geese. Okay. Is the Jon (11m 34s): Other, yeah. Yeah. And they’ve done a lot for me, So I owe them a, a lot. But I recognize that with a little bit of uncertainty and travel with a new administration, you know, in the Oval Office. And I wasn’t quite sure what was gonna happen. Cuba in particular. And also, you know, I am a rep for other companies that aren’t part of Far Bank. So I thought to myself, oh, you know, there’s gonna be a time when the all, you know, the people that really up high in Far Bank say, who is this John Kovich guy? And why is he, you know, he doesn’t represent sage or real, you know. So I just thought it was the right time. But I still have a great relationship with him. Yeah. Yeah. Dave (12m 9s): That’s awesome. Wow. So you’ve, you’ve done it so you’ve transitioned a little bit into your Yeah. Right. Thing, which is cool. I mean, I think the awesome thing about this, and you mentioned it, the the Cuba thing, I think, we’ll, we’ll dig into today because it’s one of those places where, I don’t know, I mean, I know it’s probably different than Russia, but there’s these places that are a little bit unstable. You’re not quite sure people want to go there, they wanna travel there. But there’s all this geopolitical stuff, and I’ll take it back Sure. To you. I hope we could talk history on this, but of course on Cuba, you can go back to, I mean, I think it was the Spanish American War, which is where America went in and Teddy Roosevelt basically, which his rough riders went in and basically took down the Spanish to help save Cuba. To liberate Cuba. Yeah. And, and so that goes back to quite a long time ago. Dave (12m 50s): But what does that look like for you? Do you know, I mean, you were there earlier, what’s Cuba like? Describe that to somebody who’s never been there. Jon (12m 56s): Well, it’s interesting because you get a lot of interesting questions from, from customers, from people that say, I’ll never go to Cuba because they’re communists. Right. You know, I just, I I’m not gonna, you know, put my money in the hands of any communist. You get people that say, oh, isn’t it dangerous? Right. I mean, what’s their, are they, if they find out you’re American, I mean, do you get a lot of backlash from them? So you get a lot of interesting questions. So you get people that ask, is it dangerous? Right. So that’s where I can add value for, you know, there’s a lot of places in the world that we can all go visit. Right. And so you keep, it’s hard to visit them all or become an expert in the mall. But I’m gonna, I’m going to Cuba in November, it’ll be my 33rd trip to Cuba. Jon (13m 39s): Wow. So I can say to people, you know, I can tell you honestly that when you walk the streets of Havana and people find out you’re an American, all they’ll want to talk to you about is their family that lives in Tampa. Dave (13m 53s): Oh, no kidding. Jon (13m 54s): Lives in Houston. Yeah. Or dream of going to America or their old car that they have their love with America, you know, their normal Cuban person is, and, you know, life there is so different than ours. It’s such a fascinating place to go there. If you go as an open-minded traveler, which, you know, I als also have to talk to people about, because something’s different doesn’t mean it’s worse or better. Right. It’s just different. And a lot of the cases, that’s what it, what travel is. You go to Spain and you order a steak and you go that my steak is, this is really good, but it’s little, you know, they should come to America where we have big steaks. Right. Well, that’s not what they do. Jon (14m 33s): They, they sell meals a longer one. Right. So it’s different. It’s maybe, again, not better or worse. And with Cuba, there’s a mixture of that. You can again say life is, you know, life is difficult. There people are poor there, people don’t seem to, you know, they recognize they’re, that they don’t have the opportunity of, of a future like they might have in some other places. That’s the bad part about it. But what’s different about it is that they live in a communal sense there, partly because it’s been forced to, meaning that life’s been difficult for quite a long time in Cuba. And so they have to rely on each other in order to get by. And so Cubans say to you, if you’re talking to them in Spanish, they’ll say in UE in the Cuban village is what they refer to the country as. Jon (15m 21s): Right. So they all kind of think of themselves as being neighbors. And they do, they, they trade with each other or they help each other. You know, you go to a house that doesn’t have a phone and they’ll say, if you wanna call me, call my neighbor. And she’ll tell me I’ve got a phone call and I’ll run over there. Right. Or I raise, I’ve got, you know, pigs in my backyard, and when I butcher them, I trade with my neighbor who has chickens. Right. And So I get chickens from her. So it’s very interesting if you’re willing to, again, kind of drop what your life is like and just look inside what their life is like. Dave (15m 56s): Hmm. That’s pretty cool. Yeah. Yeah. It sounds like it’s a, yeah, I mean, they’ve made do with what they have. And that’s the thing about it is that it sounds like it’s probably, and a lot of these places, you go back to some native villages around the world and you’ll find some of the, probably some of the happiest people out there. You know, it’s not, you don’t have to have a bunch of stuff to be happy. Right. Jon (16m 13s): Yeah, you do. And I, you know, there’s a couple experiences recently, if you don’t mind me, like sharing a couple of them, but yeah, where, where that really is highlighted. So recently, well, I go to Columbia quite a bit, a couple different areas there, but I was in the kind of the Oroco region, the, the Oroco divides Venezuela from, from Columbia. And there we fish, peacock pass and Payara. But the river is the eastern boundary of Venezuela, I’m sorry, the eastern boundary of Columbia and the western boundary of Venezuela. It’s the, the middle of the river is the border. Right. And so you’re with the fishing guide there on the Oroco, and I was talking to one, I said, are you Venezuelan or Colombian? Jon (16m 53s): And he said, well, my, my passport is Venezuelan. But he said, we’re all, we just go back and forth across the river, we’re all the same, you know. And I said, are you know, were you born here? And he said, no, I, I from Carus. But he said, you know, life in Caracas was really difficult. Right. And, you know, you inflation was high and, and you know, to get rice, you know, was, was really difficult continually to get to staples. And so he said, I moved back to where my family came from by the river. And he said, here we have it all. He said, there’s fish in the river, there’s always fish in the river. We can grow yucca and we can grow potatoes, and I can trade with my neighbors. And he said, life here is really simple, but beautiful is what he said. Jon (17m 37s): Right. And you see that in the Cuban countryside as well. Not as much in the cities, because I think life in the cities is simply more difficult. Right. Because you can’t have the pig in your backyard. You can’t have a guard and you, you know, you’re not gonna know maybe your neighbors quite as well as you in the countryside. So you see it in Cuba a lot when you go to towns like Les, where they grow the tobacco. Beautiful. And there you, you walk the kind of the country lanes. You, you think about if you’ve been in Havana first and walked an old historic Havana, which is beautiful, but if you go to the back streets there, you can see that life is difficult. There’s no hiding it. And then when you go to Les, you can say, oh, life is simple. Jon (18m 18s): Right? It’s, versus say the first instance, life is, boy, life must be difficult. You know, the second one you say, life is simple here, but you recognize the beauty of it. So there’s a lot to learn, obviously as a traveler, any country you go to. But I think in places like Cuba, it’s, it’s even more eye-opening. Dave (18m 36s): Pescador on the fly offers a full range of fly fishing gear for any angler at any budget. With premium rods delivered directly to you, the LAG six is the most packable high performance fly rod on the market, performing like a four piece rod, but with unmatched portability in six pieces. And you can get 10% off your next order right now if you use the code wet fly swing at pescador on the fly.com. Never fly without your G six. Discover the L Race series and more at pescador on the fly.com. Check out Jackson Hole Fly company today. Premium fly gear straight to your door without the premium price. Jackson Hole fly company designs and builds their own fly rods, reels, flies, and gear delivering quality you can trust at prices that let you fish more and spend less. Dave (19m 20s): Whether you’re picking up a fly rod for the first time, or guiding every day they’ve got what you need, check ’em out right now. That’s Jackson hole fly company.com. Jackson hole fly company.com. So you’ve been there a bunch of times and well, let’s answer that question. You set the top, I mean, for the other place, the DIY, can somebody do this Cuba thing on their own? Or is this something where you definitely want to be going with somebody who’s been there before? Jon (19m 46s): Right. Well the rules, first of all keep changing. And then when I say the rules, I don’t mean from the Cuban side, I mean from the US side are rules about US citizens being able to travel to Cuba and do it legally. So first of all, from the Cuban side, all they care about is that you have a visa and that they know where you’re staying. Right. So you have to kind of register when you check into a hotel or a, what they call a casa, particular like an Airbnb, the owner of that gets your passport, takes a picture of it and sends it to the government. You know, this government agency say, John Kovich has arrived in Cuba and he’s staying with me. Right. That’s basically it that they care about because they need, your first dollars are the most important driver of the Cuba economy these days from the American side. Jon (20m 33s): There are different categories of travel, right. That we have had since the, well, actually for quite a long time he actually, since George Bush ii, now Obama opened it up quite a bit more. And then we’ve gone back and forth. Right. But those categories of travel have been things like support of the Cuban people, meaning that you’re there to witness culture and to interact with normal Cuban people. There are other ones called, One is called humanitarian projects. Right. Which means that you’re there to observe a particular aspect of Cuban life. Or for example, you could go there to go to national parks and see what they’ve done to protect marine life and reefs, you know, for example, and be with marine biologists, their religious, you know, exemptions for going to Cuba as well. Jon (21m 17s): If you go there for religious reasons to visit, you know, their churches to interact with their, their religious community if it’s Catholic or CEA or whatever. So there’s quite a few. But in doing yourself right now with recent changes by the Trump administration, it seems that you’re, one of the requirements is that you have to have a chaperone. Right. And that, you know, it’s, it’s a little bit harder to define what that is. Does that mean a Cuban guide? Right. Have every day or somebody that goes with you as a host? Right now we typically host trips, so it, you know, kind of solves that problem. Dave (21m 53s): Yeah. So the chaperone, so you are the chaperone. Jon (21m 55s): Yeah, that’s right. Yeah. Now, when people ask me about fishing there and DIY, it’s almost impossible. I mean, there are a few places to do it in the, the resort areas, like on the North Shore where they’ve got these beautiful resorts that are right on the beach. You could walk the beaches and try and get in some areas that are a little bit away from the crowd and see if you could, you know, find a little flat. And, and people have done that, certainly Canadians that go there a lot, Europeans that go there a lot have done that. But there’s so much of that coastline that is either in national parks, it’s a restricted, you have to have, you know, you have to have permission to enter, or it’s mangrove coastline like you get in Belize for example, it’s very difficult to be a DIY fisher, you know, angler in Belize because you can’t access the coastline if you don’t have a boat. Jon (22m 39s): You can’t get out in the water because it’s all mangroves along the edge. So it’s not a great place to DIY fishing. It’s a place where you can, to a degree, again, if you had guides there to help you around plan your own itinerary in Cuba, you know, with a little bit of research and travel the country, but it’s not as easy as other places. You gotta figure out how to get from point A to point B, and you gotta be inventive. I remember early on, I was telling one of the guys from Avalon, who’s one of the, the main outfitters, I had told him about a trip I’d just been on. I said, ah, I couldn’t get a bus ticket from, you know, from from Havana to sea to Avila or something. And I, I said, it was all sold out. And he said, you just gotta think like a Cuban. Jon (23m 20s): And I said, what do you mean? He said, just go to the bus station. You got more money than the normal Cuban has. Right. I said, well, I guess. And he said, well just go to the bus station and say, I’ll pay $25 for anybody’s ticket that’s going to see. Dave (23m 33s): Oh, right, Jon (23m 33s): Right. And you’ll be able to get a seat and it’s cheap for you. They only paid two for it. And so, you know, you have to be a little bit inventive sometimes. Dave (23m 41s): Gotcha. Okay. So that’s it. So it’s, so it probably makes more sense, especially your first time going there. Yeah, I mean, yeah, Jon (23m 48s): It’s true. It’s absolutely true. And I, I wanna say this carefully because I don’t wanna kind of toot my own horn or, or you know, that kind of thing. You know, in life there are things that we, we get good at and other things where we just have to admit we’re, you know, we’re mediocre at, right? Like, I can change the oil on my car, but don’t ask me to do it, you know, to really tune up. Dave (24m 10s): No, no, me neither. Jon (24m 11s): I could do a little bit of sheet rock, you know, but, but don’t ask me to. Nope. You know, home repair, right. With Cuba, I think because I’ve been there so much and I really interact a lot with normal Cubans, I get customers that say, I wouldn’t go to Cuban unless I went with you. Right. And I do recognize that I’ve got a background that I can say to people, you know, what you’re seeing over there is this, right? So some people just see a line and they go, what? What’s going on with that line? And I could say to them, oh, those people are in line there because it’s a telephone company. Right. And the tele, they always have to go in there to buy a new sim card or whatever. Oh, right. And they’re always underfunded. Jon (24m 52s): So there’s a line, but, and I could say this, notice that there’s no formal line there, right. They’re all, people are in the shade or people in the ca cafe next door. But you can tell they’re all waiting to go into the, you know, the telephone office. But they’ve got a system right where they say Ian is Right. Who is the last, so when you arrive there, you yell out who’s the last person, right. In lie some, but lady raises her hand and says, I’m the last person. You go, okay, now I know I’m behind, I’m after her. Dave (25m 24s): Oh, right. There you go. Jon (25m 26s): And then the next person comes and says it and you have to raise your hand and say, I’m the last, so they know they’re after you. Gotcha. So I’m able to explain those little things because I’ve, I’ve witnessed life in Cuba so much. Whereas if I go to Argentina, although I’ve been there quite a few times, I don’t have that intimate background that I would have in Cuba. Yeah, Dave (25m 43s): Okay. Right. Well that, that’s awesome. And I wanna talk a little on the fishing too there, but maybe before we jump into that, what is the, you know, Cuba, similar species, how does it compare to other areas? You know, if somebody’s thinking like maybe they haven’t done a trip to one of these amazing salt water areas and they’re thinking like, oh, you know, Cuba, you know, south America, what would you tell them? What is, how is Cuba different maybe than other than what you said, obviously the area? Jon (26m 7s): Sure. Well, I would say that if you just boil it down to basics, you’d say, you know, you’re talking about flats fishing. So we’re talking about shallow water flats where you find bonefish, permit tarpon, jacks, snapper, et cetera. Right? So you can compare it to places like Ascension Bay, to Belize, to Christmas Island, to a degree. They don’t have tarpon there, but they’ve got gt, you know, but, but still flats where you find bonefish and it’s all site fishing, that kind of thing. So it’s similar in that way. Right. I think if you’re a beginner, maybe there’s some places in Cuba for you, but maybe it’s better for you to start at Christmas Island. Right? Because you can, you can wade fish everywhere and you really get a lot of practice in seeing Bonefish or Ascension Bay because it’s easy to travel there. Jon (26m 53s): Right. It’s a flight from, you know, I live in Seattle, Seattle, Houston, Houston, Belize, or Houston, Cancun, and then to drive to lodge, right? Where Cuba is a little bit more complicated in that way. But if you are a person who likes the idea of being able to say, I want to go to Cuba because I wanna see a little bit of the culture and I hear it’s got great fishing, right, then it can very often be the right trip for you. And I think the thing that makes it really different is the fishing is much more restricted, which is both an advantage and a disadvantage to us. The disadvantage is that of course it can become more expensive because it’s got limited availability or you can not find your spot if you want to go, you say, I’ve got a specific week where I wanna go. Jon (27m 42s): Right? Well if it’s full is full, yeah. Go to Ascension Bay, there might be 10 different lodges that you could choose from there. Dave (27m 48s): Right, right. Jon (27m 49s): No spots available in one, there are spots available in the other, they’re competing against each other, so the price might be lower as well. The Greek disadvantages though, you’re fighting for water, you’re fighting for availability of species. So what they do in Cuba, which is quite interesting because the government of course has con you know, control of basically almost everything there is, if you’re an outfitter and you want to open a fishing business in Cuba, like has been done by several different outfitters. So they have to lobby the government. And the government ultimately, let’s say they say, yes, we will allow you a license to fish in this area. They don’t give a license to anyone else. Jon (28m 30s): It’s an exclusive license to that. Dave (28m 32s): Oh wow. Jon (28m 33s): And they say from this point to this point, this is yours. You graphic area, you can’t fit. Dave (28m 38s): Right. Kinda like your beats up the Jon (28m 40s): Area, that’s your beat, but your beat might be 120 miles from east to west. Oh wow. And 40 miles from north the south. Right. That’s what some of these are. And so when you, you know, you go, they also say to the outfit, you can only have this many boats and this many anglers at a time there. Right. As well. So they’re restricted to that degree. So that’s the great thing about Cuba is when you go out there, you’d say you’re on a liverboard boat and are archipelago, the only other people that you will see during your week are the people in your group. That’s it. You never compete with anybody else, which is phenomenal. It also means that although we have an effect on the fishing, you cannot not have an effect. Jon (29m 21s): It’s not anywhere near as great as it is in other places where the fish are seeing so many more anglers and so many more boats zipping over the top of them. Dave (29m 30s): Yeah. So the fishing is, is better in Cuba, Jon (29m 33s): I think on average it is. Right. It’s still fishing. It’s still fishing. You Dave (29m 38s): Still, you still got per, you’re still trying to get a permit to take, right? That’s Jon (29m 42s): Right. You still gotta make a good cast and you still have to find a permit in that case, a permit that is willing to eat the fly. Right. ’cause they, they’re permit no matter where you go in the world. But that permit might be a little bit more willing in Cuba than it is in, you know, in Mexico or least. Dave (29m 55s): Right. Okay. So that’s it. And, and so let’s set up the trip a little bit. What does that typically look like if somebody’s thinking, it sounds like you’d probably have to plan out a little bit, but you do, you know, timing wise, when do you think is, if it’s somebody’s, you know, first time going for it, when’s a good time to go out there? Sure. Jon (30m 10s): Well one of the, the great things about Cuba and, and other places like The Bahamas for example, is that the, the season is long there, right? So it’s almost, it’s not a full year season, but let’s say it’s eight or nine months the season. Because outside of kind of hurricane season, right? So late July, August, September, beginning of October, the rest of the year is, you know, is fishing time, right? Those fish, for the most part live there every day of the year. They have to eat every day of the year. So they’re available to you and you can, you know, so you can, like for me again in the Pacific Northwest or you in the, you in the Southern Rockies, I, if you wanna escape winter in January or February, you can go to Cuba or you can go to Belize and you can, you know, you can suddenly find it’s 80 degrees and light wind and you know, can be a great way to get away. Jon (30m 59s): And the fish are there. Now the big differences is when you get somebody that says, I want to go when there are a lot of tarping around, for example. Dave (31m 6s): Right? Jon (31m 7s): Right. Yeah. Or I want to go to the place that I’ve got the best opportunity for permit. So then you have to start breaking it down and saying, this is the right place for you because there are about six or seven different places in Cuba, different areas to go fishing. And this is the right time for you. So if it was tarpon, for example, there were tarpon. So if you used zippo pen and salt, for example, near the Bay of Pigs, famous bay pigs, there are tarpon there every day of the year. Right. But there are more tarpon there in April, may, June, July, when the water warms and where the, we call them, very often we refer to these fish as migratory fish, which is probably not correct. Jon (31m 47s): They’re mature fish that have left the mangroves and live in the deeper water throughout the course of most of the year. And when as the water warms and bait starts getting more prolific along the shoreline because the water’s warmer, they move into shallow water. So you see more, ’cause if you go diving in Cuba where you’ve got some of the best diving in the world and you dive 40 feet into, you know, coral, a coral channel or something, they’re tarpon everywhere. But you wouldn’t see them, you wouldn’t know that they were there because they’re not on the flats where you can see them four feet of water. But again, those times of the year you see a lot more, but we call the migratory fish, but they’re 30, 40, 50 pounds. So they’re not those, you know, 80 to 180 pounders that you’ve seen in the Florida Keys. Dave (32m 30s): Right, right. They’re not the giant tarpon. Jon (32m 32s): It’s important anywhere you go, as somebody who’s interested in getting a great trip and a trip that’s right for you, and a trip where you get the best bang for your buck to ask a lot of questions. So you make sure that you’re doing it right and it’s the right place for you. And that’s where, you know, people like me come in or flower comes in, or yellow dog or whoever. Yeah. That especially answer your questions. Dave (32m 52s): Yeah. Okay. So that makes sense. So yeah, tarp, and maybe if you wanna shoot for that April, the June might be a little bit better. But let’s just say you were kind of in one of the wetter, colder areas and you want to get out when the weather is. So let’s just take it to say it’s December or January, February. What would that look like if we were putting together a trip in January, let’s just say? Right. Jon (33m 11s): So, so as I said, there’s a bunch of different options, right? So you can, in some areas of QBU have to stay aboard a LBO boat because you’re fishing in an archipelago that might be 40 miles off the coast, right? So in that case, you stay on LBO boat and again, you have your beat and there, if you use Gardens of the Queen for example, or the can of Rails Archipelago, where you stay on LBO boats, you’re fishing for all those same fish resident, tarpon, bonefish, permit Jacks, Barracuda, et cetera. Right? And typically the weather in, especially on Cuba, southern coast is fairly stable. Doesn’t mean you can’t get a cold front ’cause you absolutely can without question. Jon (33m 51s): But there’s only about a 10 degree difference in Cuba’s coldest month of the year to its warmest month of the year. Right. On average. So if you, in January, it might get down to 68, 69, 70 degrees at night, but with a high of 81 or 82, right on average. And if you went in June, it would be 10 degrees up from that. So it might get as cold as 77, 78 at night and as high as 91 or 92. Right. So you’re pretty, you’re pretty safe overall escaping winter and going to Cuban in December, January, February. Right. Yep. Dave (34m 28s): Makes sense. Okay. Jon (34m 29s): And, and you’d find, again, you’d find those same fish. Now I said that those were the liverboard situations. There are also places where you stay on land. So there are a couple different resorts. There are 1, 2, 3, 4 different areas where there are resorts, big hotels that you stay in that the Alfred or contracts with, you stay there and fish from the, the hotels. And there’s some great advantages in that. Of course they are a little bit more, well you get a little bit more space. Yeah. Let’s put it that way. Right? The boats are fantastic, the boats are fantastic. I mean they’re, I don’t wanna say luxurious, but they’re extremely comfortable with great attention, you know, from the staff and everything. But, you know, resort, you can say, I’m, you know, I wanna get away from everybody, so I’m gonna go, go walk the beach for a while, or I’m done, I’m gonna go hang out in my room. Jon (35m 13s): The disadvantage is, you are not out there where the fish are, you have to go find them every day. Right. So, but there are those resort areas as well. And there’s one in the little town of Playa Larga on the Bay of Pigs, where it’s one of my favorite trips where we stay in private Cuban guest homes. They’re Airbnbs and they’re right on the beach. And then you fish, you again, you go fishing from there. But again, all the same species. But this is, if we go back to talking to a professional or an agent about making sure you’re doing the right trip for you, where we said that generally speaking, April, may, June is the best time for Tarpon. Well, November is also a great time. October, November is a great time for Tarpon in Za because they have a river there, a freshwater river. Jon (35m 58s): And that river with the rains of the, you know, kind of the early winter it, they get some of the really heaviest rains in August, September, kind of hurricane season, the swamp fills up the whole Zapata Peninsula is like the Everglades. How do Dave (36m 11s): You spell that? The, the, that Sapa Jon (36m 13s): Zapata ZZ as in zebra, A-P-A-T-A, which means shoe. Okay. So this shaped like, you know, a boot or a shoe and there’s a river there called the river. They, they pronounce it ti Guko, it starts with an H, but they don’t pronounce it so Hatti Guko, that river is a big river that drains the whole swamp. So all the water, the flood water during the raiding season dumps into the river. And as it does that, that pushes lots of bait from the swamp into the river. So the tarpon really congregate and the river, they get much more active and big tarpon from the ocean come in. And so it can be a great time to go there where you wouldn’t find as many tarpon that time of year if you went out into the open ocean to places like Gardens of the Queen or canner rails. Jon (36m 59s): So again, talking to somebody is, you know, there’s a great advantage in that typically. Dave (37m 3s): Yeah. That seems cool. So yeah, no, this, this all sounds good. I think that really, it sounds like, you know, you can kind of base this on when you want to go and probably find a good time no matter what month Jon (37m 14s): You can. Exactly. I mean, again, I think the two things to really understand is one, that for a place like Cuba, you do need to book it in advance more so than you would other places just because as I said, the availability, right? So you maybe need to plan out a little bit more. The other is to know that in April, may and June it can get quite a bit more expensive. Oh, okay. Dave (37m 32s): In Jon (37m 33s): Some, not all of them, but some of them have a tiered pricing structure, knowing that they’re more tarpon around in April, may, and June they charge more. Right. So get more expensive. So you do have to keep that in mind. And I can go through that with anybody who is interested. Dave (37m 47s): Yeah, okay. You can cover that and if they wanna follow up, we can Yeah. Check in with you. Yeah. How is the Cuba, you know, I mean The Bahamas is kinda right there. Is that a totally different experience or is that, is there a lot of similarities? Jon (37m 59s): It is And it isn’t, right? I mean, so I’ve been to The Bahamas many times and I like the ball, I like The Bahamas, but I prefer Cuba so much more. And part of it is because of the cultural Dave (38m 11s): Aspect, right? The cultural, Jon (38m 12s): Yeah. Right now, obviously The Bahamas has a, has a culture, but it’s not as evident. It’s not as in your face as it is in Cuba. And so that’s a big part of why I love going to Cuba. Right? I love the music, I love seeing the old cars. I love seeing, you know, kids going to school in a horse-drawn carriage, you know, in their uniform. Oh wow. Yeah. I love, I love the tobacco. I, I mean, I’m not, I don’t smoke, but maybe one cigar a year with a group when I’m on a trip, but I love the whole tobacco culture, the cigar culture, you know, there. Right. I love the street life and, you know, so all that stuff is so much more evident as part of the, of the, the experience of the trip than, than you get in a place like The Bahamas or to me in Belize or even in in Mexico. Jon (39m 1s): Although those are all great places. Right. And you know, going, if you look at the fishing part of it though, right? The north shore of Cuba, if you go to like the northeastern part of Cuba, you are right across Andros Island. Oh, right. You right, you’re divided by The Bahamas channel. So you, it shares fish, you know, obviously it’s tarpon that migrate down that, that The Bahamas channel might turn left and go to the west side of Andros. Or they might turn right and go to the north shore of Cuba. So they, they are the same, you know, the same fish. But overall, when you go to The Bahamas, it’s more, much more of a bonefish fishery. Right. I mean, I’m really generalizing. Yeah. But you don’t go there expecting to find a lot of tarpon. Jon (39m 43s): You run into Tarpon. And with the rare exception, you don’t expect to go there to find lots of permit either. Right. Although there are places where you, you know, it’s got more permit than others. But Bahamas, you’re fishing for bonefish and you see a permit, right. And you always say, oh, there’s a permit, let’s go get it. We’re in, in Central Bay or in Belize or in Cuba, the guy will say, get your permit Rod out, we’re gonna go where there are permit. Oh, right. I think that’s more variety. Dave (40m 11s): Today’s episode is brought to you by Trout Routes by Onyx, the ultimate mapping app for trout anglers. Whether you’re planning a big road trip or sneaking away for an afternoon session, trout routes helps you find and explore new waters fast. You’ll get detailed maps that include public land boundaries, stream access points, regulations, and other extras like hiking trails and parking spots. I’ve been using it to plan my trips and it’s taken the guesswork out of the process. No more bounce in between multiple tools, everything you need in one spot, give it a try right now at wetly swing.com/trout routes and download the app to start exploring Smarter today. Not many companies are building their own gear these days, but Intrepid Camp Gear is changing that based in Boulder, Colorado Intrepid designs and manufactures some of the most rugged, technically advanced rooftop tents and aluminum cargo cases on the market. Dave (41m 2s): Their gear is built in-house with paned designs that stand up to the elements and the miles, whether you’re chasing elk deep in the back country hunting for fresh powder or heading out for your next fly fishing trip in Trepid gives you the confidence to go further. Their rooftop tents keep you warm, dry and off the ground. Their cargo cases bombproof weather tight and ready for just about anything. So stop settling for flimsy mass produced gear, level up with the gear that’s built to last and engineered for real adventure. Go to web flight swing.com/intrepid right now to get started. That’s I-N-T-R-E-P-I-D intrepid Camp gear. Get started right now. Dave (41m 44s): Okay, well let’s take it to the boat. Let, let’s just say we’re doing on one of the boats and then we’re, we’re shooting for that say April Tarpon. Describe that. What does that look like if you’re on the boat? Maybe take us to, people are coming in, where are they flying into? What’s that look like? Jon (41m 57s): Right, so there are three different boat operations that time of year for Tarpon. Two of them are in a place called the Canna Rails Archipelago. So if you looked at a map of Cuba and town Havana and you just went straight south, right? You would run into a big island called Island of the Youth is de in Spanish, and then an Archipelago Islands that goes to the east, all the ending in CAO Largo, right? So in order to go there, they have the outfitter puts a boat at near Island of the youth and a boat near Cao Largo. And they travel as opposed travel, but to the middle of the Archipelago, right? Where they share an anchorage. They’re not there the same day, but they would anchor there in that middle of different days and, and back the other direction. Jon (42m 39s): So again, they don’t fish each other’s water, but to get there, you fly into Havana, you don’t have to, but you typically spend a night in Havana. The next day you get picked up around midday and you drive about three hours to a port on the Bay of Pigs where the boat is waiting for. You get on the boat And it immediately departs, right? So you take off the staff briefs, you, gives you lay of the land, gets you in your rooms, brings all your luggage in, gives you kind of a, a briefing on how the week will work, serves you, your meals, the guides help you put your rods and reels together for the next day fishing. And you travel, depending upon which end of the archipelago you’re going to, you might travel, you know, three or four hours if you’re going to, you know, the eastern end, you might travel seven or eight hours into the night. Jon (43m 23s): If you’re going to island of the youth, the next morning you get up and you’re there, you’re Dave (43m 28s): Right, you’re, you’re in the fishing area. Jon (43m 29s): And so the guides have all the skiffs, if you know, the skiffs are already out there. So they go and retrieve the skiffs early in the morning and they tie them up at the back of the boat. And so you have your breakfast and the, you know, person that’s kind of in charge, the host has says, are you ready? Your guides are waiting. And so you go out and you jump on the skiff and you take off to your different areas. And the guides kind of, you know, depends on the trip And it depends on the guides. They might work it out amongst themselves, you know, where each person’s gonna be fishing and in again, you’ve got this dedicated zone, but one of ’em might say, I’m gonna go to the reef in the morning, so why don’t you go to the, you know, the lagoon up there or you’re gonna go to the flat or whatever. And so you’re, and they typically spend all day out. You bring your lunch with you. Jon (44m 10s): Now some people wanna come back to the boat for lunch, but it’s kind of a waste of time, honestly. Right? Yeah. ’cause if you, you went 30 minutes out, you gotta go 30 minutes back. And so typically what you do in the morning on the boats, the program is when you have your breakfast, they set out a lunch buffet as well. So you grab a Tupperware container and you go through the lunch buffet and you take, you know, some rice and some chicken and some fruit and you know, some bread or whatever. And you pack that and they write your name on it And it goes in your skiff with your drink order, which they’ve always also taken from you the night before. So the night before, if I’m the host, I go around to the grip and say, Hey, you know, what do you want in your boat every day for you? You can change it, but what do you typically, what do you want? Four waters, two beers, you know, and they put that in the boat on ice, it’s already for you. Jon (44m 55s): And they learn as well, which rods are yours. It’s amazing. You get outta the boat, typically your rods and stuff are already in the boat. It’s always a good idea. Check them. But, but again, they typically, you know, have your stuff already in the boat. And you take off and you do your fishing and you come back around 5, 5 30 and you know, stash your stuff. They rinse all your, you know, they, they’ve got the dedicated staff on the boat that meet you. They call to say, Hey, we’re arriving, you know, this is whatever guide, this is Alexi, we’re arriving. And so they make sure to have staff out there. They’ve got guys to tie up the boat, they grab your, your rods from you, they rinse them off and put them away for you. Right? The boat there, there’s always a couple hostesses there that have a towel, you know, cold towel, wash your face, give you a, a drink, and then you have a little bit of free time. Jon (45m 42s): They typically serve appetizers around six or six 30 and dinner around seven or seven 30. And it’s all typically, again, mostly a buffet style of simple but really delicious food. A lot of, lot of fresh seafood of course since you boats. And so that’s kinda the way the, the week goes. Your last day you typically fish depending upon the location, either five and a half days or six days of fishing. Right. And at the end of that last day of fishing, you in some cases say goodbye to the guides. ’cause they stay there. They live on island of the EU for example, if you’re fishing gardens of the Queen, they come back with you because there’s nowhere to live on those islands. So they come back town with you. That’s where you fish five and a half days. Jon (46m 22s): So it gives them a little time, time to be with their family a little bit more. But in any case, you travel back to the port and catch a bus back to the airport. And so if you fished the area, I first talked about canna rail’s, arch Capella, go south of the of Havana, you go straight back to the airport in Havana and fly home right the same day. Right now you can opt just to spend the night in Havana again if you want to. But most people have done that already. And go home. If you’re in the Eastern zone and fishing gardens of the Queen, you can now fly in and out through a town called Kamay. There are, there’s only one fly today on American Airlines. Two Kamay and leave in Kamay back to Miami. So again, if you’re on that boat fishing out there, your last day of fishing, you fish half day and then they pull anchor about 1 1 30 and you steam towards shore. Jon (47m 8s): You get in around dinner time and the guides take off to go spend the night with their family. ’cause they’re gonna be on the boat the next afternoon. Yeah. Right. So you spend the night in port, they’re on the boat, you have your dinner there, and next morning, you know, you’ve all got your bags all packed. You have breakfast on the boat and the bus comes and you know, and they load all your stuff on the bus and you drive to the airport of came way, which is three hours or so. And it’s about the same, you know, for the other trip I talked about from the Bay of Pigs where you meet the bus to back to the airport in Havana. So it’s fairly straightforward. The outfitter does a really good job, I would say at that stuff. Their organization is just almost impeccable there. Dave (47m 47s): Right. That’s sweet. What if you wanted to do your trip and either before or after spend some time in Cuba, like exploring, what would you, what would you recommend there? Right. Jon (47m 55s): So there are, there are a couple things to that. Typically, I always add that in. So if I’m hosting a trip and we’re going, we have to fly into a Vana, for example, I always tell people, come in a night before, please. Right. And I’ll organize a bunch of stuff and you can either, you know, partake in it or not. Right? And we’ll pay on site. So I organize a walking tour, Avan, I’ll all organize a visit to the cigar factory, all organize some music if you want to go to the Hemingway house and, and, you know, et cetera. And some people are, most people are into that. And so just add that in. And people pay a couple hundred dollars to, you know, to add altogether, to do those activities. Other people might have been to Cuba before and have done those, and they just want to hang out. Jon (48m 36s): And that’s all fine. The thing that you can’t do is to say, after the trip is over, your fishing time is done and you say, I just wanna go spend three or four days in Havana. Right. You have to again, conform to the rules. What is your reason for staying in Havana, those three more days, right. What were you doing? Who were you with? So you can do it, but again, you would have to be the company guide and have activities planned each day. Yeah, Dave (48m 60s): Yeah, that’s right. You have to plan it out, but Jon (49m 2s): You can’t. So, but, but to make even a little bit more complicated, but more simple Yeah. Is that by our rules, you are allowed a day before and a day after your activities start to be in Cuba. Oh, okay. Guys, that you’ve got travel time, right? So if you’re, if you start your activities on a Friday, you’re allowed to arrive on Thursday. Sure. If you, on Friday, you’re allowed to stay through Saturday. Dave (49m 25s): Right, right. So you could add on a kind of a day Yeah. Jon (49m 28s): With, yeah. Without doing anything extra. But like I, one of the trips I do there, which is, I always say to people, it’s my favorite trip that I do, I do a combination cultural and fishing trip where it’s nine days long and we fish for four days and we’ve got another four days of cultural stuff. Right. Oh, wow. And, and people that don’t fish get a full eight days of culture where I bring them other places. So you can, you know, you can really get an experience there rather than just a little observation of life in one night in Havana, you know, we go to, we go to the tobacco country, we do Havana, then people go fishing, then the people on our, we go birdwatching. We snorkel, we go to another historic town we hike in, you know, the rainforest. Jon (50m 11s): So there’s a lot of different opportunities. Wow. Dave (50m 14s): That’s so cool. What’s your, do you know a little about the history of Cuba? Is that something you, you, I Jon (50m 20s): I know some history. Yeah. Dave (50m 21s): Obviously the Hemingway. I think it’s interesting because it’s like, you know, every country’s unique. I’ve been kind of doing the history thing recently, and you look at, you know, communism obviously that the Bay of Pigs, you mentioned it, right? I don’t know that whole history, but that was a very crazy time where we were trying to get rid of communism. But I, I go back to the, the fascism, right? And Hitler, the ultimate thing where, where he was kind of trying to take over Europe and the world ultimately. And because the US was strong, we were able to go over there and help stop that. And, you know, the worry was, is that that would spread and that capitalism and, and a free democratic society in the world might not be there. What, what’s your take on Cuba? It seems like, you know, it’s a, a government run. Dave (51m 2s): What do you know? Maybe back us back into some of that history. Jon (51m 6s): Sure. So again, I’m not a, a scholar of, of Cban history, but we know that, you know, after the true of the century in Cuba, you know, there was a lot of American influence there. And then ultimately, you know, Cuba gay, its independence. And the, the famous, you know, leader of Cuba during that, the thirties and forties was Batista. Right. And Batista, by all accounts, was actually quite a good leader at the beginning. Right. He did a lot of things right. But when he came into office the second time, he turned into much more of a authoritarian. Right. And so that’s where the Cuban, the new Cuban revolution. ’cause there was a, there was a push for revolution in late 18 hundreds, as you said, from the Spanish in Oh right. Jon (51m 49s): Spanish. This was a new revolution for, you know, getting rid of a strong man, getting rid of authoritarianism, you know, that kind of thing. And certainly led by the Castro brother Dave (52m 1s): Castro. Right. Jon (52m 3s): And they were not talking about communism. Right. They were just talking about a new form of government that was more led by the people by more normal Cubans. Right. And so, you know, it’s interesting there is that, you know, there was a first attempt at revolution in Cuba, 1940, I’m sorry, 1957, I believe. And it failed. Right. Most of those revolutionaries were killed and the others were jailed, including the two castor brothers. Raul and Fidel went to prison. Oh wow. On island of the youth. There’s a famous prison there killed. Dave (52m 36s): No, no kidding. There’s a prison there. Okay. Jon (52m 37s): Yeah. Yeah. So they were in prison. Now they grew up in a fairly affluent family in Eastern Cuba. And they went to a Jesuit school. And the Jesuit, you know, the leaders of the school, Jesuit priest went to the government and says, listen, these are actually good boys. We know the, we know their family. You know, they’re just enthusiastic, idealistic, you know, but they’re not Dan the Cuban government let them outta jail. Oh, wow. And so they immediately fled Cuba to Mexico and organized a new attempt at Revolution. That’s where Cha Guevara became part of the, the gang. Oh yeah. All the others that became, that became famous, ultimately Mar Martyrs, you know, in the revolution. Jon (53m 20s): So they went back to Cuba aboard the grandma a boat that it supposedly had between 1780 people aboard this boat, which is not big. You could see it still in downtown van on old Havana. It’s in glass, you know, in case, but, but open to the, you know, you can see it from the street. And it landed in eastern Cuba in grandma province, which was where the Castros were from, and fled into the mountains, into the Sierra Madre mountains there. But with walkie-talkies and radios and stuff. Started to organize the revolution and ultimately, ultimately gained some victories and gained the support of the Cuban population, which was part, right. Right. So a lot of support from normal Cubans that were tired of this, what they perceived as oppression by this, the Batista guy. Jon (54m 5s): Yeah. And when they, when they were starting to move to the west, going towards Savannah, they, they finally won a battle in the town of, oh, basically on the end of town. Kovar was famous for, for winning the battle. And once he won there, Batista fled because, Dave (54m 22s): Because Oh really? Jon (54m 23s): The next city. Right. So that’s when, this is 1959, this is when, you know, Castro really gained control. Cuba. And if you don’t mind me, like one or two more minutes Yeah, yeah, Dave (54m 34s): Yeah, yeah. Take your Jon (54m 35s): Time. From my little bit of, of study and talking to Cubans, that first 10 years or so in Cuba was a really interesting time. And, and, and kind of a beauti. And if you, I say this with all due respect for people who, you know, hate Cuba because of, of losing property and that kind of thing. In some ways it was a beautiful time in Cuba. Now, the government ultimately did say basically everything that’s, you know, all land, all houses are, are now property of the government. Right. And so they did. And so a lot of wealthy Cubans left. That’s all that Cuban population you see in, in Dade County in Miami. Right. The rest of the Cubans that were there, they, they, they had a place to live. Now they paid a, the lease to the government. Jon (55m 16s): They paid the government for staying in their house. Not, not very much. Right. But in that first 10 years, Cuba went from having, you know, something like 48% literacy, literacy to 98% literacy. Oh, wow. Education was the first thing, right? Yeah. The second one was equality between men and women, and equality between races as well. Now, never got perfect, still isn’t perfect in Cuba, particularly amongst the racists, but Right. Way, way, way better. Dave (55m 42s): Nor is it in the United States. Right? Jon (55m 44s): No, exactly. Exactly. And the whole idea of, of Cubans having medical care provided to them and education provided to them free of charge for as long as they needed it. So in education, still in Cuba, still in Cuba, and this is, you can argue about this ’cause there’s a lot to argue about. Still today in Cuba, your education is free all the way through becoming a doctor. Right. So you become a doctor, you don’t pay for your education. Now if you do something like really super, super higher education, like becoming a doctor, I think, I think you give a year back in service to the government. Right, right. To where you work for free for a year. Right? Yep. So that’s all the great stuff that, that, you know, happened. Yeah, that’s good stuff. Jon (56m 24s): It hasn’t necessarily continued. So yeah, like for example, medicine, me and, and, and care, you know, healthcare is free in Cuba. Great. But doesn’t mean anything right now because the country is so poor, they don’t have any medicine. Oh, Dave (56m 38s): Right. They don’t have Jon (56m 38s): Machines that work. Dave (56m 40s): Yeah. Right. Right. That’s the problem. That’s the, hence the, what people see as the cars, the old cars people are driving fifties. Jon (56m 46s): That’s right. So, you know, you looked at that time where there was great idealism and there was enough support from particularly then the Soviet Union who was really propping Cuba up, right? Oh, with trade. With trade. ’cause what Russia was doing, what Soviet Union was doing was saying, we’ll promise to buy all of your sugar. Right. For example, if you promise to, you know, buy all of our, you know, parts for your diesel buses or you know, our lata. Dave (57m 13s): And that seems really interesting. When I think about geopolitically, you say Cuba’s right there, I mean right next to the tip of, of Florida. But Russia is on the other side of the, the planet. Right? Yeah. How does that, like how, man, that’s pretty crazy. Well, Jon (57m 27s): Most strategically, it made a lot of sense for Russia. They said, Ike, we can be in the backyard of the, of the Americans. Right. During this time when there was so much tension between the two. Right. Which is what happened when they brought in missiles to, to Dave (57m 38s): Cuba. Yeah. That’s what happened. So that is the Bay of Pigs. I don’t know that whole issue. That’s the pig. Yeah. Russia brought in, brought in missiles. Describe, that’s right. Do you know a little bit about what happened there? Jon (57m 46s): Well, all I know is, you know, I’m, again, I know the basics, the basic history of it, which is that yeah, indeed we discovered via spy planes that Russia was, had, had, you know, was, had brought in missiles and they were planning to have silos, you know, that, that these missiles could be nine 90 miles away from, from US oil. So that’s what started the whole, you know, this tension between, you know, us and the Soviet Union was, you know, there’s gonna be, there’s gonna be ultimate consequences that these missiles don’t leave. Right? Right. And so, ultimately, we, nato, I believe, took missiles out of Turkey in exchange for the Russians taking the missiles out of Cuba and promising to never bring them back there. Jon (58m 27s): Right. So that’s the first part about that crisis. Now, the second part of it is the invasion of the Bay of Pigs, which was organized by Cuban expats. Right. By Cubans who had, had left Cuba under Castro, probably had, you know, were wealthier, had big homes in, in Havana or plantations or whatever, and they got the backing to a degree of the US government, where the US government said, we’ll help train you. Right, right. We’ll give you a little bit of supplies, but not much. Right. So that was the thing. It was a rag tag of, you know, a thousand troops or something like that. And it was all botched. And they landed in the mangroves and on the re and stuff like that. And the cubits saw them coming, you know, they, they parachute out of planes and trapped out on the mangroves. Jon (59m 12s): And so the people in the little town where we go and play a larga, play a larga, and there’s another little town inland called Australia, crazy name for a little Cuban town, they called Havana and said, Hey, there are soldiers jumping outta planes and landing here. And so the Cuban military had enough time then to go down and repel that of the invasion killed a lot of people. Captured quite a few about, I think it was 80 Cubans were killed. And when you drive the road, that ghost to the little town of play Lar on the Bay of Pigs, they’ve got monuments, you know, for each of the Cubans that was killed in that. And so you see them and you see a lot of propaganda there as well. This is where the final stand was made against the, you know, the US Oh, right. Jon (59m 55s): Invaders, right. Yeah, Dave (59m 57s): Invaders. Right, right, right. That’s it. Okay. Wow. It’s, I mean, it is interesting because I mean, that’s part of the history, you know, that’s happened there. Yeah. Right. And now who’s running the, now the government is run by who? It’s a ah, Jon (1h 0m 8s): Yeah. Oh, I’m just, it is, I’m spacing on the guy’s name ’cause you don’t hear us. His Yeah. Dave (1h 0m 13s): Fidel Castro. And then you had his brother. Jon (1h 0m 15s): Yeah. And, and, and Raul is, Raul is still alive. Yeah. According, you know, you don’t see, you don’t see video of him very much, but he’s supposedly still alive and is, I believe still the president of the, or the head of the communist party. Dave (1h 0m 28s): Yeah. Communist Jon (1h 0m 29s): Party Then, then they have the person who has really replaced Fidel as the leader. Something Obrador, I believe is his, his Dave (1h 0m 36s): Name. Okay. So there is a, and it’s not a fair Yeah. They don’t really have elections. It’s just things, Jon (1h 0m 40s): Well, it’s in one party there, you know, the communist party. So you only have candidates from one party to vote for. And so without getting too political Yeah. Because I still wanna go to Cuba. Right, Dave (1h 0m 49s): Right. Jon (1h 0m 50s): You know, the thing is, right now in Cuba, life is as difficult in Cuba right now as it’s probably ever been. Dave (1h 0m 57s): Oh, really? Jon (1h 0m 58s): Which is really sad. Right. Yeah. And, and part of it is the fact that this, you know, the Soviet, when the Soviet Union broke apart in 1990, Cuba lost all that, that support Dave (1h 1m 9s): Oh, I’m sure. The support the Jon (1h 1m 10s): Trade. So it lost 80% of its exports and 80% of its import business. Right. So it had to turn to tourism, which it did. And tourism became the biggest driver of the Cuba economy still is. But where it was really, you know, very popular to go to Cuba, especially as I said, amongst Canadians and Europeans in the early two thousands right after COVID, that business hasn’t come Dave (1h 1m 34s): Back. Oh, really? So they lost that. Right. Jon (1h 1m 36s): So yeah. So they lost that. The other thing that’s happened in Cuba, which makes perfect sense, is that although you think, you’d think that a place like Cuba internet would be super restricted. It’s not, it’s not sometimes not available just because they don’t have the infrastructure there. So you have a hard time finding a place where you can connect. But every young Cuban, every young Cuban could look at Instagram and Facebook and TikTok and Right. It’s all there, YouTube, and see the world. Right. Dave (1h 2m 2s): They could, they could see what’s going on. Jon (1h 2m 4s): So in the last, well, three or four years, they estimate that between 1,000,002 million people have left Cuba of an island of 11 million. They’ve lost, so more than, you know, 10, at least 10% of their population. Oh, wow. All of whom is under 30 years old. Sure. All, I mean, all virtually all of them, Dave (1h 2m 24s): They’re losing their, their young people. Jon (1h 2m 26s): They are. Because those young people go, okay, what’s my future in Cuba? Right. I can go to the university, I can get a degree in tourism, I can work at the front desk of a hotel, and I can make $30 an hour or $30 a month, sorry, a month, not an hour, $30 a month. Wow. Or I can try and immigrate to Spain, or I can go to Mexico and there, if I can learn to speak English, I can get a job in a hotel and I can make, you know, whatever, $500 a month, which is still, you know, not great, but I’ve got opportunity. Yeah. I’ve got, I can determine my future. And that’s what Cuba is not offering. Its young people now. So it’s, it’s sad to see that happening, but it’s Dave (1h 3m 4s): Happening. Yeah. That’s it. And full circle, why, you know, in the US isn’t perfect, obviously on everything, but that’s, that’s the, the system we have is about free and democratic, you know, and, And it’s about giving people opportunity no matter who you are. Right. And I feel like Jon (1h 3m 18s): That’s that’s right. That’s right. Although, you know, the thing that is interesting, you have to think about this a little bit more. You’re exactly right. We’ve got incredible opportunity. But when you talk to a Cuban about it, if they’re really not informed, which a lot of them are, they think that going to the US means that you can just automatically live a prosperous life. Dave (1h 3m 36s): Oh, right, right. Jon (1h 3m 37s): Yeah. Yeah. And that’s Dave (1h 3m 38s): Not true. No. We’ve got plenty of, it’s not struggling. Jon (1h 3m 40s): So I have to, I have to have really heart to heart conversations with people that I know there, like fishing guides that I really become good friends with, or people that you work in, restaurants or hotels that I really get to know. And they say, you know, I’ve got an opportunity to go to the United States, you know, and I’m so excited. And I always say to them, get, you know, make sure you become a professional. Right. And whatever it is, I’ve got a good friend that’s in Las Vegas now Right. Who is a fishing guide in Cuba. And I forever kept saying to him, become an electrician, become a plumber. Right. You know, drive, drive a semi, whatever you do. Because if you just say, oh, I can work in a restaurant. Right. Or I can work in a hotel cleaning rooms, you’re going to live a, you’re still gonna live a difficult life. Jon (1h 4m 23s): Yeah. You know, you are be living with very little money in the bank. Right. So, you know, you do have to understand that we have opportunity, but you have to work for that opportunity as well. Right. Dave (1h 4m 34s): Yeah. Interesting. Wow. Well, that was a good, that was an awesome tangent we took there. I think that we’ll have to maybe follow up on a, a more history, but I love, yeah. I mean, I think for me, going to Cuba would be at all this, you know, it’d be like being in that place and the history and the culture. Right. It would almost be equal to the fishing, you know, and then it’s like, well, it is. Let’s go catch a tarpon and have fun too. Jon (1h 4m 54s): It is. And you’re getting it. I mean, that’s why, that’s why I prefer Cuba over so many other salt water destinations. You know? If I can just say real quick, Dave, yeah. I do want, for anybody that’s watching this, that is a real historian of Cuba or a, a Cuban American and who might have differences of opinion with what I’ve said, you know, I understand, I understand. I, I’m giving my perception of, of Cuba based on my experiences and a little bit of history that I know there, but I’m, I’m certainly willing to talk to anybody about it. I, I got a, you know, a message on TikTok the other day from a video I posted from a guy who, not a Malden fishing or anything, and he just said, you know, Cuba’s communist, and I don’t, I, you know, communist Right. Or support communism. Jon (1h 5m 35s): And I said, I get it. I don’t either. I don’t either. But I, I love Cuban people, and if I can go there and stay in their little casa, you know, if I can live, or if I can go to their little private restaurant and put money in their pocket, I’m helping those normal Cubans. So, you know, I try to approach it from a standpoint of we’re all in this world together. They, you know, they, they need the same things that we do. Prosperity, health, family, friends, you know, there’s no differences. Right? Dave (1h 6m 0s): Yeah. Yeah. So that’s it. Perfect. Well, let’s, you know, and I think we might have to circle back around and check in with you later and do some more on, on the fishing love, because I think, you know, I think there is some of the tips and tricks and stuff like that, but let’s just take it outta here today. This is like, like our, our kind of wet fly swing pro. This is our travel segment. Basically, we’re trying to put these trips together with folks that are listening as well. And, and I think Cuba’s one of those places. I know I wanna give a shout out to Raphael. He’s been out there, he’s, we’ve learned from him as well. But we’re gonna be working on this today. This is presented by Patagonia. They’re swift current waiters. They’re a big partner for this podcast, and we’re excited to kinda share what they have going, they’re obviously doing great things for the environment and kind of all that stuff. Dave (1h 6m 41s): But as we get into this segment, let’s start with, this is kind of a random travel segment. Okay. But for, for you, you’ve traveled everywhere, right? Do you still have a place that’s on that list where you’re like, man, I I need to go here. I need to, that you haven’t been to yet. Jon (1h 6m 53s): Yeah, I do. Mongolia. Dave (1h 6m 55s): Oh, Mongolia. Yeah. Jon (1h 6m 56s): Yeah. I don’t care about tamen fishing necessarily. Okay. But again, a big part of it’s the culture, Dave (1h 7m 1s): You know? Yeah. The culture. Jon (1h 7m 2s): I, I, I, I, I’m just in love with the idea of that vastness and the big, you know, the true big sky and the horse culture and the, you know, the nomadic lifestyle. So I’m in love with that. And I, I just go fish for, you know, what they call trout there. I haven’t been to Sey shells. Crazily. Yeah. I need to go there. And I haven’t been to Kamchatka, which of course is Dave (1h 7m 20s): Not. Yeah. Which is tough Jon (1h 7m 21s): Option right now. But, you know, I’ve been to so many of the other places and some I don’t need to go back to. And some might just, yeah. Ought to go back to every year. Dave (1h 7m 29s): What do you think are, if you had to say a top maybe three or four of the best places that are like culturally, you know, like you think are, are high priorities, like you, you mentioned you got one, you got Cuba. Are there some other ones that would be a have a similar cultural Yeah, Jon (1h 7m 42s): I, I do actually. So I think that first of all, Europe is, is not a bad option. Oh Dave (1h 7m 47s): Yeah. Europe Sure. Jon (1h 7m 48s): Inexpensive necessarily. But I mean, you can go to Slovenia, you can go to Spain and, and Italy and fly. Right. And, and of course you get, you know, incredible cultures there. Right. Yeah. That’d be awesome. Food and wine and history of literature and art, all that kind of stuff. Some that you might not think of. Columbia is one that I, a place I go to where I think that the culture is fascinating. Love Dave (1h 8m 9s): It. Oh, cool. Yep. Jon (1h 8m 10s): As well as a place like Argentina, which again may not seem so evident, but you know, again, Buenos Aires is a, is a super amazing city, you know, with, with amazing food, great, you know, great music, great dance. We’ve got the whole Odo country through or Gudo culture throughout Argentina and Chile, the whole meat culture. Right. Grew up fire, that whole thing. Oh, right. And you know, I just love the way they live there as well. So it’s not as in your face as Europe is or as Cuba is, for example. But when you go on a trip there and you get that combination of fishing and culture, you know, one of the things that happens is you’re suddenly eating dinner at 10 o’clock at night, you know, right. Jon (1h 8m 52s): At wine at nine 30 and appetizer eating at 10 or 10 30 at night. And you’re thinking, that’s pretty cool. I had a, I had a long day of with a, we left lodge at seven 30 this morning, and I’m eating dinner at 10 30 right now. And if I think of all the stuff I saw and did today, what an amazing day I had, you know, here in, in Argentina. So it’s another place because it’s pretty awesome that you might not think of as having that, that Dave (1h 9m 17s): Is, that is, no, those are great. Okay. So those are on the list is for sure. Yep. And then what about just maybe a tip or two on travel. So you’ve done tons of traveling. What are some things you’ve learned over the years that might help somebody who’s planning a big trip around the world? Jon (1h 9m 32s): Well, I, to quote Brian O’Keefe, he would say black underwear. Oh, Dave (1h 9m 35s): Really? Jon (1h 9m 36s): Yeah, yeah, yeah. Dave (1h 9m 38s): Now why is that? Jon (1h 9m 39s): Yeah. Well, just because, you know, you can’t see anything. Right, right. There you go. They don’t get dirty. They don’t get dirty if you can’t see Yeah. You know the dirt and you can turn ’em inside out. Right? Sure. No, just, just joking. But, but one of them is, is to indeed pack lightly. Oh, right. Yeah. I mean, indeed people get overburdened by their luggage. And so, you know, the trick is to pack and then lay it all out a week in advance, and then to pick away at it over the course of the week until you suddenly realize, I don’t need, I don’t need a, a new shirt for every day on the flats. They, they can wash them or I can wash them in the shower, or I can wear a shirt two days in a row, for example. So the first is to try and chill out on not only the general stuff like clothing, but tackle even too. Jon (1h 10m 25s): Yeah. You know, people get so overburdened with, they’re like, oh, I’ve got tie flies, God, you know, I’ve got so many. Dave (1h 10m 31s): Right. Jon (1h 10m 32s): How many bonefish flies do you need in a week? You know, how many fish do you break off? You might break off, you know, two fish of the week and you fly might get tattered. So you need what, 8, 10, 12 flies. Right. You know, on box patterns, but people tie hundreds of them, so just don’t get, you know, completely obsessed. And then I’d say the only other thing is, And it goes in line with what we’re saying, what we’ve been saying this last, you know, hour or so, look at where you are. Right. You get so excited about the fishing that sometimes people get back from a trip and they, you know, people say, oh, you were in Belize, what was it like? And all they could talk about is the fish and the fishing. Jon (1h 11m 11s): Right. They forgot to look at everything else. They forgot to look at the color of the water. They forgot to look at the palm trees. They forgot to think about the foods that they were eating. They forgot to be, you know, to, to spend some time meeting people. Right. So if you’re traveling all the way, spending all that money, right. Taking time away from your family, make sure that you’re maximizing your time and making it worth your, your while. Perfect. Dave (1h 11m 33s): No, that’s awesome. What, and what does your packing look like if you’re going a trip? Like maybe a further trip out? Do you have a I Jon (1h 11m 38s): Have too much. I have too much. Dave (1h 11m 40s): Yeah. Yeah. Are you taking, you’re taking a couple rides, all that? Jon (1h 11m 43s): Yeah. Well, I typically take too many rods because I, I typically will bring rods for other people. Dave (1h 11m 48s): And your focus in case they photography. Right. We haven’t talked about that. Your cameras. Yeah. Jon (1h 11m 52s): Although I’ve chilled out. I mean, I, I, I take a lot of, of photographs, but you know, your iPhone has become really important these days. Yeah, yeah. Right. And so now where I used to have, you know, you know, at least one camera body, maybe two and three or four lenses, I now take one body and I very often take one lens. I take a 7,200, you know, 2.8 that I can crisp, you know, macros or, or crisp shots at distance, but I can use my iPhone for almost everything Dave (1h 12m 19s): Else. No kidding. So your iPhone is just as equal or it’s right there with your Well, Jon (1h 12m 24s): You know, I mean, it’s a different, it’s a different tool. Yeah. Is really Right. You know, e especially if you’re on a boat, if you think about you’re in a skiff and your buddy catches a fish, those pictures are almost always terrible. Dave (1h 12m 37s): Right? They are. Yep. Because Jon (1h 12m 39s): You can’t get any distance away from, you can’t get any great perspective from, there’s too much stuff in the way. So your big camera does you not that much use. Right. But you, if you take your eye, you get your iPhone, it doesn’t take up much space. You Dave (1h 12m 52s): Pan out, you can pan out other Jon (1h 12m 54s): Stuff. Right? Yeah. You’re right. You can take a big white angle and that kind of thing. Now, what I want my long list for is I wanna take a picture of the guys. My buddies are in a boat a hundred yards away. Right? Then I can get the color of the flat and I get the, the island behind them. I can get the fish jumping and really see it. I can compress the shot, you know, so that I, I get a barely nice blurred four grand in background, you know? So they’re really different tools for sure. Dave (1h 13m 17s): Yeah. This is awesome. Jon (1h 13m 19s): Yeah. But, so yeah, my packing is too much. It’s always full. My bag is always full, but I only have one check bag and one carry-on. Dave (1h 13m 26s): Oh, okay. Yeah. That’s it. So one check bag and one carry-on. Yep. So Jon (1h 13m 28s): Pretty, all my, all my rods go into one bag. I fight with people about this all the time, and I know we’re getting late here, so Dave (1h 13m 34s): Oh yeah, no, go for it. Jon (1h 13m 35s): But I get people that carry, you know, two piece rods. Oh, Dave (1h 13m 38s): Wow. Two piece, that would be nuts. But other Jon (1h 13m 40s): People that carry four piece rods and they insist on carrying ’em on the plane. Right. And they’re wrapped in duct tape. And the round, you know, metal drives me crazy because if you, if, and I can understand that if your flights are risky, right. But when we go to Cuba, I’ll say arrive a day early, there are six flights a day. There are two flights of the border before, you know, we leave the next day, but all your rods inside your rolling luggage. Right. And I buy, Dave (1h 14m 5s): And your check put inside your check bag. Jon (1h 14m 7s): Yep. I buy that Patagonia, I don’t remember what they call it. It’s that Cordura roll. Dave (1h 14m 12s): Yeah. The roll of Patagonia roll. Okay. Jon (1h 14m 14s): Yeah. And So I pack four or five rods inside that, roll it up tight, just in the rod socks so they don’t take a bunch of room. I put clothing underneath them, I put ’em in, I put clothing and gear on top of them, and I’ve never broken a rod. Yeah. You know? Right. And it’s, boy, it saves a lot of time and space. Yeah. Dave (1h 14m 29s): So everything’s there. Yeah. And then, and then you just have your, your bag that carry on is just whatever you need. Just Jon (1h 14m 34s): Carry, carry on would be my camera gear, you know, and maybe a laptop. You Dave (1h 14m 38s): Know, laptop. Okay. Perfect. Well, this has been awesome, John. I think we could like leave it there for now on this one. We’ll send everybody out to worldly llc.com if they wanna connect with you and Yeah. Yeah, that’d be great. This has been awesome. Hope to super, hope to get some people out your way and hopefully we can connect with you down the line and maybe get off to Cuba eventually and go from it. Jon (1h 14m 56s): Well, thanks so much for your time. Look forward to seeing you and talking to you again. Dave (1h 15m 0s): You can find John’s hosted travel@worldflyllc.com. You can also reach him directly by email or on social media. And if you’re interested in a trip out here, I would love to hear from you. The best chance to do this is to go to web flight swing.com/pro. Sign up there. If you’re not already a member, if you are a member, just reach out to me, DM me in the group. And if you want to do this trip with John, find out more information, have John on inside the the shop, just let me know and I’ll put that together. Big shout out, we got it going right now as we speak. The Steelhead School, the Chena Spay Lodge with Brian Ska, Jeff Liske, John McMillan. It’s going right now. If you go to wetly swing.com/steelhead school, you can add your name there and we’ll follow up with you and let you know on availability. Dave (1h 15m 45s): We should, since it’s early, we should have some spots still available. So please do that. If you wanna enter the giveaway, as always, we fly swing.com/giveaway. It’s your best chance to get a spot. The Skiena Spay Lodge. It’s happening right now. And Brian Ska is putting it together. All right. Gotta get going. We’re heading out on the river. We’re gonna be doing some steelhead on the fly. It’s gonna be happening this week. So if you have any questions, check in with me. If you wanna put together a trip, you know where to find me. And hope you’re having a great morning. Hope you have a great afternoon. If it’s evening, travel on out there late in the night. Hope you’re having a good one and, and hope to keep you awake on the road and, and we’ll talk to you very soon. See you then. 3 (1h 16m 23s): Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly, swing Fly Fishing show. For notes and links from This episode, visit wet fly swing.com.

         

815 | Steelhead Fishing on the Skeena and Ski Adventures with Riley Leboe

Steelhead Fishing on the Skeena

Steelhead fishing on the Skeena has become a new backcountry for Riley Leboe. After years chasing podiums as a professional skier, he discovered a different rhythm on the water. One that carried the same adrenaline and spirit of exploration, but with a reward that felt deeper.

From his first chum salmon in Squamish to documenting Skeena Spey Lodge with Brian Niska, Riley has followed the pull of steelhead north. On today’s episode, we trace his journey from filming ski lines to capturing the drama of swinging flies, and why the chase for steelhead keeps calling him back.

 

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

 

 

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Steelhead Fishing on the Skeena

Show Notes with Riley Leboe on Steelhead Fishing on the Skeena and Ski Adventures

Riley grew up in Vernon, BC, skiing at Silver Star. He and his friends focused on freestyle skiing. At 18, his friend TJ Schiller even won the U.S. Open, and their crew began competing at bigger events.

Riley competed in slopestyle and halfpipe before moving to Squamish after high school for better terrain. There, he bought a snowmobile and shifted to backcountry skiing. He worked with film crews, spending winters filming segments that were released each fall.

Riley recently moved back to the Okanagan after living in Squamish for 17–18 years. He didn’t fish much there growing up, but now he says he’s exploring the area with fresh eyes, finding good bull trout fishing and checking out remote spots by boat.

Getting into Fishing in the Squamish

Riley didn’t get serious about fishing until after moving to Squamish. One fall, his cousin came down during a big chum run and took him out on the river near his house. Hooking into those massive salmon lit a spark.

Soon, he was exploring rivers the same way he used to explore mountains. On down days from skiing, he’d head into the valley to explore new waters. He eventually picked up a spey rod, which opened up more water and made fishing around tight casting spaces much easier.

Filming Career

Riley grew up watching Warren Miller films and even had his autobiography signed as a kid. Later, he filmed for a few Warren Miller movies himself, which he says felt like a full-circle moment.

His film career grew through partnerships with ski brands and production companies, where sponsors helped secure spots in films. Out in the backcountry, he worked closely with filmers and photographers in avalanche terrain.

First Trip to the Skeena Spey Lodge

After catching more salmon, Riley set his sights on steelhead. He learned the hard way at first, grinding it out and figuring things step by step. Reading books about the Skeena and watching YouTube videos inspired him to head north.

Since he had already done ski projects around Terrace, he started pitching film ideas that mixed skiing, steelhead fishing, and the local community. That led to his first trip to Skeena Spey, where he connected with Brian Niska and the crew while filming with Fishing BC. He teamed up with pro skier Kye Petersen and Feet Banks, making the trip a mix of fishing, skiing, and storytelling.

Check out the episode with Riley, Kye, and Feet here:
In The Bucket #2 | Steelhead Secrets and Ski Adventures in Northern BC with Riley Leboe, Kye Petersen, and Feet Banks

Filming Steelhead on the Skeena

Riley talked about the pressure of filming a steelhead trip on the Skeena. With only three days to fish, the odds felt tough—spring steelheading depends on rain, snowmelt, and a lot of luck. But they got lucky right away and hooked a fish on the first day. That took the stress off. From there, they picked up a few more fish and captured the whole vibe of fishing massive runs surrounded by glaciers, avalanches, and snow-covered peaks. Riley said there’s just something special about the main stem of the Skeena compared to its tributaries, like the Bulkley and Kispiox.

Check out the video on FishingBC’s YouTube channel to see the action:

Filming Skiing vs. Filming Steelhead

Riley said filming steelhead fishing feels a lot like filming skiing in that both depend on conditions you can’t control. For skiing, you need good snow. For steelhead, you need the right water levels.

He still spends days in the mountains, but now spends more time behind the camera, which saves his body from the wear and tear of professional skiing. What drew him to steelhead was that same adrenaline and sense of exploration, but without avalanche risk. Landing a fish on the Skeena is never guaranteed, but when it happens, it feels like a win for the whole crew.

Riley’s film on the Skeena ran about 10 minutes, which is now the normal length for fishing and ski films online. He worked with Brandon Kelly, a close friend and cinematographer from Fishing BC, to capture the story.

Instead of staging much, they documented the trip as it happened—showing the lodge, the guides, and the community around it. The team used a Red Komodo 6K camera, plus underwater shots and drone footage, to highlight the size and feel of the river.

Looking Ahead with New Projects

Riley shared that he and filmmaker Chase White went up to Skeena Spey Lodge last spring for a project with Extra Tough. They filmed a short piece about Jared Martin, a guide who moved north with his partner Nicole to chase the steelhead guiding life.

The film shows Jared’s jump from the south coast to the Skeena and what it’s like to take on that opportunity. The video will be released this October. Stay tuned for that!

We also talked about the potential new project with Toyota and Riley. Riley has worked with Toyota for about seven or eight years. He said projects like this bring people and brands together with a common goal, and it sets the stage for more trips and films down the road.

Follow Riley on Instagram @rileyleboe
Check out his latest films and photo projects at Well Worn Media

Steelhead Fishing on the Skeena and Ski Adventures Videos Noted in the Show

 

Related Podcast Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Herbert Hoover once said, time spent fishing is not deducted from a man’s lifespan for Riley Leboe. That rings especially true. After years chasing winners as a professional skier, often in Avalanche train, he discovered a new rhythm on the water. One that gave him the same adrenaline and sense of exploration, but with a different kind of reward. Steelhead Rivers like the S Skiena became his new backcountry. On today’s episode, we follow Riley’s path from filming ski lines to capturing the drama of swinging flies and why the pole of a steelhead keeps drawing him north from his first chum salmon in Squamish to documenting s Skiena Spay with Brian Niska Riley shows how fishing isn’t just a pastime, it’s a lifetime. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip, And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Dave (52s): Today I’m joined by Riley Lebo, professional skier turn filmmaker, and now Steelhead Angler who shares his story from moving from the Squamish area to the Okanagan. And now swinging flies anytime he gets on the Chena and beyond. All right, let’s get into it. Here he is. You can find Ri lebo@wellwornmedia.com. How you doing Riley? Riley (1m 13s): I’m doing well, Dave, how about yourself? Dave (1m 15s): Not too bad. Not too bad. Yeah. I’m looking forward to this chat today because I’m always excited to talk steelhead fishing. You’ve got a, a cool connection. We’ve connected through Brian Ska, the Ski of Spay Lodge, you know, and what Brian has going Out there. It’s pretty awesome because right now as we speak, we’re launching a giveaway for this year. This is our kind of becoming our annual, you know, kind of steelhead school event giveaway. And that’s gonna be awesome because Brian’s in one of those places, those magical places for steelhead. There’s only a few places that are kind of the top places and it’s one of them, but you’ve got a connection obviously up there in Canada. So we’re gonna talk about that today. And your filmmaking, you got a long history at well-Worn Media where you do some of your filmmaking, not only skiing, which is where you were a, we can talk about that today, a professional there, but also now into some of the fly fishing films. Dave (2m 6s): So first off, give us an update right now as we talk. You know, it’s mid-August when this goes live. It’ll be mid-September, but what are you up to this time of year? Riley (2m 14s): Yeah, right now I recently moved to the Okanagan, so I was based in Squamish for 17, 18 years. So the last couple months here we’ve decided to move back to the interior of BC where I grew up. And so yeah, it’s been kind of unloading some boxes and moving into a new house, which has been great. Been it, but sneaking out for a couple days of fishing around here. And you know, funny enough, I didn’t, I didn’t really fish that much when I was growing up in this area. And although we don’t necessarily have, you know, access to a bunch of steelhead fishing around around the interior, but it’s, you know, really known for some amazing lake fishing. Riley (2m 56s): And the bull trout fishing in some of the rivers around here is super good. So I’m kind of coming back to the Okanagan here with fresh eyes and Wow. And ripping the, ripping the boat up a couple little remote rivers and starting to kind of explore and get the lay of the land around here. So that’s been my summer here so far. Dave (3m 12s): That’s amazing. Yeah. And what city is that in? Riley (3m 15s): So I’m in Vernon, which is Oh yeah, Vernon biggest city, kind of close to that would be Kelowna. They’ve got an international airport there. But Vernon’s, yeah, Vernon’s just outside of that kind of right in between Kelowna and Kalos. So yeah, we’re in a pretty good fishing hub around here actually. Right. Dave (3m 31s): Gotcha. Okay. So yeah, you’re up there. And I don’t think I’ve traveled because if you’re heading up through, we talked about this a little bit off air, but yeah, if I was heading up to Can or up to Alaska, Kelowna and Vernon’s a little bit off a little bit west or a little bit east, right, of the main track, where, where would you be going if you were heading up from Kelowna, Vernon and then up north? What eventually would be the destination up there? Riley (3m 52s): Yeah, I guess, well you’ve for like say if we were heading up to Skiena Spay, we’d leave Cologne and Vernon and drive through Camloops and then you’d eventually kind of the middle of the province you hit Prince George, which is kind of like the main city before you get to the north. So yeah, we’re about, I don’t know, probably 10 hours away from Smithers and then probably 12 from Terrace, so that’s not bad. Yeah, BC’s a pretty big, big province, so a bit of a jaunt to get up there. But you know, any excuse to get up to go see Brian and the the gang at Skiena space, well worth the drive, that’s for sure. Yeah, Dave (4m 24s): Definitely. No, that’s what we’re gonna chat on today is just that everything Brian has going up there and it’s gonna be great. But maybe take us back real quick. ’cause I know in the Bucket podcast, which Brian hosts kind of in our network, you guys talked, you were on a podcast earlier, I think it was maybe one of his first that he did. So we got a little bit of your background there. But take us back, like you have a background and professional kind of skiing and all that. Talk about how that transitioned, maybe first, what you were doing there and then how you transitioned into to like fly fishing. Riley (4m 53s): Yeah, yeah, you bet. So yeah, I grew up in Vernon and we’ve got a great little family mountain here, silver star. And that was just kind of what me and my friends loved doing. We, you know, loved skiing and it was freestyle skiing at that time and this was really when what you’d call new school skiing was starting and that was kind of the tricks in the parks and you know, similar to when snowboarding was coming up as well. So that’s the kind of stuff that we were really doing. And we were just, you know, a bunch of kind of punk kids from small town BC here who loved doing it. And eventually we, we started going to some bigger competitions and realized like, hey, our team’s actually, you know, our crew here is pretty solid and you know, a couple friends, my one buddy TJ Schiller, who’s he, he ended up winning the US Open when we were I think 18. Riley (5m 42s): And that was our first major event where we got to like put our skills to the test against, you know, the rest of the best in the world. And he ended up winning it. And that was kind of like a real eye-opening thing for us. Like, oh, maybe we have like a chance to become professional skiers, like our idols, like so many of these guys that we looked up to. And it just kind of continued that on that trajectory and started, you know, competing. I competed in slopestyle and halfpipe for quite a while and that brought me out to out to Squamish because the mountains are just so much bigger and the terrain parks and the access to better skiing was just so much better on the coast. So right after high school I moved Out there and that’s where I guess my ski career took a bit of a turn from some of my friends who they stayed on the competition track, but I ended up buying a snowmobile and really like venturing out into the back country. Riley (6m 36s): I was fortunate enough to when I, on a cat skiing trip, a filming trip, mony powder cats, which is just in the mony is not too far from Vernon here. And it like changed my whole perspective on like how I wanted to be skiing in the mountains and it’s like, ah, maybe I don’t want to be on these, you know, hard pack resorts and landing and on these firm landings and big jumps and stuff. I’d rather be skiing and powder. So yeah, bought a snowmobile and moved out west and started working with, you know, film production companies in the ski world. And I would, I put my whole season towards, at that time would be putting out a segment at the end of the year. You’d kind of film all winter long and in quite the contrast to our social media era where like everything is so instant. Riley (7m 21s): Yeah. Nothing would be seen until, you know, we, we’d ski and film all year long and then nothing would really be seen until the following September when all the steam movies would start coming out. So it was like Right. A lot of anticipation. Dave (7m 35s): Right. Was this during that time when, and again, I’m not a huge skier or snowboarder, but I I know the name Warren Miller ’cause all my buddies back in the day used to talk. Was he kind of before or after your time when you were doing this? I Riley (7m 46s): Would say he was definitely, you know, a pioneer of that whole yeah. Ski filming and really, he still brought it to the mainstream like no one has really ever done before. And yeah, I got to meet Warren a couple times. He signed a, his autobiography for me when I was a kid. Oh, wow. And then he had moved away from the filmmaking side, but I did film for Warren Miller for a couple of their films as well, so. Dave (8m 8s): Oh, no kidding. So he was an old school, old timer, like a yeah, like you said, a kind of a founding father sort of thing of that industry or the filming. Yeah, Riley (8m 16s): Absolutely. And just brought it to the masses. I, you know, remember being a kid and their film tour would come around and the whole city would go down and watch, you know, the Wow Warren Miller movie at the, at the theater. So yeah, it was, it was cool to get some shots in the Worm Miller movies myself there, so it was kind of a yeah, yeah, full circle moment there. Dave (8m 34s): Right. Wow. So basically, yeah. And, and that transition into the filming, that was where you’re Out there, you’re kind of doing the backcountry stuff and how did that happen? Again, you connected with somebody Out there. Describe that. How’d you get into the filming portion? Riley (8m 46s): Yeah, I guess it was a, a couple steps, you know, as you’re kind of building your career, you end up, you know, you work with a bunch of various ski brands and things like that and they, they would align with, with these production companies essentially as a way of marketing and marketing their athletes and their skis. So essentially be a partnership between, you know, myself, the production company and some of my sponsors. And that would kind of allocate my spot in the films and provide me the access to, you know, the filmers and photographers that are Out there working every day. So that I developed, yeah, some great relationships and really, you know, close friends that, you know, you, when you’re out in the mountains, you’re working with these people, you know, day in and day out and you know, in quite, you know, risky terrain. Riley (9m 30s): You’re Out there in avalanche terrain and big mountains. So having a good team and a good crew to work with, you know, you become really close with these people, you know, when you’re Out there making decisions together on what you’re gonna ski and how you’re gonna do it safely and you know, that’s, you become, you know, really close with these groups and, you know, you build those relationships and, you know, those tend to become the people that you work with, you know, over and over again. Dave (9m 53s): Yeah, okay. So it kind of sounds like it was a, a slow buildup into a point where I may maybe describe that a little bit because before we get into the fly fishing, I want to hear, you know, a little more like you were full on. Was that a, a bulk of what you were doing, basically skiing some crazy terrain and then also filming at the same time doing some other stuff? Or talk about what was keeping you busy with your time those days? Riley (10m 14s): Yeah, yeah. I was essentially, I was an athlete. I was, you know, back country, you know, big mountain skier, free skier is really what I would call it. And yeah, you’d spend every half decent, you know, day out in the mountains, whether we were, you know, sled skiing around the Whistler area or, you know, trips to Japan or you know, south America in the summer when it’s their winter down there. I got to for a bunch of years, got to chase winter around for 365 days a year. So yeah, that was, that was the bulk of my time for sure. Dave (10m 48s): Okay. And then when did the, the steelhead, it sounds like you, you obviously you grew up in the area in BC it’s famous for its fishing, you know, and hunting. But when did that change the, when was the transfer, like into the spay and all that stuff? Riley (11m 1s): Yeah, it was quite late I think most, you know, compared to some people just ’cause I was so hyperfocused on skiing that like, that was, you know, to do it at that level you kind of have to be that’s you, you’re all in and right. But when I’d moved to Squamish, you know, September, October would roll around and the salmon would just start coming up the Squamish River, which was, you know, steps away from my house. And my cousin came down one year and during that time, who’s he? He was, you know, the one who really got me into fishing. And he is like, well, let’s go fish for some salmon here. Like, why, why aren’t, you know, we’re sitting around on a rainy day in Squamish, like, let’s go down to the river. And it was a big chum run that year and it was like the most fun i’d I’d ever had, like hooking into these massive chum just like screaming, you know, our knuckles are bleeding by the end of the day. Riley (11m 51s): It was just comical. And I was, was like, wow, this is like right here at my doorstep. And this was so much fun. So that was kind of a big eye-opening thing just ’cause it was this like, you know, I don’t know, big shot of adrenaline and super fun seeing these, you know, crazy looking chum salmon and you know, that set the spark back in my mind there. Like I, I’d fished as a kid on the lakes and stuff, which was great. We’d go out camping lots and, you know, catch a nice two or three pound rainbow and throw it on the barbecue there. And it was just a great, great part of camping and stuff. But yeah, it really didn’t start sticking until I moved to Squamish and then I started just exploring. I had, you know, explored so much of the mountains in that valley in, you know, in that whole sea of sky area, but I’d never explored the river valleys. Riley (12m 37s): And suddenly I found like exactly what I love about backcountry skiing, this exploration aspect and finding what’s around the corner. And suddenly that just transitioned into what I could do fishing. So any down day or any like day that wasn’t gonna be super good in the mountains, I was just down in the valley checking out spots on the river. And yeah, I think it followed a similar, similar path that a lot of people have where, you know, you, I got a single hand and then, then I found out about spay fishing and realizing, you know, how, how that could help, especially around there some of the, you know, the casting space that you have is pretty limited. So when I got a spay rod in my hand, I was like, oh, I can see how this is gonna really, really change the game for me around here. Riley (13m 22s): And the ability to cover water and things like that, you know, changed how I looked at the river for sure. Dave (13m 27s): Right. So you get the spay and then when did the connection to the Skeena spay in Brian’s lodge, when did all that happen? Riley (13m 35s): I guess it was just a bit of a progression, you know, as, as I started catching more, more salmon, then I was like, okay, well I’ve better start trying for trying to find a couple steelhead in the winter here. And that was like a lot of do it yourself, just grinding away, learning the wrong way and figuring it out. And eventually you, you hook one and you’re like, okay, I can see what it’s about now. Yeah. And then at that time, you know, I just digging into reading books on the skiena, watching every YouTube video that I could find and, and so that was kind of just inevitable little before I start thinking about the transition up there. And I had done a couple ski projects up there before, so I was familiar. Riley (14m 18s): I liked the skiing and terrace and it also just happens to kind of coincide with when the steelhead runs happening. So I started kind of putting every effort and I could to make projects that might bring me up to Terrace. And then that’s kind of what ended up happening with my first trip up there to see Brian at Skiena Spay there. I’d been working and doing some production work for Fishing bc, which is the fishing tourism in British Columbia. And they do some amazing films. And I put together kind of this idea about going up north and showing kind of the, the two sides showing some skiing, showing some steelhead fishing, and then also kind of combining the uniqueness of the little community and terrace there. Riley (14m 60s): And that ended up lining up and we went up there with Buddy Kai Peterson, who’s another professional skier and feet banks, the two other guys you you’ll hear on the other in the Bucket podcast. And that was my first chance to get up there and visit Brian and the Oh nice. The rest of the crew at Skiena Space. So, so that was that being a pretty incredible trip? Yeah. Dave (15m 23s): Fish Hound Expeditions offers world class fly fishing right off Alaska’s incredible road system for monster rainbow trout to feisty arctic grayling. You’ll chase big species in the stunning landscape. Whether you’re a seasoned angler or just starting out their expert guides, ensure an unforgettable adventure. Book your trip today before spots fill up and experience Alaska’s diversity like never before. Check ’em out right now. That’s fish hound expeditions.com. Grand Teton Fly Fishing is a premier guide service and fly shop that has access to some of the most coveted rivers and lakes in western Wyoming. Their simple goal is to share their valued resource and have you experience a native cutthroat trout rising to a single dry fly in the shadows of the Tetons. Dave (16m 6s): You can check out Grand Teton right now at Grand teton fly fishing.com. Let them know you heard of them through this podcast. Did you have any action with steelhead Out there? Riley (16m 19s): Yeah, yeah, we actually, we got really lucky. It was, you know, it’s always, you know, a little nerve wracking trying to make a film around steelhead fishing because Right. Especially in the spring, you know, on a big river like the Chena, it’s like, okay, well we’ve got three, maybe three, I think we had three days to try and hook a fish and you know, and something especially steelhead fishing in the spring, it can be so dependent on how much rain you get in the mountains or what, you know, everything’s so dictated by nature, things that are outta your hands. So trying to go and film that, you know, is always a little nerve wracking. But we, we found a couple fish and we found a fish on our first day, which after that happened, that was like a big stress reliever. Riley (17m 4s): Yeah. And you know, it’s all about the experience and stuff and you know, steelhead fish is tough, so think people would understand if you don’t end up getting one on camera. But to get that first one on camera definitely took the stress off on the trip We have run. That’s awesome. Kinda like breathe a little side relief. So, but we ended up, yeah, we hooked, we were hooking a few fish that trip, so it was, it was great. And that was my first chance to really fish on the S skiena. I’d fished some of the tributaries before in the spring. Okay. And in the fall. But there’s something just so unique about that main stems skiena. It’s just so, yeah. Dave (17m 35s): Such Riley (17m 35s): A big piece of water and you’re fishing these massive runs and they just go on forever and you’re right in the valley, these massive snow covered peaks. There’s big glaciers hanging off that you can see where the avalanches have been running down Oh wow. Down from the mountaintops down in the valley. It’s, yeah, it’s the, just the whole experience is, it’s has this kind of like intensity to it. It’s pretty cool. Dave (17m 57s): Right. That’s awesome. And so in the trips you fished previously before that you were like up in the upper, what were you hitting there on the Scena? Riley (18m 5s): So yeah, it went up a couple falls before that and we were fishing on the, on the bulky and yeah. Fishing the kiss and just yeah, sure. Some of the stuff up there that’s great in the fall. Dave (18m 15s): Yeah. Gotcha. Okay. Yeah. And that is what, you know, is unique about the main stem skiing. And I, when Brian was first on the podcast when we did it here, it was a really pretty epic episode because he just, you could just hear how different it was and he’s really good at explaining the technique and how you’re fishing for these migrating fish. They’re not necessarily holding, it’s a different thing. Right. And, and so it’s just, it’s cool and now that we, you know, we’ve done this and you know, and then also the chance to get a, a giant fish. I mean that, that’s the thing, the scheme’s known for some of these really big steelhead. So I think everybody that goes up there, they always, you don’t need many, but if you got that shot at one big fish. Right. What, what was that first one that you guys got into? Was it a average fish or do you remember the size or the whole moment? Riley (18m 58s): Yeah, it was pretty, you know, good, good quality for sure. Kai hooked it at the end of the first day on what we were calling, I think the shames run. It was kind of, you could see the ski hill from the run. So it was really kind of a cool tie in there. But just at the end of this nice tail out below this spill and yeah, he weighted way Out there and got a couple casts in and then yeah, hooked up. I don’t, it would’ve been, yeah, 12 pound fish for sure. Oh Dave (19m 22s): Yeah. 12 pound boxes. Riley (19m 23s): Yeah. Nice fish was. Yeah, nice fish for sure. And yeah, that’s the thing, the quality of the fish up there, you’re not gonna hook a bunch of them, but the ones that you do, you know, they’re you, they’re fish to remember for sure. Dave (19m 34s): Right. Is that movie you guys did there on that? Where could people find that? Is that Out there still? Yeah, Riley (19m 40s): That one’s on be on the Phish BC YouTube channel. Okay. Or on their Instagram as well. So if you go on Phish bc Yeah, we did that one. That one was in partnership with Toyota BC as well. So that was a fun one to put together for those guys. Dave (19m 56s): Oh, cool. So we can find that. We’ll put, try to find a link to that and put in the show notes here. And so yeah, we’re, and we’re like we said, we’re kind of, we’ve got this event we’re kicking off here, which is gonna be fun to have, you know, to choose a winner. That’s always kind of exciting. And then to kind of play on the trip. What is it, so, you know, you talked about exploring, you know, the, and I think Brian hits on this, the, the skiing, the snowboarding versus the steelhead when you are filming, is it, you know, say harder, you know, you talked about catching the steelhead. Is it harder to film that steelhead trip or to film some of the skiing stuff? And do you still, are you still doing some of the skiing? Is that still taking up a lot of your time? Riley (20m 31s): Well, I’ve kind of moved into the background as an athlete, still do quite a bit in the skiing space as far as making different ski films and some, you know, branded content for, you know, different partners that I still work with, different clients. And so yeah, I still get quite a few good days in the mountains myself, but it’s nice not, you know, putting the body through as much work anymore. You know, I, I beat up on my body for a bunch of years there, so it’s kind of nice being behind the lens a little bit more on more of the creative side. So yeah, I still get lots of time in the mountains. But yeah, as far as the difference between, you know, filming, skiing and filming steelhead fishing, you know, they’re kind of similar actually. Riley (21m 14s): Hmm. They’re both challenging. A lot of different variables have to line up for it to work out for you. And I think there’s similar variables all the time. Like I was saying about the weather and the conditions, you know, like water levels have to be correct or have to be good enough where in skiing, you know, the snow quality has to be good enough. Same thing, obviously. I’d say one thing that I really enjoy about steelhead fishing is that I get that same kind of adrenaline rush and the enjoyment of the exploration that I did in my back country skiing career. But it removes a lot of the, you know, the, some of the inherent risk with back country skiing, like avalanche terrain and things like that. Riley (21m 55s): I, so I still got that really, you know, awesome enjoyment out of the exploration without having to kinda live in avalanche terrain the whole time, so. Right. That was a nice little, what really drew me to steelhead fishing, but, but yeah, they’re both challenging things to shoot ’cause you know, it’s, there’s not very many of ’em. And then if you do hook one, there’s never any guarantee, especially big fish on the S scena that they’re gonna stay on the end of your line. So it’s kinda, yeah, it’s fun though, but not like anything, you know, big, big challenge and big rewards. Yeah. So when you do, so they’re both are win the net then the Yeah, no, everyone’s just so excited. It’s such a team effort too. You know, it’s steelhead fishing, it’s anyone on the, in the group hooks one that’s a fish for everyone. Riley (22m 36s): Yeah. You know, it’s, yeah, it’s just, it, I’d say it’s almost as good to watch your buddy land one as it is to Dave (22m 42s): Right, right. Almost, almost as good. Not, not, not totally. Yeah, I hear you. Yeah. Well what about the, so the avalanches is interesting ’cause I mean there is danger, obviously some in steelhead fishing, you know, floating rivers, you’re in that, but I mean the avalanches, have you seen, you must over your career seen and probably even had some people die right around. Is that something that you had to be a part of and have you ever been close? Riley (23m 6s): Yeah, yeah, I had a couple close calls for sure where I’ve been fortunate a co a couple times that I ended up back up on my feet. You know, that’s the thing, if you’re, if you can ski out of them and you can ski out them, similar to swimming in a river, if you can point it downstream at a 45 degree angle and, and make it out of the flow. ’cause that’s really what it is. It’s a layer of snow that moves on a, on a unstable layer and it just turns that whole mountain face into a river. And so you need to keep your momentum up so you can ski outta the thing. So I’ve had a couple close calls, but I’ve been fortunate to ski out of them. But yeah, I’ve got, you know, several friends who weren’t so, so lucky, so. Oh wow. Riley (23m 46s): Yeah, that’s definitely, you know, that was part of my decision to maybe move away from so much backcountry skiing as I, you know, there’s a couple close friends who I really looked up to and were very knowledgeable people in the mountains, you know, who did pass away and it’s, you know, that stuff starts to, starts to weigh on you a little bit for sure. Dave (24m 6s): Yeah, definitely. Wow. What about the, you know, it’s one of the other things we hear a lot about, and we talk a lot about with steelhead too, is that these runs are up and down, but we’ve been seeing some downturns and some of the runs around, you know, the whole Pacific rim. But some of it is partly just probably climate change, right? Changing climate affecting rivers and snow pack and water. Did that also affect, have you seen that in the, your, you know, let’s say last 10 years or so, changes that affected skiing? Or is that something where it’s just you don’t notice it as much? Riley (24m 35s): No, it, it affects us. Yeah. Big time. Winters just seem a lot less predictable and I think, yeah, it’s just, yeah, less stable. It seems like I, I don’t know the, we’ve been having these couple, you know, handful of years. We have these crazy arctic outflows in February and we have lots of warmups in January and I don’t know, just, yeah, it does seem to be a little bit more unpredictable. I don’t know if this is just my short term memory, but I, I think, you know, I remember it being a little bit more consistent. You know, I look back 15 years ago or something like that. But yeah, it’s all contributing for sure. Dave (25m 13s): Yeah, you never know, right? It’s all over the board. You might have a, a warm snap in the middle of the winter or whatever it is, but it’s just kind of inconsistent. That’s kind of similar to, yeah, the flow is the same thing with the, the river flows. But, well, let’s jump into a little bit on behind the lens, you know, because I think it’s really interesting on the film. I mean, we all love a good, you know, fly fishing film, the tour is Out there, all that stuff. What is it? So that film, maybe we could take it there, the one you made at the Chena, you know, with Brian and everything. How did you think about that as you were preparing for, and I’m guessing, was this a pretty short, like how, how long was this film? Riley (25m 46s): It’s 10 minutes long. Yeah, Dave (25m 48s): Yeah. 10 minutes. So, yeah, so it’s kind of, I mean, short, but this is typical for these days. I mean, a lot of the, the film, same with the, the skiing industry too, right? I mean, a 10 minute film is like your normal length film sort of thing. And is that kind of, how is it very similar? Riley (26m 2s): Yeah, for sure. A lot of the, a lot of the stuff that we’d release online, you know, that 10 minutes is, is is a bit of like a longer form content now. There’s still the odd 40 minute ski film that gets put Out there. But you know, a lot of the stuff that people are watching is kind of in that 10 minute range for sure. Dave (26m 17s): Yeah. And on that film, how did you set up for that to, you know, there’s this whole thing behind making, right? There’s probably hours and hours behind everything, but what was your first thinking when you were thinking about putting that together? Where do you start on that film and, you know, how’d you bring it all together? Well, Riley (26m 30s): That, that one, you know, we had, I had, it was Brandon Kelly who’s a close friend and amazing cinematographer. And he’s done so much of the fishing BC stuff with Matt Jennings at Fishing BC there that it was, it was kind of taking a, a formula that, you know, we’d used before and just applying it to the Cheena in a bit of a bigger way. A lot of the fishing BC stuff was a little bit shorter form, like three minutes. So we knew we wanted to tell a little bit more of a bigger story. And you know, that one, surprisingly for being, you know, the fishing being challenged to catch a steelhead in that area, you know, Brian’s whole lodge and all the guides and everyone there just fully set us up for success. Riley (27m 16s): So it was from a filmmaking side, it was, you know, a lot of just going and covering what actually happened. It had a, you know, it was just a real authentic documentation of the trip. So it was, yeah, you get the, you get the real feel of the lodge there and the people at the lodge and the community and carists and you know, ’cause we’re just going Out there and, and experiencing it for the kind of the first time for a lot of us. So that was kind of the approach there to just kind of let it unfold as it did Dave (27m 44s): Basically run the film and just capture as much as you could as you were going. What was the, talk about that on the cameras a little bit. I’m not sure what sort of, you know, camera or, you know, video you run there. What’d you run for that one? Mostly Riley (27m 57s): That one was a Red Komodo, which is a nice compact size, you know, six K camera. So really good quality camera. And then, yeah, we had some underwater shots and drone footage just kind of cover the basis to really show how, you know, vast the Sche net is, and you know, just kind of give that perspective so you can kind of place yourself there when you’re watching the film. Dave (28m 18s): Okay. Yeah. And did you guys go there for, was it a, you said three days, so you kind of arrived night one at the lodge and, and we’ve been there, you know, we’ve talked about this, but it’s a pretty, it’s a cool unique looking lodge, right? It’s right on the banks of a, like a side channel of the Skeena. It’s right there, it’s got the A-Frame cabin and everything. Did you guys arrive there and then kind of get dinner that first night and get ready for the first day of coming up? Riley (28m 42s): Yeah, yeah, totally. We rolled in and you know, that just kind of builds the anticipation. You, you know, you have this long drive up, but you’re just like, you’re talking about all the what ifs and what could happen and then you actually get there and you know, you kind of get some of the reports on, yeah, we’ve been hooking a couple here and there’s some, you know, I think this is gonna work good for tomorrow and here’s kind of our plan. And that just all kind of builds the excitement and the anticipation. So that first night’s always super fun. And then just to, you know, get to know Brian and the rest of the crew there. It was, you know, a really nice way to, to get into the trip. Dave (29m 16s): Right. Kick it off. And then you guys jumped into the jet sleds and then did you all go out to one kind of fish together or how many people were actually fishing? There was the three of you, you tell us about the crew again there. Riley (29m 27s): Yeah, yeah. It was three of us. So it was me, me, kai, and feet. And yeah. I had done maybe the most amount of steel head fishing Kai was had recently just like, just gone into it and gone, you know, totally head firstt and that’s all he could really think about was, was steelhead fishing, which yeah. Is still how he is to this day. And then Feet, feet was coming in as someone who’s Ud never, never caught steelhead himself. So we, we had a good range of, of experiences there. Right. Dave (29m 57s): And didn’t he have a moment there where he, I think you caught it on video. He had this fish on, he maybe take us to that moment. So you captured this whole thing, I think, right? Or or at least part of the, the one where feet had a fish on? Riley (30m 9s): Yeah, yeah, we did when it was, it’s kind of fun in the, in the video, you know, it’s just, you know, Brandon’s literally sprinting down the beach through, you know Yeah. Knee deep snow and feet’s got a fish on Oh wow. And fights it the whole way we get it to the bank and, and it just came unbuttoned right at the bank. Oh. It was, you could kind of see a little bit of oh, a defeat or disappointment in his eyes, but then it was kind of this realization like, well, I got the, that’s the full experience Dave (30m 41s): He did. It was though, when you watch that video, you could see, ’cause you guys captured it, I mean, you could see feet, his face, you know, when it goes away. There’s just that moment of like, we’ve all been there, we’ve all had that moment where the fish gets away and you’re almost willing to jump in the water to try to like, you know, grab the fish and, and you just Riley (30m 58s): Don’t get Dave (30m 58s): It. Exactly. You know what I mean? And when it comes down to it, well, you know, you’re missing, you know, a photo, right. A photo, maybe some other whatever, but, so it’s not that big of a deal, but in the moment it’s like everything, you know, you’re like, oh my God, that’s a ru I’m not gonna forget about that. Or even worse that, you know, some of those things where you get a fish that’s even screaming going out and you never even see it and it’s just gone. You’re like, oh my God, what was that fish? Right. Was it a 30 pound fish? Exactly. Or was it a, you know, so that’s cool. You get, and that’s what I think is awesome about the video is that, you know, you capture those moments, right. Everybody, you can kind of be there. Is that, do you have any moments on that video, you know, that 10 minute movie that you kind of remember that people should kind of, you know, there some of those other memories that you guys hit there? Riley (31m 38s): Yeah, I think that’s a great one. And, and I think just the, you know, I guess the message there is that steelhead fishing as crazy. It it as it is, you know, it’s kind of for everybody, it’s, and it’s, you know, it’s a social thing, especially up there. You’re working as a team and you’re, you know, just taking in the surroundings. You know, steelhead fishing could take you to such incredible places. Fishing in general just takes you out into these incredible spots. So I think that’s kind of what we, you know, dwelled on at the, at the end of it is like, you know, to just get a chance to go get one of those, just connect with one of those fish, you know, that’s like puts you in these incredible places. You meet these incredible people and end up in these awesome communities. Riley (32m 19s): And you know, it’s all driven by steelhead, but you know, oftentimes it’s not the fish that you remember at the end of the trip. It’s all those kind of moments with the people that you’re with. So Dave (32m 33s): We’ve heard many of the stories on this podcast. Togiak River Lodge is one of the great destinations for swine flies, for chinook stripping, for coho all day and unwinding in a lodge right on the riverbank of the Togiak River with access to all five salmon species plus rainbows, Dolly Vardon and more Togiak offers a true Alaskan experience picture over 30 miles of river seasoned guides, high quality boats, and low fishing pressure. It’s fly fishing Alaska at its best. I’ll be heading up the summer. So reach out to Jordan and the crew to see what dates they have available this year. You can learn more right now@wetflyswing.com slash togiak. That’s togiak TO gak Alaskan fly fishing like you’ve always dreamed about. Dave (33m 20s): You know, and, and that’s what’s again cool about this is we’re gonna have, you know, a person who’s gonna win this giveaway event and, and we get to say, Hey, you’re going up to, you know, to the cheena to fish the cheena for steelhead. And that’s always a really crazy moment because, you know, a trip of a lifetime for most people, you know, to be able to do that. Kidding. And even myself kidding. I mean, I’ve been up to a cheena a few times, but only once, you know, up to Brian’s lodge. Just because it’s, you know, not the easiest thing to, for me to get time aside, you know, it seems like that’s always the limiting factor, you know, for all of us. But, but cool. So, well, anything else on, you know, we want to give a heads up on kind of the cheena that trip or maybe just your, you know, filming in general. Are you planning on doing, do you have more coming out? Dave (34m 1s): Have you, you know, I know we’ve been talking about doing some stuff hopefully in the next year as well, but what does that look like? Are you excited about doing more fishing kind of footage and stuff like that? Riley (34m 10s): Yeah, yeah. So I, I was, I went up to Skiena Spay this last spring as well with a good buddy of mine, chase White, another filmmaker. And we went up there for a, a shoot for a, you know, boot company, extra tough. Oh, cool. And so we partnered with Extra Tough and Skiena spay and went up there and shot a video on one of their guides. Jared Martin, who’s a super close buddy of mine from Squamish, who, you know, a similar story got, you know, very, very into, into steelhead fishing and kind of changed the trajectory of his life. And Brian gave him a chance to come up there and kind of getting the swing of things guiding. Riley (34m 50s): And him and Nicole ended up moving up there last November. So, so Chase and I went up there and doing a short film on, you know, just kind of that whole, taking that chance and, you know, jumping at this opportunity with Stina spay and kind of chasing that guide experience up there and just kind of covering his, you know, experience, you know, through his eyes kinda moving straight up into the big leagues and, you know, getting people into fish up there and, and just talking about kind of what, you know, what it’s like to, you know, leave something like, you know, he’d spent so much time on the south coast and leaving that to go chase this opportunity up north. Riley (35m 30s): So that’ll be coming out sometime this fall here. So I was, you know, lucky enough to get up there for a trip there in the spring and Dave (35m 38s): Oh, that’s Riley (35m 39s): Sweet. Yeah. Capture some more, more stuff up there. So yeah, it Dave (35m 42s): Was great. Morina. Riley (35m 43s): Yeah, more Sina. Yeah. Good. Yeah. Dave (35m 45s): Okay, so we’ll keep an eye on that. Yeah. This will be out probably what, in October or something like that? Sometime after. Yeah. Riley (35m 51s): Yeah, you bet. Dave (35m 51s): Yeah. Cool. All right, we’ll keep an eye on that. And so, and that is interesting, the guide, I think we hear a lot about that, right? There’s a lot of guides we’ve had on this podcast, some new, some older, been around for a while, so you captured that experience of becoming kind of a spay guide, right? Which is, you know, I think not the easiest thing to do being a steelhead guide. Right. But did you know, did you, I mean, I’m guessing Brian still, I’ve never even asked Brian about this, but I’m guessing he’s still the guy who goes Out there and does some of the teaching or, or did you guys capture any of that, how, you know, that transition of him Out there the first time? Riley (36m 24s): You mean with as far as Jared guiding for the first time? Dave (36m 27s): Yeah, yeah, the whole guiding. What was that like? Yeah, Riley (36m 30s): We talked about that quite a bit. And we went out, we were, we were shooting, you know, a couple days with Jared and his wife, which was lots of fun. Nicole’s an amazing spay fisher too. And then we did, went out with him guiding to really kind of capture that whole experience about what it is to, you know, it’s one thing to go Out there and find a fish for yourself, but it’s another to Yeah. Try and fish through a client to right, to find them a fish. So we captured a bunch of that and kind of how it changes your mentality and also like what that experience is like when that, you know, that person catches a fish too. And I think for a lot of guides, that’s kind of the, the peak there is getting, you know, getting someone their first skin of steelhead is, yeah. Riley (37m 10s): Like you were saying, it’s a trip of a lifetime and it’s a fish of a lifetime. So yeah, to be a part of that, I think it’s, you know, it’s gotta be pretty rewarding. Dave (37m 17s): Right. So you captured some of those moments of him, kind of the new guy out on the skiena with one of the hardest fish to catch and Yeah, that’s pretty awesome. Yeah. Riley (37m 25s): Yeah. Totally. Totally. Dave (37m 27s): Huh. Cool. Yeah, for me it’s been, you know, I’ve talked about this before, but you know, I’ve done a lot of steelhead guiding and it was, it’s, it’s super, as anybody would imagine, it’s super hard, you know, because you have this pressure of, you know, sometimes it might be just one fish that you have that opportunity and then, you know what I mean? And if you, and I used to put this pressure on myself to feel like, and if it was, if you had a day where you got skunked, it was like just the worst, almost like a depression sort of thing. Right. And, but you know, I’ve talked to guide since and they say, Hey, you know, you just gotta, you know, that’s part of this thing, you know, that’s part of the game. You’re gonna get skunked and there’s nothing you can do about it. You just kind of have to balance expectations and that’s cool you guys did that. ’cause that’s, you know, pretty unique. Dave (38m 8s): I think a lot of guides would love to see that perspective. Riley (38m 11s): Yeah. Like you’re saying, that’s a tough mentality to, to, you know, put all that pressure on yourself. I’m, you know, I’m not sure how you, how you kind of deal with that, you know, I guess, yeah, setting some expectations, but it’s tough to not wanna, you know, obviously do the, do the best you can for, for the person. But yeah, it’s tough when you’re, there’s all these factors that are involved, which, you know, they may not know, know one, know about or understand, but Dave (38m 34s): Right. And you have no control over if a, you know, a thing comes in and blows out the river and you’re fishing, you know, high water, you know, you could still catch fish for sure at, at higher water. It’s, it’s doable. It’s just not quite as easy always. Right. So, okay, so this is good. So we’ve got a good step here on all this. Let’s talk about kind of in the back on the film. So if we, you know, we’re doing this obviously this kind of promotional event, you know, for us it’s something, we do quite a few of these, but they’re always exciting, you know, I think the hope is that we’re gonna be able to get some, you know, work with you and maybe get some, some more content right Out there. What are your thoughts there on all that? You know, I think we’re gonna have a Toyota’s involved in this. We’ve got a bunch of other great brands and are you gonna have time to put some of this together? Dave (39m 17s): I know, I think you’ve talked to them. Is this something where we’re gonna have some more Skeena stuff or you’re doing some other stuff around bc Riley (39m 23s): Yeah, I’m hoping it’s a good mix of everything. Like the stuff that you were chatting that you’ve got on the go sounds super exciting. And then, yeah, you know, Toyota’s, I’ve been working with them for about seven or eight years now, and they’re, you know, they’re great. They’re, this is exactly the stuff that they’re wanting to promote the, you know, outdoors, camping, fishing, skiing that’s really right in their wheelhouse. So they’re, you know, I’m glad they connected with you and I think, yeah, you know, that’s, that’s a lot of this too is, you know, filmmaking, it’s, you know, putting people together that have a common goal and then to go kind of create something that kind of reaches that. So it’s, yeah. You know, these are some good steps to us, you know, building on that foundation, I think. Yeah, I think we’ll get some, some great trips down the road here. Dave (40m 5s): Cool. So we’ve got some good options coming up, which is exciting. And I, I, you know, I think Toyota is a good, you know, it’s a good segue because I am off a period of non-driving non Toyotas, and then I got back into it and I’ve had this tundra for a little while now. It’s been great. Are you, you also are a Toyota owner, right? Riley (40m 25s): Yeah, yeah. I’ve got a 2022 Tundra and Yeah. Yeah, I’ve been loving that and I’ve been driving Toyotas since, since I, you know, could, you know, sit on my dad’s lap and drive around in forever in field, you know? Yeah. Forever. Forever. So I think I’ve probably had 17 or 18 myself over the years. Are Dave (40m 44s): You serious? You’ve, let’s, let’s hear the, you probably don’t remember ’em all, but what was the first one? And then give us the first one first. Do you remember? Riley (40m 52s): Yeah. The, the first one I was probably, I would’ve bought when I was maybe 11 or something, like 10 or 11. 11. Dave (40m 60s): Yeah. Riley (41m 0s): I bought it off my grandpa and it was a 1971 or 73 Toyota Corolla, this Robin Eggs blue thing. And it was sitting out in my grandpa’s field and there was weeds growing up through the floorboards and Wow. It didn’t sell at this garage sale that he, that he, that he had. So he sold it to me for, I think it was 15 bucks or something like that. Dave (41m 24s): Oh, 15 bucks. That’s awesome. Riley (41m 26s): I went and I put a bunch of hours in over the summer, me and my dad cleaned the thing up, and then I was able to, I sold it for 400 bucks. Dave (41m 34s): Are you serious? Wow. You made some money. Riley (41m 36s): That was my money. So then I took that 400 bucks and then I found, I think I found another Corolla, and that was like, that’s how I made, made a lot of my money when I was young. I would buy these, you know, older, older Toyotas that needed some work. And I would spend a couple months and fix ’em up and I’d sell ’em to someone and make, that’d be, make a couple bucks. That’d actually, and then after that, wow. You know, as my ski career was building, I just graduated high school and I went and I, I sold Toyotas at Vernon Toyota for Oh wow. For a couple seasons in the off season there. You, so that was, yeah, kind of been ingrained in the Toyota lifestyle for most of my life here. Dave (42m 15s): That’s pretty cool. And what year, what, what year was that? What were the Toyotas back then when you were at Vernon Toyota? What were the big models coming out? Riley (42m 22s): That would’ve been 2007. So that would’ve been the first year that the Tundra came out. Dave (42m 27s): Oh wow. That was the first year. So they went from the T 100. Right. And then it was the tundra, Riley (42m 31s): Well they actually, no, sorry, I, I, no, the first year of the newer body style, like the full size. Oh, right. So they had, the tundra would’ve came out in maybe 1999 or 2000. Oh, okay. Before that. T 100 is a very, very cool truck. But yeah, that would’ve been the newer, the newer iteration with the V eight and the full size when they started making, making some that kind of were targeted towards, you know, the F1 fifties and the, the Oh right. Gram crowd, things like that. Yeah, Dave (42m 58s): Yeah, yeah. Which they did, which they fully went in. It’s been kind of cool to see it because now because of, I think some of the gas mileage stuff they’ve gone to now, I don’t think they make a V eight anymore. They’re all like V six turbos. Right. I think that’s kinda what Toyota’s gone towards. Riley (43m 11s): Yeah. Yeah. So I’ve got that in my truck here and I’m just super impressed with it. Mileage is great and it’s with a 10 speed transmission and yeah. So I’ve been super happy with that for sure. Dave (43m 23s): And that’s 22. And what does yours get for, what’s yours get for mileage right Riley (43m 26s): Now? I’m like about 15 liters per a hundred kilometers. Dave (43m 31s): Yeah. What is that? It’s 15 liters per a hundred kilometers. I’m not even sure what that is. Riley (43m 34s): Oh no, no, no. Sorry, that’s a little bit high. 13. Yeah. 13 liters per hundred kilometers. Yeah. Dave (43m 39s): And is that, what’s the transition? I’m really bad at all, all that. What if like miles, I’d have to do a tra We’ll, we’ll get off, we’ll figure that out with ai. But, so you got that. And then, let me go back really quick. ’cause the Toyota Corolla is great. I think that the fact that they had stuff growing outta the floor. I had a similar thing, actually. My parents bought a brand new Corolla in the, you know, same era, but later it became, my brothers probably in the eighties or whatever it was, but he, somehow something happened and I was kind of there wanting that car, you know, so I fixed it all up and stuff and they ended up selling it. But the Corolla was like one of the first kind of, I don’t know, it was in that era, like, oh, back to gas prices again. I think in the seventies they started making those to save on gas. Dave (44m 21s): Right. So I’ve got a similar Toyota Corolla, but then I went into more of the, I think the Tacoma was the first one I had that got the first one of those. That was pretty awesome. Did you get into the Tacomas for a while there? Yeah, Riley (44m 32s): Yeah, I did. I had, I had five or six Tacoma over the years. Yeah. So, yeah, they’re great. And it wasn’t until, you know, I, I just love the way they drive, but ended up, you know, I had a kid and needed a little bit more room in the back for the car seat and stuff like that, so graduated to the, to the Tundra with a little bit more space. Yep. Dave (44m 50s): Yeah, that’s it. Yeah. The kids for sure. Cool, man. Well, we’ve got a similar track and there’s a good shout out for Toyota because we’re gonna be doing more traveling for sure up there as we head up north and all that. But cool man. Well, we’re Riley (45m 2s): Gonna, yeah. When are you heading north? Are you, are you on your big trip now? Dave (45m 8s): No, I’m not. So what we ended up doing, we actually ended up flying up there, and so we’ve transitioned a little bit. So we’ve, because of the family stuff, we weren’t able to put that together. So we’ve kind of put that on the back burner. We’re actually gonna be traveling out west kind of this fall. So we’re gonna be heading around kind of some of the Western states and doing that. But we, yeah, I flew up, I actually flew up to instead and did the two Alaska trips this year and came back. So I haven’t even driven up. I’m trying to think the last time I drove up through there. It’s been a little while now, but we’re hoping, I mean, this might be the opportunity now with this next kind of event we’re doing to get back up there. Yeah. Riley (45m 42s): Very cool. Great excuse. Dave (45m 44s): Yeah. Yeah, we, we got an excuse now to kind of put this thing together, but yeah, I think that you know, again, I wanted to shed light on more on your story and it’s really, you know, kind of an interesting, and how you’ve kind of transitioned this in, where you’re still got the skiing going and all that, but you have really the steelhead and now up in where you are, the Okanagan, which is, you know, the, I can’t think of a better place to fish for, you know, the lakes right where you are. Are you, are you starting to explore more of that? Is that something where, do you have enough time to get out and check out some of those bull trout areas and all that stuff? Riley (46m 17s): Yeah, yeah. So I think, you know, September, October, those are gonna be my months for sure. It’s, you know, and that’s when the, the lake fishing really picks up and that’s when the, the, the rivers are picking up too. So I’m, I’m lucky, like I’m, I’m a, I’m an average lake fisherman, I would say, but my brother’s pretty dialed, so he, oh really? He tells me what to put on and how deep and stuff like that. So I get to learn from every time we go out, for sure. Yeah. Dave (46m 42s): That’s cool. Yeah, we have, are you, are you familiar with Phil Roy? Have you heard of him? He’s up in Alberta, Riley (46m 47s): But yeah, you’ve, Dave (46m 47s): Yeah. Yeah, so Phil’s been, he’s been doing our littoral zone similar to what Brian does within the bucket. Phil has our Littoral zone podcast, so he’s got a bunch of great episodes and I love the solo when he goes off because he has a bunch of still water, you know, kind of step-by-step sort of stuff. But yeah, we’re gonna hopefully be doing more with Phil. I’d love to get up there. That’s one of those things up in your area. I’d love to do a big trip to and find some of those big rainbows. Right. And all the, whether that’s Camloops or is Okanagan, let’s see, am I saying that right? Okanagan, right? Riley (47m 18s): Yeah, Okanagan. You bet. Yeah, I mean we do have, we have a, we have a handful of trophy lakes around here, but in, you know, in my, in my opinion, you’re definitely gonna, gonna find probably more as you get into the Camloops and then up into the caribou region a little bit. So just a little bit north here, but definitely striking distance from where I’m at. Dave (47m 38s): Yeah. And you get more of the bull trout in the mountains sort of thing. Is that where you’re going? Is that kind of the bull trout? You kinda have to get to the mountains a little bit? Riley (47m 46s): Yeah, yeah, totally. So you kind of go a little bit farther east to kind of the rebel stoke golden area and you know, that’s, you know, there’s some good bull truck fishing around there. Dave (47m 55s): Okay, perfect. Nice. Well I think that covers a good intro to what we wanted to touch base on here, really just kind of framing up this event we have going and the fact that we’re gonna be heading back up to, you know, BC country and chase some steelhead and trout as well. That’s a cool thing about bc. Do you find, I mean, we’ve talked about this a little bit, what else does BC it seems like it’s got a little bit of everything, but, but what else do you love? Do anything else you’re kind of fired up for other than skiing and fishing? Or do you have other activities that keep you busy? Riley (48m 24s): Yeah, I mean there’s just so much around, so Whether you’re, you know, mountain biking or just hiking, you know, I was in Squamish for the last, you know, 18 years, so the climbing scene’s incredible there too. I’m not a climber myself really, but just the, you know, BC you just have access to just so much here, you know, the, you know, nature’s at your doorstep and it is, it’s kind of nice too. You can kind of pick your own adventure, you know, there’s just so much to do here, so, yeah. Dave (48m 50s): Yeah. And Vernon’s a lot smaller. Is that a small town or is that quite a bit smaller than Squamish? Riley (48m 56s): Actually, it’s a bit of a bigger hub than Squamish. Squamish is probably about, oh wow. 25,000 people here. Vernon would maybe be 50,000. I’m just kind of, oh, no kidding. Just on the outskirts here, kind of in some farmland, about 10 minutes outta town here, so Dave (49m 9s): Yeah. That’s cool. Nice. Ri, this has been great. I think we’ll leave it there for today and we’re gonna send everybody out to, they can check you out at Riley Libo there, or well wor media.com if they go to the, well, Warren Media, is that a pretty easy, just like a lot of sites you got at photography, like your history and any recommendations there for people to track down some of the stuff you have more on the, the phishing? Have you been starting to post some of that? There is that mainly for the skiing, Riley (49m 34s): You know, there’s a bunch of phishing stuff on there too. Yeah, you can, it’s just called thumbnails. Anything with the fish on the front of it, you’ll probably find a fishing video there, so, yeah. And there’s some old, old skiing, skiing films in there too. And so, yeah, lots to dig around with whoever might be interested. Oh, Dave (49m 49s): Cool. What’s one good skiing film we should check out if we haven’t, if we’re into skiing, I wanna see something cool. Riley (49m 55s): Yeah, there’s, I made a film series with some, with a few friends of mine called Seeking Nirvana, and we had, I think we made about 12 films, and there’s a bunch of them, but one that we, I really love is called The Tales of Vienna, and that was, we were kind of skiing from a sailboat that I had and Oh wow. Had some kinda, we, we took a lot of time with that series to really kind of make it cinematic and you know, really just the, the filmmaking side is pretty good on those ones. Good storytelling and kind of fun narration. Oh, nice. So anything, any seeking Nirvana ones on on there is worth a look. Dave (50m 31s): Okay, well check. And you also can sail, you have that skill. Riley (50m 35s): Yeah, yeah, I did did it for a bunch of years. It’s been a handful of years since we’ve had that boat, but yeah, any chance to get on the water and get the sails up is pretty fun. Dave (50m 44s): Nice. How about Riley (50m 45s): Yourself? Awesome. Dave (50m 46s): Ri you know, that’s one of those things that has been kind of something I’ve always wanted to get into and I just haven’t found the time yet. And you know, it’s just tough, right? You got all these great things you wanna do, you know, including snowboarding and skiing and all that stuff. But I’ve kind of just touched, I’m kind of a, I’d say like a more of a jack of all trades. I’ve touched on a little bit of everything, you know what I mean? And never sailing is the one thing I never really learned. What do you think, is it something you can pick up with, you know, you put a good year into it. Is it easier to pick up than say, fly fishing? Riley (51m 14s): Yeah, totally. I think it’s, you can, you can get Out there and, you know, sailing’s great ’cause it’s, you know, if you’re making mistakes, it doesn’t really matter that much. There’s like obviously certain mistakes that you, you can’t make, right? But if you’re not like, no, don’t like the perfect line or don’t have your, your, you know, sales trim just perfect. You know, you’re still gonna be Out there having a good time and you know, even if you haven’t done it yet, it’s a great retirement gig. You know, you can load the family up and go sailing, you know, years down the road. So it’s a nice low impact, easy, easy activity to do down road. You can do it road too. Lots of time for sailing. Dave (51m 48s): Is the Okanagan is in that lake, can you, are there lots of sailboats Out there? Riley (51m 52s): Yeah, yeah, there is. That’s actually, you know, where I learned to sail was on Okanagan Lake. My dad had a sailboat on Okanagan Lake. Nice. It’s a good place to learn because the wind kicks up like crazy and it’s really unpredictable so it actually makes you a pretty good sailor. It’s not as, not as consistent as the coast is. Dave (52m 9s): All right. What was the boat you had where you were doing the tails of Vienna? Yeah, Riley (52m 12s): It was a 36 foot Martin, so it was made in Vancouver, 1981 I think it was. So a nice older boat, but a good size, good capable boat. Okay. Yeah. And we were Out there sailing around in the middle of January and it was minus 15. There was water spraying and ice on the ice on the mast and the sails. Oh wow. And stuff. There’s not, not another soul to be seeing. Everyone’s like, what the hell are you guys doing Out there right now? But it Dave (52m 38s): Was fun. And 36 sounds large, right? I mean, 36 foot sailboat, that’s big enough for, you can take that thing kind of out like wherever you want across the world if you want it to. Riley (52m 47s): I mean, if you outfit it right, yeah, there’s people that sail around the world and a lot smaller boats than that, so yeah, it’s, yeah. Yeah. Capable for sure. Dave (52m 54s): Nice. All right, great Riley, well thanks again for all the time and yeah, looking forward to keeping in touch with you as we kinda do all these events and you know, definitely we hope to get on the water and swing some flies and first deal hunt. We’ll definitely talk to you soon. Riley (53m 7s): Yeah, likewise Dave. Appreciate the chat here. We’ll catch up soon. Dave (53m 12s): There you go. You can check in with Ri over on Instagram at Riley Lebo right now. You can also go to well warren media.com. Let him know you heard this podcast, let him know you’re checking in right now and you enjoyed this one. If you wanna find out right now, we’re doing a giveaway, you can go to we fly swing.com/giveaway and it is your chance back to the Ski of Space School to fish with not only Brian Ska, Jeff Li Kay is gonna be Out there hosting this one. It’s gonna be an epic journey. We’re right in the middle of it. We’ve got one trip going, one trip coming. Get in there and get in now. Okay, I gotta get going. I got a big week ahead. We’re gonna be hitting for some steelhead this week, de shoot style, so hopefully we’re gonna find a few Out there. The weather is looking pretty good. Dave (53m 53s): And then I hope you’re gonna get out and swing some flies as well, or just get out into your home river. Hope you enjoy this one and we will talk to you very soon. Have a good one.

Conclusion with Riley Leboe on Steelhead Fishing on the Skeena and Ski Adventures

Don’t forget, we’re running a giveaway right now! Head over to wetflyswing.com/giveaway for your chance to win a trip back to the Skeena Spey Lidge with Brian Niska and Jeff Liskay. It’s an epic journey you won’t want to miss. Get in there now!

         

814 | Skeena Steelhead Fishing with Brian Niska

skeena steelhead fishing

Episode Show Notes

On this episode, we’re heading to one of the most iconic steelhead destinations in the world—the Skeena River. Brian Niska, owner of Skeena Spey Riverside Wilderness & Lodge, talks all about Skeena steelhead fishing. Brian shares what makes the Skeena so unique, how the steelhead season is shaping up this year, and why having John McMillan and Jeff Liskay at the lodge is such a big deal. We also get into tips for adjusting your approach based on river conditions and how to get the most out of your steelhead trip.


Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

Skeena Steelhead Fishing

Show Notes with Brian Niska on Skeena Steelhead Fishing

Legends in the Bucket

Brian Niska talkes about his podcast In the Bucket. His latest episode features four spey casting legends: Deck Hogan, George Cook, Scott O’Donnell, and Joseph Rossano. Brian says it’s packed with stories and wisdom, especially a great one from Deck Hogan about fishing with John McMillan’s dad.

Steelhead Season on the Skeena

Late August into September is prime time on the Skeena River. Brian says this year has brought fewer fish so far compared to last year, but it’s still shaping up. Guests are catching both steelhead and big northern coho, and the variety is what makes the Skeena special.

The river is low and clear, which means a lot of action in shallow water. You might even see a fish flash when it hits your fly. Some steelhead are smaller this season, but they’re showing up strong and that keeps things exciting.

What to expect if you’re heading up:

  • Fish are holding in 2–3 feet of water
  • Long diagonal bars are the go-to structure
  • Conditions can change daily with the dropping water

As Brian puts it, “It’s almost like a new river every day.”

skeena steelhead fishing
Photo via: https://skeenaflyfishing.com/photos

How to Find Steelhead on the Skeena

The Skeena is a huge river, so knowing where to fish is key. Brian breaks it down simply: you’re looking for rest stops—places where fish pause during their long swim. These aren’t random. They’re spots with structure like:

  • Diagonal bars
  • Big rocks or boulder clusters
  • Points and scalloped bays
  • Log jams or any current-breaking features

Instead of covering tons of water, slow down and fish with intent. Cast to the top, side, and behind each rock. Treat it like trout fishing. Fish are moving through, not holding forever, so you’re trying to intercept them.

Pro Tip:
Look for purple water. Brian teaches guests to imagine blue (too slow) and red (too fast) water then find the purple in between. Even better? Find purple triangles where that ideal water speed funnels down. That’s where fish pause, and where you want your fly.

If it feels fishy, trust it. Your fly and line speed can tell you a lot.

skeena steelhead fishing
Photo via: https://skeenaflyfishing.com/photos

Conservation and Giants: Why the Skeena Still Inspires

Brian is fired up about this year’s Skeena trip not just for the fishing, but because John McMillan is joining. John leads The Conservation Angler, a group that’s pushing science-driven solutions from the angler’s perspective. Brian says their work shows how fishing effort can support research and help protect wild fish, not hurt them.

One of the coolest topics they explore is residualization, where some juvenile steelhead don’t smolt and instead stay in freshwater as resident trout. These fish might not go to sea, but they can still carry key genetics for future steelhead runs. Brian’s excited to ask John more about how this plays out in places like the Thompson River and Skeena tributaries.

How to Prepare for a Skeena Steelhead Trip

If you’re heading up to the Skeena, Brian says the biggest key to success is your mindset. Steelhead fishing means dealing with the conditions. Some days are perfect. Others are blown out, freezing, or fishless. But if you’re patient and stay positive, your chance at a big fish will come.

Top tips for Skeena success:

  • Lengthen your trip to give yourself the best odds of hitting good water.
  • Expect slow days—they happen to everyone.
  • Stay upbeat. Brian swears the grumpy angler never hooks up.
  • Fish the conditions:
    • In high/murky water: fish big flies, fish the edges, and wade shallow.
    • In low/clear water: downsize your fly and keep it stealthy.

When it comes to flies, confidence matters most. Brian says the actual pattern doesn’t matter as much as how much the angler (or guide) believes in it. His advice? Don’t bring 30 different flies. Pick a few solid patterns and tie them in three sizes: light and small, medium with bead chain eyes, and large and heavy for fast water or murky days.

skeena steelhead fishing
Photo via: https://www.instagram.com/skeenaspeyfishing

How to Read the Water and Find More Fish

Brian says it’s not just about casting and stepping your way down the run. On the Skeena, you need to pay attention. If you spot a feature—like a seam, a rock, or a current break—fish it with purpose. Don’t just blow past it.

If you’re solo, slow down and explore that water. But if you’re with others, be respectful. Don’t camp out too long in one spot. When you do find a good feature, try this:

  • Cast to the front of the rock
  • Work the side as you approach
  • Fish the backside as you pass
skeena steelhead fishing
Photo via: https://skeenaflyfishing.com/photos

The 4 Things That Matter Most

If you’re new to steelhead fishing, here are the four keys Brian recommends watching for:

  1. Structure – Big rocks, drop-offs, seams, or even subtle depressions
  2. Speed & Depth – Water that’s slow enough for fish to hold but not too deep
  3. Location – Tributary mouths, islands, bends, or rapid transitions
  4. Traveling Lanes – Where fish are moving; if you’re not in the lane, you won’t connect

You can find Brian on Instagram @skeenaspeyfishing.

Facebook @skeenaspey

Visit their website at SkeenaFlyFishing.com.

skeena river

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Today’s guest runs one of the most iconic steelhead schools anywhere in the world, right on the banks of the Skeena River. His passion for spey casting and Wild Rivers has taken him from guiding anglers on massive glacial flows to building a lodge that serves as home base for one of the most unique fly fishing experiences in North America. This is Wet Fly Swing podcast, where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip, And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Brian Niska is here from the Skeena Spey Riverside Wilderness and Lodge. Today, he’s gonna take us into the seasons in the Skeena and how it’s shaping up for steelhead. This year, we’re gonna find out why having John McMillan and Jeff Liskay at the lodge this year for the Skeena Spey School is a game changer. Dave (48s): We’re gonna find out what simple adjustments you can make on your steelhead trip to make sure you can adjust to changing conditions and, and where to fish the river, whether that’s shallow and near, whether you’re gonna be wanting to get out further. We dig into it all today and, and it’s a fun one. You can find Brian right now at Brian Ska. You can go to skeenaspey.com and, and check with him there. Let’s get into it. Here he is, Brian Niska. How are you doing, Brian? Brian (1m 16s): I’m good, Dave. It’s nice to talk to you again. It’s been a while. Dave (1m 19s): Yeah. Yeah. I’m not even sure. I didn’t really look back at how long it’s been. I actually, it was probably the one that we did with you and Jeff Liskay when we were checking I, it was probably the last year we were talking about this trip, but now we are setting up for another big event Right now. Today as we speak, we’re launching the giveaway for somebody to win a trip to go out to your lodge on the Skeena River in 2026. And as we speak, it’s kind of weird because we’re, we’re actually doing this before the 2025 trip. Although when it goes live, it’ll be after the trip. So it’s kind of this weird before or after sort of thing. But how are things going? It’s, I mean, you guys are right in the middle of steelhead season, right? Brian (1m 59s): Yeah. It’s crazy right now. Super busy. We’ve got some nice hot weather. Finally got some proper summer weather here at the end of August. Dave (2m 6s): Gotcha. So you guys are going, going strong. And I think, like we said, we’ve got our group from last year or for this year that’s coming out here just in a few days that they’re gonna be fishing. Let’s talk about it a little bit because I think it’s really cool how, and this was your idea to set this up when you talked about this. ’cause before, the first time we did this, I went up there, it was amazing. Had a great trip. And then after that, now we have actually Jeff Liskay, who is the host of the Great Lakes Dude podcast and then John McMillan. Talk about that a little bit. Like what are you expecting this week to look like with those, those guys there at the lodge? Brian (2m 43s): Yeah, I think it’s the natural progression of the, of the school. I love the inclusion of Jeff bringing a little East coast flavor to the, the Skeena and you know, having John there is a great asset too. You know, this is going to give the people attending, you know, a tremendous amount of access to an actual steelhead expert. I mean, I mean, John McMillan, I don’t think there’s anybody else in the steelhead world who has the scientific background and is also a super duper hardcore angler and just all around good dude. So we’re really excited to have those guys. It’s gonna be a blast. And the way the river’s shaping up right now should be a pretty decent week of fishing. Brian (3m 24s): Cool. Dave (3m 24s): So is the water in good shape right now? Is, that’s always the thing, right? It could be high or low, but right now it’s looking like it’s pretty good. Brian (3m 31s): I couldn’t look any better right now. Perfect. Dave (3m 33s): Okay, well we’re gonna get, definitely dig into some tips and tricks and, you know, we’ve got a, a episode, the first one we did, I always go back to that because that was such a awesome episode we did with you, where you broke down the difference between the steelhead that are migrating up, the main stem Sena versus some of the tributaries and how to fish ’em. So we’re gonna talk about that today, but lemme just give one shout out for people. You know, we’ve got this giveaway going, wetly swing.com/giveaway. People can enter to win and one person will be winning. Just like this year you have somebody that’s coming up that won the trip. And then, but if folks wanna just save a spot, they can go to wetly swing.com/steelhead school right now. And I already talked to Jeff. He is stoked to do this again. Dave (4m 13s): So, I mean, we’re gonna have Jeff back and, and this is gonna be a good trip. So, so I wanted to start off with in the bucket, because this is the podcast that you’re hosting kind of in the, you know, the network here with the Wetly Swing and also the Great Lakes Dude podcast. We’ve been doing some cool stuff. You’ve had some pretty amazing episodes and, and the last one is, doesn’t get any better. I can’t imagine that there’s these four people that you put together, talk about what you have going and what your plans are moving ahead. Brian (4m 40s): Yeah, you bet. We had a pretty good track record going of monthly shows and I unfortunately got really busy with the lodge this summer and the episode that’s currently out has been out there for a couple months now. But I think it’s a really good one. Certainly it was a fun one to put together, unlike most of the in the bucket shows where I have two or three guests this time I had four guests. But what a group. We’ve talking about legends, we’re talking about Deck Hogan, George Cook, Scott O’Donnell, and Joseph Rossano. Anyone listening, I would encourage you to, to give that a listen ’cause those guys have a wealth of knowledge when it comes to spay fishing. Brian (5m 21s): There’s some great stories in there. One of my absolute favorites on that whole deal was listening to Deck Hogan, describe meeting John McMillan’s father and you know, getting to spend some time on the river with him. That was an absolute highlight. Dave (5m 36s): Oh, that’s right. Yeah, I remember that. Yeah, that was a great episode. I love the, I love listening to your episodes because it’s always that, I mean the putting those guys together, do you find for you as a host, is that pretty challenging when you’re there with those guys to bring it all together? It seems like that would be the challenge for me. How do you get everybody equal time talking? Because they’re all, all like ex, you know, superstars, Brian (5m 59s): You know, compared to you Dave, I’m a rookie at this. I, like I said, 19 episodes in the bag. You’re what, 700 or something now? Is that what it is? Dave (6m 6s): Something like that, Brian (6m 7s): Which is amazing. So for me, when you’ve got good guests and the conversation just happens organically, there’s gonna be some good stuff that comes out there. And the challenge is honestly, the hardest part of the whole show is lining up three or four people’s schedules to, for a couple hours to talk. That really, in this day and age seems to be the biggest challenge, but it always seems to come together. So hopefully it keeps going that way. Dave (6m 34s): That’s awesome. Yeah, so, so we will put a link out to that show in the, that episode in the show notes for sure. But yeah, let’s talk about this trip because you know, as we speak, we’ve got a crew that’s going out there this year. We’ve got a winner going out this year and we’re giving away a trip for next year. Let’s bring it to the timing of this trip. You know, it’s kind of late August, we’re going into September. If somebody was gonna be heading up there, and I have talked to a lot of people, I’m telling you the Chena, I’m not sure about the numbers there, but the numbers down, the lower 48 for steelhead are definitely up this year. You know, we’re seeing a little bump and so people are fired up and I’ve heard people talking about our local waters that they’re catching, you know, they’re catching summer steelhead. Maybe talk about that. Dave (7m 14s): If somebody’s thinking about coming up there, what is the first thing? What are you telling them to get prepared for a trip like this? Brian (7m 20s): Yeah, so specifically this year, 2025 versus 2024, so far we don’t have as many fish around as we did last year. At the same time. It’s still, you know, it’s middle of the season, so that can change. But last year was really exceptional and hopefully, hopefully this year finishes strong. This is a neat time of year, end of August. Most people consider this prime time the middle of the season. It’s a period when you have a lot of different species co migrating. You’ve got, in addition to the steelhead, of course coho, and that includes the big northern coho. That’s something, you know, that’s a fish that our guests are often equally excited to catch as steelhead. And the fun thing with the Chena is just, just the variety. Brian (8m 2s): So this year we’ve seen some exceptionally large fish, but man, it seems like there’s a lot of small ones around too. And certainly this past three or four days. Yeah, it’s just, it is really neat to see that, you know, all of a sudden these like, you know, let’s call ’em six, seven pound steelhead are just really prolifically. You know, they’re, they’re represented in the catch all the time where normally the average size is a little bit bigger. So, you know, you start to make some assumptions and say, what’s going on here? Why is there, you know, such a strong push of smaller fish? Are all these fish heading up to the Maurice and this is kind of the time when they’re coming in? Who knows? But you know, that’s the fun part of the Chena is every time you get a bite, you don’t know if it’s gonna be a a 20 inch or a 25 pounder. Brian (8m 43s): And the river right now is fairly low, super clear. You know, we’re, we’re catching those fish in exceptionally shallow water and you know, a lot of times you’ll actually see the fish flash as it goes to grab the fly. So that’s pretty exciting. Dave (8m 58s): Oh wow. Yeah. So you’re seeing it too. Well let, let’s talk about that a little bit. We know, you know, I know at least one of the people that are gonna be there, Calvin, who we definitely have been chatting with, talk about that. So Calvin’s gonna be up there with the crew. What’s that gonna look like on the water? So he’s gonna be on the water here if conditions stay the same, you know, what can he expect? Is this gonna be your kind of ankle deep and you know, catching these fish in tight or are you gonna be out there fishing a little bit deeper this week? Brian (9m 24s): The standard advice that we always deliver is wade shallow cash short and it sound advice. ’cause you know, these fish get caught in two and a half feet of water frequently with the water being clear, with the water being low, you know, it is the opportunity to take fish on a longer cast and that’s always fun. Obviously the, the river changes as it drops, the spots change a little bit here and there. And the scheme has got such a variety. And, you know, one of the really neat things to fish on the Chena are these big long diagonal bars. So essentially you have shallow water extending quite a ways out from shore. And these diagonal bars, when the water’s higher and rocks are tumbling tend to catch, you know, these decent sized boulders. Brian (10m 4s): And once you have some boulders starting to build up in an area, then they tend to catch more boulders. And obviously that provides exceptional structure. And you know, the fish just like to kind of hang out off to the side of them. So when you’re seeing the river, when it’s super low and super clear like this, you know, you’re getting to, to fish sections like, like specific holding areas that normally wouldn’t be in play when the water’s higher. So it’s, it’s almost like a new river every day at the rate it’s dropping right now and we’re getting fairly cold nights, so the water temperature’s staying good. You never know up here when you’re gonna get early snow in the mountains and a bunch of rain like we had last year, late September. But right now we’re, we’re just really enjoying seeing a, a river that’s blue and green and color floating by. Dave (10m 46s): Yeah, perfect. So, and then that’s part of that on finding the water, right? How do you find the fish? That’s always the, the first question. How do you find the fish? You’re on a big river, especially like the cheena because this isn’t a small river, right? This is a giant river. Is that, you know, these diagonal bars, talk about that a little bit. How would somebody, they’re out there in this run, how are they gonna find the fish where they’re holding? Brian (11m 6s): Yeah, so first off, you know, if you’re fishing further up the system, generally you, you’re taking the fly to the fish, right? You’re casting taking a couple three steps, you know, moving quickly is always good advice for what we do down here where the fish are migrating by. We’re trying to find places that they need to rest. And so because of that we kind of fish more like a trout fisherman in a lot of ways. So when we find some interesting structure, you know, we just talked about diagonal bars, things like that, they’re worth more than one cast. I’m gonna say that again. They’re worth more than one cast. So what you wanna do is take the rock that you see, or the cluster of rocks and fish the top of it, fish the side of it, fish behind it. Maybe you have a strong opinion that the fish are gonna be traveling on one side versus the other, but really fish it with intent rather than just cast and step and blindly cover the water. Brian (11m 54s): And that, that tends to pay dividends over time. And thinking about this giant river and looking at it through kind of two lenses, one smaller in scale and one larger. What I mean by that, and I’ll give you a good example here. If the section of water that you’re fishing is essentially, let’s say about the size of a tennis court, that’s what you’re looking on. That’s what you’re focused at. That’s, you know, what you’re paying attention to. You know, if there’s big rocks that are close to the surface, you’re gonna notice them. Everything else beyond that sort of tennis court size area doesn’t really matter in that moment when you’re fishing that. But how do you find that tennis court within the, the giant cheena? So now you’re looking at the big picture and you say, okay, well is this area close to a tributary? Brian (12m 36s): Like is there new water coming in? Is there islands, is there a canyon close by? Is there, you know, something interesting happening here with, you know, there’s some scallop bays and points or diagonal bars, you know, what is it that causes the fish to want to hang out in this section? And essentially you could think of these sections as, as rest areas off of a highway. And you know, if you were someone doing a long drive, there’s certain places where it makes sense to pull over. And you know, this is kind of the deal here. These fish are swimming a long way, they’re partway through a very multi-week type journey and they’re gonna need to rest. So what we’re doing is we’re finding the places that they rest and it’s kind of an ambush fishery and that’s probably the best way to think of it. Brian (13m 18s): And once again, you know, we’re not necessarily taking the fly to the fish, we’re putting the fly out there in the area where we think the fish are gonna be using and letting the fish find the fly. Dave (13m 28s): That’s interesting. So the difference is, is on the chena main stem, you’re lower down. So these fish are migrating up to, and, and talk about that again. So the difference between this and say the fish that are in the bulky, the Maurice, the Bain, what is the difference? The fish up there are getting closer to spawning or talk about that again, how is that different than how do you fish ’em different Brian (13m 47s): If you were fishing further up the system, you know, essentially you have a bit of a captive audience. Those fish are gonna be hanging out maybe not always in the same runs, but certainly in the same section. They’re, they’re holding fish. And when you’re approaching holding fish, it makes sense to cover as much water as possible, right? So to move quickly for what we’re doing, where the fish are moving through, we’re looking for the areas where they need to slow down areas where they need to rest. Simply put areas where they need to make a decision to make a lateral move to go left or right. You know, they’ll swim up one bank, then they encounter a point with a diagonal bar off of it. At some point they have to cross that diagonal bar, you know, where are they going to cross it? But there’s gonna be a spot there where it gives them some sort of pause, which makes them accessible to you. Brian (14m 30s): And so what we’re doing down here is we’re finding those areas typically looking for structure, whatever that means. Whether it be larger rocks, whether it be points, bays, diagonal bars, could be logs jammed in there a certain way. Anything that disrupts the current and makes seams, those are the areas that we wanna spend our time. And we just put the fly out there and, and swim to fly nice with just the right amount of tension. And if a fish comes by, hopefully they grab it. The cool thing down here is they haven’t seen a lot of other flies, whereas when you’re further up the system, you know, they’ve seen everybody’s, everybody’s gps and intruders and egg Dave (15m 6s): Sucking leches. Brian (15m 7s): Yeah. So it, it kind of makes sense to try and show ’em something different up there. Whereas down here you can put the fly that you like the best and just leave it there all week. And there’s not a real reason to change flies a bunch if it’s working for you. I’m gonna explain something in a way that I often present it to clients and, and hopefully for anyone listening, it doesn’t sound too crazy. What I do with the guests is when I’m trying to, you know, break down the river and say, okay, well current speed is really important. I tell them, imagine you’re up above looking at the river and any water that’s too slow, you know, we might refer to this as frog water, but essentially water that doesn’t have any current, that’s the color blue. Anything that’s too fast. So you know, water that’s moving beyond a, a fish length per second water, that’s, that’s really cooking. Brian (15m 51s): That water’s red and I wanna find the purple water. And once I find water that’s purple, I wanna look for purple triangles. What do you mean by purple triangles? Well, here’s what I mean. I wanna look for the part where that purple section narrows, that’s a funnel, right? So if you can find these purple areas, which are essentially water that’s moving at the speed steelhead like, and then you find where that purple area gets a little bit more constricted, you’re gonna find a good spot to try and ambush a fish. And so when you’re looking at current speed, you know, anything that’s floating by is key. You know, your fly line itself is a really good indicator. And this I think is also why, you know, you’ll hear guys talk and say, oh, I really felt like I was gonna get one. Brian (16m 34s): Or it felt fishy in there. Well what does that mean? It means that the fly line and the fly, were moving at a speed that was familiar. A speed that you associate with catching fish and people that spend a lot of time in the river can spot that from a long ways away. You know, other people have to, they have to get some positive reinforcement right to really believe in it. But current speed is important. Fly tension is important. And spending your time fishing the fly well in areas that the fish are gonna use, it’s not a guaranteed thing. But you know, luck is still a big part of it. But that definitely positions you to be lucky. Dave (17m 10s): San Juan Rod works started with a simple belief, great fly rods and gear shouldn’t cost a fortune as a family run company. They focus on building high quality fly fishing products that perform on the water without the premium price tag. You can try San Juan Rod works for 30 days risk free right now and if you’re not satisfied send it back for a full refund. You can go to San Juan rod works.com. That’s S-A-N-J-U-A-N Rod works.com Located in Boulder, Colorado. Intrepid Camp Gear is dedicated to designing and manufacturing the best and most highly engineered automotive camp gear on the market. Intrepid Camp Gear specializes in rooftop tents and aluminum cargo cases designed for skis, rods, hunting gear, and any other gear you may be hauling. Dave (17m 56s): Elevate your adventure with Intrepid Camp gear right now. Head over to wetly swing.com/intrepid right now. That’s intrepid I-N-T-R-E-P-I-D Intrepid Camp Gear. As we talked about this trip that we’re doing with our ski of Steelhead, our space school. You know, we mentioned Jeff Li case. So this is not only are the clients people that go on this trip gonna have connection with your guides who are great and we’ve talked about them before, but Jeff’s also gonna be out there, which is kind of, you know, as a host, right? How does that look with Jeff? How do you foresee that happening? You know, you’ve got a couple clients, Jeff out there, how does that break down on, on the river? Brian (18m 36s): Yeah, well I think, you know, Jeff’s a pro no doubt. And I think that it’s gonna be really motivating for anybody who’s on the trip to, you know, see how he breaks down a river that’s not as familiar as the stuff he’s normally fishing, right? I mean, this guy comes from a different environment, but he’s an absolute predator. And to see him break down the, the bigger water and you know, get his thoughts on what he’s looking for, I think that’s really valuable. And once again, having John McMillan there too. Yeah, I mean I, dude, I’m really jacked up for this trip. This is gonna be great. Dave (19m 11s): Yeah. Do you have your questions lined up for John? Yeah, Brian (19m 13s): Al always. I wanna, I wanna just take a moment and talk about John’s organization, the conservation angler. ’cause you know, it’s a really unique group that is focused on conservation, but from the anglers perspective, talking about, you know, some of the lessons that were learned in Russia when it comes to using the angular effort to gain scientific knowledge and to greater protect the fish. So this is essentially a way that angling aids in conservation. And I see the conservation angler doing big things here in North America over the next few years with John at the helm. You know, once again, you couldn’t ask for a more knowledgeable guy, a more passionate angler and just a, a really smart person when we look at what can we do with our fisheries to make them sustainable for the long term. Dave (20m 1s): Yeah, I’m, I’m on the, the conservation angler.org and yeah, they got some of their wins, you know, talking about the Olympic Peninsula, Columbia basically, I mean they’re, the areas they’re covering are kind of Oregon, Washington and I think they’re gonna be potentially doing some stuff in the future up in your neck of the woods more, which is pretty cool. What would be your, John’s coming up there, everybody’s gonna have this amazing chance to connect with John. What is one question that you would have for John, I know you’ve had him on the podcast that you’ve already asked him something, but what, anything new that you’re thinking that you’d want to hear from him while he is up there? Brian (20m 34s): Yeah, you’re right. We’ve, we’ve done a couple shows with John. One that I actually had a guy today telling me it was his favorite and that was the show we did with John Bob Hooten and Brian Morrison. And you know, Brian Morrison’s a biologist from the Great Lakes. Bob Hooten is a retired biologist who used to be in charge of the Chena area. And the other show that I did with John, he was with Tom Perro. And we actually talked quite a bit about the conservation angler. But you know, whenever John and I talk and you know, I speak with him probably about once a month, I always wanna find out more about the work he did on Residualization. I think that the sort of plastic life history of these fish in the sense that, you know, it’s, it’s not locked in, right? Brian (21m 17s): There’s a certain number of years that they might decide to stay in fresh water and a certain number of years that they might decide to stay in salt water, the potential to do a, another journey in the ocean. And then, you know what we’re talking about, which is residualization, this idea that if the fish get too big too quickly or don’t get big enough that they’re not gonna smolt, that they’re gonna ize and become resident trout. But those resident trout can play a role in preserving, you know, the genetics for future steelhead runs. And you know, John’s a world leader on that research and I think that, you know, on our, especially the central part of our BC coast, there’s some real questions there and also the interior, you know, thinking about the Thompson and why are the Thompson trout doing so well like rainbow trout, but fisheries suggest that returning number of adult Thompson steelhead aren’t doing great. Brian (22m 7s): You know, what’s going on there? Is there a chance that some of these steelhead progeny are living a life of a resident trout? Because you know, that environment has a lot of food in it. Typically coastal type rivers don’t have large populations of resident trout. The Thompson’s inland and the Thompson comes basically out of a desert and you know, anyone who’s fished it, it’s their favorite steelhead River. It really is. I hope we get to do it again. And these fish have shown over time and you know, pretty where anywhere you find them that they are capable of using habitat when it’s available. And we can make it hard with having, you know, net fisheries that intercept them. We can make it hard by having regulations that don’t protect them. Brian (22m 51s): And if we do a better job of managing, you know, these interceptions, whether it be in the approach waters of the ocean or in the river itself, we really should be able to find a way to get that fishery back to life. And I think John’s got some ideas and hopefully, you know, hopefully over time we can get the ear of government and find a way to, you know, manage these fish for the value that they have. And I don’t just mean economic value, you know, there’s, there’s the whole social value of it and at the end of the day, Dave, look, anglers aren’t the problem. Yeah. Anglers are the guardians of the resource. Anglers dissuade, poaching. If you can weaponize, you know, the angler effort for science, I think that you can learn a lot in a very cost effective way. Brian (23m 37s): And I think that it’s important to keep people connected to these wild places and you know, hopefully that’s something that the conservation angler can do. And I’m, if they do end up doing some stuff up here in bc I’m all in. Dave (23m 50s): Yeah. You know, I, I think that’s exciting to, to see that potential and have John up there and, and everything you’re talking about is really interesting. And hearing more about that, the residualization of rainbows and, and that whole thing. That’s an interesting conversation because yeah, the Cheena is known for, like you said, some of these giant fish. I mean I know when I was up to the first time back in the day, somebody caught what was close to a, you know, world record steelhead, I think it was like in the 40, over 40 pounds I think or something like that. Maybe it was I 30, I can’t remember. But it was like this giant fish. So why is it that the Chena is known for these big fish? What is that, what it’s about these fishes, they’re just out in the ocean, the life history, they’re out there longer essentially. Dave (24m 31s): Right? Brian (24m 31s): Well I think that there’s a few different things going on there, but I want to talk about one fish in particular right now. It’s a, a picture from the seventies that Bob Putin gave me. It actually appears in his, in one of his books. And the picture is of a 50 plus pound steelhead dead of course, unfortunately it’s not his photo. He was given it. And I mean, I’ll I’ll get this photo to you Dave ’cause it’s exceptional. Yeah. When you, and when you see this photo, you’re gonna look at three things. The lady holding it, we don’t know how tall she is, right? We don’t know how tall she is, but what we do know is she’s not holding the fish out. She’s holding it with both hands in front of her and, and the picture’s taken from the side profile. Brian (25m 12s): So, so the fish, it is not like today where everyone angles the fish out and it looks huge. But then you look at the guy’s, the guy’s giant hand supporting it and the whole thing’s in focus, you know, this is a picture from the seventies. She’s holding it close to her body ’cause it’s darn heavy and we don’t know how tall she is. That’s important to note. But most people have similar size heads. And so you look at the size of her head and you look at the size of the fish’s head, the next thing you look at is the adipose. And it is massive. And then the last thing if when you check out this photo, look at the wrist on this thing and nowadays when someone says, Hey, I’ve caught a 20 pounder or more, they think they have this really big fish. I always look at how they’re holding it and if it’s easy for them to grab the the wrist, I’m skeptical because, you know, a true monster steelhead, it’s even as a bigger guy, it’s hard to get your hand around there. Brian (26m 0s): Yeah. It’s, and this thing, I don’t think you could Dave, this this thing is, this thing is a tank. It looks like a big chinook and it’s a, it’s this awesome looking steelhead and I will definitely get you a picture of that. Yeah, Dave (26m 11s): Yeah. So this is good. So that’s, I mean, and that is what the ski you got a chance for, you know, maybe not a 50 pounder but something hu you know, big. I mean, you know, and even, I mean I, I feel like you get a upper teens or even a teens fish, that’s a pretty amazing steelhead, right? Brian (26m 27s): Well you’ve got this varied life history and you, you touched on it earlier, I mean you, you’ve got fish that, you know, your average skin of steel head spends four years in freshwater, two years in salt. That’s the most common life history. But you have fish that you know could stay out in the ocean much longer than that. You have fish, fish that could go out earlier, go out slightly later. You have fish that could repeat spawn. I think the last time Hootin and I talked about it, he figured there was at least 12 different life histories. Maybe it’s more than that represented in each year’s catch. So that’s a bit of a safety valve too, right? Because you know, you’re not just dealing with one year for brood stock. It’s a variety. And you know, what we may find is that certain rivers, you know, smaller fish do better in and certain rivers bigger fish do better in and within the ski of system there are some that are known for big fish, the baine where you fish being one, the kipi, the suta, the Calum. Brian (27m 19s): But you can get big fish anywhere here. Yeah, I’ll, I’ll be honest with you, the biggest one that I’ve almost landed and seen and had very, very close was just below where the Maurice and the bulky join up and that’s known for what they call Maurice chickens. Little, little small steel head. Yeah. And this thing, this thing was massive. So yeah, I think you know, the cool thing with the cheena is the variety, the variety of water to fish and the variety of type of fish swimming by. And that’s kind of a lot of fun for us. ’cause when someone hooks up you just never know what what’s gonna be there. Yep. Dave (27m 51s): Perfect. So yeah, that’s a little rundown on what makes the Skeena system so unique. You mentioned the resting versus, or we talked about the resting versus holding the difference of, you know, in the mainstem you also mentioned flies fly seems like that one thing that is people love talking about maybe doesn’t make the big difference. But talk about that. What’s your on the fly, somebody is getting their fly, they’re tying some stuff up. What’s the fly that we should be using there on the Skeena? Brian (28m 17s): Well, I truly believe anything will work. You know, you could put a shoelace out there and if it’s presented well and there’s a fish there. But that being said, it’s really important that the angler loves the fly. And it’s also especially important if you’re guided that the guide loves the fly. You don’t wanna be questioning the fly. I have guides that like a particular shade of pink. I have guides that like a dull fly. They tend to change a little bit depending on water clarity and whether it’s bright or overcast or what have you. The fly itself, I think the size is as important as anything. And what I mean by that is if someone asks me, you know, what should I tie for my trip? I don’t tend to tell them, oh tie 15 different patterns. Brian (28m 58s): I tend to say, hey, let’s, let’s pick three or four patterns and why don’t you tie them in three versions, A small light version, you know, a medium sized version that maybe has a little bit of weight just to offset whatever you have on there. Like be chain eyes. And then also maybe a heavy version that’s, you know, heavily dressed. And if we find ourself fishing, you know, some boulder gardens or really fast flowing sections that, you know, that’ll get down a little bit and have a nice large profile. And if we get hit with bad water like muddy water, then you know, a big fly that maybe isn’t super heavily weighted, it could be fished right on the edges. That can be useful. So I don’t necessarily think it’s important to have a bunch of different patterns, but I think it is important to have different sizes, like different profiles and proven color combinations that once again that, that you, the angler has a lot of faith in. Brian (29m 47s): Or if you’re fishing with a guide, hey, and here’s a funny thing, yeah, this, this happens all the time. Anglers show up and they’ve got like hundreds of dollars worth of flies that they bought special for the trip. The guide looks at them and says, oh this are pretty good, but hey let’s try mine first. Right? Or, or they try the anglers for a little bit and eventually the guide wants to put on the thing that they believe in because they’re out there all the time and they’re kind of done experimenting, you know, they’ve got strong opinions on what they want to fish and if they can get you on that, then they’re gonna feel more confident in your success. But also, you know, receptive to the idea that the angler put a lot of effort into coming up with this selection of flies. And if it looks good to them, we’ll fish it. Brian (30m 27s): But yeah, it’s Flies are very much a personal choice, aren’t they? Yeah, Dave (30m 30s): They are. They are. And I, and I, I know it was one of your episodes of in the Bucket podcasts that somebody you had on there was talking about the flies. He was a guide and he was talking about how, I don’t think it was Eric Lineer, but it was somebody that said basically the guy had some fly he didn’t think would work, but it worked. Right. And and it feels like that that’s the confidence factor, right? Put on a fly that you’re confident and just go with it. That’s the most important thing. Brian (30m 55s): Yeah. I’ll tell you a quick story from last year. One of our guides, Brady was guiding someone who had a pattern that they really liked. It was different than what he normally fished and the fly caught fish. And so Brady became a fan and then all of a sudden over the course of about a week that was, you know, that was the fly. Everyone wanted to fish this particular pattern. He called it the druid, or I think the guy who showed it to him called it the druid. And yeah, everybody wanted to get their hands on one of these druid flies ’cause they were just hot at that moment. So yeah, it’s, it’s funny how, how things, yeah, things kind of become popular for a while and then people find something else that excites them and then they stick with it till it doesn’t. Yeah, Dave (31m 32s): Definitely. When you guys are, you know, typically I think you guys leave there in the morning, talk about that day on the water. Are you fishing all day long? Does it matter kinda where you’re fishing? Describe what a typical day looks like out there. Brian (31m 45s): We’re pretty chill. We’re very relaxed with our day. We do breakfast at seven and then we generally hit the water about eight. We’re back at five. So those are kind of bankers hours. We don’t race around first thing in the morning. And it’s certainly been my experience that steelhead like the middle part of the day. They really do. Yep. Dave (32m 2s): Middle part of that. And that’s partly because you’re up there a little further north. It’s not, you know, fish, maybe the water is warming up a little bit. Why, why do you think they, they like that a little bit, you know, not the early, ’cause you know, if you’re down here in where I’m fishing this week, we’re gonna be getting started early and fishing late, you know, it’s gonna be hot, it’s gonna be in the, you know, nineties this week. But talk about that for the ski now. Brian (32m 23s): Yeah, you bet. And I, I’ve certainly hear that that’s what you guys do down there. But you know, our water’s colder and I think that they just kind of get a little bit more active as the water temperature goes up ever so slightly. Yeah, Dave (32m 36s): That’s it. It’s pretty simple. Okay. So that’s gonna be it. We’re gonna be chasing, you know, some of these fish. I mean, small, big really doesn’t matter. I mean it’s, it’s catching a steelhead. But you mentioned the other species I think when I was up there, you know, with you guys catching a coho was kind of a game changer ’cause I wasn’t expecting that. And then there’s pink salmon too, right? Are there any other species other than that up there? I know Chinook has been closed for a while, but what about, what’s the other one we’re missing? Sockeye, right? And, and chum Or do you guys have those species as well? Brian (33m 6s): Yeah, you bet. So sockeye is typically caught by people trying to harvest sockeye. We occasionally get one, usually on the, the dangle. And by dangle that’s what we refer to the end of the swing. When the fly’s just hanging there, sometimes the a sockeye will come and grab it. But mostly we’re catching steelhead, coho and pinks. There’s a lot of pinks this year, but you know, those are thinning out now. And hopefully in a couple weeks we won’t be trying to not catch pinks. ’cause that’s where we’re at right now. There’s, there’s so many of them that we’re, we’re actively trying to avoid them. Dave (33m 38s): Right, right, right. And yeah, that’s right because pink’s and yeah, pink’s just another one of those fish, you know, you’re trying to get your, get your steelhead and there’s a lot of pinks out there. So you have that. And I know when I, when I was there, I caught a few of those as well. But, okay. Well, anything else you wanna set up? Again, we’re trying to prep this trip. Somebody’s getting ready to head up there. Maybe they’re planning a trip. What else you, maybe you got a couple tips you’re telling somebody on the water, have more success, you know, before they get up there. What’s the, what’s the secret to, to land in maybe their first steelhead or or a nice fish up there? Brian (34m 8s): Yeah, so I’m gonna give you general advice for anyone coming up to ski in a country and you know, great if they’re coming to fish with us, but equally great if they’re just fishing on their own and you know, doing whatever it is. But, and that’s expectations, you know, this is in a lot of ways, hey look within the bucket. There’s been a bit of a theme at times where we end up talking to people who are skiers and snowboarders. And I think the two activities have a bit in common. And one of the things they have in common is, you know, if you wanna ski powder, if you wanna ski deep, fresh snow, it’s not there all the time. You gotta wait for conditions to, to line up for you. And if you steelhead, you’re gonna hit bad periods of bad water. Brian (34m 49s): You’re gonna hit periods where there’s not a lot of fish around. You’re gonna hit periods where the river’s rising. Sometimes you might find yourself not fishing and just waiting. And that anticipation for the river to come back into shape is, is really pretty cool. And the way you best can set yourself up for success whenever possible is to lengthen your steelhead trip. Come for the longest period possible. That’s going to give you the best chance to have good conditions. And you know, if you do end up in a situation where, you know, whatever river you’re on blows out and you have to wait for it to come back into shape, don’t let that discourage you. It’s equal for everybody. And you know, when it does come back into shape, it’s often these little high water bumps that bring in fresh fish when the water’s low and clear. Brian (35m 38s): You know, enjoy that for what it is. The opportunity to fish. Smaller profile flies sometimes the visual aspect. I, I talked to it earlier about, you know, seeing fish flash when they grab the fly but you know, just, just recognize that you’re participating with the weather, right? Yeah. And when we deal with later on in the season, like getting into October, we get snow in the mountains, then it gets warm and that snow’s gonna come down and screw up the fishing. It’s frustrating but there’s nothing you can do about it. So once again, you know, anyone coming up here, just, just have that expectation that there’s gonna be days where you might not get to fish. There’s gonna be days where you’re not gonna catch anything and there’s gonna be days where you get lucky and something fantastic happens and the best thing you can do is just stay really positive. Brian (36m 25s): There’s been lots of episodes of in the Bucket where, you know, and this is fascinating Dave, this really is, yeah, where, where it comes up that, you know, people say, oh, like the angry steel header never catches fish. The grumpy steel header never catches fish. I don’t know how we rationalize that. I just know what it, that’s the way it is and I’ve heard enough other people say the same thing to really believe it’s the truth. And that’s just, you know, the guy that’s happy go lucky and you know, stay positive. Just staying positive. That’s the guy that’s gonna hook up. And just stay consistent, stay positive and keep casting and pay attention to how things are changing. And hopefully at some point something spectacular is gonna happen and the fish of your life will grab your fly. Dave (37m 7s): You think you need a bush plane to fish? Alaska’s legendary waters? Think again. Fish Hound Expedition specializes in road accessible adventures that don’t skip on excitement. Picture yourself fishing for massive rainbow trout, arctic grayling and plenty of salmon species all within Alaska’s epic road system. It’s doable. I fished the road system on our first day with Adam and the crew and it did not disappoint. The largest leopard rainbow I caught and landed was right off the road system. And we’ll be driving up again this year heading up from the lower 48 all the way up to Alaska to hit those streams again. You’ll experience the breathtaking beauty of Alaska’s wilderness from mountain streams to hidden rivers perfect for anglers of all levels. Dave (37m 49s): Fish hound expeditions makes it easy to explore Alaska. Why wait? Your Alaska adventure is just a drive away. Book your spot now before spaces fill up. That’s fish hound expeditions.com. F-I-S-H-H-O-U-N-D expeditions do.com Don’t miss out. Pescador on the fly offers a full spectrum of fly fishing gear for any angler at any budget. By bringing high performance rods directly to the angler, they eliminate the middleman markup saving you time and money. The top tiered l ray series is designed for serious anglers with the L ray G six being the most packable high performance rod on the market. And most anglers who try the G six can’t believe it is a six piece rod. Dave (38m 29s): It performs just like a four piece. There’s no difference in performance. Whether you’re fishing local streams or embarking on your your next adventure across the world. The G six delivers precision and power wherever you go. You can get 10% off your next order right now if you use the code wet fly swing at checkout, that’s pescador on the fly.com. Use the code wet fly swing for 10% off, never fly without your G six. Discover the L race series and more at pescado on the fly.com. What happens if you get a yeah comes in the river, blows out, it gets high. How are you fishing that higher water? Talk about that like, I mean obviously if it’s like brown chocolate you’re not fishing, but once it starts coming in a little into shape, how are you fishing that differently than say your, the low clear stuff? Brian (39m 16s): Yeah, so first let’s say, hey there is definitely a scenario where you know you don’t fish because it’s the water’s coming up too much. There’s stuff in the water, it’s just generally not the best idea to be out there. But sometimes the water’s coming up slightly and the visibility is lower than normal but still viable. And in that situation, the fish are gonna be found on the edges In that situation. You’re gonna fish a larger profile fly in that situation. You’re gonna concentrate more on the end of the swing fishing towards the dangle. You’re gonna be waiting shallower. And the advantage in that situation is that the fish are gonna be hanging out in even shallower water. So what I’ve done with some level of success when the water looks absolutely hopeless is fish a very short cast, like maybe less than your head even. Brian (40m 3s): And you know, stand very shallow like ankle deep and just, you know, work your way into two feet of water. ’cause that’s where the fish will be. And once you’ve had some success in that type of situation, it’s easy to approach it with confidence. But you do need to change your strategy and hopefully, you know, hopefully that’s not something that this group’s gonna have to deal with. Certainly the forecast, you know, for the, for the wetly group coming in now it looks very positive so, you know, but it’s not always gonna be that way. You still had enough, you’re gonna hit bad water and it’s just a question of what you do with it. Dave (40m 36s): Yeah, yeah, definitely. And then, and then on the low, on the low and clear the opposite where it’s getting really low, it’s just, is everything the opposite? Are you fishing out there deeper? Talk about that. Using smaller stuff, everything there, Brian (40m 48s): There’s a couple of different strategies there and I remember years ago when I was a guide on the bulky and we would get hit with low clear water. A lot of folks would, you know, they’d be doing what you’re thinking, fishing, smaller flies, drab patterns. But then there’d be like some other anglers that took the opportunity to fish the middle of the river where there was some really truly large boulders and they weren’t shy to put on big flies. And they were basically trying to motivate fish that, you know, we’re using the low clear water to hang out in a more of a mid river type environment. Now the skin is pretty big, so we do a little bit of that type of thing. But generally speaking on the main stem cheena down here, low clear water means that we downsize the flies and you know, if we are fishing longer casts, we’re still in pretty, pretty shallow water. Dave (41m 34s): Yeah, pretty shallow. And what is, how big is the game? What, what is the flow river flow on up there? We always say, you know, CFS cubic feet per second or what is it there? Yeah, Brian (41m 43s): I don’t know why Americans are so in tune with that and Canadians aren’t. Dave (41m 46s): Oh they’re not. So you guys aren’t, what, how do you judge? How do you judge? How do you talk about how big the river is? You Brian (41m 51s): Know, I wonder if it has to do with, you know, you guys have such a culture around dams, right? Like there’s so, there’s so many of ’em. So yeah, Americans are always asking me about CFS. Yeah. And I’m like, man, I, I don’t even know. I suppose I could look it up. You know, we’re, we’re pretty lucky here at the lodge because we can look out the window of the fly shop and get a pretty good idea of what the river’s doing. But there are, there is a, a website, there’s a link to it on the bottom of my Chena spay website where you can check out the river height, see if it’s going up, going down. But if you are gonna, if you are gonna do that, it’s, it’s also important for me to mention that I don’t just look at the chena gauge if I’m trying to figure out what’s gonna happen. I’m looking at the gauges on the various rivers that feed into the cheena. Yeah, Dave (42m 31s): It’s big. I’m actually looking at it now. I just typed it into the old chat GPT here. So it’s 62,000 CFS, which in comparison, which shows you how big this is. The Deschutes, which I’m fishing this week is 4,000, right? So we’re talking an order of magnitude bigger than the, so this is a huge, huge river. It does it when you’re out there, you look at it, I mean it obviously looks big, but you know, I remember when we floated the baab back in the day, this is the first trip ever. On the Skiena way back we floated the Baab and we went through the canyon did in this raft, it was this 10 day excursion, you know, this crazy trip. We floated out the baab and it flows into the Cheena and all of us looked at each other thinking, oh my god, because we hit the first rapid and it was like we are in for some stuff, right? Dave (43m 14s): And that’s when I first knew the size of the Cheena. But yeah, it’s, it’s huge. It’s massive. 60,000 CFS Brian (43m 20s): Yeah. And, but once again, very broad but quite shallow in the water we’re fishing. So kind of unique in that regard. I guess I should mention one more thing, and this is especially true down here, but yeah, probably relevant in other parts of it. Sure. We, we catch some big fish, but the river’s very shallow and we fish very heavy line. So 20 pound Maxima is the standard leader. And the reason for this is if you do hook a good one and you know it takes a bunch of line, you’re deep in your backing, that leader is gonna get a lot of friction on it. A lot of rubbing on rocks. So, you know, fishing a lighter line is, is gonna lead to heartbreak. They’re not leader shy. If you’re coming up here, go get yourself some 20 pound maxima or equivalent. Brian (44m 3s): That non-product called xeni is a, is a good choice for similar diameter to the Maxima 20. You’re getting pretty much double and a bit breaking strength allegedly. And it does seem to be tough. So we, we tend to fish one of two things, either 20 pound Maxima or the, the non zeni, the difference being priced. The zeni is significantly more than the Maxima, but, but they’re both up to the task. So, so definitely upsize your gear, get a big reel, lots of backing and fish. Heavy tip it, if you wanna call it, tip it. But yeah, just, Dave (44m 37s): Yeah, heavy tip it. And is that your, I know, I know Jeff, when he’s fishing the Great Lakes, he fishes a really short leader, like 18 inches. What’s the length on the leader that you’re using on the 2020 pound? Brian (44m 50s): I tend to kind of do like an arm’s length, let, let’s call it three and a half, four feet. So it’s, it’s a little bit more than that, but still, you know, still fairly short. Dave (44m 57s): Yeah, so short. Okay. And then the tips and all that stuff you’re using, just depending on what you’re doing, what, what’s your typical normal conditions? What, what kind of tip are you using out there? Brian (45m 6s): Most of our guests fish reel mo tips, they, they work great. And so for anybody listening, if you’re not familiar with the MO system, it essentially works like this. You’ve got a 10 foot sink tip say, and that 10 foot sanc tip comes in different configurations. So you can get it in what they call medium, which is T 1111 grains per foot. You can get it in heavy, which is T 14. There’s a extra heavy T 17, there’s a lighter one down at T eight. But let’s, let’s just talk about T 11 for the moment ’cause that’s the most common one that we use. So that T 11 tip is available in five feet sink, five feet float, that’s a 10 foot tip, meaning five feet of it’s gonna sink and five feet of it floats. Brian (45m 49s): This is gonna weigh the exact same as the tip that’s 10 feet of T 11 sinking material. This is gonna weigh the exact same as the mo tip T 11 with two and a half feet of sink and seven and a half feet of float. And they also do this with intermediate instead of float. So you can get five feet of intermediate, five feet of T 11 sink, seven and a half feet of intermediate, two and a half feet of T 11 sink. You get it. There’s, there’s just a variety of configurations. And why do we like these? We like these because we’re fishing shallow water around big rocks. And if you have a 15 foot sink tip laid out there, it’s likely to wrap itself around a rock. Brian (46m 29s): And that gets very frustrating, very quick for everybody involved. So these, these shorter length tips allow us to fish proximity to the structure without snagging. And you might think, why don’t they just use a five foot tip that gets attached to their spay line? And the reason is it wouldn’t cast very good. Right? So the nice thing with the most setup is you’ve got the same weight tip regardless of the configuration. So the casting stays nice and consistent. They do make a longer version, but we tend to favor those 10 footers. And if I only had to pick one, I would tell you to put the five and five T 11 on there and you’d be good for just about anywhere on the mainstem skiena down here. Dave (47m 10s): Okay. So the five float, five sink of T 11. You Brian (47m 13s): Got it. That’s the one. Dave (47m 14s): Okay. And just a, a question, I’m not sure, it’s been a while probably, but the, the Chinook, which I know is closed, what was the, do you remember what line, what was your typical line you were fishing back when you fished for Chinook out there? Brian (47m 26s): Yeah, I mean that’s a bit of a political football, why that fishery isn’t available to us anymore. I’m gonna vent for just a second since you brought it up. Yeah, go for it. I mean, it’s wild times that we can’t catch and release these things in the river, but that very same fish can be caught down in Prince Rupert at the mouth of the river. And that very same fish can legally be harvested out in the Haida Gwaii. And for some reason, the, the folks fishing in the river bear the full brunt of the conservation effort. Oh, that’s crazy. When their catch rates are so much lower than, no kidding. The fishery and the marine environment and also catch and release in the river has a much higher survival rate than catch and release in the ocean. Brian (48m 7s): So even when we have periods of time where Chinook might be closed in Prince Rupert, they’re still allowed to target them, whereas we’re not allowed to target them in the river. Hopefully that changes Anyone with any power listening, I think it’s important to understand that, that river fishing is very accessible to a large percent of the population. It’s not just about guiding, it’s not just about fly fishermen, it’s about locals just wanna take their kids out bar fishing and hang out on the river in the summer. And it’s a, it’s a shame that this is a, a fishery that has essentially, you know, been closed but given priority to people fishing in the ocean. So anyways, back to your question, what are we using? Brian (48m 47s): I would generally have three rods rigged in the boat. I know that sounds excessive. It’s just what I would do and the three rods I have rigged would look like this. I would have, first off a 15 foot, it’s more like an 11 weight. I’m gonna call it a 10 weight. It’s got a long belly type line on it. Cut for a sink tip. Overall head length, including the tip is about 70 feet. And I would fish this in the biggest flattest areas where I really wanted to chuck it out there and be, you know, 130 feet plus out there. It’s a lot of work to throw that thing all day. So the other two rods are smaller. The smallest one would be, it’s a 13 foot five. Brian (49m 28s): It throws a seven 20 Skagit head. Generally that’s a floating Skagit head in front of that. I’m going to have 15 feet of T 14. That’s the one that I wanna fish that the most because it’s the lightest, it’s the easiest to carry around. It’s super capable when it comes to landing fish. And then we have the mid InBetween one. And the InBetween one has an intermediate skagit on it or, or game changer type, you know, something with a, a longer section of sinking on it, it’s gonna throw a similar weight, like 7 20, 7 50 kind of deal. But it’s a bigger rod. It’s about a 14 footer. So once again, the 15 footer with the long belly, the 13 foot five with the true S gadget. Brian (50m 9s): And then we have one that’s just a little bit bigger, round 14 feet with the intermediate and that extra rod length helps lift the intermediate outta the water. And this is the one when you really wanna reach it out and get it deep at the same time. And I would put 15 feet of T 17 on that. And remember you got intermediate behind it, that is the big daddy bomber. So those are the three rods that I, I really miss driving around with on the river. And it’s a lot of fun fishing, the big heavy stuff. You’re nowhere near the bottom. By the way, Dave, you probably knew this, like, you’re not, you’re not dredging the bottom at that point. No. You’re fishing six to nine, 10 feet of water and you’re in the middle of the water column with that heavy stuff. Right. Dave (50m 47s): Yeah, that’s cool. And and I will say is, you know, if they ever open it up on the Cheena, I’m definitely gonna be excited to hopefully get up there for it because we fished, I fished for really my first time swinging for Chinook on up in, at Togiak River Lodge. And it was just, you know, finally feeling that the chewing the gum, which George Cook mentioned, you know, has mentioned a number of times, feeling them chew the gum and then having to set the hook, you know, do that whole thing. Right. Is it the same there did, I mean probably I’m is it exactly the same? You get ’em chewing the gum and you kinda have to do the, the set the hook right. And all that stuff? Brian (51m 17s): Yeah, I mean it’s, it’s different than steelhead, right? Like your takes are are generally above the turn. So above 45 sometimes it’s almost like they see the fly coming, it hits the water, it moves about seven or eight feet and boom, there’s a fish on it ripping. Yeah. Look George, George is a true pioneer of that Chinook fly fishing and chewing the gum. That’s a good analogy for anybody trying it out. But, you know, steelhead, what we tend to tell our clients, and remember they’re coming at the end of the swing a lot of times the bottom half is let the fish grab the fly, let the fish swim away. Don’t do anything Chinook. We say let it, let it bite God. Save the queen. Hit it hard. Brian (51m 57s): That’s Dave (51m 58s): Right. God. Save the comedian. Yeah, you guys have the good, the good take on that or yeah, just let it take and then hit hard. Cool. So I guess let’s kind of start to wrap this up here pretty quick. You know, we’ve been talking obviously Steel this trip. I think that, you know, everything we have going here is, is building up for a a cool season. Let’s take it out here. I was gonna mention, you mentioned the conservation. We, we typically like to do our conservation kinda segment here where we give a shout out to a good group. You mentioned one other than the conservation angler up there in your neck of the woods. Who else is another group? I think John told me about the Baine River Foundation. I might be off on that a little bit. Do you guys have some groups up there doing some work in your neck of the woods? Brian (52m 39s): Yeah, the Baab River Foundation I think has done some good stuff up on the Bain. Dave (52m 43s): Okay, good. Well, anything else, just as we take it out here, you mentioned some tips. I know we’ll put links to the episodes you’ve done in the past where you really broke this down thoroughly. But as far as on the water, you know, I mean it’s pretty straightforward, right? You get out there, you’re swinging your flies. Is it pretty, do you feel like, is it the cast step, you know, systematic thing out there? Or are you really sticking on those buckets? Brian (53m 4s): No, we, we do move through the run, but the point I’m making is we don’t cast and step on every cast. You know, we pay attention. There’s, there’s times where we’re, we’re walking as we’re fishing until we find something that fish is nice. And what I mean by that is if you see something below you where the current slows down or there’s a little bit of a break there and nice seams created, you want to try and get your fly into there. But, you know, know when I’m moving through the run I am looking ahead and if there’s a feature there that I find interesting, like let’s say it’s a rock or something, I’m gonna try and get my fly and play with that feature as quick as possible. So I’ll extend my cast to that feature and then as I approach that feature, I’m shortening my cast, I’m being thorough on one side of the rock. Brian (53m 44s): As I pass it, I’m hanging one off, off the backside of it. If I like the way that goes through there, it’s not too swirly. Maybe I’ll park there for five minutes and, and really give it a good shake. If I’m fishing in a group, like if I’m fishing with another person, right, then it’s important to, to be a good citizen and to give everyone an equal chance and not grow roots in one spot. If I’m fishing by myself, I’ll fish a little slower with a little bit more purpose. I really, I wanna learn more about the feature I’m fishing, so I want to give it a, a solid 20 minutes to see if anything comes by. Keep in mind that traditional way to fish the lower sche was bar fishing with spinning glows. The way that is, is you throw out a bit of lead spinning glow is a buoyant little cylinder with wings on it that’s smaller than a golf ball. Brian (54m 27s): It spins in the current, but it’s, it’s static. It’s stuck in one spot. So for people fishing that way, and I fish this way with my young kids, you put that in the right spot in the traveling lane, the fish will come and grab it. If you put it in the wrong spot, you’re not gonna catch as much. And so the point being that that spin and glow in the right spot just hanging out will out fish the best fly fishermen on the river. And the reason is, you know, we’re moving through that traveling lane. We’re not just always in that traveling lane. So, you know, traveling lane’s really important and yeah, you know, I, I think I said this before on other episodes, but I’ll do it one more time here ’cause I think it’s, it’s decent advice and that if you’re a new steel header, you got a few things to pay attention to. Brian (55m 10s): So when you’re looking at the river, whatever river it is, and you’re trying to decide where to spend your time, you’re looking for structure. And most people know structure when they see it. Some of it’s really obvious, it’s, you know, things sticking outta the water, things making seams, but it can also be more subtle. It could be pink salmon reds or depressions. Sometimes ice flows scour things out. So it doesn’t necessarily always have to be like a big rock. It can also be a little, little scooped out area. So any, any type of structure is important. So that’s one. Two would be speed and depth and those kind of tend to correlate, right? You find the right, right depth and speed are gonna match up. And then the last one would be location on the river. Brian (55m 52s): And you know, certain things increase the value of the real estate. It could be, you know, proximity to a tributary. We talked about that. It could be a section of islands, it could be a really big bend, it could be a, a change in gradient. You know, there’s a rapid there, there’s certain things that cause fish to want to hang out and hey, on the cheena and probably other big rivers, this would be the same too. The fourth thing is the traveling lane. And that simply put is if you’re outside of the fish, you know, if you’re fishing water that they’re not in, you’re not gonna catch ’em. So wade shallow, cast short, that’s a good thing to keep in the back of your mind. And every now and again you can find a shallow section a little further out, narrow out your cast a bit. Brian (56m 35s): But you know, typically the, the folks that do a great job here of fishing, 60 feet of line, 55 feet of line, sometimes even shorter on the lower cheena will out fish people aiming for the fence. Dave (56m 46s): That’s right. So you don’t have to be a hero, you don’t have to do the hero cast on, on this to get fish. Brian (56m 51s): No, you just wanna fish it. Good. Dave (56m 53s): Okay, I just wanna wrap this up here. I wanna mention that, you know, we are gonna be doing this again in 2026. People can go to wetly swing.com/steelhead school right now if they wanna save a spot for next year. And we’re gonna be keeping up in touch with you and we’re gonna be doing the giveaway here this week as well. So if anybody wants to get in on top of that, they can join that as well. Alright, Brian, well thanks again for all the time today and, and, and knowledge as always and we’ll look forward to hearing the stories as you guys get done with the trip this year. Brian (57m 21s): Right on. Dave, thank you very much for speaking with me tonight. It’s a lot of fun. Dave (57m 25s): You can find Brian at the Skeena Spey Riverside Wilderness and Lodge online. You can find him@skeenaspay.com. You reach out Brian directly, check in with him, see what he has going for availability. If you wanna get on this trip with Jeff Liskay, our skiing at Space School, the best chance for you to get access to one of the limited spots is to join Wetly Swing Pro. This is where we give shots at the trips to the Wetly Swing Pro members first. So if you wanna get in on that and get all the other benefits of the Wetly Swing Pro community and everything we have going there, check it out right now. Wet fly swing.com/pro, sign up there and you will get first access to this Skeena spey trip. Dave (58m 6s): All right, what else do we have coming up on this podcast? Let’s take a look ahead. We’ve got the second episode since this is giveaway week. We’ve got the next episode of the Skeena River this week. Riley’s gonna be on Riley Lebo is on Wednesday, so we’ll be talking about that and then we’re gonna be jumping back into it next week with another follow up and hopefully we’re gonna have Jeff Liskay on here as well to help shape things up as we go. Alright, that’s all I have for you. Hope you’re having a good evening, a good morning, or good afternoon and we’ll look forward to seeing you on that next podcast episode. Talk to you then. Outro (58m 37s): Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly Swing Fly fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit wet fly swing.com.


skeena steelhead fishing

Conclusion with Brian Niska on Skeena Steelhead Fishing

Whether you’re new to spey casting or planning your next trip to chase wild steelhead, Brian drops plenty of insight in this episode. From river strategy to reading conditions to why community matters, this one has something for every angler. You can find more about Brian and book a trip at skeenaspey.com.

         

CJ’s Reel Southern Podcast #6 | Leeches, Trophy Trout, and the Versatile Fly Game with Landon Mayer

Episode Show Notes

In this episode of CJ’s Reel Southern Podcast, Chad Johnson sits down with Colorado guide, fly designer, and author Landon Mayer to dig deep into the art of hunting trophy trout. Landon shares how leeches became the centerpiece of his fly box, recounting the day a broken Slumpbuster pattern forever changed the way he approached big fish. The two swap stories about fishing together, the lessons passed down from mentors like Dave Whitlock, and the subtle craft of teaching casting fundamentals that can make or break a day on the water.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

From Colorado stillwaters to Arkansas tailwaters, Landon explains how leech patterns double as damsels, baitfish, or crayfish depending on how they’re fished — a versatile key for turning followers into eaters. Chad adds his own Ozark perspective, highlighting the region’s emerging sulfur hatch and how local anglers are discovering a brand-new dry-fly game for giant browns. Together, they dig into small-stream tactics, big-river strategies, and why introducing overlooked food sources — whether a micro leech or a catalpa worm — can unlock fisheries in unexpected ways. It’s a rich mix of tactical tips, storytelling, and philosophy on staying a lifelong student of fly fishing.

Episode Recap

00:00 – 04:30 — Chad opens with listener Q&A plans, news on the Dave Whitlock estate sale, and introduces guest Landon Mayer.

04:30 – 10:55 — Landon gives a Colorado update: stillwater tactics, the “Clean the Dream” river cleanup, prepping for Alaska, and a new casting book project.

10:55 – 18:50 — They discuss Landon’s move to Montana Fly Company, his leech breakthrough, and the difference between feeding bites and aggression strikes.

18:50 – 29:52 — Trophy trout talk: tailwater bug life, Copper Johns vs. leeches, and lessons from Alaska on trout migration and feeding.

29:52 – 40:28 — Chad highlights the emerging sulfur hatch in Arkansas that’s turning into a true dry-fly fishery for giant browns.

40:28 – 53:23 — Leech tactics in small creeks and big rivers, plus overlooked food sources like catalpa worms and micro jigs.

53:23 – 1:05:55 — Fly design stories: mini leech jig, rediscovering old flies, and how the Sluggo went from bass fly to trout favorite.

1:05:55 – End — Reflections on staying a student, finding small “nuggets,” and closing updates on Alaska and family life.


Resources Noted in the Show

📬 Contact CJ’s Reel Southern Podcast

🎣 Guest: Landon Mayer

📚 Books by Landon Mayer (mentioned)

🪱 Flies & Patterns

  • Landon’s flies are now distributed through Montana Fly Company (MFC)montanafly.com (Mini Leech Jigs, Radiant Series, etc.)

Related Videos

Related Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Chad (2s): Welcome to CJ’s Real Southern podcast. I’m your host, Chad Johnson, fly fishing guide storyteller and southern soul through and through from the front porch to the river banks. This podcast is gonna be about connection, friends, and maybe learning a trick or two about trophy fishing. So grab a sweet tea tie on your favorite fly, and let’s go fishing. Hey, I am real excited about tonight and tonight’s guest. Before we get started, there’s a couple of things I wanted to talk about. One is, as these podcasts go on, guys, I’d like to kind of talk to the audience a little bit. Chad (49s): So I’m gonna give y’all a email address, it’s CJs real southern@outlook.com, and y’all send me in some questions. We’ll kind of pick a question or two a month and just kinda answer those and the best we can. And it’s just a little bit of a way for us to communicate. All right, thanks guys. So I got one more thing, little oddball, but like all of you guys know, Mr. Dave Whitlock passed away a couple of years ago, and Ms. Emily has come to me and Ben Levin to see if we would help her sell some of his things. Chad (1m 29s): She’s ready to clear some things out, and so we’re not exactly sure how the sale’s gonna go yet, but y’all just start looking at either mine or Ms. Emily Whitlock’s or Ben Levin’s email or Facebook sometime around the 1st of October, and we will start posting what we’re gonna do, how the cell will work, and just kinda where we’re gonna go with it. See y’all just kinda keep your eyes open for that and you know, if, if you wanna be a part of that, we’ll make that available to you. So tonight, man, I’ve got Landon Mayors outta Colorado. Chad (2m 12s): He’s been guiding there over 20 years. Most of you guys have heard of him. Good lord, he is done Tons of books, you know, he is got 101 trout tips. Colorado’s best fly fishing Landon’s guide flies site fishing for trout, the hunt for giant trout, and I’m sure there’s more, and I’m forgetting something. He’s traveled the world and taught classes and like he’s all over the place. But it’s good to have you, Landon. Landon (2m 45s): Thank you, brother. It’s great to be on, man. Good to hear your voice. And brings me back to some of the days we spent on the, on the boat in your neck of the woods, chasing after those giants. Man, that was fun. Chad (2m 56s): I know it was kind of a, yeah, we had a couple of experiences with the low water and different things, but you know, that that is part of chasing these big trout on our tail waters. You just, you never know what you’re gonna get and you, you go with what you, you go, what you got. We had a pretty tough couple of days of fishing, but, but yeah, man, it was fun getting to know each other and kinda making that connection. And I’d say, thanks to you for letting me play in the book and, and be a part of that. Yeah, that was, of course, that was freaking awesome. And of course, brother, so yeah. So what do you have going on these days, Landon? Kind of, what are you doing over in Colorado? Like, kind of, I mean, most people already have read your books or know who you are, but for somebody that doesn’t know who you are, what are you doing over there? Landon (3m 42s): Yeah, right now we’re, we’re chasing some of our Stillwater fish that are eating C beta dries, and we’re dropping some of my leach patterns below hoppers and getting after some of the fish in the dog days of summer, trying to focus on the deep water game, not so much the river. We have a really cool cleanup coming on. It’s our 10 year anniversary of Clean the Dream, which is amazing. We get up close to 300 volunteers and we get close to 2,500 pounds of trash, and we clean literally all of South Park, which is 200 miles in circumference. So that’s on August 30th. And we’re, we’re super stoked and it’s exciting to see the families come out and everybody celebrate cleaning and, you know, giving back and protecting the resources. Landon (4m 24s): So it’s a lot of fun. But that’s, that’s in the immediate and some trips coming up, I’ll be in Alaska again finally, that’s, it’s been about five years since I hosted there, so we’re gonna be going down to lower Tulare Creek at the end of September. So I’m, I’m looking forward to that. And, and my daughter’s attending college. My son’s growing, seems like an inch every month and love, love being the father. So he’s eating all my food, man. I gotta, I gotta stay in the water, busy, you Chad (4m 52s): Know? Yeah, that’s right. You gotta work, baby. That’s Landon (4m 54s): Right, that’s right. But yeah, it’s been fun. It’s been fun, man. I’m, I’m just thankful to be out and staying healthy on the rehab from the back injury and trying to be stronger every day. So I’m, I’m thankful for every step and fish and, and all the friends along the way, brother. Chad (5m 7s): Right on. You got any, got any projects in the works right now? Landon (5m 12s): Right now I’m working on doing a, a casting book with Jay Nichols, which I’m excited about. There’s, as you know, when you get in the boat or you get out on foot and you’re, you know, analyzing and assessing what your clients can do for a cast or how you can help them day to day, that’s, that’s one project I have not done. And I’m, I’m excited about it because from the beginning, taking the Federation of Fly Fishers course, that was probably one of the biggest and best moves I ever made because I can within five minutes kind of see what’s going on, help somebody, and most importantly, as we do when we’re on the water with clients, you know, have them successfully make a cast and presentation. So that’s, that’s in the works right now. And hopefully in the next year that’ll be complete. Chad (5m 53s): Yeah, it, it’s, it’s a, it’s crazy how people think that’s so unimportant that they learn their cast and practice their cast. I mean, all of us as guides, we, we determine where we’re gonna take somebody for the day, what fish we’re gonna present to ’em, like the whole thing. And if you’re a good guide, that’s what you’re doing. You’re taking the skill level you have and, and like, hopefully teaching them something for the day. But like, I mean, it is the very first part of getting any of it done. Right. It’s so true. Like, it’s so important, especially when we start talking about not just targeting big fish, but really the way that you’re targeting big fish with sight fishing to ’em and, and I mean, they really have to put it on the money. Chad (6m 40s): Like the cast is kinda the first initial part. Landon (6m 44s): Yeah, absolutely. No, it’s, it’s so true. And you know, I think a lot of bangers, what I’ve realized over time is that many anglers cast to the river or cast to the water, which is the first step, you know, along with reading water. But then when you get somebody and you teach ’em how to cast long, the hardest thing, in my opinion is to teach them how to cast short when you can’t load the rod with the weight of the line and you have to make, adapt and adjust to where you’re casting 10, 15 feet, and like you said, it’s on the dime or it’s close too. That really is the challenge. And you hit it spot on where you watch somebody cast and within five minutes, it’s not just the preparation the night before, it’s the preparation right there and then on the, on the boat or on the water. And when you do that, it really does make a difference, I think, in how not only successful you are, but also making the client comfortable and then bringing everybody’s success by the end of the day. Chad (7m 33s): Yeah, that just reminds me, one time I was talking to Dave and I, I told him, he wrote in one of his books where his favorite thing to do is throw a damsel, fly over a lamb, let it sit and twitch above the water, twitch it off into the water and watch something, eat it. And I was like, Dave, you gotta quit telling people that, like, do you know how many people can throw that into that tree and twitch that out and not get, get hung up? And he goes, well, Chad, did you stop and give them a casting lesson? Landon (8m 6s): That’s so true. Right? That’s so true. That’s amazing. That’s awesome. Chad (8m 11s): So I never forgot that. I was like, All right, so if they’re not getting it done, it is always worth stopping and taking 15 minutes and trying to work it out because you’re fixing to fish for the next seven hours. Right? Exactly. Exactly. You let ’em do that for seven hours, you are gonna stop and do a 15 minute class and get ’em there. So you really just felt like taking, taking the course for yourself got you to where you could do that like more efficiently? Landon (8m 37s): Oh, a hundred percent. I mean, I look back at it and I think to myself, one of my, one of my favorite videos when I was younger was the Mastery Series from Scientific Anglers. And, and one of my heroes on that was Doug Swisher, and he talked about the microsecond wrist, the microsecond wrist, and he is making all these cast on the clock. And later on when I started testing and was finally tested, it was Randy Swisher that tested me. And it’s one of the most valuable positions I’ve had as a, as a guide. And then learning how to become a teacher because it, it allows me to, within the first, you know, hour, five minutes realistically, but within the first hour, not only help somebody cast, but I think this is the most important part. It’s allowing them to learn from you when you break it down into threes or you keep it short, you’re not confusing them by overtalking the situation. Landon (9m 24s): And I, I used to do that before I, you know, became certified and now, now I can tell them within three steps or what they can do to make an adjustment. And it’s, it’s quick and it’s easy and it starts the process of that learning catch and experience throughout the day. So yeah, it was, it was so valuable. I I’m so thankful that I actually took that step for sure. Chad (9m 43s): That’s cool. How long ago did you do that? Landon (9m 45s): I did that when I was 22, so that was my, my fourth year into guiding and, and I’m now, I can’t believe it. Next year is my 30th year, so it was way back Chad (9m 56s): 30. Landon (9m 57s): Whoa, okay. Yeah. Yeah. 30 straight outta high school. And, you know, I remember this too. It was, it was amazing. I had a, another mentor, and you know this, as you know, man, there’s so many people in this sport that help you become a better teacher, just kind of take you under their wing and help you out along the way. And if you remain a student and you put your ego to the side, you learn so much from so many wonderful people. And Dusty Sprague used to be with the Federations and he was the Board of Governors and he opened up Dougherty High School. So every Saturday for like six months we’d go into Dougherty High School and we’d film ourselves casting. And then it was neat because it wasn’t dissecting somebody else’s cast, I was putting myself on the chopping block. Landon (10m 36s): And man, I was learning so much about creeping and not pausing and loading the rod and all the different things that will help you get, you know, get distance and help you become a better angler. And for that I’m thankful too. ’cause you just, you see it, you visualize it, and then you become a better teacher that way too. So it was, it was pretty fun, man. Yeah. Good way to spend a Saturday. Chad (10m 55s): Yeah. Right. So also understand that just here, pretty recent you moved from Uncle Feather merchant to MFC? Landon (11m 8s): I did. Yeah. It was actually, this is the first time really talking about it. And it was, it was a challenging move to be honest, for sure, Chad. ’cause I, I’ve been with Qua for a long time and I have a lot of mentor and friends and there was no bad blood, no burned bridges. It was simply something I prayed about with my family and decided I needed to make sure that my fly stay in angler’s hands. And moving from qua feather merchants to Montana Fly company was not an easy decision to make. I, I prayed with my family, thought about it very hard, and it, it really came down to the fact that I wanted to make sure that my flies were available to anglers and the cost of flies was a factor. Landon (11m 49s): Deliverables were a factor in fly shops. And then ultimately making sure that every flight that I use as a guide is one that’s available. And, and after thinking about that and making the decision, I’m happy with the decision. And at the same time it was, it was a, a hard decision to make and one that was tough. ’cause there’s so many friends and mentors with Qua and so many great people that have done a lot of things for me. And it’s, it’s a business thing. It’s not a personal thing. But most importantly, when I decided to give my flies to aqua from the beginning, these were flies I developed for guiding, they were simply meant to help people catch more fish. And I think if I can get more flies in anglers hands and make sure that’s at an affordable cost, that’s gonna be the most important thing long term and allow my flies to continue to have life and continue to help people down the road as well. Landon (12m 37s): So it was, it was a hard decision. One, I’m super excited about decision. I think long term’s gonna bring all my flies. Even ones that you haven’t seen on the market and make them affordable and, and I, I’m moving ahead man. I’m just gonna keep pushing and keep delivering and, and keep designing the best I can. So I’m super excited about it. Chad (12m 56s): Yeah, right. You know, probably four years ago I did the same thing. Yep, Landon (13m 2s): Exactly. Chad (13m 3s): So I moved from claw feather merchant to MFC as well. It was just the right move for me at the time as well. Sure. For sure. A lot of the same reasons. So one of the reasons, if you guys don’t know Landon, you know, that like over the last few episodes that we kinda talk about trophy hunting and what it takes to make that next step from just kinda catching numbers of fish to trying to catch a nicer fish. And, and so in the past so far, I’ve had on quite a few streamer guys, and Landon has done a lot of work with, I’m sure several guys. Chad (13m 45s): I know John Barr, he does a lot of it in his day-to-day guiding where he is catching really nice trophy browns on smaller flies. And so I kind of wanted to bring him in and talk a little bit about that, about kind of not just maybe what bugs you’re using, how you are approaching those fish, what kind of water you need to be able to pull off what you’re doing. Just kind of tell us a little bit about your game, kinda what you’re, what you kind of, I don’t, I hate to say what you’re known for, but what kinda what your program is. Landon (14m 26s): Sure. No, I appreciate that. Well, it all starts, and this is a hundred percent truth. I remember the day it changed for me, it all starts with leeches. Chad (14m 35s): I’m a Landon (14m 37s): Huge believer, man. They call me leach man for a reason. I, I was up on the North Platte River with the Hamrick brothers and John Barr and we’re fishing a slum buster. And the back of the slum buster was working fairly well that day. We were catching some fish and the wire ended up breaking and busting. So it, it led to where you had the rabbit basically coming off the eye of the fly and that fly was twitching and swinging and drifting through some of the shallow water, then going into the deep runs. And all of a sudden the hookup ratio was just unbelievable. And I remember Jason told me, he is like, yeah man, I was, I I used to get these giant cardboard boxes full of micro pine squirrel and my ears started perking up and I’m like, micro pine squirrel. Landon (15m 22s): I’m like, what’s this all about? So he starts telling me about it and talking about some of his flies and how small you can make some of these, you know, imitations to where it’s not just a bait fish, you’re starting to concentrate on things like leeches. And I remember going back to the house when I got done with the trip and looking in my box and I didn’t have anything close. So I decided to grab some of the skinniest looking rabbit and olive that I had tied it onto a 24 88 H and just tried to simplify the fly. And I, I ped around the eye or behind the eye and then tailed off to where it was just straight up like a wing coming off the eye, the hook with a little bit of flash on the body. And I couldn’t believe the next day with Dave Hoover on a guy trip, just how productive that fly was. Landon (16m 4s): So I went home, man, and I’m like, oh my God, this is insane. And I started just, you know, cranking, I started tying on bugs and trying to decide, you know, how can I make this look like a leach, obviously years after that just started investigating leches. But ultimately, and I know you can appreciate this first and foremost with the giants you have on your waterway, it’s what I think is happening and this is what I believe in now and I have confidence in, and my game is about making a predator enticed, angry, pissed off to where you’re getting the reaction strike. But what you can do with leeches and smaller bugs is you’re not forcing that predator to the edge to where it’s no longer out of its, or in its comfort zone. Landon (16m 48s): You’re forcing it out of its comfort zone. And when I realized that’s what was happening, where the fly, you know, the, the streamers being chased by the giant brown a thousand times, you throw the freaking kitchen sink, the fish won’t take, you start crying profusely into therapy, you know, saying you’re like, yeah, it’s not taking. So mixing that up to where I started tying unweighted and then I started using the jig hooks where I had the mini leach jig, the mini leach jig radiant and the mares mini leach. When I started nipping those and dropping those below hoppers and started getting those to drift into these structure zones on the edge of rivers and then started traveling about the globe, it was unbelievable. Landon (17m 28s): The response, not only do you get that predator to really react, but by keeping it in its comfort zone, it’s almost so much confidence in that fly that that’s pretty much what I have on my rig 90% of the time. And it’s, it’s changed the way that I think not only my clients can get into big fish, it changed the way I believe big fish feed. And it really has just allowed me to remain a student to where I’m continuing to try to evolve and try to see how these predators are coming out. Man. And even talking about it now, man, it gets me all amped up. It gives me, you know, those butterflies. Chad (18m 1s): Well, you know, the deal is, is I, I’ve, I’ve kinda said that forever about what we’re doing. You know, I, I don’t feel like at all that we are feeding these fish. I mean we, we had a huge portion of the fish that we catch down here are males. It’s because they’re the most aggressive ones. We’re getting aggression bites a lot of the times. That’s why you can come here and you can throw a four inch fly and you’re probably not gonna get the bite that you may get off of a seven or eight inch fly because a four inch fly is not aggressive to that fish. Right. A seven or eight inch fly is aggressive enough that they wanna make that reaction bite. But you pull ’em out of that comfort zone that you mean, and like Dave Whitlock told me one time, like, now I know I keep going back to him, but that was who I, you know Yeah. Chad (18m 50s): Was under, he goes, Chad, I don’t want you to quit what you’re doing, but I want to, I want to tell you something. He goes, I just want you to know it takes a special fish on a special day to eat that big streamer. But every one of those fish weighed a two inch minnow and they was just basically going, don’t forget, like you can get a reaction bite from ’em, but don’t forget they also feed Landon (19m 16s): Oh, they have to. Exactly. Chad (19m 17s): Exactly. And to like, you’re reacting so much more to that feeding bite and it doesn’t bring ’em outta that, that’s their feeding mode. That’s their natural everyday thing that they do. What I’m trying to do to ’em when I drag those big streamers is I’m trying to piss ’em off, be in their face, be in there, they’ve gotta run. And unless they’re in that aggressive posture, then you don’t get that bite. Landon (19m 44s): Exactly. Chad (19m 45s): And and how often do we find them in that aggressive posture? So it’s like, you know, I a hundred percent understand like the difference between the two. That’s kinda what’s so cool about what you’re doing. You’re, it’s the difference. Us boys are getting reactions. You are feeding those fish, right? Landon (20m 4s): Yeah. It, and you’re exactly right. I mean the, I think of it like this, you know, you’re at the Super Bowl party and you’re getting ready to leave and everybody’s saying their goodbyes and you walk past the table, it has a few snacks left and you’re like, oh, why not? I’ll grab another one. Just chew it down. And I think that’s the way a lot of these large predatory fish are. You know, they’re feeding, they’re opportunistic. And then also, you know, from a juvenile state, they’re also feeding on a lot of these different food supplies. And the cool thing about what leeches have led me to is understanding that a leach can imitate exactly that. It could be a leach, if I fish it a certain way and I twitch it and jiggle it and you know, swing it in a run, it can become a bait fish. Landon (20m 45s): If I pause and drop it, it can become a juvenile crayfish. If, if it’s olive and below a dry fly, it’s a swimming damsel mi And that’s, that’s one of the things that I think I appreciate the most is that the leeches are not only bite-sized meals, because like you’re saying, and like we both believe in these fish have to feed, it’s also extremely versatile. So it’s, it’s now imitating what could be two to three different food supplies. So there’s another way to really get those fish to react and trust that what they’re doing is the right thing to take that fly. And it’s, it’s just a game changer, man. I’m, I’m literally thankful for the day I had that experience with John Barr and the Hamrick Brothers on the North Plat. But I’m also extremely thankful for the thought and the idea of just coming up with these leach patterns because it allows me to not only be confident in each day that I fish, it also allows me to target different seasons. Landon (21m 38s): So, you know, you can be pre and post spawn when the fish are migrating in the fall, let’s say for the Browns. But what a lot of people don’t realize, and I learned this from your waters, it’s the post bond fishing for the browns when they’re incredibly hungry, they’re healed up and they’re ready to maximize any bite-sized meal they can find. Man, it’s, it’s unbelievable. Chad (21m 59s): Yes, yes. They’ve on the feed sacks. I mean, they’ve been working Oh yeah. You know? Yeah, exactly. Yeah. They’ve been working and so I mean we even have that in like, something as simple as some of the generic nymphs that we tie can imitate multiple things. Right, exactly. And exactly. So, so yeah, you found a way to make it fit in multiple situations. Like you would feel very comfortable taking that to a small mouth stream and feeding them a baby crawfish. Landon (22m 29s): Exactly. Exactly. Yeah. And I’m excited, I’m excited for that. I gotta come visit you and do some more of that. We’ve, we’ve got some bass game in Colorado for sure, but I gotta come and chase some of those red eyes, man. Chad (22m 41s): Yeah. You know? Yeah. We’ve got a few spots now that are, that we’ve got, we’ve got some pretty nice small mouth fishing these days. Heck yeah. That’s awesome. That’s awesome. Our issue with our small mouth game is like the places that we go to get ’em aren’t very big. Right. And so they can’t handle much pressure. Sure. And so that’s really a huge reason why you don’t see tons of people in our area, our guides that are really pushing and trying to sell small mouth. Right. Is because most of our creeks can’t handle that pressure. Sure. And so we’re more inclined to have a customer here for the day and go, you know what, man, the white river’s doing this right now are such and such and such such, but I’ve got this beautiful little small mile stream if you want me to go take you down it for the day, like they’re on right now. Chad (23m 34s): And I’d love to take you and if you don’t mind me blindfolding you for 30 minutes, then we can go. Exactly. And so that’s kind a lot of our small mouth fishing is, but Yeah. But there is some really good small mouth fishing around here that’s, I appreciate a lot because for us you gotta realize, I mean, and I try not to put too much emphasis on this, but they are our native wild fish, you know, so it’s really cool to kinda get on our native wild fish. It’s just kinda neat. And we have, we have this really cool, I mean, it, it would be called a rock bass, a goggle eye if it was anywhere else. Chad (24m 16s): But we have one that’s actually specific to here that’s called a, it’s kinda, it would look like a rock bass or something like that, but it’s actually an Ozark bass. Oh, cool. And you only find it on the White River watershed. Nice. It’s the only place it’s period. Wow. And so it’s always kinda cool to catch one of those and you know, be like, All right, yeah, cool. You can only catch this here. So, I mean, I kinda get some of that stuff I, like I say, I try not to get too much in it. ’cause there’s so many now there’s, there’s so many fisheries now that are tailwaters or weren’t what they were before that now have 50, 60, 70 years behind them that’s, that are turning into real fisheries. Chad (25m 2s): Right. Yeah. Absolutely. Not to call anything fake, but you know what I mean, they begin to like ours. You know, e even in the fact that, you know, when I came here, the river was 50 years old. Well, we didn’t have a lot bug life. I mean we had midges, we had a decent little cadi hatch, but it was just that a decent little cadi hatch. Yeah. And now I’ve been here 20 years and we have a prolific cadi hatch. We have a giant prolific mayfly hatch, a sulfur, and we just see our bug life getting better and better and better because we had all those warm water bugs before. Chad (25m 45s): Sure. It’s taken a period of time for those cold water bugs to establish themselves. Right. And so they’re just, I mean, to the point that we can, we’re kinda all sitting around going, well I can’t wait to see what’s next. You know? Right. Yeah. ’cause it, it, I mean they keep showing up and different things and, and we’re seeing a few different little things like on our lakes and different things that, that we’re going. Hmm. I wonder if some of these will come over, you know, now that we have this cold water, I wonder if we’ll begin to get a couple more where, I mean, our dream is that we would get a, a big bug, you know Yeah. Of some sort. That would be so cool. Chad (26m 25s): You’re like, we’re gonna get some big stars. I dunno if that’ll ever happen, but that would be so sweet to have a, a big bug. But Yeah. But no, it’s been nice to see over the years how the rivers just kinda come around and begin to really produce some pretty cool dry fly fishing. Yeah, that’s Landon (26m 43s): Epic. Chad (26m 45s): So you said that you fish your leeches like a huge percentage of the time now. Like you, you’re saying that like between that array, but, but I’ve also seen some of your early work with John that, and I don’t even know where you were, I remember years and years ago watching a video of you and John Barr catching giant fish on copper johns and Yeah. Things like that. And y’all were all site fishing and Yeah. So I know over the years you’ve had those experiences with those bugs Absolutely. Chad (27m 25s): And producing big fish. I mean obviously that’s kind of time and place, right? Like, I mean, are there times now that you going and you’re site fishing that, that you are using other things? I mean, there’s a hatch going on, you’re not putting a leach on. Landon (27m 41s): No, no. It’s, it’s a hundred percent true. Like I’ll have, you know, the Copper John game, the attractor with the Ns. I mean that still is a part for sure. I mean, if we have red as an attractor colors spring and fall, we’ve got green with the CADs. And when I say leeches, you know, it’s just attaching it to the different disciplines instead of, I think now I’m, I’m really turning onto the, the dry dropper game beyond just on the edge of the bank or just doing it. When you start seeing bigger bugs, it’s a better way for me to navigate shallow water. It’s a better way for me to navigate and match the hatch so that, that’s played a huge part. And then there’s always, you know, I love double trouble rigs where you’re doing the nymphs and you’re doing the leches and you’re mixing those together. Landon (28m 25s): Yeah. And it’s a solo leach game, you know, if you wanna swing it or streamer style, you can definitely do that. And if it’s an anchor flying a Euro rig, that’s a great way to perform and, and get results as well. But yeah, the copper John is still a staple. And other bugs too. I mean, you mentioned dries, like we’ve, we’ve had so many fish now, for example, we’ll have our migration come up in the spring and we get fish that hold over in the summer. But what we’re starting to find is on our tail water, we’ll have the browns come up in the fall and then they’re pushing water. And the reason they’re pushing water is they’re trying to get it through some of the areas, get it passed through to the cities, you know, wherever the supply and demand is. When that happens though, our browns, we’re starting to see 26, 28, 30 inch browns that will hold over. Landon (29m 10s): And the next thing you know, June, July, August and we’ve got these fish sip and trico, we’ve got these fish Oh wow. Sucking in PMDs. And we’re like, you know, you get that freak fish and you’re going, dang, not only are these fish opportunistic and nocturnal, but they’re literally coming out from wherever they’re hiding under the bank or you know, rocks or wherever it is that they find comfort in the river. Then they’re focusing on the hatch. It’s not as long as the other fish and the smaller fish will stand it all day, but in the thick of the hatch, when you have a blanket or theres complexity, you’ve got these monsters feeding, then they go back to hiding. It’s, it’s truly impressive to see that. So I’ve, I’ve become a huge believer in the dry dropper game, a big believer in hatches. Landon (29m 52s): And you know, from guiding in Alaska before, the one thing I learned, and that was when I was 23 years old, and this stuck with me the whole time. I remember Don Meam looked at me and he said, you know, the one thing Landon you’re gonna learn from this experience is that your migration is a migration of fish to feed. It’s not a migration for spawn. So when you see these fish moving about the system to eat eggs, you see ’em moving around to eat flesh flies or eat some of the bigger bugs, bigger dry flies. Bringing that back to my house, it was like home waters and sitting at the house thinking, All right, what are these fish doing? That’s what they’re doing, man. They’re migrating up midsummer. And those are, as you know, those are kind of the secret seasons where you know that, you know, July, August the Browns move three months early and next thing you know you’ve got these fish in the river system eating their asses off for two months. Landon (30m 42s): So I love that part of Chad (30m 44s): It. That’s exactly right. Yeah, yeah, yeah. Our fish are definitely moving way earlier than, than the spawn. Yeah, for sure. They’re not just moving up like, Hey, it’s time to spawn and here we are. Exactly. Landon (30m 60s): Exactly. Chad (31m 0s): Our fish will begin to push up river. Yes, absolutely they do. Yeah. Landon (31m 5s): Love that. Chad (31m 6s): We are not seeing our giants, or I’m not seeing our giants on our catis hatch per se. Okay. Not those fish over two foot. Yeah. And I don’t know if that’s ’cause our bugs are all over the place. I don’t really know exactly why, but on the sulfur hatch it’s totally different. Yeah. They’re coming out of the jams, they’re coming off of the bottoms and all of a sudden you’re looking over and there’s a 26, 27 inch fish up and eating sulfur, you know? Yeah, exactly. And it’s so new for us. Yeah. You know, I’ve, I’ve told several of the boys, the boys at the new shop, Andall, the diamond state, that if you wanna make your name here now, you know, don’t chase what’s already been done. Chad (31m 55s): We have a new dry fly fishery coming aboard. Be the next dryly guy. Exactly. Landon (32m 2s): Right. Exactly. Chad (32m 3s): Get that game buttoned down. Yeah. And that’s what you can do here, because we have giant fish on dry. It doesn’t get any better than that. Exactly. We’ve never had it be, we’ve never had it before. And so, like, it’s, it’s a very, very exciting kind of thing that started happening with us here. So it’s, we have, in my opinion, we’ve been a very dirty fishery. Right, sure, sure. Mops. Yeah. You know, mops and girdle bugs and just different things, you know, to get those fish to feed because we haven’t had the bug life that y’all have. It’s more sculpting and minnows and, and you know, so to see a true dry fly fishery starting to come about is pretty cool. Chad (32m 50s): I went over to one of my buddy’s house here about a year ago, and older gentleman lives on the river. And I said, yeah, on the way over here I stopped and caught four or five on drives. And he was like, what do you mean? And I went, well, I minute I stopped and caught four or five browns on sulfur. And he goes, where I was like, your backyard. And he goes, no. And I went, dude, come here, let’s walk down to the river. And we walked down to the river and there was just this blanket hatch of sutures in his backyard on the river. And he goes, Chad, do you know how much money I’ve spent to travel the country to fish dry flies? He goes, could you take me fishing? Chad (33m 31s): And I was like, yeah, dude, come on. We take you fishing. Like yeah. So it’s, it’s that new that a man would be a fly fisherman, own a place on the river and not even know they were there because he didn’t know to look for ’em, because that’s how new it is. A hundred percent and so hundred percent. Yeah. So very, very exciting for us. That’s kind of a, that’s kind of a mid-June through July event about, you know, we get five good weeks. Okay. And then, you know, and then a little trick couple a week and a half trickle in the front and a week trickle in the back and Right. You know? Yeah. It’s a late game. They don’t come off till four o’clock in the evening. Chad (34m 13s): Oh, I love that. You know, so it’s a, you gotta, it’s the best. Gotta do the late game. It’s the best. And the funny thing right now is, so a lot of times here, these last few years, we’ve had big water through that time and you’re sitting there thinking, oh crap, you know, they’re crushing it, they’re not gonna, it’s not gonna work. And no, all of these fish, the bugs are coming off, all of the fish are stacking up behind brush tops and like when you pull up, there’s not a fish. Yeah. There’s 15. Landon (34m 42s): Yeah. And they’re all sitting there just gorging Yeah. Chad (34m 46s): Gorging behind all these brush tops. Exactly. It’s, it’s, it’s, yeah, it’s, it’s been a lot of fun, you know, of course I’m dealing with a lot bigger river and a lot more water than you’re having to mess with over there, which is very cool. You know, the differences between the two. Oh, huge to you don’t have, you always have somewhere to go fish the type of water you want for the day. Landon (35m 10s): Yes. Yep. Chad (35m 11s): Is that a true statement? Is that right? It’s true. For the most part. It’s, it’s true. Unless you have Yeah, yeah. Because you can, you can bust to the steel water to the river. Exactly. Now I’m going over to the Wading Creek today. Yeah. You have so many things accessible to you. Right. Totally. Landon (35m 27s): The diversities, I mean that, that is really what led me back to Colorado. I mean, when I guided on the nack nack in Alaska for a year, a lot of people ask me questions like, why would you, why would you not stay in AK or, you know, traveling abroad to South America And every single spot that I travel to, I would literally ask myself the question, does this resemble as much diversity as what I have in South Park? And the answer is no. Yeah. I mean that’s what, that’s what allows me the chance these 200 miles and one of the largest plateau basins in North America. It’s, it’s unbelievable. And on the flip side, which you not know, we know this firsthand, it also forces you to be on your a game. Landon (36m 9s): Like when you, you know, when you’re on the Stillwater and you’re like expecting it to happen and the wind starts blowing 50 and then you’re like, oh shit, you gotta go down and do the river, then the river’s heat it up. I mean, you just gotta make the adjustments. So it’s worth it, man. It’s worth it in the long run. But yeah, I love, I love that part of it, being able to change it up and dial it in. For sure. Definitely thankful for it. Chad (36m 32s): Well, on top of like, I’m kinda on my fishery every day, right? When you’re working, when you’re working six different fisheries to know what’s happening on each one of them on a given day. Oh yeah. I mean, a game, right? Miles, like I get to spend every day. I know what happened the day before I go back out if it didn’t work and I know what my plan B is like, but I mean, I have to deal with all that up and down water, but I get to do it on a daily basis where I, I don’t have to know five fisheries, I gotta know too. I need to know what’s happening. Yeah. I need to know what’s happening on the white and I need to know what’s happening on the Norfolk, you know, outside of my small mouth season. Chad (37m 16s): And so it’s just, yeah, what a different game Landon (37m 20s): Completely. Yeah. And that, I mean, to be honest, if I asked myself this question, it would be true. It’s before I would say when I started out my first 10 years, I, I felt like I knew some of these fisheries, but now, you know, you hit a couple decades where you’re forced because things change, water changes, fisheries change, and next thing you know, you have to learn ’em all. That’s really the reason I’ve fallen in love with not only rivers, but the Stillwater game too, because it, it gives you options when it’s, you know, the challenge of not only catching larger fish, and I’ll say it ’cause I think this is true, my clients today never been out on the belly boat, never fish stillwaters. The one thing stillwaters do is it forces you, it’s like being in the salt or being in the flats or going after redfish. Landon (38m 6s): You’re in control of your line. And if you’re not in control of your line, you don’t have a current, nothing’s helping you drift your line from the start to the end of everything. You have to be able to cast, manage line, hook fish, fight fish, all of it comes to hand. And I think that in turn helps you become a better angler on the river. So it’s nice to see people transition and, you know, make those adjustments and, and build confidence in something that they probably were too intimidated to try to fish before. You know, that’s, that’s how I was when I was young. And now that I have confidence, it’s, it allows you a chance to be a better angler and learn from it too. So it’s, it’s pretty fun, man. I’m definitely thankful. Chad (38m 43s): I heard there that you said belly boats, so when you going to these lakes, you’re not, it’s, you’re not like waiting the banks and that kind thing. You’re going out in the belly boat and turning around and fishing back to the bank. Landon (38m 56s): Well, it’s a little bit. So that’s where it gets super interesting. So this, I’ll just break down what happened this year. This year, the reservoir, it opened at 47% capacity first time since 1981. And we’re like, oh my God, what are we gonna do? So then the banks and the shorelines, I used to fish and at one point I had a flatboat, a hog island, the flats disappeared, water was dropping. So then I, I’ve got my three man fly craft, I’ve got the oars I’ve got on foot where I usually can wait in stock. But this year, because it’s so low and these fish are so temperamental and open, big sky country, you can’t even get up on a platform on a boat or they’re, they’re gone. Landon (39m 37s): So the only way that I’ve been able to find these fish, because the shoreline or edge fishing has disappeared, is to literally be waist deep in the water. So they can’t see within that dome. And it’s surprising how many people will stand up in a boat and wait for the fish to come. What they don’t realize. And you know this firsthand that fish has seen you way back and it’s already bolted on a new path to feed. So it being on the belly boats is not my first choice, but it’s the only choice we have right now. And it’s, yeah. You know, it’s fun. It brings me to my youth when I didn’t, I couldn’t afford a boat and I had to get out to kick my ass up all day. Well I mean, Chad (40m 12s): It’s the best tool for the job. It’s the best tool for the job. Right, exactly. I mean, exactly. Landon (40m 16s): Yeah. And Chad (40m 17s): You’d go Out there and stand on top of a boat and spook their fish off all day and take their money or you can take ’em out and use the right tool. Yeah, mix it up. There’s nothing wrong with that. No. Landon (40m 28s): Yeah, no, it’s fun. It’s definitely fun. For sure. Chad (40m 31s): So do you have, so you’re doing the flat water thing, do you, what about your rivers? When we’re saying rivers? So I’m saying a river, and today on my river I had 20,000 CFS. Sure. So when you’re talking rivers, are we talking like, are, are they smaller creeks? Are they midsize rivers? So kinda what, what yeah, what are we talking about Landon (40m 52s): Small. So what makes the dream unique is you’re talking about a river that today for example, it’s running 112 CFS during the summer it probably gets up to 600. The Arkansas River in Pueblo, that’s about six 50 right now. And then the Blue River in Silverthorne, that’s running about 2 25. So it’s, there’s smaller river systems, but what makes them unique is that they flow into big bodies of reservoirs or they flow to the point where they have enough depth and speed that the fish can migrate up into ’em. And you know, being a hundred right now, the, the saving grace for us is we have tail water. So it keeps it cool, but we also get dog days of summer and I’ve learned, you know, ’cause I’ve had, and you’ve been there too, it’s like you have so many fish you think are healthy when they swim off. Landon (41m 40s): And as soon as I get anywhere near that 67, 68, I’m like, we gotta switch, we gotta go do something else and find the cooler water. But it’s, it’s relatively speaking, I’d say an average of two 50 to 500 on a regular basis during the summer and high flows would be, well the 1300, it’s swift and narrow. Okay. Yeah. It’s a lot of walkway. But the Arkansas and the Freestone side of it further up in the valley, a chance to float that and a chance to get people into that fish game, it, it can be fun and it is worthwhile. The challenge is if you get any of that moisture off the 14,000 foot peaks man and you committed a two hour drive, it’s hard to turn around and then find another zone. So you just gotta be careful. Yeah. Landon (42m 20s): You don’t blow the day, you know, it’s tough. Chad (42m 22s): Yeah, absolutely. I mean like right now dog days of summer, so I mean right now I’m meeting people just after daylight and we’re going out and we’re fishing and let’s be honest, the first three hours are great and we’re catching fish on hoppers and having fun and then that sun gets up and bold and that crap’s over with and they aren’t gonna come up and eat for nothing. Exactly. And I’ve gotta go to garden bugs. You gotta be careful. I’m still gonna, I’m still gonna pick up a few more for, for the day. But like by one o’clock it’s done. Like you, you, you’re not catching anything else. And you can go target some rainbows, you know, here we can kind of do that about any time and you can make the rest of your day. Chad (43m 7s): But I mean they’re just not doing it. Yeah. I mean unless you come back out and you do the late, late evening thing, you know, but then you don’t really get in many hours. Now that I understand a little more about what water you’re fishing, I just wanna bounce back a little bit and talk about some of the leach fishing. Every month I try to give the guys like, and girls kinda some nuggets, right? So let’s say I was going to fish a small creek for trout that obviously, I mean most of our waterways have leches. I would think. I would think that is that right? Do most of our waterways, I mean leches are pretty prolific, right? Chad (43m 47s): Yeah, Landon (43m 48s): They’re very prolific. There’s, I would say at least 75% of the waters you fish are gonna have big numbers. And if not big numbers the leches can represent, which we touched on a little bit before, crayfish, bait, fish, damsel, nymphs, even swimming nymphs too. So you can, you can mix and match if your waterways don’t have prolific amounts of leeches, you’re just trying to versatility or have versatility and try to match another food supply. Yeah. Chad (44m 16s): Okay. So the question I was gonna ask is like, so if I’m approaching small creek, we’re fishing for trout, it’s got leeches, what’s your first approach? Like what, how would, if these guys want to go and they go, okay Landon, I’m biting on the Leach thing, All right, I want to go out and I want to try it. They’re on a small creek. What’s the approach? How do you approach it? What would you do? What would be your first thing you’d try? How would you look at that or break that down? Landon (44m 44s): Absolutely. Yeah, I love that question too, Ted. It’s so when I love teaching anglers ’cause it’s common for a lot of anglers to become very comfortable and it’s very effective obviously with most of the food supply being subsurface to jump right into nymphs, jump right into the Euro game. Even streamers going down deep, you know, mid column even deep when you’re swinging and trying to search the bottom with leeches, actually do this in reverse. I start from the top and then work my way down. So if I were to first approach leches, I would try to match it with top water gain. Whether it’s an attractor or you’re matching the hatch. I believe that when a fly slaps the water like a hopper is a good example. Landon (45m 24s): When the hopper hits, you capture the attention of the fish. Whether or not they take, they’re gonna feel the vibration, they see the movement from above, they see the shadow from below and it allows them to lift up. And the cool thing about leeches, if the trout doesn’t commit to break the surface where they can be exposed to predators and they’re wearer nervous, you’re gonna intercept those fish with the leach hanging below. So I start usually with the top water dry dropper game. And then if that doesn’t work, then I’ll start working down to the mid column. And the mid column could be the fly on a euro rig, on a MPH rig. It can even be swinging flies mid column. Landon (46m 5s): But if you’re midco, a lot of times those are moving or drifting food supplies. So that’s the second way. Chad (46m 12s): Yes. A little more animated. Landon (46m 15s): Exactly. Totally a hundred percent animation. And that’s great that you bring that up because what that represents in my opinion, is a leach that’s balanced. And the cool thing about a lot of the small leches, when I attach ’em with an improved blench knot, the mini leach jig for example, when my pattern’s attached to that knot, it rides balanced. So when you bump, wave, ripple or strip, it’s gonna move and it’s gonna jig up and down, which I think is a huge advantage ’cause you’re capturing the trouss attention. And as you and I both love and we know with bigger fish, you’re dealing with predators and it’s gonna capture their attention to get them a chance to come over and do that reaction strike. So that’s the balance game in animation is definitely huge. Landon (46m 55s): And then if, if you do a non-slip monolo knot, then you add movement to the fly. And I typically do that when I swing flies. Instead of it being clenched right at the eye of the hook, I’ll just swing it like you would with the streamer and then you give yourself a chance to really move it on the bottom. And then lastly, if you’re bottom fishing, if you’re popping ’em off the bottom where you’re drifting close to the bottom, you can gauge on a 90 degree nymph rig, you can get close to the bottom. You can even jig in deep sections of deep buckets, especially in narrow waterways where you’re jigging the streamer up and down versus swinging or retrieving. But you’re trying to get that fly to be as low to the bottom as possible. Landon (47m 36s): And I believe that’s when the crayfish bite comes to hand. So one of my favorite ways to tie the leches is to do croda orange with the blue body or green body, or you can do olive for the juvenile crayfish and you just pop and drop it on the bottom. Chad (47m 51s): Yep. Okay. All of that makes perfect sense to me. So if you was to approach a body of water like mine, see if I, like right now if, if you said, okay Chad, here’s this leach fish, this leach, sure, I would probably, for us, I would go find slow water cut banks, deep cut banks, I’d put it four foot under something and dead drift it down the bank. That would be my first like inkling to go, okay, how will I fish this thing? That would be my first approach. But sir, what you’ve seen our river, you know, I mean obviously when you’ve seen it you got to see it low, you didn’t really get to see it kicking, but like you come up on, you come up on a 10,000 CFS river, you’re not swinging that thing in a riffle, that type thing. Chad (48m 40s): So is there a approach with that or is there a certain volume of water that, that you begin to get washed out or, or how would you approach that, that situation? Like if my boys here wanted to try? Landon (48m 55s): Absolutely. Yeah. And I, one of those things I’ve always stuck with, and I believe this, especially after fishing your water, even though it was low, I could visualize what it was like when it was high. You could see the high watermark and the, the biggest thing about it for me, when I’m doing the the Leach game in big waterways, instead of trying to attract the fish where they’re not looking up or they’re not always going to be apt to do something close to the surface or a smaller food supply, then you can do double trouble rigs. For example, if you put the lech trailing off a larger streamer, and that way when the fish comes over to chase the big streamer, instead of committing to take that fly, if you have a lech trailing off the back on a loop knot, the fish is gonna see the smaller snack. Landon (49m 36s): And oftentimes take that or in reverse, you can have it leading a larger streamer where the streamer’s chasing a smaller bait fish chasing the leach. And then it’s something that’s a double trouble rig where you’re gonna piss the bigger fish off. And I remember on your banks, one of the things I was wanted to do the next time I’m in your neck of the woods high and low water is if there is opportunities to use something large like a mouse or something big to really attract the fish, as we know with whitlock’s history and mouse fishing and all the big fish over there that are willing to eat rodents is to just tie it larger. So when I tie my leach, it’s typically tied with micro pine squirrel, but if I use micro mink, it has a larger profile, I can upsize the hook from like a six to an eight to a 10, even a 12. Landon (50m 25s): And then you have a bigger profile where you can drop it below something large on the bank. And again, if you wanted to trail it off of a streamer, you could do that as well. So double trouble rigs are something I’ve started working with in bigger waterways and even, you know, you don’t always see the fish rise, which I think a lot of people are led to reading water, as you mentioned, which is huge. Find the productive zones, the eddies, the side edges, the washouts, the cut banks. And if you find those zones and there isn’t a fish rising again, there’s always the chance to get that fish to look up, even if they’re not willing to commit. And er rodents a great way to do that. We actually tried that and we’re affected doing that with Golden Dorado in Argentina. It’s pretty cool to see ’em react. Chad (51m 7s): Okay, yeah, that’s very cool. Okay. Landon (51m 10s): Yeah, so that’s it’s fun stuff for sure. Chad (51m 12s): Yeah, I mean, you know, my boys here, obviously we have some leeches and I mean, I don’t know how pro exactly, I don’t think they’re crazy prolific, but we definitely, I mean, you go out and flip over a few rocks, you’re gonna find, you’re gonna find some leeches. And, and I know there’s, there’s really not anybody here now, you know, using that or, or using that technique. And so it’s, at least for me, I’m a fly nerd. I love new flies, new techniques teach me too, me a new way to catch a big test. Me too. And I’m all over it. Right? Totally. Totally. And so I’m sure me and my, me and my boys will be out trying a couple of things. Chad (51m 53s): And we talked earlier, your flies are available through MFC, correct? Landon (51m 59s): Yes. Yes. Yeah. Okay. Starting now. We’re, we’re onboarding everything. So within, within the year we’ll have all the flies transferred over onboarded, and they are already designing and tying and producing and distributing the mini leach jigs and the mini leaches, which I’d love to get your feedback in your boys too, just to see the reaction. A lot of those flies and the radiant series, especially Chad, if you have a chance to fish the color combos, like white and pink, orange and black, rust and green, just something that really can get the fish fired up. That’d be cool to hear the response. Okay. Chad (52m 33s): Yeah. Can’t wait to see those. And we’ve had some experiences like that, like whenever I first come here and, you know, we were nipping, one of the things the boys would always use was a little micro jig, you know, and that micro jig was very leechy. And man, I mean, the boys caught the crap out of ’em with ’em. And just over the years, you know how it is over the years, like I’ve got flies that I just don’t use anymore. I know they still work as good as they ever did, and I don’t know, I think we just, we find a bug and it’s working and we stick with it a while, and then we go here and we go there and like, it’s fun to go back in old boxes and pull back out some of the old stuff that you fished and, and see if it still works. Chad (53m 23s): And 90% of it still works just as good as it always did. I don’t know why I quit using it, you know, it gets stuffed in the back of a box somewhere and I found something shy, A new shiny toy to play with, but Exactly, exactly. I know that Leach game’s very, very, very interesting. And I just, I don’t hear tons about it. And it’s funny how we can, we can overlook some things that, that our fish are feeding on, and we think we’ve kinda got it pinned down, but they’re, they’re kinda Out there eating all kinds of stuff. It’s, it’s really cool that it seems like every two or three years I’ll hear something and go, oh, well yeah, I mean, we have those, why wouldn’t that work here? Chad (54m 11s): You know? Yeah. And it’s really co Exactly. Bring in some of these things from other fisheries that it’s not that they don’t work here, they just haven’t been tried here, you know? Oh, totally. That type thing. Hundred percent. I mean, when I got here, I mean, my goodness, when I got here, everybody was just long line nipping San Juan worms egg patterns with midges and sal bugs type game, whether it was low or high, and Right. They would go up for the shad kill, they would go up and fish a floating shad and, and sunken shad for, for the shad kill when that would come through. And then way back in the day, they would catch ’em on the spawn. Chad (54m 53s): And that was really the only times they caught brown trout. Except during the spring when they were fishing worms, they would catch some, a few brown trout doing that. Yeah. But really, they, they’d just catch those brown trout doing that when they were, when we were fishing for the rainbows, you know, and the brown trout were more something that the baked fishermen got. Absolutely. And then we just kind of, a couple of us young guys come in and started doing some things that they were doing in other places, and everybody kind of told us it wouldn’t work here. And, and of course it worked. I mean, their trout. Right, exactly. It was just, it was so new to everybody that they were just like, no, Chad, that’s, that’s not how we catch our fish. Chad (55m 40s): And I’m like, oh, I know, but I, I think we ought to try it. You know, get off, get Landon (55m 45s): Off the conventional ways. Yeah. Chad (55m 47s): Yeah. And so like, anytime you can introduce something new like that, it’s, it’s pretty cool. I, here just a couple years ago, I actually hadn’t said a lot about this, but we have kaaba worm trees all over our rivers, and as a kid, I remember, I mean, we, we would go to the neighbor’s house, buy kaaba worms and catch catfish and buy us and all kinds of things. Right. And never even dawned on me, I mean, been here guiding at that point for like 15 years looking at all those trees, you know. And then I got a house here in town and it had a catava worm tree, and they started falling on my deck. Chad (56m 33s): I said, deck as in my porch. Yeah. One of our other things read funny on the paper earlier, and they started falling on my porch and, and it was just like a light bulb. I was like, Chad, you idiot. You know, they’re eating these things. So I went, and so I went and tied my best little worm pattern there and, and, and went immediately to the river, went down the Kotter wall, and I caught four brown trout on the Kotter wall the very first time I threw it. And I just wrapped it up and went home and was like, I can’t believe that I missed that all these years. Landon (57m 12s): Yeah. Chad (57m 12s): How crazy, crazy is it that I, they were right there staring me in the face and I’m even pointing at ’em and going, oh, hey, look at those trees with the beans on them. You know? I mean, I’m, and never thinking about the worm that’s there to eat ’em, you know? And so that, it’s, that’s amazing. It’s funny how we always, you, you think you’ve kinda got a place pegged and that kind of thing, and you can really come up with these new little tactics or techniques that you may not have tried. Oh, that’s huge. But they can blow it up. And so like, I really will go try this little leach game and see if, yeah. See if it he something Here. He, I’ll have to, I’ll have to get you to email me a couple of pictures of patterns and I’ll tie a couple of things up and Landon (57m 54s): Time up. Man, you’ll, you’ll like ’em. I, you know what’s, it’s unique you say that too, because the reason not many anglers, even ones that are fans of the leaches have asked the question, but the way that the mini leach jig was even designed for myself is I would watch conventional anglers come up to our river, the dream stream, other fisheries, and they were using those, those tube jig, the white and pumpkin seed. Yeah. And he would literally pull up to the deep runs, cast out, I’m downstream guiding, you know, two or three folks and I’m watching this guy literally, or gal slay using these tube jigs. And I’m thinking, oh my gosh, first thing’s first thought I got Out there as fast as possible. So I’m like, it’s weren’t watching them paying fish all day. Landon (58m 34s): And then I came back. Chad (58m 35s): Now when you, when you say tube jig, what do you mean? Landon (58m 40s): Like the, the tube jigs kind of the octopus looking white and pumpkin seed jigs. Chad (58m 45s): Yes. That they used to catch like croppy with the little bitty ones like they used for crop. The little ones. Yeah. Okay. Yep. Okay, go ahead, go ahead. Two inches. So you got Out there with your customer, Landon (58m 57s): Got Out there and I went home and immediately did the same thing in comparison to like what you’re talking about with the worms. It’s, I just designed something where it was a smaller jig leach simplistic in its tie, but also weighted enough where if you get like a 3.2 tungsten slotted bead, it’s gonna sink like a missile. And we went up the very next day and started doing the same thing with white and pink. And I was, I didn’t just, I did white on white, which worked, but then adding that pink was just a little bit different color change in the spectrum. Plus I could use it in different seasons. And then what really took it to another level for me is I was up on the Ku Jack River with John Barr and we were in Alaska and they were fishing a lot of their bait fish imitation. Landon (59m 40s): ’cause they had some of the bait fish running, and I’ll never forget it, we’re floating down and J b’s like, you know what, let’s just put a slum buster or let’s put one of my flies below an indicator and let’s just dead drift this thing. And once we started doing that on the ques and one of the side channels where you’d only hook one or two fish swinging or retrieving the streamer, as soon as he did that, all of a sudden we started hooking up fish every single drip. And there was a natural limitation, came back home and started doing the same thing with just single leeches or as my anchor fly in the bottom. And it’s, it’s changed the game for myself and most importantly for my clients. I mean that the hookup ratio on still waters and rivers for me with the leach gain is not only for big fish, but just numbers of fish. Landon (1h 0m 24s): Because the food supply is prolific, it’s an attractor. And like you said, it’s trying something different. And I’m, I’m a huge fan as well as breaking the conventional mold. And Right. Anytime I have customers, I’m always telling like, bring your flies. Let’s try something new. Let’s mix it up. And then once you find the golden nugget, you’re like, okay, now we gotta mix it up again. Yep. It’s fun, man. It’s worth it. Chad (1h 0m 45s): Nope. I had a guy getting in my boat two days ago that broke out his hopper box and I was just like, Man, that ain’t really what we use, but yeah, God, that one right there is awful sexy. Like let’s, let’s ride on. And we, and dude, it caught like, we done great with it. And I was like, that’s great. Do you mind if I, if I keep that one as a pattern? He was like, yeah, dude, you can have it. So like, I actually kept it as a pattern and nice. It’s funny, it’s funny like, I hate to say like us inventors, but the guys that come up with different patterns and different flies and that kind of thing, kinda how things come about, like the worm like a leach from seeing that tube jig and different things. Chad (1h 1m 31s): The sluggo for me, I was actually going, everybody fishes it for trout and I was actually going to Alabama to a bass lake and sl I wasn’t getting action outta my big seven inch deceivers in dead water. And so I developed the sluggo so I could get action in dead water. And I actually go do the trip, do great work, great. I have a friend call me and he goes, dude, I’m crushing him on that bug. I was like, where are you bass fishing? And he goes, fast fishing, dude, I’m fishing the white for trout with it. Chad (1h 2m 13s): And I was like, Landon (1h 2m 15s): Really? Chad (1h 2m 17s): I usually use deceivers. Sure. And so like, I wasn’t even the first person to feed a sluggo to a trout. Like I, I I, that wasn’t even what I made it for. I made that fly to go bass fishing. That’s, it’s just funny how these, how things come about for us and kinda how you run into those things through your career that you’re like it, you said it a minute ago, those little nuggets, you gotta keep your eyes open for things like that that happen. And it’s big. I had a scenario on, we talked about on one of my, one of my podcasts, but where my ex-wife was had some handicaps and she, we went spin fishing and I realized that when her hand would come off the rail and the fly would free flaw to the bottom, the next time she’d get her hand back on the rail she’d have a fish on. Chad (1h 3m 9s): And I’m sitting there working the rig and trying to bounce it and do all kinds of stuff and I’m not catching jack. Yeah. And she is wearing me out and she can’t hardly hold the rod. And so I’m like, holy crap, they’re eating that on the fall. And I immediately start doing it and it starts this whole progression that turns from small mouth into trout with several different bugs that really a hundred percent changed my mentality and my game on streamer fishing. Like a hundred percent. I mean, not that I’m not still doing a lot of the things I was doing before, but to add that part of the game and as good as it’s been for me is just a game changer. Chad (1h 3m 55s): And I just realized it off of a day at the creek when the fish were eating it on the fall, you know, and start this whole development of new flies and new techniques and you, so you really gotta keep your eyes open for the nuggets. They’re easy to miss. Right. Like something happens and you go, oh yeah, that was cool. She caught a couple of fish. Yeah, no, wait a minute. Why did she catch those two fish? Exactly. And you can’t catch crap, you know? Exactly. And so, you know, maybe that’s what makes you the professional that you are, is like being able to grab a hold of those nuggets and actually take ’em and turn those into fish for our customers, you know, Landon (1h 4m 37s): It’s huge. I think honestly Chad, I think that’s where fly design in its organic state comes from. I think it’s, it’s not sitting down. And I know a lot of bangers believe that maybe in the off season or when you’re at home, you’re sitting down and you’re developing a fly. You’re exactly right. It’s, it’s witnessing something that triggers the simple details that make you go home and crank out something that’s more complex. But it all starts with the simple details that you get those nuggets. And it’s amazing that I think because of our situational awareness as anglers, but most importantly guides, you see the whole picture. And when we start seeing the whole picture on Chad (1h 5m 14s): A daily basis, Landon (1h 5m 16s): On a daily man, we, we see it and we’re just like, oh my gosh. Whether it’s fighting the fish or fly design or location or certain, you know, time of day, all of that comes into play. And then when we analyze it at night and we crank something out till one in the morning, we come in the next day and we’re super juiced up, ready to try something new. Even if it fails, it starts the journey. Right. It’s Chad (1h 5m 37s): Crazy. Yeah, that’s right. Oh dude. Yeah. There’s how many times if something that you tried didn’t work on the first time? Most, most, you know, most if not, yeah. And then you, when you, you go, okay, why didn’t it work? Okay, maybe I need to do this, maybe I need to do that. Maybe I need to fish it on a different water, the blah blah, blah, blah, blah. Exactly. But we go through those scenarios to try to break that down. And let’s be honest. I mean, it’s hard. Landon (1h 6m 7s): It’s hard. Yeah. Right. Chad (1h 6m 8s): It’s very hard to figure out what those fish are down there doing and when they’re doing it and when they’re going to eat and when they’re not gonna eat. And like, that’s crazy. Yeah, that’s a great fishery, but we can’t go there today because the oxygen level is low because this flow it. Right. And to fish that particular section, we need 500 CFS and it’s at 600, you know, just whatever that scenario is. And to be able to retain all that knowledge and information and spit it back out for our customers, like Landon (1h 6m 38s): Yeah, it’s huge. Chad (1h 6m 40s): That’s the big deal. It’s not the the untangling or knots. Yes. It’s not rowing your boat. No. You know, those aren’t the things that you’re paying for. Those are the byproducts. That’s just part of the program. Yeah. Landon (1h 6m 55s): Yeah. A hundred percent. Chad (1h 6m 57s): Yeah. That’s, it’s so cool. It’s, it’s so cool. It’s, it’s, it’s, it’s a very, very fun game that we’ve gotten to for taking in so to speak. Yeah. Landon (1h 7m 7s): I’m thankful for it. Chad (1h 7m 9s): So, and I know we’ve got some time under our belt here and all, but like if you have any one thing going on right now, like what do you have going on? What do you, like, do you have any big trips that you’re trying to sell? Are you like, what are you doing? Yeah, Landon (1h 7m 25s): It’s, well, I appreciate you asking. As, as you know, it’s, it’s never ending, but I’m, I’m coming up on next, next weekend we have our big event, which is Clean the Dream. It’s where we clean up all of South Park. So we’re 10 year anniversary of that 20, usually 2,400 pounds is what we gather. We clean all the fisheries. We have about 300 volunteers. So we we’re all shocked and disbelief that it’s 10 years running out, it seems like it was yesterday. So that’s, that’s coming up next week. And then I’m going to embark on a journey I guided in Alaska on the nack Nack River in 2002 for 16 weeks. And I’m super stoked to be back there hosting a trip on Lower Tiller Creek. So that’s the end of September. Landon (1h 8m 4s): And I’m going to be, I’m gonna be up in your neck of the woods, actually. And that’s coming up October 18th. And I’m going to be going to be doing a presentation and a dinner and I’ll, I wanted to talk to you afterwards and see if you got time to get on the boat together on, on Chad (1h 8m 21s): Saturday Landon (1h 8m 22s): Or Monday. So it’ll be, I’ll bring some boxes, Chad (1h 8m 24s): Don’t some work weekends, so I should be around. Yeah, Landon (1h 8m 27s): We’ll do that. And, and you know, the biggest thing for me coming up is I think it’s, it’s this celebration of being back on the wagon, obviously being healthier now, being able to host some trips and tomorrow’s my, my big B dam turning 46, which I can’t believe. So, Chad (1h 8m 44s): All right. Happy Landon (1h 8m 46s): Birthday. Thank you, brother. Yeah, I’m gonna be out with my little man and we’re gonna go fish spinny reservoir. So I’ll be with my son and celebrating the day of fishing. And you know, people ask me all the time, it’s, yeah, well, and, and you know this because it’s in our blood, but they ask, you know, have you ever gotten burned out? And I tell everybody that the day I don’t wake up in the morning and still get jitters and butterflies about fishing, man is the day I’ll quit. So I’m stoked to be doing that with them tomorrow, but yeah, I’m stoked to be doing this podcast with you too, brother. Chad (1h 9m 13s): Yeah. Everybody kinda flips out, don’t they? They go, well, what are you doing on your time off? You’re like, well, I’m gonna go fishing. I’m Landon (1h 9m 20s): Fishing, Chad (1h 9m 20s): Man, aren’t you tired of it? And you’re like, guys, you don’t understand, like me taking you fishing is not me getting to fish. I don’t exactly me You don’t fish for a living. No, no, we don’t, we don’t fish for bass, pro bass, fishermen, fish for a living. Exactly. They get paid for them going out and catching big fish. We do not get paid to go out and catch big fish. We don’t. Nobody gives a crap what me and you can catch. Exactly. Right. That’s true. Nobody cares. That’s true. It’s true. We can post pictures of the biggest giant holding it all that good stuff. Nobody cares. Landon (1h 9m 57s): No, no, not at Chad (1h 9m 58s): All. Go and put that fricking 10-year-old kid or that old man, or go the older lady, go put them on a fish and let them hold that big fish. And then people go, Ooh, they like that. Like, nobody cares what we catch. Landon (1h 10m 14s): Exactly. And Chad (1h 10m 15s): It’s, it’s the Landon (1h 10m 17s): Exactly, yeah. It’s always the, the, I’m, I’m interested in this all the time, but I, I think it was well said by one of my clients and he told me, he goes, you know, it’s not about the reward, it’s about the challenge that leads you to the reward. And that’s what we do, man. We challenge ourselves every day being on the water. And we’re at the whim of Mother Nature, which is the hardest commission-based job on the planet, dude. So I’m thankful to be a part of it. Chad (1h 10m 40s): I’ve, I for sure, telling my dad, like, the hardest part of my job for me is that it’s the only job in my life I’ve ever had that I can go to work and bust my butt and put in a hundred percent and still end up with nothing to show for it at the end of the day. And I’ve never had a job like that. You know, I’ve always been able to step back and go, All right, look at the productivity I had today, look at this that I built today. Look at the, and on those days that are tough. It can be tough. I take it personally. I do too. Landon (1h 11m 13s): It’s like, I don’t sleep all at night from that man. It’s like, you gotta, you gotta figure it out. And as you know, we go, I call my fly time nook the lab, man. You gotta go in the lab and figure it out. And you know, the other thing, I’ll, I’ll leave, I’ll leave the, the listeners with this because it’s huge and I tell the younger guides this, it’s, it’s not about how many fish you catch. What it’s about is, is being prepared to catch those fish. Like preparation is the key to success. And that starts on the vice the night before or week before it starts getting your rigs ready. You know, we’re always contemplating where we’re gonna go. It’s like we’re visualizing the trip before it happens. And if you’re doing that and you’re passionately living the day and vicariously living through your clients, that’s what makes you the best guide on the water. Landon (1h 11m 58s): Not the best guide compared to others, but the best guide that you can be on the water. So that’s, that’s a big part of it. Chad (1h 12m 4s): Yep, absolutely. Well, dude, I appreciate you taking the time to come visit with us, man. For sure. Thanks for having me. When you come down, when you come down like, let’s get in the boat. Yeah, let’s do it. Landon (1h 12m 15s): It’s more crushy, man. I’ll spend a Chad (1h 12m 17s): Day shoot, shoot me a text and a date I’ll and all that stuff, and we’ll get something set up on that. Let’s Landon (1h 12m 22s): Do it brother. Chad (1h 12m 23s): And yeah, guys, Landon mayors, give him a call if people want to contact you and want to go out with you or want to, you know, check you out, where do they go? What do they do? What’s the website? What’s the contact? Landon (1h 12m 37s): You bet. Yeah, appreciate that. It’s, it’s Landon mayor fly fishing.com. It’s the same on Instagram, on Facebook, you can dm me, you can reach me through the website and the contact page. Booking trips. I’m, I’m booked every year pretty solid, but I tell people that I don’t book through, so I leave open days so I can transition my days and spend time with new anglers and challenge myself and challenge them and challenge the waters with the fish wheel I love to pursue. So that’s the best way to get in touch with me. Chad (1h 13m 5s): Yep. All right, man. Yep. Well, I hope some people contact you. Thank you, brother. Man, it was great having you. And I will contact you in a couple of days. Landon (1h 13m 15s): Let’s do it, man. I’ll be in your neck of the woods. Chad (1h 13m 17s): Hey, by the way, I need to be hooked up on one of those boats too, so we’ll be talking about that. Oh, let’s do Landon (1h 13m 23s): It for sure. It’s happening, brother. Chad (1h 13m 26s): All right. Lighter landing. Landon (1h 13m 27s): Thanks buddy. Take care, man.

         

Traveled #32 | Norman Maktima on Coaching Team USA, Euro Nymphing & San Juan Tactics

Today we’re hanging out with Norman Maktima: world champ fly angler, guide, and all-around fishy guy. Norman grew up in Pueblo tradition, fished his way onto the international stage, and knows how small details can make a huge difference.

In this episode, he shares tips on reading water, watching for subtle changes in water levels, and selecting flies that work well in both competition and everyday fishing. We also get into how to stay sharp when every single cast might be the one.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

 

 

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Norman Maktima

Show Notes with Norman Maktima on Coaching Team USA, Euro Nymphing & San Juan Tactics

Norman has been busy since the first episode we did with him. He’s now at Los Pinos Fly Shop in Albuquerque, still guiding on the San Juan River, and even coaching the U.S. Women’s Fly Fishing Team.

That team just crushed it in Idaho, sweeping gold in both team and individual spots, plus a silver and bronze. The Youth Team also grabbed gold and a bronze. Norman says the keys are teamwork, adapting to tough sessions, and leaning on each other when things get rough.

Inside Team USA’s Winning Game Plan

Norman says it wasn’t about one magic fly or one secret trick. The big factor was time management and strategy. On rivers like the Warm, with clear water and long beats, every minute counted. As captain, Norman could coach during river sessions, and his role was to keep the team calm, focused, and efficient. Here’s how that played out on the water:

Keys to Success

  1. Time management: Each angler had 3 hours to cover beats that ranged from 100 to 250 yards. Picking the best water mattered more than fishing it all.
  2. Spotting fish water: Whitefish hugged the bottom in calm buckets. Trout spread out more, especially in pocket water.
  3. Practice pays: Seeing rivers at different flows (like in low water months) helped anglers mentally map where fish hold later on.
  4. Weight and bead control: Adjusting bead sizes lets flies sink into the strike zone, from tailouts to heads of buckets.
  5. Reading hydraulics: Small breaks in the current or subtle shifts in flow often revealed the best holding water.
  6. Mental game: Norman reminded anglers to stay calm and trust the process, even when fish got spooky.
Norman Maktima

Guiding on the San Juan

Norman shared how he splits his time between working at Los Pinos Fly Shop and guiding on the San Juan with his buddy James Garrettson of About Trout. He mainly teaches euro nymphing, but says he can work with anyone on any style.

Norman talked about breaking the old idea that euro nymphing doesn’t work on tailwaters. On the San Juan, trout eat year-round thanks to steady flows and abundant food, so it’s all about presentation and adapting flies to the conditions.

Why the San Juan is Special:

  • The river has abundant food and steady conditions, so fish feed all day.
  • Euro nymphing works, but dry flies and streamers can also be great. Blue-wing olive hatches in spring and fall bring insane dry fly action.
  • The San Juan has upper, middle, and lower sections, each fishing differently.
  • Releases from the dam change access and fish behavior. At 800 CFS, walk-wading is easier than when flows hit 1500.
  • Browns in the upper 20s and even low 30s are common now. Rainbows usually top out in the upper 20s.
Norman Maktima

When is the best time to fish the San Juan?

 The San Juan stays fishable all year thanks to steady tailwater flows. Each season has its own rhythm, with shifts in weather, crowds, and hatches. Here’s what Norman says about each season:

  1. Spring (Mar–May)
    • The blue-wing olives come back strong, flows stay steady, and the fishing is excellent before the summer rush.
  2. Summer
    • The weather is hot and vacation crowds show up, but the water stays clear and steady, which keeps the trout active.
  3. Fall (Sept–Oct)
    • The temperatures cool down, the crowds thin out, and the blue-wing olive hatches really start to pop.
  4. Winter
    • The river is quiet with very few anglers, the trout keep feeding, and the water often feels warmer than the cold air.

Norman Maktima says most people come to him wanting to learn Euro nymphing, especially for technical rivers like the San Juan. But every trip is different. Some anglers had a rough go the last time and just want to catch fish, while others bring their own gear and he teaches them how to use what they already have.

If someone doesn’t have a Euro setup, he shows crossover tricks with indicators and droppers that still work well. And then there are days when the river sets the tone.

Norman Maktima’s Setup

Norman talks about how he rigs his leader so he can fish almost any style without switching rods. By building a leader that works across techniques, he can move from nymphs to dries, add a dry-dropper, or clip on an indicator when needed. This keeps him efficient and confident, especially in competitions where time matters.

Norman’s leader formula:

  • 10 feet of 12 lb Maxima Chameleon as the base.
  • 5 feet of sighter material, stepped down from 1x to 2x, ending with a tippet ring.
  • Add tippet from there within FIPS-Mouche rules.

He shares more about this system and how he fishes it on his YouTube channel. Check out NMaktima Fly Fishing on YouTube.

Norman says he runs two sighter sections. Right now, he’s using three feet of Rio two-tone tip in 1x, then two feet of tricolor sighter in 2x, tied to a tippet ring. The 10 feet of Maxima above that cuts down on knots sliding in and out of the rod tip. When he feels that sighter knot touch, he knows he’s close to netting a fish.

The two-foot lower section also makes counting depth easier since each color block is about eight inches. If he has to dip the sighter, he can track how far down it is just by subtracting segments. On cloudy days with glare, the longer three-foot section helps him pick it up higher and track it back down.

Droppers and Flies

From the tippet ring, Norman builds out tippet depending on the depth. He usually runs two flies and keeps about 20 to 24 inches between them. His dropper tag is six to eight inches, tied with a triple surgeon’s knot. Even if it twists, it still hangs away from the leader and gives the fly the presentation it needs.

When he pulls tippet off the spool, he adds that extra six to eight inches for the dropper. For the point fly, he uses about 30 inches, which keeps his spacing right.

Go-To Rod

Norman says the sweet spot for him in the Shadow X series is the 10.5 ft 3-wt, and that’s what he fishes everywhere. He says it’s light in hand, with a soft tip and medium-fast action that makes it easy to cast dries, nymphs, or a dry-dropper without needing to change setups.

The backbone provides him with power for distance and solid hook sets, while still being versatile enough to accommodate different water types. Norman also shared that the rod was developed with input from him, Pete Erickson, and Tim Rajeff.

Casting Tips with Long Leaders

Casting long mono leaders isn’t the same as casting fly line. You need to keep your stroke wider and more open so the flies don’t tangle. Norman Maktima uses an oval path on the back cast instead of a straight line, and sometimes relies on water loads or what he calls the pendulum swing when space is tight.

These tricks help him keep flies moving clean and forward. When he switches to a dry fly, he goes back to a traditional cast with some fly line out, pairing his setup with a double taper 2-weight instead of the usual euro nymphing lines.

Norman Maktima’s Fly Patterns

Norman is also a fly designer for Umpqua Feather Merchants. He’s been dedicating more time to fly-tying videos and has a few signature patterns available now, with more on the way.

The Flash Fav was released last fall, built upon his earlier HDA Fav Variant from his High Desert Angler days. His newest design, the May ICU, is already on Umpqua’s site and will be in shops by spring 2026. It’s a CDC perdigone-style fly with pearlescent cheeks, giving just the right flash while keeping a natural profile.

You can find Norman’s flies, such as the Flash Fav, HDA Fav Variant Jig, ICU Midge, Low Water Baetis, May ICU, and Perdichingons, on Umpqua’s website and in fly shops.

Norman Maktima
Norman Maktima’s Flash FAV

Norm Maktima Collab

Norman talked about teaming up with Rep Your Water this year.They asked him to use two of his own art pieces for their gear. Now you can find his artwork on sun hoodies and trucker hats. He said the designs were influenced by his Pueblo heritage and that he’s been enjoying the chance to mix his art with fly fishing culture.

Norman Maktima


Pueblo Heritage

Norman shared how Pueblo culture is still a big part of his life. He respects his family and heritage every day, even when out fishing. His dad grew up hearing stories from grandparents about the old ways before big changes came with jobs and schools.

Pueblo people were mainly agricultural and had to adapt through Spanish, Mexican, and US rule. Norman also explained how Pueblo leaders carry ceremonial canes given by Spain, Mexico, and the US. Did you knwo that Abraham Lincoln was the first US president to recognize their leadership? Even today, Pueblo people keep traditions and prayers alive for their land and the world.


Casting Tips

Watch your rod as it moves and keep it in the same plane. Small wobbles waste energy, so step aside to see your rod’s path.

Stop points matter too. Make sure the rod tip comes to a full stop. Don’t try to force the cast.

Less is more. Let the rod do the work for you.



Check out NMaktima Fly Fishing on YouTube

Follow Norm on Socials: Instagram | Facebook

Visit his website here

 

Related Podcast Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): In today’s episode, we dive into the space where tradition meets competition, exploring how a Pueblo upbringing world championship in fly fishing and a life spent guiding have shaped one of the most well-rounded fly anglers in the game. By the end of this episode, you’re going to understand the mindset that wins on the international stage, how indigenous knowledge can deepen your time on the water, and why small little adjustments on the water and in technique can make massive difference when it counts. This is the Web Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip, And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Norman Tima is back on the podcast and he’s going to give us some big tips on reading water, subtle changes in water level, how you can fish them, choosing flies that hold up both in competition and in regular settings. Dave (54s): Out there, we’re gonna talk about dialing in your presentation when you’re fishing for pressured fish and how to keep your head in the game when you know that every cast can count. It might be that one cast, the next one that’s gonna be that trophy fish. All right, let’s get into it. Here he is, norm Tima. You can find him at n mock tima fly fishing dot com. How you doing Norm? Norman (1m 17s): I’m doing good. How are you? Dave (1m 19s): Good, good. You guys are just coming hot off some pretty big stuff in, in eastern Idaho with the World Championships team, USA. We’re gonna, we’re gonna get into that for a summary. You were on the podcast back in, I think, a summer of 2022, so it’s been a few years. I wanna get an update on what else you’ve been up to and then we’ll probably talk Norman (1m 36s): Some Oh, long ago. So Dave (1m 37s): That was a while ago, wasn’t it? Well, well just take us back here to, you know, the last few years, what’s been going on? Anything new? I know you’re still guiding out in kind of New Mexico, what else has been going on? Norman (1m 46s): Yeah, man, some changes. I think from the last time, actually I, I had re-listened to that episode, kind of see where everything was, but oh yeah. Now since then, you know, I am at Los Pinos Fly Shop these days in Albuquerque. Kind of had some life changing moments and at the same time guiding part-time on the San Juan River. So actually that’s where I’m at right now, currently as we speak. Yeah, gonna be out in the water later today. So those are some big ones. And yeah, at the same time, started coaching the US women’s fly fishing team as of last year when we were in Czech Republic. And yeah, we just got back from Idaho about a week and a half ago, two weeks ago, something like that. Dave (2m 30s): Yeah. And how did that event go? The world championships there? Norman (2m 33s): Pretty good. The ladies rocked it. Team USA swept gold medals team and individual as well. We had a silver individual, so Tess Wagon took gold. And you had Melissa Smith on? Yep. She took silver, so yeah, that was great. Wow. Dave (2m 51s): Wow. So test took gold. And so Team USA is the, took the gold overall in the world championship This Norman (2m 56s): Year? Yep. Oh yeah. Yeah. Wow. So at the same time we, it was the Women’s World Championship was in combination with the Youth fly fishing championship, and the same thing with the youth. They took in Team Gold and Individual Gold, along with an individual bronze. So yeah, it was great. Yep. Dave (3m 14s): That is crazy. So that, and then you have the men’s coming up next year, right? In the same area? Correct. Norman (3m 19s): Correct. Yeah. Dave (3m 19s): Yeah. So it could be potentially, we’ll see how that goes. No pressure on them, but Right. Norman (3m 24s): Yeah, no, they, I think they’re filling it a little bit, but yeah. You know, if they can just meddle Yeah, seek that podium, that’s always the goal. Yeah. Dave (3m 34s): It seems like this is just getting, you know, better, better, more, you know, I hate to say words like domination and stuff, but what do you attribute this to? You’re back, I mean, obviously coaching is a big part of it, but how do we get there? Because the women’s haven’t even been out there that many years, right? Compared to the rest of the world. Norman (3m 48s): Right. So this is the fourth Women’s World championship, and so, you know, with all this, it’s just that team comradery, the team building. But at the same time, you know, having a little bit of home field advantage is present. Although I will say we did have a rough start and a lot of it at the same time is making the most outta your beats and your session, how do you progress through and, you know, get through those challenges that are presented at the same time leaning in on your team to support you and help you push through when the sessions get rough. Yeah. So, you know, that’s something that I’ve always experienced in the 23 years of competition that I had. Dave (4m 27s): Right, because you were in, and now are you still doing the, the men’s or, or is that at Norman (4m 32s): No, I haven’t competed since 2018. That was when I won the national championship and kind of backed away from it just to accomplish some other goals. But yeah, somehow I got roped back into it. Dave (4m 44s): Yeah. Norman (4m 45s): But on the other side, yeah, so it’s been interesting. I had a, actually, one of our practices in June, we had a mini comp on the waters, on the Henry’s Fork, actually. And so that was actually the first comp that I got back into since I had a pseudo retired. Dave (5m 2s): Oh wow. So you retired in 2018 and then you had a, there’s just a mini comp that was like a national comp or something you guys did? Yeah, Norman (5m 9s): It was a, it was a, an idea that we had as for to have as a practice on the waters that we were competing on for the worlds. And so, you know, it was just a thought that I would compete as well in that little mini, I, I think there were 12 individuals or something like that. Dave (5m 27s): So, and was this individuals, was this a mix of women, youth and the other league or what, what, who Norman (5m 32s): Was it? Right, exactly. Yeah, so just a mix of a variety of people. So, yeah. Dave (5m 36s): Gotcha. Norman (5m 37s): You know, it was good at the same time, stuff like that where you put yourself in the situation and just see how you’ll do. And again, it’s all practice at that point. So even though we’re getting points for, you know, the fish, we catch time sessions, it’s competitor controlled in this one. So, you know, you’re going for an hour and a half another competitor’s there marking and keeping track of your score and all that. But at the same time it’s how do you flesh out, you know, your setup, your rig, your technique, your approach on the water, getting comfortable with the waters you’re gonna be on. So, you know, that’s all part of it when we’re, even when we travel to another country and are, you know, practicing on, on the waters that we can practice on there, you know, so it’s all part of that building experience. Norman (6m 25s): So yeah, that way we’re, you know, there’s always surprises, but you know, we try to eliminate as many of those surprises you can during the practice sessions. Dave (6m 32s): Oh, gotcha. And now remind me on the team USA, is this every year the world championships every year for everybody? Correct. Norman (6m 39s): Yeah. Yeah. So yeah, every year is a world championship. Dave (6m 42s): Yep. So I mean, that seems, I mean, I’m guessing that was part of the challenge for you is it seems like you’re in this, you know, I’m not sure how long an average people stick with this stuff, but that seems like pretty challenging ’cause you get done with one, we just won the gold and now it’s like, well, you’re probably turning around getting ready for the next one. Is that kind of how it works? Norman (6m 58s): Pretty much. Exactly. So last weekend there was an inner regional competition in southern Colorado, in Durango area. So, you know, that’s a kind of a accumulation of some of the regionals and the mini comps. And so, yeah, it’s just right back into it. And that goes into the two year cycle for both women, men, youth, all that stuff. So Dave (7m 20s): Getting ready for it. Yeah. Norman (7m 21s): So it’s continuous. Dave (7m 22s): It’s continuous. And the other challenge is, is the kind of the monetary piece, right? Because you’ve got, I imagine, you know, you’ve got all this travel, so you gotta kind of go around the travel and then also around the world. Is that, is that one of the challenges getting enough funding to cover that? Especially I’m guessing, you know, for It Norman (7m 38s): Is. It is for sure. Yeah. You know, that for as long as I did it, it was a little bit different format or organization when I was on the team. However, it’s still the main challenge, you know, how do we get the funding to get the team there two worlds. And usually that’s what the team covers. However, individual going to minis, inter regionals, regionals, that is all on our own personal pocket. So, you know, and, and for me, I’ve done that for 23 years. I don’t know how I managed it, but Yep, Dave (8m 10s): You did it right. Norman (8m 11s): Scrap by. Yeah, exactly. And can’t say, you know, I, I was just more broke than anything. Dave (8m 18s): Right. It wasn’t easy. Norman (8m 19s): Right. Dave (8m 19s): And you were doing that while you were guiding, or most people kind of doing like the guiding thing as the other half of their time? Or is it a mix? Norman (8m 28s): It’s a mix. You know, some people actually have a well paying profession, which, you know, that’s those people the way you should do it. Yep. And then there’s the rest of us that are just trout bums, you know, or fish bums. So we do what we love and follow our passion and yeah. So just That’s cool. Kind of. Yeah. Just save the ends to get to these competitions. Dave (8m 47s): Well, it’s pretty cool. I, I actually didn’t listen to that last episode. We did, but again, I mean obviously I listened to it the first time we did it, but it was one of the most listened to podcast episodes and we’ve got over 900 and I’m not quite sure why. It must be a tribute to, I’ll, I’ll have to re-listen to it now. Your, your style and what we covered. But I mean, that’s pretty amazing, right? I mean, you right, Norman (9m 6s): Yeah. Dave (9m 7s): That Norman (9m 8s): To it a couple times. Right. And I, I was like, I don’t know why Dave (9m 11s): It was just a normal episode, Norman (9m 13s): I guess. Yeah. Just a, you know, a dude from the desert talking about fly fishing. So I guess that intrigued some Dave (9m 19s): People. Yeah, it might be part of the area. I mean I’m, it’s definitely part of the euro nphi, ’cause we had that in the title. I think anytime we have Euro nipping in the title, it kind of hits home. But we also talked Stillwaters. Yeah, Norman (9m 29s): I believe too. That was kind of early on as well. Fin competition Stillwater. It was early on when all that was, in a way gaining some traction, I believe. You know? Yeah. So especially following team USA meddling in 15 and 16 and yeah. So I think a lot of people were getting a little bit more pumped up on what was happening with the fly fishing team, you’ll say. Right. Dave (9m 52s): Yeah. That’s probably it. And then, and so you mentioned a little bit before about the rig, the techniques. What was it like in when you guys were get, let’s just take it to the women’s, you know, you obviously you were right there. Was there a certain technique that was really the thing to use out there? Describe that a little bit. How you guys came to get to the winning podium. Norman (10m 10s): Not really in particular, you know, being in Island Park, Western Wyoming, GaN Lake, so the river venues whitefish was definitely a targeted, Hmm, excuse me, if you could find whitefish. Hmm. Those countered in, in the world championships. Oh, nice. So if you could find pods of whitefish, you’d maximize on ’em. But at the same time it was really time management. And you know, so during that competition I spent the whole week on the Warm River venue. So as captain I’m allowed to talk to the competitors during session on the river venues. Not allowed to do that on the lakes, which is kind of interesting. So, you know, for me to, to go to the lakes, there’s no benefit to that for the team, since I can’t talk or say anything. Norman (10m 56s): And usually we’re on, and Sheridan was the other lake, you know, big water. So you can’t really do anything. ’cause you know, everybody’s so far away. So I spent most of my time on the Warm River, small creek, spring Creek conditions, crystal clear water, low flows. And really it was just a matter of having that external view, if you will, or set of eyes just because you really had to lock down your strategy, how you work through the water, your target water. So, you know, there was a lot of water in those beats and they were fairly long beats that just were not gonna produce anything. So how do you work through that? And then, you know, what little pockets and buckets you had that did produce, how do you manage your time through those where you’re just not focused entirely on one little section, but let it rest and then come back and you know, work through it again. Norman (11m 47s): And so that was a big part of it. But also, you know, just keeping track of how the competitor was working with their weight management, if you will. Meaning how they’re switching between bead sizes to get sync rates and varying in those buckets. And even from the tail out to the middle to the head of the bucket. Yeah. You know, so it was just kind of reminders of what’s going on. And at the same time, you know, just helping the competitors keep a cool head. You know, we are in competition and honestly, you know, you’re not able to necessarily keep track of competitors upstream or downstreaming. You could see ’em. But that’s kind of my job is I’m keeping track of everything upstream and downstream as well. Norman (12m 28s): And if the competitor starts to feel a little flustered, you know, and they’re doing well, I can just tell ’em. Or even, you know, maybe it’s a slow start or the struggle’s happening. It’s like, all right, just stay calm. You’re doing great. You know, just keep doing what we’re doing and you know, just be that voice of support. Yeah. While on the water. So it wasn’t really down to one fly, one technique or anything like that. We’ll say, you know, the more techniques you have, you know, in your quiver, the better off you’re gonna be able to kind of work through some of that water, even if it’s marginal or not great. You know, that’s what you’re gonna see in a world championship is how those techniques are utilized, you know, throughout an entire session or just even on a single body of water. Norman (13m 10s): Right. How do you work through all that stuff and Yeah. How efficient you can be doing it too. Dave (13m 15s): Exactly. Yeah. ’cause it’s all about the time, right? The way it breaks out is you have a certain beat and then, is that what it is? You have like two hours on that beat. Norman (13m 22s): So in the world championships, yeah. You have three hours to work a designated section of water. So Warm River, it varied from I’d say maybe a hundred and 150 yards to a couple of beets. Were almost, you know, 250 yards. So they’re pretty long versus you get on Henry Spork and I think those were all about a hundred yards long. They’re definitely a little shorter, but such a bigger section of water. Yeah. I didn’t get to watch anything on the Henry Spork. So we were below the Falls, Mesa Falls area, which is, you know, steeper gradient, a lot of pocket water. And I forget what the flows were really high. Norman (14m 3s): So the physicality of getting out to water that held fish, you know, ’cause everything against the bank gets beat up pretty quick. Oh. And on that river, it was definitely dealing a lot more with trout than whitefish, you know, so it was kind of a, you know, a little bit more of a balance. So the trout definitely don’t recover Oh. Near as quick as the whitefish. So it’s understanding the fish behaviors you’re targeting as well, and how you basically work and, and the techniques utilized to catch either of those species. Dave (14m 33s): Right. Are you catching all the, the whitefish versus the trout? Is, are there different techniques you’re using to catch one or the other? Norman (14m 39s): There are, you know, whitefish definitely hug the bottoms of the rivers a little bit more. They stack into those little buckets that have the calmest water. So you know how you’re able to stall your flies in those buckets. Meanwhile, you know, like on Henry’s fork, you can’t really see the buckets necessarily, especially at the flows we were seeing. So having looked at that water in June when the water was lower, we had to just go back on our own recollection of what that river bottom possibly looked like, you know? So yeah, that was a, a benefit. But also, you know, Google Maps, just really looking at details on the water. Warm river. Norman (15m 19s): Definitely a little more obvious ’cause that water was clear. Mm. Dave (15m 23s): Is the Warm river a trip to the Henry’s fork? Norman (15m 25s): It is, yep. So it pretty close, not too far downstream is where they, it confluences with the Henry Sport. So, and then the Grays River was another venue, which was just on the other side of the Wyoming border. Clear waters for those. So you could see the depressions, the buckets and you know, really isolate where those fish were gonna be holding white fish, in particular, your trout, you know, they were scattered here or there, you know, holding a typical trout water type stuff. Yeah. But again, getting them to come back after a session can be a little bit tougher. Trout. Trout definitely get a little more spooked and Oh, right. Leery of, of techniques or movement. Dave (15m 58s): Yeah. So you get in there and they get a p, somebody goes through for three hours, they get kind of kicked, is that, then the next day they’re a little off. Those trout aren’t Norman (16m 5s): Quite Exactly. Yeah. So again, you know, modifying or switching up techniques slightly just to get ’em, you know, to eat again, that’s, you know, again, how big is that quiver? You got a technique, so to dig into it. Dave (16m 18s): Yeah. You, you mentioned on the, one of the, the stalling the fly, is that typically what you’d be doing, like euro nipping? Or is that with another technique pretty Norman (16m 26s): Much? Right, right. So you know how you read the hydraulic from where you make it start your cast, how you read it, or how you read the hydraulic as it moves over structure and that sort of thing. So, you know, paying attention to subtle brakes in the current, you know, even your rod position, a lot of times you can hold it back a little bit and let it just fall right into a bucket. So, you know, there’s a lot of, a lot of nuances to get that flight to stall. And again, like I was mentioning, playing with bead sizes, which is, you know, we’re dealing with ts and slot of beads switching pattern or switching flies. Not, not necessarily patterns, but bead size also affects your sync rate and how well you’re able to hold it in the zone. Norman (17m 10s): It’s difficult to describe because every situation is different. Right. Every kind, you know, when you’re, yeah. When you’re dealing with a multi fly setup. So, you know, Idaho and Wyoming, I believe we could use three flies. Montana was only two flies, but you know, we’re on the lake anyway. But how do those flies influence your syn rate? You know, I always describe it as a combination of weight. So if you’re running two, that’s two beads and they facilitate or help each other in their descent and through the water column. So only a few occasions where three flies necessary, two flies did the job for most of the sessions, you know, and yeah, again, when you’re dealing with three flies, once they get tangled, that’s a nightmare. Norman (17m 54s): So Dave (17m 54s): Yeah, that’s a nightmare. Norman (17m 55s): Again, trying to reduce or maintain efficiency. Yeah. So yeah, two flies or single flies definitely was, Dave (18m 3s): Is better. Yeah. Norman (18m 4s): The way to go. Yeah. Just in general, I’ve Dave (18m 6s): Always felt like that, that it’s like, okay, I could do three flies, but two just seems to be enough of a thing to keep under control. Right, Norman (18m 13s): Exactly. Yeah. Yeah. I mean, even in some situations it’s, it’s, you can hardly keep two flies under control. Dave (18m 19s): Yeah, exactly. There’s places where two flies isn’t good, it’s like, I’m just going one. Right, Norman (18m 23s): Exactly. Yeah, exactly. So, Dave (18m 25s): And you mentioned the, you know, those areas that are not producing, you go through an area, how would you describe that if somebody was, or how’d you guys do it? You could, you’re looking at the water, how do you know where to, you know, figure out, okay, that’s not gonna produce or what’s that look like? Norman (18m 38s): So again, most of my time was spent on that, on that warm, warm river. But you know, as you practice, that is one thing you’re trying to key in on. You’re paying attention to that. So things that don’t have much feature shallow water, it’s kind of what you would expect. You know, your deeper waters definitely held more fish. But even then, breaking that down had a lot to do with your success in a, in a session. You know, you take a look at the Henry spo, you know, it was just finding those nicer, deeper buckets. But at the same time, like I mentioned, you had a lot more flow. So what you saw on the surface didn’t really reveal what was subsurface, you know, so having time spent on the water, so, and I know you had Lindsay on the show. Norman (19m 25s): Yeah, so Lindsay Tess, our alternate reserve, Katie, they live in the Montana area, so they were able to, to have some time on those venues a little bit more in the prior year as well. We had the women’s national championship was there last fall. Dave (19m 42s): Oh, Norman (19m 43s): Okay. So, you know, seeing the river at different water levels, especially at low flows, you know, if you can mentally map out that river and just take note of what water type you’re looking for, you know, then that transfers later on down the road to help you find those spots. Yep. Where those fish are gonna be Dave (20m 2s): Holding. And then it’s just a matter of seeing the area that’s like, okay, that’s definitely not the right water. And just time management, like you said, working through Exactly. Covering yeah. The best places. Norman (20m 11s): Yeah. So, you know, you’re, you’re just picking and choosing and cherry picking what you got, what’s the best water. And then yeah, if you burn through those, go hit the marginal stuff, you know, so you’ll hear a lot of videos. Other competitors talk about A, B, C, D, water, you know, so you’re taking your best water in theory, a lot of times, you know, your C water could be your a water just depending on flows and how the hydraulic behaves. So it’s an assessment made during your time on the water at that moment. So, yeah. Dave (20m 43s): Yeah. Wow. And when it came to it, was this with the women’s event? Was it a, a kind of a last minute nailbiter? Or was it clear who was gonna win? Oh Norman (20m 51s): No, it, yeah, it was totally nail biter. It was, so session one, we had a rough start. Agan did not play nice. Hmm. And on top of that, I, I think there was a, I think Henry Spor was, no, Sheridan was a little rough too, so, okay. We had a couple low finishes. So we were in third place again, I was with Tess on the one river. She won her session. So that kind of kept the team in that medal standing from the beginning. And then it was justly our way back, I think by the fourth session we had moved into first and, but we were a couple placing points, you know, from second. So Czech Republic was right behind us. Norman (21m 33s): South Africa was on third, you know, so going into the final session for the team, it is really a matter of just keeping that second place team or individual in check, if you will. You know? Yeah. The checks being the check team being right behind us. So it was, how do you ensure that, you know, you’re still placing higher than they are overall. I mean, individuals could have placed second or third, but as long as the check was below them, that added to their points and, you know, so, but yeah, the last, last session, everybody, we have four first place finishes in the session and one second or third, I believe, which was plenty to keep us in the gold and actually jump ahead and with that too, I think South Africa drew some great beats and, and made the most out of those beats or sessions and they jumped into metal finish as well. Norman (22m 27s): Okay. So that was pretty awesome. Yeah. So no, it was a nail biter. Obviously as competitors you’d hope to not be in that situation, but as you know, spectator, it’s pretty exciting at that point. Right. Dave (22m 41s): That’s cool. And were there some people like, ’cause it’s not, it’s challenging right? To come see the event, but were there some people out there seeing some of this happen? Norman (22m 49s): Yeah, we, we did have a few, you know, the Henry for Section was probably the toughest to get down to, so I don’t know that too many people went down to, yeah. To spectate. Warm River wasn’t too bad. There’s an old railroad trail basically. Mm. That you could walk and it’s pretty easy access through there. So, you know, we had lots of family friends that came and visited, obviously being in home country. Yep. You know, a lot of people come to support 10 USA and quite a few people from the local area, whether they knew there was a world championship going on or not, but you know, just utilizing the trails. So yeah, head gun was tough. Such a big lake, big area. It was on the Madison arm and, you know, so just to see where competitors were, a good pair of binoculars was a must. Norman (23m 35s): Oh yeah. Right. Yeah. And Sheridan, you know, being a private property section, you could only watch from a certain area. So I think a few people were able to get out there and, and spectate that one too. So. Yeah. But no, we had, we had a pretty good crowd of people coming through and checking out the competitors, so Dave (23m 52s): That’s cool. Well, we’ll hopefully get somebody on from the youth to hear about how that went, but I’m sure you guys, yeah. You’ve all the stories are there. So we’ll kind of touch on that. But what about, thank you, the rest of your year. So you’re doing, you know, this with team USA, talk about your guiding, I know we covered that in the last one, but just tell everybody kinda what areas you’re covering and what your focus is out there. Yeah, Norman (24m 14s): So right now actually I’m linked up with a buddy of mine. He’s pretty much based out of the San Juan River area about Trout is Oh yeah. The name of his company. So that’s James Garretson. If anybody, you should, you know, give him a shout and see you and get him on the show here too. Yeah. Dave (24m 32s): I actually just heard somebody was telling me about that. Yeah. James is a good guy to check in with. Yeah, Norman (24m 36s): Yeah, definitely. So about Trout, if anybody wants to book hit us up. But yeah, so I, I linked up with him about a year and a half ago. So been working on the San Juan, it’s still part-time, like I, I mentioned earlier on, I, I work at Los Pinos fly Shop four days of the week. And on my off days, those are available for guiding on the San Juan where I specialize pretty much in urine infant techniques. However, I can work with anybody on anything. You know, that’s kind of one thing that it’s been kind of wide open for me in that regard is, you know, utilizing ING techniques, dialing it in, obviously with my history, but on a tail water in particular, you know, there’s always been a, a stigma that ING doesn’t work on a tail water. Norman (25m 21s): Mm. I just assume, you know, we’re throwing big little size eight bomb check NIS or whatever and you know, right. Truthfully, sometimes that works on tail waters, but you can adapt and adjust to single or like we were talking about a mid type flies or patterns. So yeah, it’s just kind of unlocking some of that and revealing a little bit more to a Tailwater than just, you know, indicator weights and size 26 midges. Oh right. That’s Dave (25m 47s): What that technical tailwaters Right. You gotta go super small and the all that stuff. Exactly. But that’s not the case necessarily on this one, on the San Juan. Norman (25m 55s): Right, right. Yeah. So, and I, I honestly in most tailwaters that I’ve been to, you know, the food base, their trout or trout they’re going to eat, you know, and it something that’s presented well that’s always kind of the, the, the underlying message there is, you know, as long as you got great presentation dialing in your bugs a little bit more. But you know, again, just like with everything that I had mentioned in or during the competition, how do you dial all that, all those factors in to get those fish to eat, so. Dave (26m 26s): Right. How similar was, and I’m not sure, did you guys fish any tail waters in Idaho? Norman (26m 31s): Henry SPO I guess is somewhat of a tailwater. There is a release, but we’re so far downstream, you know, that it does behave more like a, a Freestone River and that’s pretty much it. Grays River I believe was a Freestone and Warm River Spring Creek, so, you know. Yep. Dave (26m 48s): So there is a, like between the san, because you hear a lot about the San Juan for, I guess it’s known for kinda big fish. I always get those confused. There’s a lot of big names out there, but how is it, is that a pretty big difference to San Juan versus those Idaho streams you’re fishing? Norman (27m 1s): Oh, definitely. So for the Henry’s Fork, grays River, there was some rainstorms that came through. Henry’s Fork had some turbidity and color to the water. So that made it difficult. It seemed like daytime or when the light was present on the rivers on some of those other ones, it got those, whether it was the fish or, or got the bugs more activated, which in turn gets the fish a little bit more up in the water column feeding, you know, some of these tail waters, these fish are just on the go from, from, you know, nonstop. So Dave (27m 33s): Oh really? Because just it’s abundant food and perfect conditions, abundant Norman (27m 36s): Food and consistent conditions. Right. Temperature doesn’t fluctuate too much, you know, so they’re always feeding throughout the entire day. It’s how well you’re able to, you know, switch or adapt. And one thing with San Juan is you do have like the upper middle and lower sections or that’s what we would refer to. So I think Drew Bone had dialed that down a little bit for you on the last episode. So yeah. But yeah, that’s, those are kind of some really interesting characteristics to San Juan. And you know, it can be great for ing the dry fly fishing there can be pretty insane, especially when you have the Bluing olives in the spring and in the fall. That’s always my favorite time to chase heads on that one. Dave (28m 18s): On the San Juan, Norman (28m 19s): The anywhere, honestly. Yeah, anywhere in the fall. Yeah, the spring of, yeah, spring of fall Blueing olive patches are usually pretty epic, but, or at least in the west when you’re also looking at streamer fishing on the San Juan and you know, you get a lot of the Freestone streams where it’s a little more seasonally dependent when you’re throwing streamers. Again, however, with the San Juan being a consistent environment, at times these fish just trigger on, on the streamer, you know, anytime of the year. So that can be pretty exciting as well. So you get a, a really good variety and diversity of techniques you can utilize on the San Juan. Norman (28m 59s): What you end up having to really take into consideration is gonna be the flows being released out of the dam. So right now I believe it’s about 800 CFS. They just had a bump and flow last week and the week before it peaked at 1550. So for the walk away guy, I don’t do any float trips as of now, but for walk away guys, it can make it a definitely challenging when you have higher flows. So now getting back to 800, a lot more accessibility and, and some of that water. Yeah. You know, so that’s kinda what you look for. You know, and again, depending on whether you have a high snowpack year or an average snow back year, you may see those bumps, you know, your typical runoff timeframe late May, June timeframe, but Oh, right. Norman (29m 45s): The San Juan mountains in Southern Colorado, apparently were well below their average snow packs. So, you know, we didn’t have a big bump. But what this bump was for is it supplements the animus river further down river, I think to continually provide a good flow for some endangered species further downstream. Dave (30m 4s): So, oh, and which are those, what are the wild fish that are there in the San Juan? Norman (30m 9s): You know, I, I was thinking about that. I was like, I can’t remember what they’re Yeah, they’re, but they’re native more of a warm water species. Oh, Dave (30m 15s): But they’re, they’re there’s a native rainbow there, right? Or some, Norman (30m 18s): No, these are like a sucker or something like that. Dave (30m 21s): Oh really? Oh wow. So Norman (30m 22s): Yeah, further down, you know, as you get into Arizona or or the western border of New Mexico and you get further into Arizona. So yeah, I love that. It’s just to keep those native species around, you know. So Dave (30m 32s): Yeah, it’s so cool. We’ve been in our group, we have a wet fly swing pro, you know, or shop. We have some people in our paid membership. It’s pretty awesome ’cause we’re chatting about the, like there’s a western native trout challenge, you know, and there’s some of these things that it’s cool because it gets you out, you know, and seeing some of these fish, even some of ’em are only like three inches big, you know, long. Right. But it’s kind of cool, right. ’cause there’s all these diverse native fish all around. Definitely Norman (30m 55s): New Mexico has a similar challenge. The New Mexico trout challenge. Oh it does. But it’s catching all the trout species that are available in the state. So the two native species would be your Gila trout and your Rio Grande cutthroat. Dave (31m 7s): Oh, Rio Grande Cutthroat. Yeah. So there’s a Cudi in the Rio Grande in that area. Right, Norman (31m 11s): Right. So that’s the Rio Grande Cutthroat is obviously within the tributaries that flow into the Rio Grande itself. But you have ’em pretty much southern Colorado and northern New Mexico. So Dave (31m 22s): Yeah. Yeah. I’m just looking here. It says San Juan River’s home to several native species, including imperiled, Razorback suckers. The Colorado, that’s the one Pike Minow. Yeah. Other native species like the flannel mouth sucker, blue head sucker, speckled D. Norman (31m 36s): So yeah, those are all pretty much further down river as it warms up. Yeah. Dave (31m 40s): Gotcha. And then, then you have trout, of course you have what it’s known for is these like big fish. Right. You see some big fish in San Juan? Yep. Norman (31m 47s): Oh yeah. You know, in recent years the brown trout moved up, although, you know, I remember seeing Browns way back, but they seem, they tended to be further down river where it got a little warmer. But they have adapted and moved up to the base of the dam and they’ve definitely taken advantage of the stocking program. Yeah. Oh right. The game and fish has where they’re just throwing in these fingerlings and rainbows take advantage of that too. So they’re just, you know, gorging and eating on little tiny stock rainbows and growing big, you know, a lot of browns in that upper twenties range, if not thirties or low thirties. Dave (32m 22s): No kidding. Your Norman (32m 23s): Rainbows for some reason, you know, they kind of just stick to that upper twenties that I’ve not seen too many rainbows break that 30 mark. Like the Browns Dave (32m 31s): 30. So the brown, you’ve seen some browns that are in the 30 of broken 30. Norman (32m 35s): I’ve seen them, yeah. Not caught any yet. Right, Dave (32m 38s): Right. Yeah. The 30 is, it seems like it’s that one range where you probably hear a lot more people saying they caught ’em than maybe they did. Norman (32m 45s): Right, right. That’s the quest when you go to the San Juan for a lot of folks. Dave (32m 48s): Yeah. Have you seen that little, I can’t remember the name of it. We just saw, we were on our trip up to Alaska and I think Brandon or we had, it was like, hey, this little orange ball that you put in the photo. Oh right. And they use the AI and it tracks and it knows exactly. I haven’t used it, but it sounds like it’s pretty accurate. Norman (33m 4s): Somewhat. I had a buddy, he had one the other day and I was like, how, how accurate is that thing? So he tested it on, you know, some, some replicas he had and he was like, it’s, it’s pretty close, but it, it’s about an inch, you know, so an inch off. Dave (33m 22s): Oh. So see then that could be substantially. ’cause that’s the whole like, oh it was 29 or 30 or 28. Right, Norman (33m 27s): Exactly. So I’m like, so it’s just feeding the angler, the angler lie. That’s Dave (33m 32s): Funny. Yeah. It’s all, it’s called the fish techie orange proof ball. Norman (33m 35s): Right, right, right. So, but I mean, who knows what you need to do to calibrate it or I don’t know. So, yeah. Yeah. Right. I I, yeah, I don’t have one. It, it just kind of looks funny. Yeah. When you see people holding up that fish and it’s got that orange ball in the photo kind of detracts. Detracts Dave (33m 49s): The pick. Yeah. Yeah. When you gotta an orange ball in there, it looks, that’s why you gotta get two picks. You gotta do it quick. Gotta pick with the orange ball and the pick without keeping it in the water. Norman (33m 57s): Exactly. But you know, whatever it takes to keep these, these anglers, you know, truthful. Dave (34m 2s): Yeah, right. I know, I know. It’s pretty funny. Chad Johnson on our, he’s been doing the, this stuff down Real Chad’s real Southern podcast down there in, in our network here. But he’s been talking a lot about that. Like the fact that it’s helpful for especially the guides and everybody to know the actual size of what fish. Right, right. Fisher, you know what I mean? ’cause and Norman (34m 22s): Two, you’re not having to lay ’em down on a measuring board, you know, more handling of the fish than anything. Yeah. You know, so quick reference is always great as far as preserving the, the health of the fish and you know, if you catch on a lease, catch ’em again. So, Dave (34m 37s): Yeah. So that is why Yeah. One reason that it’d be awesome to have is just quick. It’s there, you have to mess with it. Exactly. Norman (34m 42s): Yep. Dave (34m 44s): Step into the world where the river whispers and the fishing is nothing short of legendary. This year I ventured into the heart of Eastern Idaho’s Yellowstone Teton territory where the fish were larger than life and the waters held the secrets of the best fly fishing out West Yellowstone Teton territory is not just a location, it’s a gateway to adventures that will etch themselves into your memory with crystal clear rivers like the Henry’s fork and the South Fork of the Snake and enough lakes to keep you going all year long. Make your way to Yellowstone Teton territory and embark on a journey to one of North America’s finest fly fishing destinations. Whether you’re planning your trip now or just dreaming it up, the YTT is where those dreams turn into reality. Dave (35m 27s): Remember Yellowstone Teton territory, that’s Teton. T-E-T-O-N. It’s time to experience eastern Idaho for yourself and support this podcast at the same time. You mentioned the fall. So the fall is a a good time. Let’s talk about that a little bit. If we were thinking of coming down to, you know, put something together with you fish down there. So the fall, how long does it down there? Are you guys fishing way into the fall? How does that look? So Norman (35m 53s): Again, being a tailwater, it’s consistent throughout the entire year. Just your external weather conditions might dictate, you know, whether you want to get out there or not. But we fish year round, but the fall is a great time. So right now, you know, we’re dealing with some heat summertime, obviously, but also this is, should be our monsoon season. So isolated thunderstorms, that sort of thing. So you have some inconsistencies. Dave (36m 17s): So, and it’s August right now, it’s almost right. We’re coming up to like mid-August here pretty quick. Norman (36m 20s): Yeah, exactly. So you know, you’re seeing some thunderstorms roll through every now and then winds pick up with those. But as you progress into the fall, so October is really a great time and usually that’s when those blueing oils really kick off. But you have a lot more consistent weather, calmer weather, the temperatures start cooling down. So, you know, now in the San Juan area we’re, you know, 5,000, I think sub 5,000 feet. 4,500 somewhere in there. So it gets hot here. You know, it’s definitely desert sandstone mesa. So you know, you’re, you’re out there, the water’s always a 42 to 44 degrees. Hmm. So your feet are frozen or numb, you can’t fill ’em ’cause you’re waiting and then your upper body out of the water’s just sweaty. So it’s, it’s really weird. Norman (37m 1s): Right. But that’s the great thing for having that tail water situation is, is it maintains that water temperature and that and you know, and where the trout are thriving. But you get into the winter, you know, you could have the opposite effect where the water’s warmer than the air. So you feel a lot better standing in the the yeah. The warmer water. Dave (37m 20s): When does that start? Does that, does November when you first get your first big storm, does that vary quite a bit. Norman (37m 24s): Typically however, like I mentioned, being in this area we’re kind of, I would call like in a, a shadow, a weather shadow if you will. So, you know, you don’t get a ton of moisture here when you do. It’s not very Dave (37m 40s): Yeah. Like stacking up like feet of snow or stuff like that. Norman (37m 43s): Exactly. So, and it or it melts pretty quick. Yeah. So you know, you get shifts and changes in the weather pretty fast. So whether it, you know, goes from cold, it’ll warm up pretty quick. Wind is kind of the variable out here that can make your day enjoyable or, or not, you know, just being exposed and you have canyons so you get a lot of thermal shifts and whatnot. So that just kind of changes or shifts the wind. So yeah, that’s pretty much what you’re looking at, but yeah. Yeah, Dave (38m 10s): So it’s pretty, it’s Norman (38m 10s): Pretty open year round fishery. Yep. Dave (38m 12s): Year round. So you got a fall, I mean really it’s just, yeah you might get a cold snap or you get a teens or super even colder temperatures where maybe you’re, you know, not planning. So I mean if you were planning a trip a year in advance, probably you’re looking at what October might be a good time for the fall. September Norman (38m 27s): I would say, you know, barring your winter time, although like I said it, it’s usually not bad. Winter time can actually be a great time of year ’cause you’re not dealing with people, but Oh, right. Springtime, March, April, early May, those are great times. Again. You get that spring hatch of bluing olives, that’s, that’s typically in April for us down here. So again, we, you know what, in a lot of Colorado northward you’ll see that hatch as well. So we just follow with it too. So yeah, summertime obviously can get pretty crowded down here just with vacationers, you know, people booking trips. But still a great time to fish. You know, you still have a lot of opportunities. Norman (39m 8s): The water’s usually clears up really nicely. The flows bump up just a bit more in the summer. So you know, it’s in, in the shoulder timeframes you’re looking at probably 300 CFS and then summertime it’ll bump up to, you know, depending on runoff situations. But you might see it hit 2000 if not higher. But most of the summer it’s gonna hold probably in that five to 600 range. So you know, you got a really good flow, keeps that water temperature down or cool. And again, the consistency of that keeps those bugs moving around. Yeah. Dave (39m 40s): It keeps ’em going. Norman (39m 41s): Keeps the fish happy. And then yeah, going into the fall, that’s when you just got a little more stable weather again another bump of bluing olives there. So that’s kind of a great time. Yeah. And then usually, you know, the crowds die down again. They Dave (39m 53s): Do. Right. So once you get towards people or kids are back in school, all that stuff, it’s not as many people. Norman (39m 57s): Right, right. Dave (39m 58s): And it sounds like people are coming to you for obviously the euro nipping. I mean that’s definitely a big thing people want to get better at. Is that, do you spend most of your time kind of teaching that with new clients or what does that look like? Norman (40m 9s): Most of the time, although, you know, anymore I’ve gotten a few clients that they just either really had a bad experience the last time they’re here and want to get into fish and so, you know, whatever it takes and Yeah. And a lot of times too, if they have the gear and equipment, I usually try to teach people with what they have in order for them to utilize it on their own. If they do go out again, you know, they may not have a urine up setup or anything like that and do the best, but I have some crossover techniques with an indicator with a dropper system type setup. So it translates well for ’em. But at the same time, I had one trip where I think we spent, you know, 80% of the day throwing dry flies, I think it was pretty much all day. Norman (40m 51s): Yeah. Throwing dry flies at fish that were rising and just had a blast. You know, so, and like I said, you know, so again adapt to the situation. But I do get a lot of clients that want to learn how to crack that Euro NF code on the, on the San Juan River or, or in a technical fishery, you know, so Yeah. Dave (41m 12s): ’cause that’s where the Euro sniffing shines right? Is that you can get down to the fish Right. At the Well if you just, it’s easier right. If you do it right. Exactly. Norman (41m 20s): Yeah. Yeah. So you’re able to, you know, adapt and adjust depths through the drift without having to, you know, stop, move the indicator up or down or whatever. Or you know, even just how you position your rod in order to slow the drift down so it gets down to depth or raise it up. Yeah. If you see a fish feeding midco bring that dropper or those flies up into their feeding zone. Right. And then even switching out, you know, the way I have my, my setup, I can adapt and switch out to a drive fly fairly quickly or even throw a light streamer setup if I need toa. Dave (41m 53s): Oh you can, right. So without changing to a major change, you can just switch up a fly pretty quick and, Norman (41m 58s): Exactly. Yep. Yeah, Dave (41m 59s): Yeah, that’s right. ’cause you do kind of a, everything you are doing, whether it’s dries and are you kinda using a similar leader setup? Is that how it works? Or, ’cause the rods are different too, right? The rods are a little bit different. Norman (42m 10s): They can be. So, Dave (42m 12s): Or is there a good all around, is there a rod? You know, like there Norman (42m 15s): Is a good all around rod. Okay. And I had a little bit of input on this rod, the shadow X from Echo. Oh yeah, yeah, yeah. So yeah, that’s, yeah, Pete, you know Pete, Dave (42m 25s): Yeah, totally. We’ve been doing the, we have, we haven’t connected with Pete on This year, but we’re, we’re actually looking at, we’ve, I’ve been talking to Josh Miller where we’ve got a lot of people in the eastern part of the country Oh yeah. That are interested. So we’re thinking about maybe eventually doing something on the east side, you know, but yeah, the shadow X. Norman (42m 39s): Yeah. So with that Rod, you know, I’ve tried to create a leader formula that’s been the most efficient for me. And again, you know, my personal preference on how I built out this leader, but I can transition ’cause I hate carrying multiple rods with me. They’re always in the way. And in a competition scenario, it’s one more thing that detracts my focus on what I need to do, which is fish. Right? Yeah. Dave (43m 1s): I’m a hundred percent, I mean I’m, no, I’m not even near your level, but I’ve never liked carrying two rods, like setting one in the bank and then you’re just like, oh, I gotta go get my rod. Yeah, Norman (43m 9s): Exactly. Yeah. And then you move down, you’re like, oh crap, where’s my, exactly, where’s Dave (43m 12s): My rod? Norman (43m 13s): You know? Yeah. So you have to go scramble and find it again. So try to figure out how I can create a leader that is sufficient or efficient enough to nu with, but also that I can just clip my nymphs off, tie a dry on the point fly and deliver the cast, you know, at the same time punch it through wind, run a dry dropper and you know, on, on the recreational basis, like I can actually put an indicator on it if the wind’s too gnarly and crazy and I don’t want to deal with it, I can just put an indicator and let it ride in that way too. So it’s funny because, you know, in a lot the, the competition scene that I actually have quite a few people message me about this is ’cause I, I do have a YouTube channel where those of you out there, I kind of go through a lot of this on my YouTube channel. Norman (43m 59s): Yeah. What’s Dave (43m 60s): Your channel Norman (44m 1s): End M Tima fly fishing. Yeah. Dave (44m 2s): So everything’s Tima define you. Yeah, Norman (44m 4s): Exactly. Yeah. So website, Instagram, social media stuff and my web YouTube channel. So, but I break it down and just utilize that leader formula for everything that I do. But it is funny because I do get a lot of people questioning or asking me why I don’t use a microliter, like what a lot of competitors use, you know, going Forex or, or lighter. Sometimes I’m like, I can’t do a whole lot of what I wanna do when I need to do it in that moment, you know? So I’ve had those experiences in world championships where, you know, I was on the other side of the river and didn’t have another rod, but I had the num with the microliter and I couldn’t throw a dry or that rod was too soft. Norman (44m 45s): I, you know, it when I could get the dry there, set the hook. It wasn’t a good hook set because of the softness of the rod and I, you know, would lose fish. So I really had to sit down and think of that, think how I could develop that leader formula for myself. So, and just for everybody to know, it’s 10 feet of 12 pound maxima chameleon. I do run five feet of cider material. So going from two, or sorry, one x to two x to terminating in a tbit ring there and then I can build out the rest of my tbit. And this, this is all within the Phipps moosh? Yeah. Oh, it’s rules of twice the rod length. Dave (45m 24s): Did any of the women use the similar leader setup in the comp? No. Norman (45m 28s): And that’s the one thing is, you know, don’t force anything under whatever you’re comfortable with. Right. You know, have confidence in what you’re doing, you know, whether they adapt it later on or not. But you know, that’s one thing is don’t try new techniques in world championship. Oh Dave (45m 45s): Yeah. Norman (45m 46s): ’cause you’re not, you’re not familiar with it, you know? No. So you end up scrambling, Dave (45m 50s): Do what you know, do what you, you you’re master. Yeah, exactly. Norman (45m 53s): Yes. Dave (45m 53s): What is the video? If we had to search it? What’s it called? The leader video? Norman (45m 58s): You know, I don’t know that I have a specific video on a leader build. Dave (46m 2s): Yeah. Okay. Norman (46m 3s): So I had to kind of, for music copyright stuff, I had to eliminate a lot of videos. Oh, you did? So I’m kind of, I’m rebuilding some of the Yeah. Dave (46m 11s): Oh right. ’cause you had the music on your videos. Yeah. Norman (46m 14s): So I had to look for royalty free stuff and so I had to scrap a lot of videos that were Dave (46m 18s): I gotcha. I’m looking at, yeah, easy switch from Euro ing to dryly. There’s a bunch of videos in here. Norman (46m 23s): Yeah. Yeah. So I just go through, my videos are basically in situ type videos where this is what’s going on, what I’m seeing, and I’ll kind of explain it and then go through my rig, you know, and see how that adapts for the day. So Dave (46m 37s): This is perfect. Now we’ll put a link to the show notes to your channel. This will be a super awesome resource. It’s always nice to have the follow up, you know, so people can take it to the next level on this conversation. So good. Okay. Well, well we have that resource and you mentioned, so it’s 10 feet of 12 pound just for your top of your leader from the fly line. And it’s down to a cider. And what’s the cider? What is that? So Norman (46m 57s): I use two different cider sections. So I’ll, I’ll have three feet of, in my case right now I have the Rio two-tone tipt. So I’ll have one x three feet of that. And then I’ll have two feet of qua tricolor cider material and that’ll be in two x. And then my tipt ring tied to that. So the 10 feet of maxima is to reduce nottage in the liter. I don’t want that leader going in and outta my tip top hitting a bunch of knots. Mm. So when I do hit that, not with the cider, that actually gives me the cue that I’m pretty much there and ready to, to net a fish if it’s on the point fly. Norman (47m 40s): So, you know, I might need to strip in or out just depending on the weight or the current of the fish, you know, if I need more leverage. But that gives me the cue that I, I’m about ready to net the fish right there. Dave (47m 50s): I see. So Norman (47m 51s): Those things are built in, but having that shorter two foot section below the three foot gives me less segments to count. So both of these cider materials have basically eight inch increments for the colors. Yep. So if I only got that two feet down below, that’s only three segments I gotta count. So if I have to dip my cider down, I know how far I am because all I have to do is subtract, you know, whatever segments I have out of the water and I know how far down I am. On the flip side, if you’re in the high glare or low visibility situation, cloudy days can be really tough just ’cause you have all that diffuse light and a lot tons of glare in the water. Norman (48m 34s): Having that extra three feet higher, I can look off my rod tip or just look up a little higher and find that cider material and then track it back down. So again, it’s the versatility and adaptability of that leader in varying conditions. And like I said, it terminated to a one and a half millimeter tippet ring. And from there, you know, I build out my tippet section according to depth or or whatever technique I’m wanna run. But it all stays within, again, the Phipps Moosh rules, which is your leader isn’t allowed to be more than two lengths of the rod. Oh, right. So, you know, with a 10 and a half foot rod, I can have a 21 foot leader, basically. Norman (49m 16s): So, Dave (49m 17s): Gotcha. 21. So basically, and you’re at 12 plus the five puts you at 17 base Norman (49m 23s): Leaders. 15 feet. So 15. 15 foot base leader. Yeah. 10 feet and five feet cider. Yeah. Dave (49m 29s): Oh yeah. 10 feet, five. Yeah. Yeah, yeah, Norman (49m 30s): Yeah. So at that point, I have six feet of variation on my tidbit section. There Dave (49m 36s): You go. So you got six feet. So you can go down to, in a deeper spot. And then how would that work? Let’s just say you’re doing the euro, so you might have typically one fly on the end there with at the right weight that you’re fishing, you’re ing with that. Norman (49m 48s): Yeah. Or two. I, I tend to run two in most situations. Yeah. But, you know, one fly is great for shallow pocket water type situation. Two flies definitely to allow better coverage of the water column and sink rate. So it just depends on the situation. But you know, again, I, in a lot of these videos, I do explain that the variable I adjust is between the tip of ring and my dropper. Usually between flies, I always keep about 20 to 24 inches apart. Oh Dave (50m 17s): Yeah. And where’s your dropper coming in? Where’s your dropper coming in on your leader setup? Norman (50m 21s): It depends, again, most of the time in Northern New Mexico, two feet, so from my tippet ring to the knot is about two feet. And then my dropper is gonna be about six, eight inches. So that allows me for, you know, switching out flies. I know a lot of folks run shorter tags, assuming that it doesn’t twist up near as much, it always twists. Yeah. And having a little bit longer dropper, even if it twists, it still hangs away from the leader and it gives the fly it, the presentation it needs. So. Dave (50m 49s): Okay. And the dropper you’re using off, that would be a, what’s the knot you use on the dropper? Norman (50m 54s): It’s a triple surgeons. Yeah. Dave (50m 55s): Triple surgeons. Right. Norman (50m 56s): Yeah. So when usually I build that out, you know, I take whatever depth and then I add six, eight inches. So when I’m taking the tip it off the spool, if my average depth is gonna be, you know, two feet, three feet, that’s what I’ll take off the spool plus six eight inches. So that factors in my dropper when I tie. Yeah. So, and then when I take off tipt for the point fly section, it’s usually about 30 inches. And that factors in that six eight inch. So I want, as the flies hang, I want that distance to be about 20, 24 inches between the flies. Dave (51m 30s): I see. Norman (51m 31s): So, yeah, pretty simple build nothing too crazy. Right. You know, there’s a lot of leader formulas out there, like, man, that’s, that’s a, a lot on knots and moving parts. Dave (51m 40s): But the cool thing about this one is, is that you’ve made it so you can fish, like you said, one setup. So you can go euro or you can switch to a dry, or you can switch exactly to other. And what is it in the shadow X? What would be the rod that you would typically be fishing on the San Juan? Like length and weight? Norman (51m 56s): I, and I’ve, the sweet spot in the Shadow X series for me has been the 10 and a half foot three weight. So I fish that everywhere, anywhere. Dave (52m 4s): So if you did that through that and then had this set up, you could, I mean obviously everything’s changes out there, but that would be something you might be able to use one rod for multiple situations. And there is, is there other thing, like let’s say you’re switching from this to a dryly. How would you cast, you know, how does the casting work when you got that with the dryly? So Norman (52m 22s): The shadow X is, it’s got a nice soft tip, but it’s, you know, about a medium fast action in the mid, maybe a little bit touch softer, but it still has enough backbone to generate speed and deliver a cast like that. So with that 12 pound chameleon, that stiff enough material and that slight taper down from one x to two x on the cider, you know, my tbit section, if I just ran a single dry, I might just cut right at the knot where my dropper would be and tie the dry fly on. I have done it too, where I’ve just cut the knots off and just tie the dry to my terminal in if it’s like five x or for X, if I’m fishing kind of heavy, I can turn that cast over pretty easily. Norman (53m 4s): So that’s really all it is, is just kind of learning how to false cast with that 10 and a half foot rod, which is super easy. I mean the shadow X is a really light in hand rod, but you can definitely dig down into the mid and, and generate that speed. I had issues with that with some of the other, you know, rods that were more Euro specific. So they were softer in the middle and it was very hard to generate and maintain that power transfer from the rod down the leader. Right. But even still, if you’re at distance, you know, more than, so I can cast 30, 40 feet with this, but if you go to set the hook, you need something that has a decent backbone again to lift and get hook, good hook penetration. Norman (53m 48s): Hmm. So that’s kind of where it all comes into play. And I mean, you know, me, Pete, and Ray, Jeff, we spent quite a bit of time going back and forth on what we’re looking for in this rod. So Dave (53m 58s): Yeah. That’s awesome. Yeah. So that, that’s, and that’s part, so the shadow X was obviously not just one person. You had, you know, obviously Pete and then Tim, which is this, he’s the Oh yeah. He, you know, the, he’s, I always, always think of as like the mad scientist, the the guy who’s smarter than everybody. Right. Right. But you have, and then you’re there too. Were there other people involved in that process of making that? Norman (54m 17s): I think there was, and I, I totally terrible with names, but there was one more individual from the UK area who Oh, okay. Definitely had a, a lot of insight into that. Yeah. But yeah, so it was a team effort on that one too. And I think, you know, echo knocked that one out of the park for Yeah. You know, what I wanted to see in a rod. Right. Dave (54m 34s): They’ve done some cool stuff that’s like, it’s a really awesome story because of mainly ’cause you got, well there’s a number of reasons, but Tim being there and or at least, and he’s not even there fully anymore, but Right, right. But like the glass, right. We were on a trip recently and the, and the badass glass came out and Right. And it feels like they’ve nailed a few of those rods. You know what I mean? Those different things. Norman (54m 53s): Oh yeah. Dave (54m 53s): But what about the casting? So the casting is another thing. Right now we are actually getting ready, we’re doing a casting challenge trying to help people ’cause it is Right. One of the biggest things with fly fishing and it’s the thing that still keeps new people outta it because they see it. They’re like, oh my God, I gotta do this thing. Right. But what is your tip on, because you’re casting a lot of leaders, it sounds like a lot of mono on your setups. Is that true? And are, you know, are you ever casting the fly line? Norman (55m 16s): Yeah. So you know, when you’re dealing with ing casting, obviously keep your stroke wide open. You don’t really go into your traditional back cast, forward cast where your rod is parallel or staying within the same plane as your Ford and backstroke just because your leader is much lighter. You don’t have the same energy transfer at the same time. You’re dealing with those weighted flies and they, they’re not heavy. But still, when you are keeping that rod moving in the same plane, your flies have a lot more opportunity to collide with themselves. You know, so when you’re urine feeding, usually it’s on the back cast, you start low, you know, just angled down a little bit. Norman (55m 58s): And then as you come back, you come over the top. So it’s more ovaled out as far as the path of the rott. You could also do a lot of water loads. Or another one is what I call the pendulum swing. If you have a lot of vegetation or you know, you don’t have room to really open it up on the back there, you can just kind of lift your flies up outta the water with your rod at your side, basically the Ford portion of a roll cast. But you had your flies outta the water. Yeah. With the slight amount of weight you have in those flies, it’s enough to cause the rod tip to flex or you know, to get held back enough to where you can kind of slingshot those flies forward. So, oh, so, and again, you know how clean your leader is, gives you that opportunity to shoot flies forward. Norman (56m 41s): Now if I switch to a dry fly again, I eliminate those nymphs off of there, I can go back into my traditional cast, you know, keeping that rod and trying to generate the energy transfer from the rod down the fly leader, fly line leader. ’cause at that point I do have some fly line out. So that being said, I pair my nu set up with a double taper two weight. I don’t use the traditional Nu Fing fly lines you see out there. Dave (57m 10s): Oh, you don’t? So you use actually a double taper I regular fly line. Right. Norman (57m 14s): Again, ’cause I’m trying to get energy transfer from the rod down the fly line. Especially if I’m casting past my leader traditional euro nipping lines, they don’t quite have the mass to turn over No. In conditions that you typically find yourself with. Oh, Dave (57m 30s): Right. And a breeze. And what would be, and what would be that euro nipping traditional line like it would be, is it pretty much like a mono? How is that different from say your double taper line? Norman (57m 39s): Some of ’em are braided cores, some of ’em mono cores, but they’re, the diameter is basically like a one weight or zero weight. Oh, I see. I forget what the diameter 0.022 or two four or something like that. Yeah, a little bit longer. So it’s a thin, thin line. You know, again, in urine ing you’re trying to reduce as much of the line sag, so your drift stays out away from you. Mm. However, like I mentioned, you know, I’m trying to find that median that does it all efficiently. It might not do it great, but it does it well enough. Right. Dave (58m 7s): Yeah. You’re kinda the jack of all trades. Your setup is covering everything so you don’t have to have three, four rods. Norman (58m 12s): Yeah, exactly. So with that, having that double taper line, I can, it still has the mass in the line to push a cast forward. Yeah. So, you know, that’s the, the benefit with that. So, but yeah, so casting and like with anything, you know, people who are getting into it, whether they want a nu or not, I will say learn how to cast and learn how to utilize that rod in the way that it’s designed to be utilized. And you know, so your mechanics, how you grip the rod, you know, your start and stop points with the rod tip in the cast stroke itself, you know, they’re all beneficial. That way you’re able to be that more adaptable in those changing situations. Dave (58m 52s): That’s it. Where could somebody on your channel, on your YouTube channel, do you have some videos of like casting any of that stuff there where they could see some of this? Norman (58m 59s): Actually, no, not in particular. Yeah, I need, I, yeah, there’s a whole list of things that I been meaning to to get out there for people. Right. So, and at the same time, trying to boost my fly tying videos as well. So, Dave (59m 11s): Oh, and the fly tying too. Right? Right. Norman (59m 13s): Yeah. Oh, and that’s another thing. I’m a signature designer for unco feather emergence, so Oh, nice. I had a new pattern come out last, last year or last fall, and I got a new one coming out in 2026. Oh, Dave (59m 26s): Cool. What was the last fall pattern Norman (59m 28s): That was called the Flash fve? You know, it’s a pattern that I developed and evolved out of a, a custom tie for High Desert Angler when I was still there. Oh. So that was the HDA Fve variant. And then this one, the flash fig again, is another evolution of that pattern comes in three different, or comes in a few colors. It’s basically a iced up body, black, purple, and orange, you know? Yeah. Varying B types. And then the May I see you is coming out, or it’s actually on the website now. Oh, it is. Okay. For qua. Yeah. And that’ll be definitely available in shops by next spring. But again, the CDC Perone style, but, you know, there was another pattern I had called the, the ICU mid and it has these pearlescent cheeks a lot. Norman (1h 0m 16s): Like, you know, you’d see wing buds on Chrons or buzzer patterns. So actually factor that into this May A CU, which gives it, again, just a, a subtle glint of flash in the thorax area, but, you know, maintaining that round or, you know, round profile. So as it drifts, you’re, you’re, you’re seeing it in its entirety throughout the drift as it spins or turns or tumbles or whatever. So. Dave (1h 0m 40s): Nice. Awesome. So you got the quad going, which is one of the best out there. We’ve definitely done some podcasts with, with that story as well. Yeah, Norman (1h 0m 48s): Yeah. Dave (1h 0m 49s): It’s a good one. Yeah. Norman (1h 0m 50s): And you know, they’re, they’ve been pushing the 2026 flies, new flies that are available, so yeah, I might as well throw that out there. Dave (1h 0m 58s): Yeah, definitely. No, we love, yeah. The, the story, the Umpqua is like, you know, put a link if we can in the show notes, that episode, I mean, it’s a crazy story because it started back in the seventies with Right. The two guys, I can’t remember the two names with two big name guys were Yeah. Basically just traveling around to the western states selling their flies. Right, Norman (1h 1m 16s): Right. You did that with Russ, right? Dave (1h 1m 18s): Yeah, I think it was Russ. Yeah, Russ. Norman (1h 1m 19s): Thats right. Ru Rus Dave (1h 1m 20s): Miller. Yeah. Yeah, yeah. Russ. Yeah, he told that story. Norman (1h 1m 22s): He’s a great storyteller. So yeah, he knows all that. Dave (1h 1m 25s): He is. Yeah, we’ll get that. That’s right Russ. We’ll try to get that in the show notes as well. Oh, and Norman (1h 1m 28s): I guess, you know, while we’re kind of shouting out, everybody that I’ve been working with, I’ve also collaborated with Rep Your Water. Oh, cool. So yeah, with some of my traditional designs, again, me being a public descent, I created, and I do a little bit of artwork on the side, not in the same level as Garrison, but Dave (1h 1m 46s): Oh, Garrison’s the founder of Rep Your Water doctor, Norman (1h 1m 48s): Right? Yeah, Garrison doctor. So, but him and Corrine reached out to me to collab with them and utilize two of my art pieces. Wow. A mayfly design and a CAS design on some sun hoodies and hats. So sweet. That was a new one for This year. Oh, that’s cool. That came out. So, you know, I’ve been working on some stuff with some folks in the industry and having a good time, so Dave (1h 2m 12s): That’s great. Is, and that’s out there. You could find that at Rep Your water, your sun. Where could we find those Sun hoodies? Norman (1h 2m 17s): Any of your Yeah. Rep, your water dealer, their website. Yeah, I see it now. Rep water.com and then also on my website. But yeah, I got a local rep. Your water dealer. Dave (1h 2m 27s): I see it. Yeah. Norm Tima collab. You got the trucker hats and you got the sun hoodies. I mean, those are my two favorite things right there. The sun hoodie and the trucker cap. That’s Norman (1h 2m 35s): Too, Dave (1h 2m 36s): There go. That’s a sweet. So that may fly is something that you just designed out of your, just, that’s your art. Norman (1h 2m 42s): Yeah, yeah. So the influence is definitely from my Pueblo heritage, you know, in our culture. So one of the big functional artworks in our history is pottery. And so with that, you know, obviously pottery, there’s a lot of ornamentation that goes on to him painting in particular. So, you know, that takes a lot of the traditional motifs that we have that signify, you know, elements that we’re trying to talk about, basically with those designs. So that may fly being a water, an aquatic insect, there’s a lot of motifs in there that deal with water and the semblance of rain prayer, that sort of thing. Norman (1h 3m 22s): So it carries a meaning, you know, and for what we always, what, as far as Pueblo people we’re always praying for in our environment as well as for the world. So, yeah. Yeah. So it carries a lot of Dave (1h 3m 34s): Meaning. Is that your, that’s your history. You have some of that in your family, kinda the Pueblo, is that, were those the native people in that area? Norman (1h 3m 40s): Yeah, for New Mexico. So 19 Pueblos, there were more prior to the Spanish contact era, but then the one Hopi or the Hopi Pueblo, which I’m part Hopi as well, they’re in Arizona. But yeah, we have 18 of the 19 Wow Pueblo’s in New Mexico. Dave (1h 3m 58s): Wow. Yeah. Are in New Mexico. That’s really cool. Yeah, I’m looking at the design now. It’s awesome. It’s got some, a little bit of color blue, a little bit of green, but it’s got the Mayfly silhouette. Right. But within it, you got these designs, and those are the designs, the pueblo, Norman (1h 4m 11s): All those designs and motifs, they make up the body of the May flights, not just your straight out outline. So you had a little bit of, bit of a creative moment when they did that, as well as the caly. So you’ll see on one of the truckers, there’s a Cadis supply pattern too. Yeah, yeah. Dave (1h 4m 25s): Oh good. Yeah. The CADs is my favorite. That’s my, there you go. Yeah. I go back to the CADs. Oh yeah. That’s really awesome. Yeah. Okay. Yeah. So, and, and of course Rep Your Water is awesome because they can put all this together and make it really easy. Norman (1h 4m 37s): Oh, exactly. For Dave (1h 4m 37s): People to get the, the stuff. What is, so just sticking on that a little more, I’m always interested, I’ve been watching a little history of the US of recent, you know, and it’s interesting because there is some, lots of, you know, all sorts of crazy stuff that’s happened. But I mean, you’re still out, right? Some of the native, and we hear folks out in our area that they’re still going strong. What does that look like for you? Do you, is that a daily thing where you’re thinking about your, the history of that area? It must be pretty powerful because it’s such an outdoor community as well. Norman (1h 5m 7s): Yeah, it is. You know, and I mean, obviously me being native and growing up, learning about my culture, you know, I’m not totally immersed in it, but definitely carry respect my family. We live that culture pretty much every day. You know, whether it’s through just, you know, us being us, but also when we go out into the outdoors, there’s always been a lot of influence. So my dad growing up as a hunter, he got to know his grandparents really well that we’re on, that we’re with within that timeframe where they saw a big change from like really traditional lifestyle into progressive, you know, getting jobs and going to college and that sort of thing. So they saw a lot of that change. Norman (1h 5m 48s): And so, you know, my dad had some great stories talking with ’em about what they used to see growing up as back in the day to, you know, how we’re able to live and survive right now. But the one thing with Pueblo culture is, you know, and I own this, owe this to our ancestors that fought as much as they did to preserve our culture, but at the same time, we were sedentary, so we couldn’t go anywhere. We were agriculturalists. Oh, right. We did a little bit of hunting gathering, but, you know, so when the governments came in, our lifestyle was already pretty much set. So it was just a matter of, of negotiating and dealing with, or, you know, dealing with all the, Dave (1h 6m 30s): All the stuff. Norman (1h 6m 32s): Yeah. All the crap that we had to deal with. Dave (1h 6m 33s): So, and that was probably, when was that, like in the, when that kinda, that range? Was that in the 18 hundreds? The early, was that before Norman (1h 6m 40s): The Civil War or after? Oh yeah. So Spanish colonial or con qui stores when they showed up. That was in 1592. Yeah, Dave (1h 6m 49s): That was the fifteens, right? 92. Norman (1h 6m 51s): Yeah. So 1500 late 15 hundreds. And actually yesterday we did celebrate the anniversary of the Pueblo Revolt. So it was a Oh wow. Timeframe where Pueblo people’s g you know, all came together throughout the area and kicked out the Spanish for about Oh kidding. 12 years. Yes. Dave (1h 7m 8s): Oh, and that was in the 1590s in that range. Norman (1h 7m 10s): 1680, 1680s when that happened. Gotcha. So they were around for almost a hundred years before we, you know, couldn’t take any more of their crap and kicked them out. Dave (1h 7m 19s): Right. You did that. So you had the That’s just amazing. Yeah. And that was a a hundred years about before the founding of this country. Exactly. Norman (1h 7m 25s): And then, so, you know, when that transition, it was Mexico, and then US took over the territory from Mexico, and then, you know, ultimately New Mexico became state, New Mexico, Arizona. So, so yeah, we’ve worked through several regime changes, if you will. Dave (1h 7m 43s): Yeah, I know. I, I’ve, I’ve just, I’ve just been honest. I’ve been watching like the Abraham Lincoln, the history of that. Norman (1h 7m 49s): Yeah. And so, yeah, part of that, you know, Abraham Lincoln was the final one that acknowledged our Pablo leadership. And so every governor for the Pueblos has a cane that represents their position in power, given we’ve had it traditionally prior to that. But the Spanish gave our leaders cans, Mexico government gave our leaders cans, and then the US government gave our leaders cans. So those have been carried for each governor. When they take their position or office in the Pueblo, they carry those cans with them. Oh. Dave (1h 8m 21s): So, oh, wow. And what, and those canes come from, where are those coming from again? Norman (1h 8m 24s): Either Spanish, Mexico or US Presidents, basically. Yeah. Oh, no kidding. Power. They, they, that’s a, that was basically tos or acknowledge, you know, our presence in In Yeah. In the area. Dave (1h 8m 37s): So, right. And that was Abraham Lincoln, who was the first one for the US to do that. Norman (1h 8m 41s): Right, right. All right, well, the only one really. The Dave (1h 8m 43s): Only one. Yeah. It’s pretty awesome because I, that’s the thing I didn’t know about Abraham Lincoln. I always, I’ve always thought he was my favorite president. But going back and watching and seeing that whole thing, you realize that he was against slavery from the start, but he, just because of the politics, he never expressed it until he had the moment. Right, yeah, yeah. During the Civil War, which is when the Emancipation Proclamation came out, you know? Right, right. I mean, that was the whole thing. But yeah, that’s the cool thing about him. He’s always been for this country is equal, everybody’s equal. Norman (1h 9m 9s): Yeah. So anymore, you know, with indigenous people, public people in particular, you know, we’re, we’re trying to pull all the prayers together for everything going on in the world these days. It’s a little tough out there. It Dave (1h 9m 21s): Is. It is tough. Yep. But you have your still your connection. Yep, Norman (1h 9m 24s): Exactly. So cool. Dave (1h 9m 26s): All right, well we got a little history segment. We always love to get that in. Well, let’s take it out here really quick. We’re gonna do our, kind of our shout out to, we mentioned it before Wet Fly Swing Pro. We’ve got some people in there. This is kinda our segment where we transition into kind of a few tips to get, you know, from what we talked. I wanna stick on casting here a little bit. But first shout out to Wet Fly Swing Pro. We’ve got a bunch of people in there, Mike Willis, I wanna give a shout out today. He’s been in there, we’re basically building trips together, connecting to people, and it’s kind of a paid membership. So it’s an easy place to have a safe place to kind of hang out and chat and build trips. So I wanna give a shout out to Mike and everybody in there first when we get into this, you know, the casting, again, going back to that, do you have a few tips that you could, you know, if you’re gonna tell somebody short of doing a clinic, what would be your tips with the setup you talked about today, or somebody who’s doing one of those harder mono setups, what are your tips there on casting? Dave (1h 10m 16s): Getting better at it? Norman (1h 10m 17s): So I would say definitely watch your cast as your rod progresses. Again, keeping that rod traveling in the same plane. So as your rod comes back, comes forward. And this is just your traditional back cast technique. Always try to work on keeping that rod traveling in the same plane when it deviates out. Or, you know, wobbles side to side. That’s energy lost to a different direction, if you will. So, so you can always kind of step sideways and watch how your rod travels, but also keeping track of your stop points and make sure your rod’s rod tip comes to a complete stop. You get a lot of people that, you know, somewhat pause the rod tip, dips down a little bit, even though the rod hat position is great. Norman (1h 11m 2s): Really keep track of those things. And that should make, make your cast a little more efficiently. And you know, again, just don’t try to hammer the cast out there. A lot of times less is more Dave (1h 11m 15s): Right? Less is more. Okay. Let Norman (1h 11m 17s): The rod do the work for you. Dave (1h 11m 18s): Yeah. And is that same if you’re doing the pendulum or oval cast? Are you still trying to keep that rod in the same plane? Or how does that look? Norman (1h 11m 25s): So with the pendulum type swing, where the flies are what I call the pendulum swing, where your flies are at a standstill, they, you have your rod tip typically high and off your casting shoulder, left or right side, depending on what side of the river you’re on. But you got it angled away from you just slightly. Your flies are in front of the vegetation, they’re at a standstill and they’re out of the water. They’re just hanging off the rod tip, if you will. And from there, all you’re doing is just pushing forward with the cast. Now when you push forward, it’s not pushing down, it’s pointing your rod down and out in the direction you want it to go. If you go straight down, a lot of times your flies just, you know, come over the top in a full circle and just end up right in front of you. Norman (1h 12m 5s): If you want ’em to go out away from you, push forward slightly. And I’d say that’d be the same thing for your traditional back cast too, when you deliver the flies is if you push forward or out away from you, that’s kind of a good one. Not too many people talk about that. Even in the roll cast, you push out away from you point your thumb in the direction you want your cast to go. And usually that causes or allows for the line to carry out away from you rather than just straight down. Dave (1h 12m 33s): Gotcha. So you’re not just using your arm stroke, you’re actually using your thumb to push out to where, where you want to go. Yeah. Oh, I see. Norman (1h 12m 41s): So yeah, a couple tips for you’all. That’s Dave (1h 12m 43s): Awesome. And that becomes even more important, especially when you are using like these light setups because Right. The rod stroke in itself doesn’t necessarily do all the work. You need that extra punch. Norman (1h 12m 52s): Right, right. So yeah, you’re just creating a slingshot effect with the rod tip. Dave (1h 12m 55s): Yeah. Okay. Nice. Well that’s good. Yeah, those are some awesome tips. Like I said, we’re doing kind of this fly casting challenge, so I’m working on getting as many bonus tips out as we can. Good. Well, I, yeah, and I guess circling back on the, you know, the world championships, anything else you wanna highlight there? Looking at that with the women This year? I mean, it’s amazing to think that they went in there and took the, took the gold, like the experience. What was it like for you being, was this your first time coaching in a world? Norman (1h 13m 22s): No. So I had coached last year in Czech Republic and you know, it was definitely more of a challenge being in a foreign country relearn, although I had been there before. But, you know, getting everybody familiar with like GH Grayling in Czech Republic, multispecies counted in the world championship, you know, so it was just getting that one, the team cohesion, everybody kind of on the same thought, plane meetings and all that, you know. So the hard part is always like when people describe something that’s typically not how it could be regional, how another person describes what they’re doing. So it’s just kind of understanding what we’re talking about more than anything. Norman (1h 14m 3s): So coming into this one, we had two new team members, however, you know, with three prior team members, they’ve been together, I think for at least two, three years. They kind of helped the new team members come in and understand kind of what was going on. So it was really great. Or four, sorry, four. Four prior team members. Yeah. So that was great. But now, next year slated to be in Norway for the 2026 there go Women’s World Championships. So they had been there, I think that was the first world championship they had was in Norway. Oh Dave (1h 14m 38s): It was? Okay. Norman (1h 14m 39s): Yeah. So I’m assuming it’s gonna be in the same area as well. So, Dave (1h 14m 43s): So back to Norway. So we’ll Norman (1h 14m 44s): Have some, or they’ll have some familiarity. Dave (1h 14m 46s): Yeah, they will. Are the cha, are you involved in that? Like how are the places chosen each year to, you know, where they’re going? Norman (1h 14m 52s): Essentially it’s the country’s put a bid on it. Oh, okay. And yeah, so, you know, and it gets approved by the, the Smoosh committee. Dave (1h 15m 1s): Okay. Like a bid as in we wanna bid, we will like, they do their argument of why it should be here. Yeah, Norman (1h 15m 6s): Exactly. And you know, it’s a big event and you know, at times I don’t think too many BS are put in, so it’s just whoever’s able to do it at that year. Dave (1h 15m 16s): Oh sure. Yeah. Right, right, right. Yeah. Gotcha. So what was that for you? You know, so you guys take the goal. What is that experience like for you being there, being part of that? It’s for somebody who hasn’t been in it. Oh, Norman (1h 15m 26s): It’s amazing. Especially, you know, being in our home country, obviously we spent so much time and effort putting in the work to represent our country and yeah. To win on, on, you know, within our country has been was, was amazing. And what’s interesting too is I’ve been a part of that, you know, with the team, USA, the seniors team. But starting in the World Youth Championship in 1998, I was the first individual world champion ever for the world, the youth. Oh, you were World championship, you were, yeah, so that was 1998. I won the very first one. Yeah. Oh, Dave (1h 16m 2s): You did? Norman (1h 16m 3s): It kind of relived that experience again, you know, just like blown away, kind of in awe. But I guess I had really good, a really good feeling about it, just seeing how our team was working together and how well they were just kind of tuning in that water type. Especially during our meetings, you know, challenges, like I said for sure. But you know, the positivity and them working together to pull each other through, you know, gave a lot of confidence to me and, and those around us that, that were observing. So, you know, they did most of the work. I just, like, I was telling people I just was the Uber driver and brought ’em water and snacks when they needed it. Right. Tied a lot of flies for ’em too. But yeah, no, it was phenomenal. Dave (1h 16m 43s): Totally. Well, like any great coach, you know, I think, I think the great people you always hear, they’re always just like you. You know, they play down their role, you know, if you go to any of the greats, I’m sure at any sport it’ll be the same way. The coach is a big part of it. Although, you know, they’ve put together this amazing team. Right. And they’re part of bringing it all together, you know, and I’m Norman (1h 17m 4s): Trying to think. Yeah, I appreciate that. Dave (1h 17m 5s): Yeah, totally. Well what are, what are your, do you, are you a sports fan? Do you have any other sports you kind of follow? Norman (1h 17m 11s): Not really. Yeah. You know, I’m always out, you know, just fly fishing. That’s kind of been my world forever. That’s everything forever, everything, so, yep. Yep. Dave (1h 17m 19s): Yeah, 27 years, right? I mean, yeah. Since you won, you’d been 27 years. I mean, that’s a full career for most people, right? You’re close to 30 years, Norman (1h 17m 26s): Right? Yeah. Dave (1h 17m 27s): Yeah. What, what’s your, like, just before we get outta here today, what’s, as you look out, it sounds like you’ve had some big life changes you mentioned at the start recently. I’m not sure what those were exactly, but how do you look out over the next, say, few years, five years? Are you, do you kind of have a plan of where you’re going? Or is it more kind of just kinda taken as it gets thrown at you? Norman (1h 17m 46s): A little bit of both. You know, I’m still working on my, my website videos. You know, I, I definitely, I’ve always pushed and worked to, to give back the knowledge that I gained throughout the years. Whether it be in competition, just fly fishing in general. So, you know, always just plan to stick and, and be within the industry, continue to develop fly patterns. So, you know, still working within the fly fishing industry as much as possible. But nothing really holding me back as far as working or collaborating with other people. Yeah, that’s the big thing is you know, again, being the representative, not only for the US but also for my people, public people, you know, trying to get more of the community out there, fly fishing and taking advantage of the opportunities to get outside and the outdoors. Norman (1h 18m 33s): So that’s pretty much it. But again, at the same time, you know, if opportunities pop up, they’re great opportunities. Not one to turn ’em down. Dave (1h 18m 41s): No, definitely. Okay, well that’s a good shout out to anybody listening. And then if, for somebody listening now, is there anything we could do that this person could do to help the Pueblo, you know, your people and all that stuff? Is there something that other people that aren’t involved in it could do? Or is there knowledge or what’s, Norman (1h 18m 54s): You know, there’s actually a couple organizations throughout the area and one in particular, actually a buddy of mine is name Al. We might look into interviewing him. Okay. Bal. But he has a nonprofit which takes Hispanic youth and indigenous youth out on fly fishing trips. Oh cool. So he’s teamed up, paired up with one of the New Mexico Trout unlimited chapters. And so they’ve been doing a lot of work trying to get people of color, youth of color out on the water. So amazing. He’s a good dude. So, you know, so stuff like that is always, is always a push. But yeah, so that’s kind of a big thing. And you know, I’ve been working with, you know, just consulting and talking with people who are interested in building, you know, little fly fishing clubs and stuff like that within the public communities. Norman (1h 19m 40s): And you know, it’s just giving them the support, you know, and encouragement to do it, you know, and having them do it on their own so they have something to own, you know, basically. So. Right. But yeah, that’s pretty much it. I mean other than that, you know, it’s gonna be, you know, support fly fishing team, USA as well. Yep. You know, ’cause hopefully we can see some of those indigenous youth or youth of color try to make it onto any of the youth or any of the US teams, youth, women’s men, seniors or, or the seniors. Not the, it’s not just men and that one or the masters. So yeah. Represent our country. Dave (1h 20m 18s): Yep. More diversity is better. Always, always better and, and yep. And Phish and in humans. Right. It’s always better. Norman (1h 20m 24s): Oh yeah. Cool. Dave (1h 20m 25s): Well it’s been awesome. Norm, I think we could probably leave it there today. We can send everybody out to N Tima at fly fishing dot com or on Instagram, same thing. And check out everything we talked about today. This is gonna be great. I hope to keep in touch with you and maybe, I mean, we’ve been talking New Mexico for a while, but I’m hoping this will be the year, you know, maybe we can put something together and we stay in touch with you, but appreciate all your time. Oh Norman (1h 20m 46s): Yeah. Oh, thanks. I appreciate you having me on again. Take care everybody. Dave (1h 20m 52s): So if you ever thought about blending what Norm has going here, everything, whether that’s Euro, whether that’s fishing in your neck of the woods, norm can bring some serious edge to your fishing. So check in with him. We mentioned before, n tima fly fishing dot com. Also on Instagram. If you haven’t yet, follow him and let him know you heard this podcast. Wanna give a biggest shout out, we mentioned it here on the podcast, wet Fly Swing Pro. If you go to wet fly swing.com/pro, you can sign up and get in on our next cohort. This is our paid membership. We’re connecting you to listeners that want to up your game, build fishing trips together and just connect and have a good time in the shop. Dave (1h 21m 33s): wew.com/pro. If you haven’t already, check out Yellowstone Teton territory. This is where you can visit Idaho and explore these waters. We talked about it today on the podcast, the Henry’s Fork, some lakes, they have unlimited lakes out there. If you want to get more information on this, go to Yellowstone Teton territory right now and get more information. You can also go to web fly swing.com/teton and you can get a direct link to all the great resources there in this part of Eastern Idaho. Alright, we’re heading outta here. Just wanna give a shout out the big NSCA Steelhead School. This is Brian Nsca. We launched@weflightswing.com slash giveaway. You can join for a chance to win a trip to the Ski of Spay Lodge. And that’s all I have for you today. Dave (1h 22m 14s): I want thank you for traveling. I wanna thank you for checking in and listening to this episode, and I hope that you can live that dream trip This year or just get outta your neck of the woods and I hope you can explore that road less traveled. We’ll talk to you soon.

         

811 | Native Trout Fly Fishing with Gary Marston – Trout, Cutthroat, Redband

native trout fly fishing

Episode Show Notes

If you’ve ever wondered about the rare trout swimming in North America’s wildest waters, this episode is for you. Today, we chat with Gary Marston of Native Trout Fly Fishing, a lifelong angler on a mission to find and photograph every native trout species across the country. From high alpine lakes to remote desert creeks, Gary shares what it takes to chase these fish, why protecting their habitat matters, and how photography and storytelling can help us all care a little more.


Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

native trout fly fishing

Show Notes with Gary Marston on Native Trout Fly Fishing

How Gary Started His Native Trout Journey

Gary Marston’s quest to find and document every native trout in North America began right after high school over 20 years ago. Two books inspired him: one by Robert Behnke and another by James Prosek. But back then, there weren’t many clear photos of the fish online. So Gary decided to do it himself.

He started with a list from Behnke’s book. But as scientists learned more about trout genetics, the list grew. For example, cutthroat trout used to have 14 known lineages—now it’s 25.

Gary focuses only on native species, not fish like brown trout, which came from Europe and now cause problems for native trout. Here’s how he explains the difference:

  • Native trout: Species that originally lived in that area and are adapted to it
  • Wild trout: Trout that reproduce naturally, but might not be native to that region

Some hatchery fish turn wild after a few generations, but they often don’t survive as well as true native fish.

Tracking 50+ Native Trout—And the Challenges That Come With It

Gary has now documented over 50 types of native trout. That includes around 25 cutthroat lineages and a full set of redband rainbow trout. Some of the species were once thought to be extinct but might still exist.

native trout

Gary’s main focus has been the western U.S., where most of the diversity is. But he’s also traveled to Maine for rare fish like the Blueback trout and Landlocked Atlantic salmon. There are also official trout challenges across the country, like:

  • Western Native Trout Challenge
  • Wyoming Cutt-Slam
  • Utah Cutthroat Slam
  • California Heritage Trout Challenge
  • Oregon’s Basalt to Breakers Challenge (private group)

These challenges encourage anglers to explore, learn, and connect with other native trout fans. Gary suggests starting with the Western Native Trout Challenge and using their resources. He also recommends joining the online groups, doing your research, and asking for help. Biologists and other anglers are usually happy to share tips.

From Big Fish to Rare Fish: Why More Anglers Are Chasing Diversity

More people are starting to care about native trout even the tiny ones. Gary noticed a big change over time. Years ago, people only got excited about huge hatchery fish. Now, rare native trout get just as much attention, even if they’re only a few inches long.

The cool part? Some native trout can still grow big. Bull trout can hit 25 inches. Lahontan cutthroat once reached over 40 pounds, and some are making a comeback in Pyramid Lake today.

native trout

In Washington, here’s a quick breakdown of the trout groups Gary tracks:

  • Coastal Cutthroat (sea-run and resident)
  • West Slope Cutthroat (up to 3 lineages)
  • Rainbow Trout – includes Coastal (steelhead + resident) and Redband forms east of the Cascades

Gary explains the term lineage as a group of fish that are genetically unique, often shaped by being isolated in separate watersheds. Some of these fish have been apart since the Ice Age! He keeps track of them all on his website, with details about their genetics, life history, and status. His goal? Help people learn more about these special fish and protect them.

Coastal Cutthroat: A Year-Round Game of Hide and Seek

Coastal cutthroat are Gary’s favorite cutthroat to chase. Why? They’re the only subspecies that go to the ocean (anadromous), which means you can find them in both saltwater and freshwater. Fishing for them from the beach is like a treasure hunt—there’s lots of water to cover, and you’ve got to work to find the fish.

The best part? You can target them all year. But October is Gary’s favorite month because the fish are feeding hard before they spawn.

In freshwater, Gary looks for coastal cutthroat behind spawning salmon. They’ll eat salmon eggs in fall and salmon fry in spring. Sometimes, they even eat sea lice and lamprey. That means you can catch them using:

  • Streamers
  • Nymphs
  • Beads
  • And more

This variety is what makes coastal cutthroat so fun to fish for.

How to Catch Coastal Cutthroat in October

October is a great time to chase coastal cutthroat in both saltwater and freshwater. In freshwater, they’re feeding behind spawning salmon like chinook and pinks. But October is also the last month to fish many rivers in Washington, so the window is short.

Gary’s favorite? The beach. Saltwater cutthroat put up an incredible fight pound for pound, some of the strongest fish around. He uses a 6-weight rod for distance and control. Even a 14-inch fish feels like a monster.

If you’re heading out, here’s what Gary recommends:

  • Look for estuaries: Tidal channels where cutthroat move in and out.
  • Find cobble beaches: Rocky beaches with barnacles = good current = cutthroat feeding zones.
  • Fish the tides: Avoid slack tides. Best action is on a fast outgoing or slow incoming tide.
  • Be patient: Some beaches only fish well for an hour. Keep exploring and take notes.

It might take a few trips to figure it out, but once you do, it’s worth it.

Flies, Gear, and Tactics for Coastal Cutthroat on the Beach

So you’ve found the perfect cobble beach. The tides are moving. Now it’s time to get rigged up. Gary says: don’t rush into the water—these fish feed in close. Make a few casts before you even step in.

Here’s a quick breakdown of Gary’s go-to fly options:

  • Topwater: The Miyawaki Popper—a foam fly that skates across the surface. Explosive takes.
  • Streamers: Patterns that mimic sculpin, sand lance, perch, or small herring.
  • Worms & Shrimp: Larger marine worm patterns (polychaetes) or small shrimp/scud flies.
  • Where: Over oyster beds, estuaries, and near shellfish farms—especially in South Puget Sound.

For lines, Gary prefers:

  • Floating line for topwater
  • Full intermediate shooting heads (like Rio Outbound Short or Airflo 40+) for streamers

Pro Tips:

  • Keep your rod tip in the water—you’ll feel the strike sooner.
  • Retrieve fast with streamers—these fish love to chase.
  • Use slower, more natural strips for shrimp and worm patterns.

You can see some of Gary’s fly patterns on his website and at local shops like Gig Harbor Fly Shop and Spawn Fly Fish. Most Puget Sound shops now carry solid local flies, but when Gary started, he had to tie his own. That’s what got him into fly tying in the first place.

Salt vs. Fresh: Where Coastal Cutthroat Feed and Why It Matters

Coastal cutthroat trout mostly stick to protected saltwater areas like Puget Sound. You won’t find them in the surf like you would with some ocean fish—they hang out in shallow water, often just a few feet deep. Gary looks for them around structures like large rocks, overhanging trees, or oyster beds just like you would in a river.

Even though most are 12–16 inches, some reach 20+ inches. Gary’s biggest from the salt was a 24-inch fish caught in an estuary.

These fish migrate short distances, often just a few miles from their home stream, and use saltwater as a feeding zone. Here’s what their movement looks like through the seasons:

  • Fall: Follow salmon into freshwater to feed on eggs
  • Winter–Spring: Spawn and feed on salmon fry
  • Spring–Summer: Move out to estuaries and beaches chasing baitfish and invertebrates
  • Year-Round: Stick close to shore, staying within reach of anglers

Gary calls Puget Sound “a river that changes directions twice a day.” The tides move the fish, but they’re always looking for food especially near salmon runs. These cutthroat follow juvenile salmon into saltwater, creating a rich, connected life cycle that overlaps with steelhead and salmon, but stays closer to shore.

Freshwater Tactics for Coastal Cutthroat: Eggs, Streamers, and Even Mice

When cutthroat follow salmon into freshwater, it’s game on. Gary says fall is prime time to fish behind spawning salmon. He recommends starting with egg patterns, a super effective and often overlooked way to hook cutthroat in western Washington.

His go-to freshwater flies:

  • Egg Patterns – deadly when salmon are actively spawning
  • Streamers – sculpin, juvenile salmon, or general baitfish patterns
  • Lamprey Imitations – big, sparse leech-style flies for targeting big fish
  • Mouse Patterns – best around grassy banks or log jams, especially in estuaries

He’s even had success night fishing, especially in saltwater estuaries and during the winter. That’s when Chinook salmon move in after dark. For those, Gary ties his own glow-in-the-dark streamers.

Surprise Guests: Coho and Chinook

One bonus of cutthroat fishing in Puget Sound? You might hook into salmon. Some resident coho live almost their entire life in the Sound. Gary finds them from November through July. Chinook, though, are shy in daylight—he targets them at night when they move into shallow water.

And if you’re stripping fast for cutthroat? Keep going. Coho love the same action, sometimes even more.

Cutthroat Conservation: Why It Matters and How to Help

Cutthroat trout haven’t always had it easy. Habitat loss, invasive species, and early western settlement pushed many populations to the brink. But Gary says things are looking up, thanks to conservation work, reintroductions, and habitat restoration—much of it done by groups like Trout Unlimited.

One exciting effort? Rediscovering the Alvord cutthroat, a fish once thought extinct. Gary and others are working on genetic research using old museum specimens to prove whether this unique trout still exists in the desert streams of Oregon and Nevada.

Gary’s main message: every piece of diversity matters. Once we lose a fish, we lose a piece of natural history we can’t get back.

Want to Help Native Trout?

Gary offers a few easy ways to get involved:

  • Join a Trout Unlimited chapter – volunteer on habitat projects
  • Support the Native Trout Challenge – your entry helps fund conservation
  • Attend fishery meetings – your voice can help shape the future of trout and salmon
  • Stay curious – learn, explore, and share what you know

Every fish counts. Every effort helps. And with more people stepping in, native trout like the cutthroat have a real shot at thriving.

Final Tips for Saltwater Cutthroat Success

Getting started in saltwater fly fishing for coastal cutthroat? Gary shared a few extra tips to help boost your chances:

  • Rod & Line Setup: Go with a 5- or 6-weight rod. Use a floating or intermediate line, depending on the season and fly choice.
  • Waders in Cold Weather: You won’t always wade deep, but in the fall or winter, waders are a must.
  • Find Public Access: Look for cobble beaches, estuaries, or points of land with good current.
  • Talk to Local Fly Shops: Shops like Gig Harbor Fly Shop not only share advice—they offer classes and guided trips tailored to this fishery.
  • Hire a Guide if You Can: Local knowledge will speed up your learning curve and get you on fish faster.

Gear Gary Trusts

  • Fly Lines: Rio Outbound (great for casting distance and control)
  • Rods: Scott Rods (fast-action, perfect for saltwater and often overlooked in the PNW)

If you’re serious about getting into this fishery, investing in the right gear and getting help from the right people can make all the difference.

You can find Gary Marston at nativetroutflyfishing.com.


 Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Today’s guest has built one of the best resources for anyone curious about the rare and overlooked trout of North America. His passion has taken him deep into the back country, onto remote desert streams and across Alpine lakes in search of native trout species. Most anglers don’t even know exist. By the end of this episode, you’ll discover how to document and photograph each of these unique trout species around the country. Why protecting their home waters is as important as finding them and what he’s learned. Chasing fish that demand equal parts, patience, research, and respect. This is the Wet Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. Dave (44s): Gary Marston is here to take us into the native trout fly fishing world. We’re gonna find out about his quest to catch every native trout species in the country. What makes these fish so fragile and so rewarding to find and what the role of photography and storytelling plays in conservation. Here he is, Gary Marston. You can find him at nativetroutflyfishing.com. How are you doing, Gary? Gary (1m 9s): Doing great today. Thanks for having me, Dave. Yeah, Dave (1m 11s): Yeah, I appreciate you coming on and setting some time aside to talk about Native trout. I think the focus today is gonna be a lot on the, the species You’ve done what sounds like that’s the challenge we’ve heard a lot about in our community, but maybe you started a while ago, so we’re gonna talk about that. And then you do a lot of work just with conservation and you know, fishing and maybe we will focus also on one species cutthroat sea run cutthroat specifically today. But, but yeah, maybe take us back, you know, kind of a little bit, what’s going on with you this time of year. It’s kind of mid-August. Are you out fishing hard or are you taking a break for the summer? Gary (1m 44s): Yeah, I’ve had a little bit of a break this summer, but we’re getting into the season. I really love for fishing around here. As the salmon are coming in the rivers, that’s when the, the trout really get interested in eggs and all the things salmon bring to the system. So probably be getting out on the rivers pretty hard in the next few weeks here. Dave (2m 4s): Good. Okay. And you’re up in the Puget Sound or where exactly are you? Gary (2m 9s): Yeah, so I’m located in Olympia, Washington, so kind of the southeast corner of the Olympic Peninsula at bottom end of the Puget Sound. Dave (2m 17s): So you have a, a little bit, I mean obviously the ops up there, but is cutthroat when you think of the sea run cutthroat fishing, there are lots of opportunities all throughout from where you are, you know, Whether you go north, south, or west. Gary (2m 29s): Yeah, the Puget Sound, I mean any beach that you can find public access that has a good current and good cobble is excellent. I’ve got a beach five minutes from my house where I can go, you know, sneak out at lunch and go for a half hour and see if I get something. There’s plenty of other beaches further field as well. Dave (2m 48s): Nice. Well this is gonna be good because I think we definitely get a lot of people interested. I hear that a lot like, hey, another C run cutthroat episode would be good. And we’ve done a few but, so we’re gonna jump into that today. But before we get there, there, I wanna take it back, like we said, broad scale on more just native salmons and talk about what you’ve been doing. It sounds like maybe you’ve taken a little bit of break, but what does that look like for you? Talk about that challenge. When did that idea start and how’d that come to be? Yeah, Gary (3m 13s): It actually goes back over 20 years for me now. So just outta high school is when I really got rolling and what really kicked it off was a couple books came out that talked about native trout, native salmon. There was one by Robert Benke, native Trout and Salmon of North America, and then one of by James Prosec that, you know, had a lot of illustrations of what the native trout around North America looked like. But the thing that I, I found challenging was to track down like actual photos of what these fish looked like. And this is, you know, internet was kind of in its infancy. So I, I decided well I’m gonna go document them all on my own and that was the impetus for it. Dave (4m 0s): Nice, nice. That’s a pretty, pretty good challenge. I mean, you obviously have a background in it, but I mean for a lot of people they would be like thinking, well where do you start? How many species are there, you know, subspecies, all life histories. What does that look like as you got into it? Did you, did you kind of know, did you have the list and were checking things off or were you learning as you went? Gary (4m 20s): So I’d say I had the list, Robert Bey’s book in particular provided a really good kinda rundown of what’s out there. The real challenge though has been as genetic techniques have advanced the, the list has gotten longer. So they’ve discovered new lineages. Things we assumed were just one subspecies have been split into two. So it’s, you know, been a growing, growing thing. As I go, for example, cutthroat trout I had completed, or at least I thought were completed about 10 years ago. And then they did some genetics work with the book that came out in 2018 and what was originally 14 lineages of cutthroat expanded out to 25. Gary (5m 6s): So, Hmm. That’s kind of the, the growth in it, which is a lot of fun too ’cause it adds a lot more challenge and always adding little variants to go after. Dave (5m 16s): Right. Can you describe that how the author broke down? Was it, was it Benke? What was the author? Yeah, Gary (5m 22s): So Robert Benke was the author of Native Trout or Trout and Salmon of North America was the book. And it came out in like 2002, 2003. So he broke down the cutthroat trout lineages with, there were 14 recognized at the time and he was the one who classified those different groupings of cutthroat. Then there were also the red band or rainbow trout lineages and there’s a whole slew of them as well. Kind of depends on how you wanna split it up, if you wanna group ’em or, or split ’em. And then you’ve got the five species of Pacific salmon as well down in Arizona and New Mexico. You have the Gila and Apache trout, which are really unique fish to that region. Gary (6m 5s): And then you have the char, which have a really impressive array of diversity, but you’ve got like brook trout, bull trout, oli, varden, arctic char lake trout for example. Dave (6m 17s): Yeah, right, right. Have all that. So that kind of covers the, and the species that you didn’t really, it sounds like dig into, are some of like the brown trout and other species or, or what are some of those ones that maybe aren’t, weren’t native historically or maybe describe that a little bit, the native versus wild and kinda what you, you covered there. Gary (6m 35s): Yeah, so I’m brown trout or native to Europe, so I’ve certainly caught plenty of brown trout while doing this quest. But they haven’t been a focus just ’cause they’re native and you know, in a lot of cases invasive in North America where they’re causing some real serious problems for our native cutthroat populations in particular. We also have, you know, rainbow trout For instance, have been stocked widely outside of their range as have brook trout. So you get a lot of issues ranging from competition and predation with the brook trout and brown trout on cutthroat or potentially the red band lineages. And then rainbow trout are particularly problematic when it comes to cutthroat ’cause they can interbreed with them. Gary (7m 20s): So I mean you’ll get hybrids between them. And so when we’re talking about native trout, those are, you know, fish that belong in that place originally adapted to that specific environment. A wild trout is a naturally reproducing trout found in that environment. So it may or may not be native. Dave (7m 40s): Yeah, right. So it could be. And how many, how many generations does it take to become, is it just the first, if you’ve hatchery fish that spawn in the wild together, is that their progeny or wild fish then? Gary (7m 51s): Yeah, I mean it, it really depends on, you know, how the individual is classifying it. But at that point you can’t sort ’em out from true wild fish there. So you know, we, we see that a lot with salmon and steelhead out here in the Pacific Northwest where we have a lot of hatcheries and you know, within a generation or two out of the hatchery, you know, they’re in the river often have a little lower survival than what we see with our true native populations. But that are, you know, have adapted to those specific watersheds. But given time the hatchery fish that have spawned in the wild will adapt to those watersheds as well. Dave (8m 30s): So how many total species of trout have you identified and and how many have you caught it to this point? Gary (8m 37s): It’s over 50 at this point that I’ve documented. So yeah, I, this last year I completed all the red band rainbow trout lineages. In the previous year I’d completed all the cutthroat lineages. So you know, it’s roughly 25 cutthroat. There’s two that are believed to be extinct, but evidence that they may not be as extinct as we thought in both cases. And then the red bands have a really interesting diversity but get overshadowed by the cutthroat a lot. Dave (9m 10s): Oh, okay. They do. Yeah, so, so cutthroat red bands, Pacific salmon, some of the outliers you mentioned with the trout and then char, so that, that kind of covers everything. And then is this you covering like east coast, west coast, all over the country? All over North America? Gary (9m 25s): I would say I’ve focused mostly on the west coast ’cause that’s where I am and that’s where the greatest amount of diversity is. But last September actually had the opportunity to go with several friends out to Maine and we did a trip where we went after the Blueback trout, which is a type of arctic char and that’s found only in the northeast over there as well as we did some Landlock Atlantic salmon and had a shot at a native lake trout, which I had on and lost, which really hurt because that would’ve been my first lake trout, so. Dave (10m 3s): Oh wow. Yeah. And are you trying to catch, because you could catch lake Trout, I mean probably near your home, right? Are there, are there lake trout out there where you live? Gary (10m 10s): Yeah, we have some introduced populations in Washington, but I’m hoping to catch them in their native range and they’re, I’ve been trying to do this all on a fly rod if possible. Lake trout are one of those that are particularly challenging ’cause they tend to be a deep water fish. So you’re, your opportunities are pretty limited. Dave (10m 29s): Yeah. Okay. So this is a amazing challenge. You know, I think, and you started this, it sounds like before where I first kinda heard about this was the, the Native trout initiative, right? There’s the group, the conservation group that’s doing some stuff and then they have this challenge where I think you, you can win some badges or something like that. But did you start yours before or maybe talk, are you aware of the, the initiative out there or that group? Gary (10m 51s): Yeah, yeah I am. So yeah, I started mine well before that the, it’s called the Western Native Trout Challenge. So I believe that started, I’d like to say around 20 18, 20 20, somewhere in that range. And I have done the first tier just ’cause I’ve caught those fish during my outings. So they have three different levels that you can do where it requires that you catch a certain number of native trout, but also catch them in a certain number of states across their native range. And so, you know, as I work through, you know, some of the fish I’ll probably go and redocument to get better photos and stuff. Gary (11m 34s): I’m sure I’ll do the, the full challenge, but it hasn’t been a priority. There are other challenges too. There’s, oh there are, yeah, there’s the Wyoming cut slam challenge where you have to catch four native cutthroat in Wyoming and Utah has its own cutthroat challenge as well. And then California has the California Heritage Trout Challenge where you have to catch six native trout in California. Dave (11m 60s): Yeah, right. And, and are there other states working on, on a similar thing, have you heard of that before or is it just, why, why do you think it’s just the Wyoming and the those three states? You Gary (12m 9s): Know, I’m not clear why it’s just been those three that have made it kind of official thing for their agency. There seems to be, you know, Utah in particular has a really high priority on their native trout populations and has done amazing work recovering their Bonneville cutthroat and Colorado River cutthroat populations for example. You know, I think some of the other states, especially with the rise of the Native Trout challenge, they’re all tied into that. So I think that is their now form of a challenge. But we have seen an Oregon private group put together challenge called basalt to breakers that you have to catch native trout across different regions of the state. Gary (12m 52s): So, you know, I do expect over time we’re gonna see more of these pop up and you know, they add a little extra incentive for anglers to go do this, which is always great. Yeah, Dave (13m 3s): They do. No, I think it’s pretty awesome. It’s, yeah, it just gives you, I don’t know what it is about the challenge. It kinda gives you something to I guess, kind of a goal. Right. Why, why do you think people kinda love, love that challenge of trying to do as as opposed to just going out and catching fish? Gary (13m 16s): Yeah, I mean it gives you a goal and a, there’s a, you know, pretty cool award at the end where you get a, a little kind of poster that you can get framed if you want, that has the fish you caught and some information about them. You get a hat and some other goods. So there’s, there’s a bunch of things that I think add to it. The other piece I think with this whole thing is just the adventure of going and finding these fish across their native water. So it takes a lot of research and then takes you to some just, you know, amazing places that I have to say otherwise I never would’ve known existed or visited. So that’s a huge part of it I think. Dave (13m 56s): Yeah. What it would be your advice to somebody who is listening and they’re thinking, you know, wow, I haven’t heard about this, this would be cool. Like where would they get started? What do you think is the best way to kind of, if they had the challenge, they wanna try to catch, you know, I don’t know, one of these states or maybe 50 or or more of these species, Gary (14m 13s): You know, a couple words of advice. I think the best place to start really is that Western native trap challenge. They have a ton of resources that help anglers get going with catching these native fish. A lot of info on where you can find them. The other, I mean just big pieces, just do your research and don’t be afraid to reach out to folks that you know are, you know, doing the challenge. So like the Western Native Trout Challenge has a Facebook group where folks help each other on there to figure out where to go. I get all the time folks emailing me through my website asking for advice on you know, where Fisher found or where they can find information on them. Gary (14m 54s): And you know, that’s something I think we have a really great community around these native fish anymore, which has been really awesome to see really come out of that challenge. I think that’s one of the greater, you know, side effects of that challenge starting was this community that built up around this activity, which is just been great to see. So reach out to other folks and agencies as well. The staff at the biologists and staff at these agencies are usually more than happy to share advice on where you can find these fish. Dave (15m 25s): Yeah, that makes sense. Okay, so, so yeah, the challenge basically builds this community around it and the cool thing is, is that it probably adds more protection, right? For these species that some people don’t think about all the time. Maybe they’re smaller, you know, three four inch fish, right? That, but I, I, I feel like that’s kind of, you’ve been there doing this a while, but I feel like that’s changing a little bit to where people are like, oh, you know, trying to get the biggest fish where now it’s, there’s a lot of people interested in the diversity. Have you found that, do you see that in the communities that there’s just as many people out there that are into the smaller fish than diverse versus just going for the big giant lunker? Gary (15m 58s): Yeah, I, I do see that shift over time. I remember, you know, when I was kind of first getting going on the native trout thing, we had a forum in Washington, I was fishing forum I was a part of, and I’d post these native trout photos and you get like two or three folks comment on a native trout photo and someone posts a big hatchery fish and you’d see 20 comments on there. Right now it, it seems like that’s kind of flip flopped a bit where there’s a lot more attention on the native fish and you know, I do think there’s also the piece, you know, a lot of the native fish are small just because what we’ve lost, you know, we’ve lost the populations in the larger rivers because of, you know, invasive species predominantly or habitat issues. Gary (16m 42s): But historically a lot of these fish did get rather large and some of them still do get really large. So that, you know, that’s another aspect to it where, you know, just ’cause you’re doing the challenge doesn’t mean you’re just gonna be going after little fish, you know, bull trout in particular for the challenge, you know, some of those I’ve caught bull trout, you know, 25 plus inches so Right. They they get large. Dave (17m 4s): Yeah, definitely. And and the hot and cutthroat right are the one species that definitely is always out there. Gary (17m 9s): Yeah, totally. They’re the largest cutthroat subspecies, you know, and they were documented to for sure get 40 pounds but unofficial records of up to 60 pounds and that genetic lineage that got that large, they actually found that population, they thought they were extinct and they found them in a small stream in western Utah off the pilot peak range and have reintroduced them to Pyramid Lake. And so those giants are starting to reappear, you know, there’s been a few in the 20 pound range that have come outta there now. Wow. Dave (17m 46s): Yeah, that’s really cool. Yeah, it is interesting ’cause a lot of the cutthroat people see are, yeah, these smaller fish or even sea run cutthroat don’t get as big as typically like a steelhead, but they’re out there. What, let’s take it on that a little bit on the cutthroat, maybe first start, ’cause I wanna talk about the sea run and some of the fishing you do there, but how many, you know, I guess maybe just start in Washington, how many species of cutthroat are there? Are there a bunch or what do you guys have there? Gary (18m 9s): Yeah, so I mean we have two groups of cutthroat here, like major. So we have two species. We have the coastal cutthroat lineage, which is the ones that go sea run. And then we have the West Slope Cutthroat and you know, west Slope Cutthroat under, there’s a book that came out in 2018 and under that classification scheme there’s, you know, a number of lineages of those. So depending on how you look at it, Washington has potentially three lineages of those west slope cutthroat. Then we also have the coastal rainbow trout lineage. So that’s steelhead on the west side of the state, west of the Cascade crest as well as resident rainbow trout. And then east of the Cascade crest, those are Columbia Basin and Redband. Gary (18m 53s): And so they both have the steelhead form and a resident form. Dave (18m 56s): Gotcha. Yeah. And they’re separated by, mainly by the, the mountain range. Is that, is that kind of what east from west sort of thing? Gary (19m 3s): Exactly, yeah. There’s a kind of zone of transition between the two, kind of around the cascade crests and the Columbia Gorge where you see a little intermedia and then once you’re on the dry side of the the state, it’s fully into that red band lineage. Dave (19m 20s): Stonefly nets builds handcrafted landing nets that are as tough as they are beautiful. They’re shaped, sanded, and finished by hand from premium hardwoods. You’ll feel the difference the moment you land your first fish light in the hands strong at the hoop and made by someone who knows what it means to earn your trust. You can head over to stonefly nets.com right now and see what they’ve got in the shop today. That’s stonefly nets.com. If you’re looking for a world class fly fishing experience, it’s time to check out Mountain Waters Resort nestled along the Newfoundland’s legendary Portland Creek. This spot has a history that runs as deep as the Atlantic salmon that caught home once a fly fishing retreat for the Great Lee Wolf. Dave (19m 60s): Today it’s your turn to step into these historic waters and swing up your salmon this year. You can head over to wet fly swing.com/mountain waters right now and make it happen. That’s wet fly swing.com/mountain waters. Let’s get out there today. And are there more just coastal cutthroat versus red bands or rainbows? Are there more species of cutthroat out there or rainbows? Gary (20m 27s): It’s actually pretty close if you break down all the red band lineages. So you know, I don’t have the number off top of my head, but Dave (20m 36s): Yeah, describe the, so the lineage versus say species. What is the lineage definition? Gary (20m 41s): A lineage would be like a genetically unique group of these fish. So you know, for example in the the Great Basin of Oregon, there’s, there’s these different internal basins where these fish have been isolated from each other for a long time. So for me, when I went after these fish, I caught them in each of these individual basins. If you genetically look at these fish, there’s a couple different groupings of you know, that you’d probably list as subspecies within those where, you know, these fish have only been isolated since say the last ice age. So you find that three of those basins within the Great Basin actually group under one kinda subspecies and then one falls under its own. Gary (21m 27s): And then you have another that groups with the Columbia basin, a couple of that group with that Columbia Basin red band lineage. Dave (21m 33s): Yeah, so there’s some, and then like you said, things are just like science, right? Things are always changing as we learn more new information. So 10 years from now and this podcast right, well we probably have some new lineages or changes. Gary (21m 44s): Yeah, that’s, I mean totally and that’s one one of the things I’ve tried to do for the community. So my website actually I break down, I have a page where I document all the fish I’ve caught and within that I break down all the factors you know, about what makes the individual is unique. So I talk about the genetics, the biology, life history of the fish and the status of them. So it’s really part of the quest for me has been just bringing attention to these fish and educating others about them as well, sharing and giving back to the community. Dave (22m 17s): Nice. Yeah, I see it now. So yeah, native trout fly fishing.com and you have a bunch of resources here. I see native trout links, so this is a good place to Yeah and you’ve got all the Wyoming, all the cut slams and stuff, so your website is as good of a resource, it looks as anything out there, right? Gary (22m 33s): Yeah, that was really, you know, as I mentioned earlier when I started this, when I looked at the, the book, you just had an illustration. So part of this website was me documenting, you know, these phish photographically so folks could actually see what they all looked like. You know, now we’re at the point with the internet where you can find photos of these phish everywhere. So you know, things have kind of evolved just with technology beyond kinda where it was initially. But that was the original goal for me was just to, you know, be able to document all these fish and share what, you know, what the diversity of these native trout looked like across the range. Dave (23m 12s): Yeah, amazing. Cool. Well you mentioned, we’ve talked about one of ’em, coastal cutthroat trout. So that is one I, I would love to hear more about your fishing. Maybe we can kind of transition to that a little bit and it seems like we’re perfect. This episode is mid August, we’re gonna be going live probably October in that range somewhere. So maybe talk about that, like talk about right now what you’re thinking about and then when is a good time to start thinking about trying to chase these, these cuds? Gary (23m 36s): Yeah, so coastal cutthroat are one of my favorite ’cause they, you know, of all the cutthroat subspecies, they’re the one that goes adamis and so you can fish them from the shore. It’s kind of a, a bit of a cat and mouse game where you know, you got fishing from a beach, there’s a lot of water to cover and you have to really hunt for them. The cool thing about it is it’s truly a year-round fishery. You know, they’re, you know, maybe a few days where inclement the weather prevents you from doing it. But you know, I find fishing nearly as good in the winter time as I do during the summer and there’s really not a downtime for it. Gary (24m 17s): There are a couple months that tend to be better. I’d say October is probably my absolute favorite time to fish for coastal cutthroat. They’re really interested in packing away as much weight in the fall as they can to prepare for spawning. So that’s one of the times of the year I really try to get out on the water for them. You can also do, you know, coastal cutthroat fishing in the, in the fresh water too. So I fish them salt water and fresh water and one of my favorite things for them in fresh water is to look for them behind spawning salmon. ’cause you get a lot of these streams while they’re, where they’re gonna follow the salmon in and really focus in on eggs in the spring they switch over and focus in on fry. Gary (25m 3s): But I’ve seen, I’ve done diet studies on these fish and you know, when the pink salmon are coming in in huge numbers, they’ll eat the sea lice falling off the salmon, they eat lamb prey. It’s, you know, wow. All sorts of things. So you can fish ’em, streamers, nymphs, you know, beads, all sorts of stuff. And it’s that diversity of opportunities that makes it, I think so much fun. Dave (25m 25s): Wow, that sounds awesome. And so you have the fresh, the salt. So in October, let’s just take it to October. If we’re going out there, is it easier to fish? Do you think the salt is a little easier or if you hit it right with the spawning fish, that could be just as good. Gary (25m 38s): I would say it’s kind of flip of a coin on that one. Yeah, with the spawning fish it could be just as good potentially better. September is when I’d say it’s best in the, in my experience, in the fresh water for them. Just that’s when you get a lot of the chinook spawning, you know, some early chums start spawning and this year we got pinks coming in so they’ll be in there October’s the last month. You can fish freshwater in most places in Washington for them. So, you know, that’s where there’s a lot of opportunity, particularly like the North Puget sound, rivers salt water though I, I just really love that fishery ’cause it’s such a unique thing and the fight that these fish, the coastal cutthroat put up in salt water I think is, you know, for their size I think they’re the hardest fighting fish you are gonna find. Gary (26m 32s): They’re gonna find there. Dave (26m 33s): Wow. Even versus say a steelhead or, or a salmon. Yeah, Gary (26m 37s): I, I would say so they don’t get as big as steelhead or salmon but they, for their size, you know, pull really hard. I, I usually go with a six weight rod in the salt water predominantly because of the, you know, wind or other things that crop up casting distance. But you know, you’ll get a 14 inch fish out there that, you know, bends your rod where you’re thinking it’s, you know, 18 inches. Right, Dave (27m 0s): Right. Gary (27m 1s): Pretty amazing. Dave (27m 2s): That is, that is amazing. So, okay, so the beach would be good in October, but year around it’s good. But let’s just stick on that October piece. So they’re, so what, what would that look like? So you’re going out there, find a beach, First of all, where do you, it sounds like they’re spread out everywhere, but what would you be telling somebody if they wanted to try to find these cutthroat? Is it find any beach, find a beach or just do some research? What, what would you tell ’em? Yeah, Gary (27m 25s): So there’s a few aspects. The type of beach I would say really matters in October. I’d say kind of a couple different options pop up to mind for me. One would be looking for estuaries. So these are, you know, areas where you have kind of tidal channels and things like that. Cutthroat are gonna be moving in and out of there during that time of the year and you know, so that’s, that’s one spot. The other would be points of land or cobble beaches in particular. And cobble beaches are really, I think an important indicator that you’re in a good spot. If there’s lots of barnacles, lots of cobble that tells you you have a good current that flows past there. Gary (28m 6s): And that’s one of the things cutthroat look for. The other major aspect with coastal cutthroat, and this is probably the most important piece, is the tide. You know, I find I rarely catch cutthroat on a slack tide. It’s generally a moving tide and for me it’s been when you have a kind of faster flowing outgoing tide or a slower flowing incoming of just when I crank the numbers of fish, I catch the numbers seem to be a little higher on those two tide flows. And again, those tides though are kinda unique to the specific beaches. And I’ve found some beaches where, you know, I have like a one hour window where a certain part of the beach fishes really good and then it shuts off. Gary (28m 50s): So you know, going exploring a beach and just being kind of persistent, you know, you might get skunked a few times but being willing to kind of put in the time and learn ’em really pays off in the long term. Dave (29m 2s): Amazing. Yeah, those are awesome tips. So look for estuaries, cobble on beaches and then focus on the tides you mentioned there, the different tides. That’s great. Let, let’s you know again any of these topics, we could dig in for another 30 minutes, but let’s keep it focused on just the fishing for high level. So let’s say we’re on one of those cobble beaches, we’ve got a place we think we have the tides, right. What do you kind of the, you know, flies getting ready, where are you casting? Talk about that a little bit. Gary (29m 29s): I think the first thing is these fish can be in pretty shallow water. So before you even step in the water, you know, you probably should make a couple nearshore casts to just make sure they’re not in there flies, you know, there’s a diversity of things you can use. And these range from, there are dry flies that I use out there, you know, one of the more popular flies that’s been developed, Milwaukee Popper developed by Leland Milwaukee. I may have gotten his last name Yeah, wrong. So if he’s listening I apologize for that. But it’s a really cool surface fly that imitates a crippled bait fish and so you just pull it kinda making a vwa and the takes on it are truly explosive. Gary (30m 12s): So that’s a really fun way to fish them. The other thing is just using streamer patterns. So I use a suite of different bait fish patterns for them that imitate, you know, sculpin, we have several cul species that are in the salt water sand lance are a common fish out there as well that they really like preying on or small herring perch, things like that. Then we get into the invertebrates as well. And so we have marine worms that can get rather large. And I tend to find actually the larger cutthroat really like those marine worms, they’re called poly keet worms. So for those you can use almost like a wooly bugger or kind of longer kind of string thing type pattern. Gary (30m 59s): Just using bunny strips and then little things like anthrop pods and eus, which are basically kind of krill sort of creatures or shrimp patterns as well work really well. So basically little scud patterns work great and I tend to do really well with those over oyster beds or you know, areas, especially South Sound. We have a lot of shellfish farms and so when I’m fishing beaches where there’s netting for shellfish farms, I go with those smaller invertebrate patterns a lot. Dave (31m 34s): Okay. And what are you, are you typically using a lot of sinking lines or what, what does your fly line look like? Gary (31m 39s): I go with either a floating or a full intermediate sink tip has been my choice and so I, I really like the kind of short shooting head intermediate lines like the, you know, Rio outbound short or the airflow 40 plus would be another alternative one. I tend to find those intermediate lines of your fishing streamers work a lot better, just you get a lot of wave activity on the sound and they give you a really nice level retrieve when you’re fishing those. One trick I really always tell folks is keep your rod tip in the water. You’re gonna feel that strike a lot quicker and gonna just catch a lot more fish if you do that. Gary (32m 19s): And then if you’re fishing for cutthroat, one thing I tell people too is you can’t move your fly too fast, especially those bait fish patterns. These fish are predators and they love chasing flies. They’ll chase it right up to the rod tip. And so, you know, when I in retrieving a fly, I’ll twitch the rod back behind me and I’ve had fish literally grab the fly, you know, two feet in front of me. Dave (32m 45s): Wow, so you’re twitching and stripping, you’re kinda and doing it fast. Gary (32m 49s): Yeah, fast for the bait fish when fishing the invertebrate patterns it tends to be a little slower, you know, shorter strips, the worm patterns a little, you kind of gotta think about what you’re imitating too, so you know, a little krill or shrimp moving short bursts where like a worm’s gonna be a longer even move. So I’m doing longer strips that are a little slower with those. But the bait fish I find are pretty explosive takes and those cutthroat really like chasing them. Dave (33m 19s): Okay. And is it, it looks like on your website you have a place if somebody wanted to see some of these flies that you’ve tied up and they they could use or are they all on your site? Gary (33m 27s): I have a few of ’em on there, yeah, but there’s a, you know, a bunch of great local fly shops as well that have the patterns. I used to work at the Gig Harbor fly shop and guide there and so I know they still have several of my patterns there and have been developing new patterns over the years. There’s spawn fly fish down in Oaco, the owner of that shop grew up fishing the Olympia area and has developed a lot of really cool patterns for the area. But you know, I’d say most fly shops around the Puget Sound are gonna these days have a selection of fly patterns for the area. When I started it, that really wasn’t the case. Gary (34m 8s): And so that’s really what got me into fly tying too was I had to develop the patterns to fish for these fish for the most part. There were a handful you could get in the shops, but it wasn’t as tailored to it as I would’ve liked at the time. Dave (34m 24s): Okay. And are you fishing, you know, just the areas again, you talk about the beaches. Is this more a, a thing where you’re fishing protected beaches in estuaries or are you actually fishing areas where you have kind of ocean waves coming in, that sort of thing? For Gary (34m 38s): Coastal cutthroat and salt water, it’s, I’d say the bulk of the fishing is occurring in, you know, Puget Sound is a large estuary and so it’s relatively protected water. We get waves, but you know, they’re not very large. Mostly a big waves coming from a boat passing by. Dave (34m 55s): Right, yeah, you’re not getting, you’re not seeing people surfing out in front of you or anything like that. Totally, Gary (34m 60s): Yeah. Whereas in the outer ocean, just these fish aren’t close enough to shore or accessible typically. Yeah. Dave (35m 7s): So they’re kind of migrate is is the fish, is that kinda what’s going on? You, you’ve got this migratory fish that are, well they’re searching for food but then they’re moving along the shallows as opposed to the deeper water. Gary (35m 17s): Exactly, yeah. So generally, you know, when I was fishing from a boat, my rule always was you go out where you can just see bottom and then you cast in towards shore and that’s, you know, where I tend to find them, you know, when they’re feeding is in that probably 15 to, you know, four foot deep water, maybe even less. I’ve seen them in, you know, a foot and a half before, so they’re, they’re in fairly shallow water. You know, I typically, when I’m waiting from shore weight out, knee deep, maybe waist deep and then cast from there and I do kind of a, you know, cast straight out but work my way to casting along the shore sometimes just parallel to the shore, I’ll catch ’em. Gary (35m 58s): But the interesting thing with these fish too is they are, and this I think is the reason why we don’t see them get as large as say steelhead or the salmon species. They’re kind of homebodies where they tend to stay for the most part within, you know, a few miles of their stream they spawn in and so they travel the beaches, they’re really looking for water that kinda reminds them of a river in some regards. And you know, my saying with the Puget Sound is, I tend to think of it when fishing for these fish as a river that just changes directions twice a day. And so you’re looking for large rocks out there, you know, if there’s trees hanging over in the water, you know, structure, these fish are still gonna be just like in a river looking for structure where they can dart away from predators, where they can look for prey, ambush things. Gary (36m 49s): That’s Dave (36m 49s): Cool. And, and there you mentioned 14 inches, is it, you know, what’s the biggest is 14 to 19 inches, is that kind of your typical range? Gary (36m 57s): I’d say the typical range is probably a 12 to 16 inches, maybe a little smaller certain times of the year. But they do get much larger too. You know, biggest I’ve caught in the salt water is 24 inches in estuary. I’ve caught several in the 20 inch range. Those fish are few and far between, you know, I, you know, maybe pick up one over 18 inches, you know, a season, maybe a couple. I tend to get more of those big ones in fresh water is the one draw with the, the fresh water part of it. Yeah. But but the, the pole, when you do get one of those big ones in salt water, it’s something else, Dave (37m 36s): Right? Yeah. Just pretty much like a steelhead right, is it’s pretty similar. Gary (37m 40s): Exactly. Yeah. And they, they jump, they take line of, you know, they’re, they’re powerful fish. Dave (37m 46s): Nice. Okay, so that, and that’s a little on the salt if if we take it swing it back into freshwater, let’s kind of jump on that for a little bit. It sounds like it, you know, they’re, again, these fish are going back and forth, they’re, they’re kind of, you know, the, the life history, right? They’re going out similar to steelhead to go out to grow to get bigger. It’s interesting, right? Why not just stay up in the freshwater? I guess that’s the main reason why, but why not go out to the ocean, right? Like steelhead do, Gary (38m 10s): You know, we see some populations where they do just stay in freshwater, but you know, I think it’s foraging opportunity is salt water. We do see, you know, we haven’t talked about like the spring season and I think this is a big part of it is these cutthroat really do key in on the juvenile salmon in salt water. So I do think there’s, you know, that aspect where they’re totally intertwined with the, the salmon life history where fresh water, a lot of, when they come in in the fall in particular, it’s just following Pacific salmon in to prey on, you know, eat the eggs and then bait the juveniles in fresh water as they’re hatching. And then, you know, I think they are following those juveniles out to salt water again. Gary (38m 54s): I noticed, you know, a lot of the streams around the area where I grew up, you’d get kind of a dead spot where the fish would go up to spawn around February, but then as soon as the juvenile chum salmon came out of the fresh water, those cutthroat would come out right with them to kind of have a ready food source to put on the pounds after, you know, spawning season. So I think that’s a part of it, you know, they’re just kind of unique wanders. It gives them, you know, the other aspect with salt waters, it opens up access to other food sources and you know, one example, this is in the Hood canal, the streams of fished there, we did some research and when we were looking at the cutthroat there we’re looking at micro chemistry of the fin ray. Gary (39m 41s): So we’re taking like non-lethal samples where it’s collecting a bone from the fin and the micro chemistry signal for the cutthroat from that we caught in these hood canal rivers was different from that of what we’d see in the rainbow trout that were from that river. So it was telling us that these cutthroat are coming in from other streams and then just moving into these systems to feed on the salmon eggs. So they’re kind of using that salt water areas, a migratory corridor and then getting access to other streams where there’s more food as well. Dave (40m 13s): Right. And are they pretty similar to the, the steelhead where you, or or salmon too where they’re going back to their, their home water, the where they spawn? For the most part Gary (40m 22s): They are, yeah, they’re gonna home back to, for the most part, you know, there’s always strays but for the most part they’re gonna go back to where they spawn and they have a pretty variable spawning time. You know, we see most of them are spawning in, you know, kind of our winter months, you know, February, March, April and April. But we do see some populations that have all spawning and some that spawn into summer. So pretty, pretty unique fish Dave (40m 50s): Like into may. Like even into like June or in that period. Yep. Yeah. So yeah, that makes sense. They following the food, you know, there’s not a ton of food, especially on the western, we’re talking western Washington, right? So if you go to the east side, totally different, but the west, they’ve gotta follow the food. So other than some aquatic invertebrates, the food is out in the estuary. So, but they’re following these salmon first as they’re coming in, they’re spawning the eggs, all that. Now they’re watching these fish grow up and now they’re eating the fry and they’re getting bigger and as they head out eventually in the spring they’re following them out into the spring and June July and now they’re in the summer and probably hanging out. Do you find that most of those sea run cutthroat are hanging out in the estuaries in the summertime? Gary (41m 31s): So they’re either in the estuaries or along these cobble beaches? It kind of varies Puget sound, you know, north Puget sound and south versus the south are pretty drastically different in their kind of beach layout. There’s similarities, but a lot of differences. South sound, I do tend to find the fish will come back into the estuaries a bit more during the summer and forage there, but you still have plenty of fish that are kind of on the outer beaches forging along those more cobble beach areas or off of points of land that might be a little sandier. So, you know, it’s, it’s varied that summertime is when they’re probably the most spread out where you have your greatest opportunity to find them kind of throughout the sound. Dave (42m 16s): Nice. No, this is great. And then when you’re, well it’s just on that freshwater, so if you were fishing for these fish in freshwater, when are you thinking, you know, just behind salmon, how are you fishing for ’em? Like you, you’re using egg patterns or How are you doing that? Gary (42m 29s): You know, the two things I’m gonna try are either streamers or egg patterns for the most part. You know, if salmon or spawning in earnest, I’m probably gonna fish egg patterns. That’s a pretty darn deadly technique in western Washington. I think it doesn’t get nearly as much attention as it probably should buy anglers. The other thing is, like I said, streamers and sculping patterns in particular tend to work really well in freshwater for these fish, you know, juvenile salmon patterns, of course if the season’s right, you know, and you know, while the chum and pink salmon migrate out immediately Chinook and co-host stay in for, you know, often for a full year. Gary (43m 11s): So there’s always juvenile salmon in these streams. The other one, and this tends to take some of the bigger fish, is we have variety of lamb prey that inhabit our streams. And so if you wanna fish a really big fly that you’re not gonna catch much on, but what you, you catch is usually really big is a lamb prey pattern can be really fun. Dave (43m 32s): Okay. And what would be a lamb prey example pattern? Gary (43m 35s): You know, like a big mole leach kind of think of gray mole leach. I, I tend to do one, I add like a, a little wiggle tail on the end of it and some rubber legs, but it’s yeah, kind of a thinner rabbit strip mole leach is what I’m thinking. And then the final thing that’s been really fun I’ve found in a few places, and this goes for kind of the inner estuaries as well, is mouse patterns. I discovered this actually fishing an estuary. I brought my, I had a shepherd husky mix dog growing up, so he was kind of big dog and took him to this estuary and let him loose and he started doing the, you know, fox pounce into the grass and I started seeing all these mice and shrews swimming across the estuary and got to thinking, huh, I bet that works next time I came out there, brought a mouse pattern and what do you know, it has been history since then and found that as you know, know pretty darn effective, especially around like grassy banks and log jams on some of these streams. Gary (44m 38s): And particularly in the lower reaches where you’ve got a, you know, those estuaries or grassy areas. Dave (44m 46s): We wrapped up a 5,000 mile road trip to Wisconsin last year and our project M from four wheel campers made the entire journey better than we imagined from remote camp size to spontaneous detours. We had the freedom go where we wanted in total comfort for over 50 years. Four wheel campers has been building ultra durable, lightweight pop-up campers that fi almost any truck bed. The popup design sets up in under a minute and with the Project M like we have, I can set up and still use my tailgate and truck bed whenever I need it. Whether you want a minimalist setup like mine or something fully built out like the premium orvis edition for real campers as a camper to match your adventure goals. Dave (45m 26s): Do you have a truck head over to four wheel campers.com right now. Customize your camper, find a local dealer, see upcoming events and more. Trust me, you’re gonna love checking out four wheel campers. So you’re fishing the, the mice patterns in more of the estuary habitat, not the freshwater. Gary (45m 44s): I do it in freshwater too, especially around log jams. So I’ve got, you know, one of my local rivers, I’ve got one spot where every year I, I at least rise a few fish on it and typically pull one or two out. Dave (45m 57s): Right. And is it daytime, nighttime doesn’t really matter. Doesn’t Gary (46m 1s): Really matter. You know, I typically only fish daytime on our freshwater streams. I do night fish on in the freshwater and that can be a really unique and interesting fishery as well. So Dave (46m 14s): Yeah, this is great. Yeah, it sounds like it’s a pretty diverse, you know, lots of different techniques and things, ways you can catch these fish is it sounds like that’s kind of the fun part of it, exploring different techniques. Gary (46m 24s): Totally, yeah. And you know one of the aspects I didn’t talk about with salt water is the factory. You never quite know what you’re gonna catch in Puget Sound. We have some of our co-host salmon stay in the Puget Sound for almost their entire life cycle. Hmm. As well as some of the chinook salmon. The coho tend to be kind of similar to the cutthroat where they travel along the shore a lot. So you know, I might have a slow day of fishing for cutthroat but the coho come in and so you know, that is something that makes it really fun. The Chinook, that’s was what kind of triggered me to start night fishing and that’s where I catch them is you know, they’re really sensitive to daylight but I found they come up in the shallows Oh wow. Gary (47m 8s): After hours and I’ll catch Chinook coho and cutthroat all, you know, after hours at night Dave (47m 15s): Juice. And how are you, do you use the same patterns, just streamer patterns or what do you use ’em for? The salmon, Gary (47m 20s): I actually use glow in the dark streamers for the night fishing, which is again, if you’re a fly tire, a really fun way to just kind of explore with patterns For the resident coho though it’s almost the exact same patterns as I use for the cutthroat. So yeah. Wow, Dave (47m 36s): This is good. And same thing, right? ’cause coho loved the stripping of the fly, so it’s a similar deal. Gary (47m 41s): Yeah, I mean even more than the cutthroat I would say with coho where they, yeah they can be aggressive and I’ll at times put my rod under my arm and do two hand retrieves where I’m using both hands to move it fast and Dave (47m 54s): That’s awesome. Yeah. Yeah. So, and are these, they’re in the, I mean, when would be the time, the best time do you think to get some of these salmon coho chinook? For Gary (48m 3s): The resident coho, I tend to find them available kind of November through about July is when I tend to do best for them. It is interesting ’cause they seem to do kind of a mini migration up to kind of the stray to Wanda Fuca and kind North sound and disappear from the south sound for a little bit. They’re still there but just not as abundant. But at that point you start getting the next age class so you’re just getting smaller fish but they’re, they’re there. The Chinook I’ve always done best doing night fishing in the winter months. That’s when you have your nighttime low tides and that’s done really well for me. Gary (48m 44s): But I know folks have caught some really nice chinook from the beaches in the mornings, you know, during the summertime and you know, those low light hours tend to be the key With Chinook coho not so much, but I do notice I do a little better on cloudy days than I do sunny days for coho. Dave (49m 1s): Nice. Well this is awesome Gary. I think there’s a, a ton we could talk about here. We might have to follow up with you later, but let’s start to take it outta here. We’ve got a segment, this is kind of more our conservation corner segment. This today it’s presented by Patagonia, their swift current waiters. We’re giving a big shout out to Patagonia because we love, you know, all the great work they’re doing in conservation and trying to protect our home planet and all that. So first off, shout out to Patagonia. Been wearing the waiters, those waiters are awesome. So that’s been good. As we start this off for you, maybe let’s just start with a gear. I like to talk a little gear talk. What is, if you’re going for these coastal cutthroat, is there any piece of gear that really is something that’s unique to that fishery that you would recommend people look at Gary (49m 43s): As Rods go? I would really say a fast action rod and a shooting headline is like really key. Well you don’t have to cast far to catch these fish. The more time your line spends in the water, the more time you’re fishing and more likely you are to catch them. And so distance casting’s huge. So I really like a good fast action rod. The, the one thing that I’d say is a little unique is maybe a good stripping basket, especially if you’re using that full sink, you know, intermediate line is can get really frustrating if your line’s getting caught in, you know, the rocks. Even with a floating line, we have a lot of current and so your line gets drugged down and seaweed gets caught in it. Gary (50m 25s): So strip being basket is a, is a good one. Dave (50m 28s): Perfect. Yeah, and there’s a few, you can, I think Orvis has one. I’m sure there’s a few different versions out there or you can make your own. Gary (50m 34s): Yeah, yeah, no, I’ve found several. I really like, I’ve used the Orvis one in the past and it, it’s a good quality stripping basket. Dave (50m 41s): Yeah, perfect. So yeah, on this conservation, I mean obviously there’s a ton of different topics we’ve talked about. You know, we started off with the native trout challenge, so there’s lots of species and lots of concerns. You know, we hear about it on here with climate change and the steelhead, right? And Chinook now, you know, up in Alaska and all these changes. Do you find cutthroat, do you have a good finger on the pulse of how cutthroat are doing? They feel like they’re one of those species that doesn’t get as much play out there, but what, what are your thoughts on that? Gary (51m 7s): You know, I would say overall, so cutthroat really went through a, a rough period kind of through the settlement of the west. But right now in general, cutthroat are on the, the upswing and that’s really due to a ton of conservation efforts, whether that’s, you know, habitat restoration, I work for Trout Unlimited and we do a ton of habitat work across the range of cutthroat trout. There’s also just been a lot of work by the agencies doing reintroductions or rescues for these fish, you know, so that’s a, a huge aspect. You know, it is, like I mentioned earlier, there are two subspecies of cutthroat that are still considered to be extinct. Gary (51m 52s): One of the conservation projects I’m involved in is actually trying to determine if one of those actually, you know, if we think it might still exist out there. And so we’ve been doing work to try and figure that out. So, you know, that’s been a, a big piece of this. Dave (52m 10s): Is that one near your hometown? Gary (52m 12s): That one’s not particularly close to me. It’s Southern Oregon and northern Nevada. It’s called the VOR Cutthroat. So it’s a subspecies of lahan and cutthroat. And they were, they were only known to be found in two streams, trout Creek and Virgin Creek in the kind of Oregon Nevada desert. And you know, these are jump across streams, but these fish were known to get like over, you know, up to 20 inches in those streams. Some really large fish for small water. So really special fish. And they went extinct in the 1930s, but were rediscovered in Virgin Creek in the eighties. And were, it was kind of unfortunately a too little too late. Gary (52m 56s): They rediscovered ’em, but rainbow Trout had already gotten in there and they did transplant some into another stream in Nevada, which is, you know, cutthroat has since been discovered in that stream. And so there is a possibility while they originally thought that transplant failed, that it didn’t, our work is really focused around the genetics with these fish. ’cause unless if you can prove that it is an, a vor cutthroat probably aren’t gonna be successful on convincing managers that that’s what it is. So we have been able to actually use the museum specimens collected in the 1930s to Wow. Gary (53m 36s): Develop a genetic baseline for the Aalv VOR cutthroat. Dave (53m 39s): Amazing. That sounds, yeah, that sounds awesome. I mean, so there you go. The, the, the diversity, right? I mean that’s kind of the key to this thing, right? The more diverse these populations are out there, the healthier everything is right. Gary (53m 52s): That’s totally it. And you know, the other piece of it just is if we lose any component of that diversity, it’s a part of our natural history that’s gone and you know, once it’s gone forever it’s gone. And so, you know, ones that we’ve lost, it seems like as we’re searching, we may be fortunate enough to find them, but it’s still kind of to be seen. Dave (54m 15s): Yeah, it seems like, you know, technology obviously is kind of the X factor. We’re learning things and, but once what you’re saying is yeah, you have a species that’s totally gone, you don’t have any of the genetic DNA or any of that, you can’t reintroduce that fish. It’s gone. Right. You can’t take a, you can’t take a dinosaur at least to yet. Right. You can’t go and grab a dinosaur or some DNA from that and create a dinosaur or I don’t think, right. We’re not that level yet. Gary (54m 38s): Yeah. Yeah. I mean there’s, I’m sure genetic things you could do to recreate something that looks like it, but the, you know, adaptations, these things evolved. It took thousands or even some cases, millions of years of isolation for these fish to develop the unique traits that they did. So they’re pretty, pretty special fish. Dave (55m 1s): Yeah, they’re well on on that conservation kind of corner segment here. So what is your, you know, what is your advice, somebody’s listening now and they want to, you know, kind of have a part of this and help out, you know, whether that’s cutthroat or steelhead or any of these species. Is it just connecting with your local, find out who that local group is or where do you think it’s a good place to start for somebody who’s kind of new to it? Gary (55m 22s): Yeah, I think, I mean there’s a couple things I would suggest for one, you know, that is one awesome thing about these Native Trout challenges is that money is going to support conservation efforts. And so doing these challenges has that added benefit where you’re actually, you know, doing some real good for these fish. The other thing you know is get connected with a Trout Unlimited chapter. You know, they do a lot of great volunteer work helping out, you know, trout Unlimited. We have staff that works, but we also have our volunteer wing, which, you know, does a ton of awesome work, helps out with habitat work and it’s a great way to get involved. Gary (56m 3s): There’s also the, you know, whole advocacy side of things where, you know, particularly on the steelhead and salmon side, you know, attend Fish and Wildlife Commission meetings, you know, attend fisheries meetings when they’re deciding the rules and regulations and make your, your thoughts and values known ’cause everyone’s voice really matters in this. And so get connected. That’s, I think a huge factor in it. Yeah, Dave (56m 29s): That’s great advice. Perfect. Well let’s get a couple more tips here before we get outta here on, on the fishing and then we’ll kind of take it out what we talked about. Let’s focus on that salt water again. So somebody’s getting ready, they’ve got an area they’re looking at, they’ve learned a lot from you today. What are a couple things you’re telling ’em as they’re heading out on the water here, you know, today, this week to maybe have more success, something we haven’t talked about yet? Gary (56m 51s): I would say first off, gear, get yourself a five or six weight rod, like I said, floating or intermediate line. Summertime, you don’t need waiters, but when you’re in the the cold season, get yourself some waiters. You’re not gonna be waiting out necessarily super far beaches. You’re gonna really just wanna look where are those public beaches that kind of match the area you’re thinking. You know, have some good cobble beaches or point of land estuary and then talk to your local fly shops. I mean, that is a huge service the fly shops provide. And a lot of the shops also provide classes that, you know, that would be a suggestion I’d say is take a class tailored to fishing the salt water, the Gig Harbor Fly Shop, For instance, has a two-part series they do where they talk about the fishery and then they take you out on the water and you get to experience it. Gary (57m 47s): So don’t be afraid to get a guide either, ’cause that local knowledge is super helpful. Dave (57m 52s): Yeah, that’s the other, that’s the other great advice is yeah, if you have the funding, that will save you some time. Obviously we learned a ton from you today because this has been great, but to take it that next step and yeah, you’re gonna get a bunch of benefits from the guide, so, so good. Well we, we have that. And as far as you know, one kind of on the gear, what is your, we mentioned Patagonia, you know, some of the companies out there. Do you have any brands you really love, you wanna give a shout out to that you use? Gary (58m 17s): I really like Rio Fly Lines. I use the Rio Outbound a lot. I have a Scott Rod that I’ve absolutely loved, I think in the Pacific Northwest, they don’t get a ton of attention, but they make some great fast actions, salt water rods, and really love their gear. Dave (58m 36s): That’s it. Yeah, those are good ones. Yep. So Scott, I I hear a dog in the background. Is that, is that Gary (58m 40s): Yeah, I worry about that. Yeah, he, I think decided he wants in to say hi, so Dave (58m 45s): No worries. What, what kind of dog do you have there? A Gary (58m 47s): Little shitzu here, so Oh, Dave (58m 49s): Really? That’s a, quite the Gary (58m 51s): Character. Dave (58m 52s): Is he, is it a he or is she Gary (58m 54s): It’s a, yeah, he’s, he’s quite the troublemaker though. Dave (58m 57s): There you go. Good. Well this is perfect timing. I think he knows we’ve kind of hit our limit on the time here, so, so yeah, Gary, I think that’s a perfect end. We’ll, we’ll send everybody out to native trout fly fishing.com and we’ll put some other links to your stuff and kind of the things we talked about today. But yeah, I appreciate all the time. This has been great and, and thanks for all the good work you’re doing out there. Gary (59m 16s): Yeah, thank you very much for the opportunity. Dave (59m 20s): All right. Like we said, you can find Gary’s work trip reports and full native trout species list at native trout fly fishing.com and reach out to him, let him know you heard this podcast. If you get a chance today, if you could check in with us@wetlyswing.com slash pro and get a chance to, we’re opening this thing up and this is your chance to get a shot at connecting with everybody in the community and and building some great trips this year. We got a big episode coming up next. Norman Tima is here to break down his comp magic, the gold medals that they won this year. It was a big year for Team USA. This is one of the biggest episodes we had Norman on back in the day, and this is gonna be a big one. So stay tuned. Norman Tima just clicked that subscribe button, follow button, and you get this updated when this next episode goes live. Dave (1h 0m 2s): All right. That’s all I have for you today. Hope you’re having a good morning. Hope you have a great afternoon, and if it’s evening, maybe you’re out there on the water getting ready to go just before dark. I’m gonna be there very soon as well, swinging some flies. So hope you’re doing it we’ll talk to you soon. See you on that next episode. Outro (1h 0m 17s): Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly, swing Fly fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit wet fly swing.com


native trout fly fishing

Conclusion with Gary Marston on Native Trout Fly Fishing

Gary’s journey reminds us that fly fishing isn’t just about the catch—it’s about connection. Connection to the land, the water, and the wild fish that call it home. Whether you’re a diehard native trout hunter or just getting curious, this episode will leave you with a deeper appreciation for what makes these fish and their home waters so special. Be sure to visit Gary’s website to see the full list of native species he’s found and photographed.

         

810 | The Fiberglass Manifesto with Cameron Mortenson – TroutRoutes

Episode Show Notes

Cameron Mortenson is back on the podcast as he walks us through the quiet revival of fiberglass rods, why glass still connects you to the line, and how a lifetime of tinkering with rods turned into a giant, searchable blog that helps anglers choose gear and find water. We talk about the TroutRoutes mapping app on a big Driftless trip, five practical questions to ask before you buy a fiberglass rod, travel-packing rules for bringing a quiver, and the joy of slowing down to feel the rod load again. It’s practical, curious, and full of those gear-and-travel moments anglers love.

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

 

Photo Courtesy of Loon Outdoors 👆🏻

Episode Highlights

02:00 — Cameron’s recent season, family, and Beaver Island.

08:00 — Trout Routes use case: Driftless trip & Oak & Oscar weekend.

18:57 — How The Fiberglass Manifesto started and grew (6,200 posts).

23:10 — Why fiberglass connects you to the cast (rod load discussion).

26:00 — Cameron shares the five questions to ask before buying a fiberglass rod (budget, line weight, taper, length, availability).

29:27 — Two-handed glass options and budgeting for trout spey.

40:00— Rod stories (shark / tarpon / travel quiver tips).

52:35 — TroutRoutes features: offline maps, easements, gradient layers.

1:05:39 — Closing notes, Wet Fly Swing Pro mention.


Resources Noted in the Show

🎣 Guest

🗺️ Tools & Apps

🪝 Rods & Gear Mentioned

📝 Other Mentions

Oak & Oscar Watches (from Cameron’s Driftless trip story)
https://oakandoscar.com


Related Videos

Related Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Since 2008, the Fiberglass Manifesto blog has grown into a hub for anglers who wanna slow down, feel the rod load, and rediscover what makes fiberglass so unique along the way. Cameron Mortenson has worked with companies like Echo highlighted boutique builders from Japan to the Driftless, and proven that fiberglass isn’t just nostalgia, it’s an innovation with soul. By the end of this episode, you’ll discover what’s changed in Glass since our last chat back in 2019. Why Trout Routes has become his favorite tool for exploring new water, and how family adventures from Alaska to Beaver Island keeps shaping Cameron’s approach to fly fishing. This is the wifi swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love today. Dave (51s): Cameron Mortenson is gonna take us in on fiberglass rods and show us what’s changed from the rods of the 1970s and eighties. We’re gonna find out what five questions you should be asking before you buy your next fiberglass rod. Why carrying too many rods on a trip might actually be a good play and how fiberglass can actually connect you with the fly line in your casting even more. Here he is, Cameron Mortenson. You can find him@fiberglassmanifesto.com. How you doing, Cameron? Cameron (1m 20s): I’m doing great. Thanks for having me on. Dave (1m 22s): Yeah, Thanks for putting this together. It’s been a little time since our last episode. I, I went back into the archives. Gotta go back to 2019. So pre COVID Wow. We had you on. Yeah, it’s been, it’s been a little while. So we’re gonna get a update from you what’s been new in the last, you know, six years in that range. And talk about fiberglass rods. Get a little update on that. I know that’s always an evolving kind of thing in fly fishing. And, and we’re also gonna talk about trout routes as well, because I think you’re doing some good stuff with them. We’ve been working with trout routes and, and they’re kicking some butt out there now, so, so this is good. So maybe just give us a heads up now we’re kind of right in the middle of summer, kind of mid-August as we’re talking. What, what’s, what’s going on this summer for you? Cameron (2m 3s): You know, This year has been a lot of family. Our daughter wrapped up college, her first year of college up in Michigan. So flew up there and we had a great weekend. We had a day in Chicago. We went to the Ben Queller concert. We went back to Michigan Saturday night, I think Sunday we packed her up. Monday I went Steelheading with Steve Martinez, who’s a guide friend up there. And then Tuesday we unpacked her at my parents’ house to leave as much as we could there. And then Wednesday we drove all the way back to South Carolina. Two weeks later I was back up in Michigan for my Beaver Island week. Along with some extra days where I had to do some, some fly fishing and even some birding and some golfing. Cameron (2m 49s): Tried to fit a lot in, yeah, Dave (2m 50s): Packing it in, Cameron (2m 51s): Packed it in, came home. And then it’s just been, you know, chasing our son who plays competitive golf. So he’s had tournaments all summer and then doing things with our daughter and pool time and fishing time. And I don’t know, it’s been a blur. Our daughter headed back up to college yesterday. Our son’s finishing his third week of school. So I’m hoping that like next week things just kind of start going back into a more of a routine, repetitive routine. So I would say we’ve been living without a routine since like mid-May. So Okay. Dave (3m 27s): I’m kind of mid May. Cameron (3m 28s): Yeah, Dave (3m 28s): I’m kind Cameron (3m 29s): Of kind of exhausted right now. Dave (3m 30s): Right. That’s awesome. So, and well it’s just taking the six years since we last talked. What we take it back to that what, what grade was your daughter in then? Cameron (3m 38s): She graduated from high school and then she spent an entire, like a year and a half in Alaska. Oh wow. She worked to summer our church, summer camps there and then stayed on as a student missionary. So that was an adventure. And then she came home the end of last summer and then she went up to college. So she was, that gap year was really well spent. There was a lot of, oh, I think as parents, you know, you have a plan of what’s supposed to happen and then the Alaska deal changed it. It was like caught us all by surprise, but it worked out great ’cause my wife was able to spend, spend a week with her like two weeks before she came home. Cameron (4m 19s): And then I flew, my wife flew back on Saturday. On Sunday I flew to Alaska and we were able to do a lot of hiking, fishing, some fly fishing. So Dave (4m 30s): Where was she at in Alaska? Cameron (4m 32s): So she was in Palmer for the school year, Wasilla area. And then my wife and daughter did like Homer Seward and kind of everything in between. There’s a lot of things that Hadley wanted to show both of us. And then when I got there, we’ve got friends that live in Wasilla and they were actually camping down in Homer. So we were able to jump on their boat with them for two days and limit it out on halibut for two days in a row and saw orcas, saw otters. I mean we just had a phenomenal, phenomenal time. Saw a ton of moose and it was just a really neat way to wrap up Hadley’s time in Alaska. Cameron (5m 15s): And I really think that once she gets through college she’ll be headed back and that place left a mark on her. So fingers crossed that she’ll be back there and then that’ll give us good excuses to go back ourselves. Dave (5m 25s): Exactly. Yeah, I’ve heard of those stories on this podcast before from people that live up there now, it seems like it’s always the same story. They go up there for a visit or something and then they turn around and it’s 30 years later and they’re like, man, we, you know what I mean? They, it just, it’s something about Alaska, right? It’s something that just kind of holds you up there. You gotta be able to battle a little bit, but it’s pretty amazing. Yeah. Cameron (5m 44s): So, and then our son, he is 16, he is a junior in high school and he’s been playing competitive golf since seventh grade. And so that’s kind of a, an endless season that school golf turns into spring and summer tournaments which turn into fall and winter tournaments and then it’s golf season again. So between my wife and I and in-laws, it seems like we’re on golf courses like multiple days a week and he’s on a golf course six and seven days a week. So I would say in the last, since since we last talked, like golf, competitive golf, Dave (6m 18s): Golf has taken over, Cameron (6m 19s): Taken over and then I still wedge in TFM and I still work full-time in law enforcement and Oh yeah. So yeah, life has gotten a lot busier. You Dave (6m 29s): Got a full schedule. What has been going on with the TFM over the, this last five, six years? Has anything changed there or you just been doing more of the same? I’ve seen, it looks like you got some, always some new content on there, right? Cameron (6m 42s): Yeah, so you know what’s interesting is, is that before COVID I kind of felt like blogs were kind of on their way out. And I would say like in the bigger scheme of things, probably blogs are not as popular as they were and you know, 10 years ago, but during COVID it was amazing how many people were like looking, had time for new hobbies, new interests. And I received a lot of feedback and a lot of emails and a lot of, you know, more readership, which has really continued past COVID where you know, those numbers all were elevated and it’s been interesting how many people have gotten into fly fishing through COVID and beyond. Cameron (7m 23s): So that a lot of the same conversations that I’ve been having for the last 17 years, you know, continued. And what’s really nice about TFM is a lot of that content’s evergreen. So you know, somebody jumps on today and starts scrolling backwards and reading through content. I mean there’s a lot of things that are, that are still, you know, a great read. And for me it’s just been a, a wonderful creative outlet and I guess it was like right place, right time, you know, years ago when, when glass was just picking up momentum and you know, we’re still there and it’s still niche but you know, it’s really a lot of fun to see how many anglers enjoy it, new builders that get involved, see new ideas in glass that come out and all of that’s, you know, continuing, you know, since I started messing around with it in the early two thousands. Dave (8m 18s): Right, right. Early two thousands. There you go. So almost a quarter decade or a quarter century. Yeah. So, okay. Well and, and I wanna dig into the website ’cause I know it’s a great resource and, and we do have the episode we mentioned episode 88 back in July, 2019. We’ll have a link to that in the show notes, but, but let’s jump into a little bit just on trout routes ’cause that’s something we’ve been doing quite a bit on connecting with them. What’s been going on, what’s your experience with Trout routes? Have you, as you’ve been out, have you been using their app and maybe just tell us about that connection. Cameron (8m 49s): Well I’ve been using it locally but I think that when you use it locally you’re always going back to the same places. So it maybe doesn’t feel like as a great of resource as it would be if you’re going somewhere else. So last September I was going up to the Driftless area in Wisconsin. I was going up there to hang out with, there’s a boutique watch company in Chicago called OK and Oscar. And to kind of back it up a little bit, when I turned 50 last year, I’ve got all the fly fishing things that I think I could ever want. And so I was trying to think of something special that I could gift myself to celebrate turning 50 and early in the year had thought about, you know, getting a nice watch. Cameron (9m 33s): And that kind of quickly led me to Oak and Oscar because the companies somewhat aligned with fly fishing and I’ve gotten to know Chase who is also pretty deep into fly fishing. It was pretty neat that just like with a lot of the, the fly rod companies and small shops that I deal with, it was neat that either through Instagram or through a text, like I could talk directly to Chase who’s, you know, the founder of OK and Oscar and you know, I could have invested in a watch from another company and never knew like anyone, you know, in any of the process of, of designing or building the watch. And so it was really neat to connect with Chase early last year and, and invested in a Humboldt GMT, which I took to Brazil taking it on a lot of adventures since then. Cameron (10m 24s): And then kind of the lead up through last year was that I was gonna attend their Built to Discover Weekend up in the Drift list. And so another friend of mine, Brad, who is also affiliated with Oak and Oscar, he and I planned not only to go to the Built to Discover weekend, but also to meet up a couple days before. And we had planned to Fish and to golf together prior to that event. So Brad is in the Chicago area, he’s pretty familiar with the Driftless area, but what we found was that the Trout Routes app was an unbelievable resource for us. ’cause Brad would be like, I know of this stream, but I’m not quite sure about like access or where it’s at. Cameron (11m 7s): And the app made it really easy for us to dial in, not only like this is, you know, this is where the stream is, but this is the easements, this is how we can get onto the stream. This is the class of water that it is. So it’s, it was immediately apparent to me that an app that I kind of used at home but you know, didn’t feel maybe I wasn’t taking advantage of all the, the features like through the course of that three or four days that we were messing around on the Drift list, like every day we were in the app trying to figure out like where we could go next, you know, where we needed to walk in on to get on to, you know, different easements and accesses to the water there. Dave (11m 46s): Yeah, definitely. Cameron (11m 48s): The other neat thing was is that Eric from Trout Routes, who I’ve known for years, even before he worked at Trout Routes lives in the area. And so we were able to spend a morning with him. The bad news was is that it had rained like heavy rained the night before and so the streams were all like chocolate milk. And so we fished together for, I don’t know, maybe a couple hours and Eric caught a couple fish and it was just fun to catch up with him and talk. But it certainly, the two days before were unbelievable. In fact you can go on to TFM and there was I think, what’s the title of that post A Day in the Drift lists with a couple of favorite three weights. Cameron (12m 29s): And I spent the morning with the, in June Rod seven foot three weight in the afternoon with the Chris Barclay six eight p. And so it was really neat and caught like some pretty sizable browns, you know, on Hoppers through the day, really small water. So it was just like the perfect day and really T Trout routes was, was a part of that from start to finish because we had found a really neat access to a stream that Brad knew about but wasn’t quite sure how we could get on it. So. Right. It’s a really neat app. I’ve used it a lot since then. And you know, I think it’s a, a really great resource for folks that adventure and, and explore a lot. And then I think it’s an even better resource like when you travel that you, it connects you with fly shops that are, you know, local to where you’re going. Cameron (13m 16s): It also connects you with areas that you can get on the water and and know for certain that you’re not gonna get in trouble for trespassing. Which for me being a police officer, like the things that I worry about is like being found out that I was trespassing or I didn’t have a fishing license and get busted for that. So. Right. Always gotta be lawful. Dave (13m 34s): That’s right, yeah. Especially, yeah, you gotta make sure we should all be lawful, but yeah, it’s, that’s my kind of, I guess my favorite too is just, just having such accurate details on all that, you know, I think that, you know, we’ve heard the other things, you know, like River the gauges, right, the gauging system now you can get it all there, but it’s cool too in Onyx, you know, the fact that now they’re with Onyx essentially that’s huge because you know, they’ve been leading in the wild, you know, kind of hunting area for so long. So I feel like there’s a lot of amazing stuff that’s gonna come even on top of what’s already there, right? Cameron (14m 8s): Oh yeah. It’s robust and I just, just gonna see that grow in the future and it’s just, it’s also really neat to see the different relationships and collaborations and partnerships that they continue to grow along the way. So, and I also think it’s really neat that, you know, as a, something that you subscribe to that the fact that they do masterclasses and updates and they really want users to know all the different features that are involved in the app and that’s continual, it’s continual learning for, for you and I, it’s continual learning for somebody that just downloads the app this weekend or or tonight and you know, wants to jump on it to figure out where they’re gonna go this weekend. Dave (14m 45s): Exactly. No that’s perfect. And and so Eric, you knew before Trot Routes, what, how’d you guys first connect out there? Cameron (14m 51s): You know what he used to tie a lot of Musky flies, weights and measures was his Instagram feed and so Fly Tire and just, you know, like good dude on the internet. And so we had never, I don’t think met in person and then early on he was like, Hey, I’m at Trout Routes now. And so we continued, you know, to connect that way and it was fun spending a half day with him. I’d love to spend some more time on the water with him because yeah, definitely good dude, family guy and so there’s a lot of things that, a lot of good reasons to be able to connect with somebody like him. Yep, Dave (15m 27s): For sure. Yeah, Eric’s awesome. Nice. So, so cool. That’s a little, you know, snippet on trout routes and we’ll probably circle back at the end as we kinda get into this, but you know, I wanna start with, I wanna talk about the website, but just maybe give us an update on fiberglass rods. Has there been much that’s changed in the last, you know, six years? I know it seems like the Echo definitely name is still out there, the badass class. What, what a classic, you know, we hear about that a lot, but you know, what about the tech is have things, what’s new out there? Cameron (15m 55s): You know, I think technology continues to evolve and you know, there’s more and more companies that are, that are working with S Glass and that you’re seeing where they’re just pushing the envelope on what you can do with, with that material and you’re seeing makers that are continuing to deep dive into niches. You know, I think a Chris Barclay like strong small stream technician I think of, you know, caboodle and, and, and Japan not only has like a wide array of rods that he’s offering, but now he is starting to mess around with two handers. So I mean there’s innovation that keeps happening. You got people like Shane Gray that like have their hand in a 12 different things going on in the class including, you know, taking over Stephan Brothers to keep that brand going. Cameron (16m 44s): And then also investing like in his, his rod maker 24 7 side where he offers blanks for rod makers that are super high quality echo that you, you know, talked about like, you know, it was pretty neat before Echo offered glass. Like Tim reached out to me and he’s like, what’s not out there? And I was like, well there’s not heavyweight glass at that point and there wasn’t two handers and he is like, we can’t start there, we gotta start with, you know, trout weight rods and you know, echo’s done trout weight rods in several different generations. They’ve done two handers and two different generations. They’ve done, you know, heavy line weight glass with their badass glass in two different generations now. And so I think what’s neat for me is that we’re seeing companies that take on glass projects and it’s not something that they do just for a little while and they’re like, okay, that was fun but we’re done with it. Cameron (17m 34s): We’re doing a glass project and they’re innovating a new generation, they’re innovating the generation after that. So you think of somebody like Redington, I think they’re on their third generation, Orvis has had two generations of glass out and then there’s companies that have offered glass in the past that haven’t jumped in yet, but I can think of one or two that a glass project is either in the thought process or in the work. So that’s exciting and it’s, it’s just neat that there’s, it’s not something that people have like latched onto and then have just given up on. It’s something that they see it’s not a fad and you know, I never think that, you know, ever have a thought process that that glass will ever surpass graphite. Cameron (18m 21s): It’s always gonna be a, a wonderful little niche within fly fishing. But it’s just neat that when I started the website in 2008 there was maybe a dozen fly rod companies, blank makers and builders. And now that number is like well over a hundred, probably pushing 200 if I like knew of every single builder, you know, throughout the whole world. I mean that number might be two or 300, who knows? And so just the, the interest of it from a builder side, from an innovation side, I mean all that stuff is continuing to move forward. Dave (18m 57s): Yeah, that’s interesting. Yeah. So 2008 you started it, the website at least and, and then, and you’ve been like, what have you been, do you post, maybe talk about that a little bit, what can people expect if they let, let’s just say we have somebody here that’s maybe thinking about, you know, getting a little bit deeper into glass. They haven’t tested out. Where do they start on this? Is there a place they can go to your website and read some articles at your site or what would you recommend? Cameron (19m 19s): So publish posts or are almost 6,200 posts now. Dave (19m 24s): 6,200. Cameron (19m 26s): And Google does a really good job that there’s a little search button down on the bottom right hand side or if you just go to Google and you can find a lot of things, there’s also a page that’s fly rod maker’s page, so that’s all your builders, blank makers, fly rod companies. So I try to keep that up to date, actually try to go through that, you know, once every other month just to make sure, you know, websites are still good, links are still good there. And then a lot of times things, you know, conversations start either with a, a direct message on Instagram or an email, get multiple of those a week which are, you know, really fun to help somebody either. Dave (20m 6s): So that’s a good way to do it. Cameron (20m 7s): Oh yeah, I love that. Okay. And I think it’s just a, a really neat way for me to answer a lot of questions quickly and if somebody is new to fiberglass, like I was, you know, you know talk about like if somebody’s gonna invest wants a new, you know, let’s say a four weight, like we talk about budget, we talk about length, we talk about line weight, we talk about what type of taper, like what are they going to do, use it for, is it just gonna be dry flies only or do they want something that has a pretty progressive taper that they could nm if they want to, they can throw dry flies, they can, you know, throw streamers. You know, fortunately now there’s multiple choices in all the different type of rod tapers. Cameron (20m 50s): So there isn’t just that, well this is the rod you want, it’s like here’s four or five rods for you to consider. Here’s, you know, a builder or here’s multiple builders that, you know, build on those blanks. So it’s really neat to be able to give folks options for, you know, whatever they are looking for. Dave (21m 8s): Yeah, okay. So, so it depends And is, does fiberglass kind of cover all ends of it now or are there people doing, you know, you named the species and there’s a salt water or there’s a fiberglass rod for it out there? Cameron (21m 19s): Yeah, I mean I, somebody popped up from Oman where they were catching permit on glass rods, you know, I mean it’s just, I mean that’s the stuff, the weird stuff I do. But it’s neat to see like other people have like committed to just fishing glass for everything from little tiny trout and tiny streams to chasing tarp and sharks and salt water species and red fish and carp and small malt bass and you know, if you can catch it then it can be caught on glass and there’s a lot of options for I think of my own collection. I think the, the lightest rod I have is a two weight, the heaviest rod I have is a 12 weight and then I’ve got multiple two-hander rods, you know, up to eight or nine weight so Oh you do? Cameron (22m 8s): Yeah, it’s, yeah, there’s, there’s a lot of things that you can do and a lot of fish that you can chase with glass rods now with Dave (22m 15s): Glass. And what do you find for yourself is the, the biggest advantage of a glass say if you’re comparing them to a graphite? Cameron (22m 23s): You know, I think it comes down a, I think that you can really feel the rod load and so I think for new casters that’s very helpful and you know, fly casting is supposed to be fun and I think part of that fun is that the rod does a lot of the work. You can feel the rod load up and it’s just, to me there’s much more connection to the cast with a glass rod than forcing a graphite rod to try to bend while you’re casting it. I think that it’s exceptional for protecting tt. So if I trout fish and you’re using five x and six x and seven x tipt, I’m much less worried about breaking a fish off on a light tipping on glass rod because that glass rod is acting like a, a shock absorber. Cameron (23m 10s): I mean the whole rod is bending and even with heavier tipt I never worry about breaking fish off. And I also feel like I can leverage and turn fish really easy with, I feel like can, I can fight fish more effectively with class. And I think maybe on the more philosophical side of things, like actually touching the fish is not really the big deal. Like I’m much more like it’s so fun to feed a fish a fly because a lot of the fishing that I do now is sight fishing. It’s flat fishing, it’s being able to see that fish come up and take the fly or chase the fly. And so that’s like 90% of it for me. Like if the fly comes out after a a couple minutes fight or the fish, you know, like this summer on B Island had a huge pike that ended up taking, I was fishing to a group of carp somehow this, this big pike materialized, fought this pike for like a minute and a half, two minutes and then all of a sudden I guess he just opened his mouth up and the fly came out and that was right after he like did this big barrel roll and he had this huge like Labrador sized head that came out of the water. Cameron (24m 18s): Geez. And then he was off and it was like, well that was good enough. I think 15 years ago I would’ve been like upset and yeah cranky the rest of the day like that fish was gone. But it was just awesome having that moment, you know, till then. So Dave (24m 32s): Yeah, it’s even better I guess it’s kinda weird about that, right? Because yeah touching the fish and playing it longer is probably, is definitely not better for the fish. You know, the quick release is probably the best thing to do but sometimes you know, you’re like you wanna get a photo but I guess the older you get to once you’ve done it all maybe it’s not as important but, well you mentioned the rod load, I think that’s interesting. I’ve heard that from a number of casting instructors we’ve had on here where they talk about, especially for beginners getting into it that feeling the line and the rod loading is really critical. You mentioned I think when, when I was, when you, we had you on here on that first episode you mentioned a couple good beginner rods I think for my kids and I and they they were the, what were they, the yellow, you know the fiberglass? Cameron (25m 13s): Yeah the eagle cloth feather light. Is Dave (25m 14s): That still your recommendation? Yeah, Cameron (25m 16s): Still the best bang for your buck. I mean go to Walmart, you’re gonna find it for you know, go to a hardware store, you’re gonna find it for $25. They actually make some really fun claw featherlight spinning rods. So like start your kids on that and then get a couple of the fly rods to mess around with. You’ll probably fish the spinning rods more than your kids do and it’ll like reignite an interest in spin fishing like it did me. But yeah that’s a great like first entry into it and you can’t beat it. Dave (25m 48s): Yeah, you can’t beat it. What’s the next, after you get past that level, what do you think is the next rod for say it could be either your kid as they grow up or maybe just somebody listening now where they want to get that, you know, what, what’s a good recommendation on on a rod? There’s so much out there, where do you start? Cameron (26m 2s): So I would say there’s econ feather light and there’s kind of like a jump up to that maybe 150 to 250 window. I think Moonlet fly fishing is doing some phenomenal things with their lunar S class are unbelievable. Like I’ve talked about those to so many people and they go on sale, they’re like 1 59 or 1 79, they’ve got a two weight through a 10 weight. So you’ve got every choice for line weight. I would say they’re great for a primary rod or if you’re going somewhere and you just wanna take a backup and that’s a great choice. I think the bump up from there is that you’ve got your red trucks, your redingtons, your echoes are kind of in a, in a pool together. Cameron (26m 46s): And then the next step up are the orva super fine glass USA made. I think the entire series is great from two eight to eight weight, very much a favorite rod of mine. And then after that you’re kind of getting into the epics either getting them, you know, directly from Epic, you know as a factory rod or then you start getting into your more, you know, high-end custom built rods that you have a tremendous choice of boutique blanks that you can pick up from Mike McFarland or Dusty Smith or you know from Shane Gray was was Stephan brothers get the epic blanks. There’s a ton of choices from Japan and even in Europe for different choices in blanks. Cameron (27m 31s): So it really depends on, that’s where it goes back to those five questions like yeah, line weight, your budget. Yeah, Dave (27m 38s): What are those five questions? Cameron (27m 40s): So I always start out with what their budget is because if somebody’s budget is $200, that’s gonna be a different conversation than somebody that wants to break the piggy bank and and spend 5, 6, 7, $800. So figure out budget, we figure out what line weight they’re looking for and length of rod and then what type of taper they’re looking for. Like what are they planning to do with it. So is this gonna be a dry fly only rod, is this something that they want all around performance that they can do dry flies, they can swing soft hackles, they can nm with, they can throw streamers and then is it something that they need next week for a trip or is this something they can wait for? Cameron (28m 22s): So are they looking for a factory rod built rod or are they looking for something that may be coming from a, a small shop builder and then yeah and then just that availability, like how long until they expect to have it in their hands. ’cause there’s a lot of off the shelf rods that you can, you know, bite your fly shop tomorrow. But to get on the list for some of the more popular boutique small shop builders, you might wait 3, 6, 10, you know, 12 months to get a fly rod. Dave (28m 54s): Right, right. Those are the The custom custom operations. Yes. Yeah. Okay. So those are the five things. So we got everything you mentioned there and maybe we could just start with a two-hand, let’s talk trout spay. We’ve got Tim Flagler who is gonna be on soon, we’re gonna be talking trout spay a little bit, so maybe that’s a good, let’s talk about that. What would be a good, if we take, you got line weight and length, so if we’re saying you know, trouts Bay, I guess what, what would be your typical, what do you think would be a good rod to look at for that and budget wise? Let’s just keep it in the middle. Maybe we’re talking for kind of the 3, 4, 500 range somewhere in there. Cameron (29m 27s): Yep. Your best choice. Just because there’s not a lot of choices in do Anders. Your best choice right now is gonna be either to find either the last generation of echo two handers or just the spring. They brought out a updated new generation of two-hander glass rods that are a hundred percent glass. There’s only three models so there’s gonna be something in that three weight, I think it’s three eight or three six and eight weight are the choices there. And I haven’t really gotten to mess around with mine much. I’ve got lines all set out ready to do it. That’s gonna be a, a fall project for me to get those squared away and spend some time on the water with them. Cameron (30m 11s): But really neat to see a choice that’s kind of on the budget end of things in a specialty area with two handers, if you’re gonna break the piggy bank know that like Kabuto and Japan is working on a two hander project, those are gonna be phenomenal when they get released. You’ve got blank makers like Mike McFarland that have done some two handers in the past. So you know, there’s some high-end options. But really for that, that budget area you’ve got Echo and then actually I think Shane Gray with his 24 7 rod maker 24 7 lineup has at least two or three different blanks that you can choose from or have him build ’em out. Cameron (30m 53s): And I think when he builds ’em out they’re kind of in that four to maybe in that five to 600 range depending on components. Dave (31m 0s): Oh cool. So you can get a custom ride there for like 4, 5, 600 bucks? Cameron (31m 4s): Yeah, I think so. I would have to look at, I know the, the 200 blanks aren’t terribly expensive. I’m not exactly sure what he charges to build those out, but the couple that I’ve seen are, are pretty exceptional looking. Dave (31m 17s): Okay. Yeah, I’d probably go with that three weight since I don’t that currently have something in that range. So a three weight glass. And is that, are those still called the badass glass that they’re two handed rods for Echo? Cameron (31m 27s): No, I think those are called, they’re glass spay lineup. Dave (31m 32s): Today’s episode is brought to you by Trout Routes by Onyx, the ultimate mapping app for trout anglers. Whether you’re planning a big road trip or sneaking away for an afternoon session, trout routes helps you find and explore new waters fast. You’ll get detailed maps that include public land boundaries, stream access points, regulations and other extras like hiking trails and parking spots. I’ve been using it to plan my trips and it’s taken the guesswork out of the process. No more bouncing between multiple tools. Everything you need in one spot, give it a try right now at wetly swing.com/trout routes and download the app to start exploring smarter today. So you’re saying there’s a few rod companies, I mean overall if you look at all the companies out there, do most of them have glass or is it, you know, maybe half of them or, or not even half. Cameron (32m 22s): I would say it’s over half. Not all the companies have it, but some of those companies that don’t have it now, there’s at least two conversations that I’ve been having where they’re considering bringing ’em back or are bringing glass back to their lineup. So, and these are pretty, well both of these are pretty well known brands that are out there, so it’s pretty neat to see that that’s part of their consideration. And for some it’s like connected to a milestone for the company as far as you know, how many years that they’ve been in business. So it may be kind of a throwback project, which is pretty neat to see. Dave (32m 58s): Yeah, it goes back a ways, right? Cameron (32m 60s): Yeah, I mean it goes back to the fifties and sixties through the seventies, you know, that glass was out there. I just think the neat thing is that along with that, and you’ve got companies that are going back to the drawing board about like, okay, this is the glass rod that we, we offer now, but what makes this, you know, better the next go around and you know, looking forward to an, a new generation of glass from that company as well. Dave (33m 26s): And what, what changes when they get the next generation? It seems like you hear a lot with the graphite rods that a company, you know, comes out some of ’em every couple years, two or three years with the new rod and it’s not that much different or the old rod is a great rod still, right? Like do you find there’s big changes in tech and over when they come out with the new generation? Cameron (33m 44s): You know, a lot of times it’s, you know, that transition from like Orvis Super Pine glass went from a three piece rod to a four piece rod. They were able to tweak some of the tapers, make the like, I think the, the six weight is better and this new generation it’s four piece, it’s easier to travel with the eight weight is phenomenal. And so I don’t know if there was a lot of changes. So like the 2, 3, 4 and maybe five, but definitely the six and eight had a lot of changes and just the fact that they’re easier to travel with as a, as a four piece rod is a big deal. But you know, I think that there’s things that carry over from their latest generation of graphite with the different resins that are available and then just the different technology and fabrics that are available in glass. Cameron (34m 34s): You know, sometimes you’re able to marry some of those things together. So it is just pretty interesting to see, you know, when you go back to the drawing board, it’s not just cosmetics, you know, a lot of times, and I don’t think this is something I see so much now, but maybe 10 or 12 years ago, like people were like, oh I want a purple fly rod and they didn’t even care like what it casts. Like, you know, in fact I think there’s an article that I wrote like Forget about the damn color. Like we can get to color after we figure out like everything else you wanna do with this. That’s Dave (35m 5s): Right. Cameron (35m 5s): And it’s, I think even easier now to do that because if you do want a purple fly rod, you know, we can figure out like what you wanna do with that fly rod first and then try to find one of purple right. That that does that. So where, you know, years ago there weren’t as many choices and so maybe you just like, you know, a certain color and that’s what you wanted. Now that there’s multiple colors, but really more importantly there’s performance and there’s angler suitability and what you wanna do with on the water with that fly rod should be the, the first focus and then we can match up aesthetics after that. Dave (35m 44s): Right, right. Yeah, the the, it’s interesting ’cause yeah the colors, they got all the colors is that I guess that’s unique for fiberglass or with fiberglass you can do that but with I guess graphite it’s not, you can’t really make the colors is that I get what, what is the situation there? Is that a lot easier with fiberglass? Cameron (35m 60s): It might be easier with fiberglass ’cause of the fabric you can get the fabric and you know, fiberglass fabric in different colors. I mean you can paint fly rods any color you want. I would just say that it’s maybe less so with graphite you see them, you know. How many different graphite rods have you seen in different colors? I guess Winston Green. Dave (36m 18s): Oh, okay. Cameron (36m 19s): You know, a lot of ’em are black but there’s some out there that are, that are painted and or graphite comes in different colors. But I would say that’s probably something more suited and you find more often with With glass. Yeah, Dave (36m 33s): With glass. And what is the, you know, the, the glass now is, you know, I think we talked about this the on last time, but the difference between the old versus the, the newer glass, is it considerable that the difference of you pick up a glass now versus say something from the eighties or somewhere in there? Cameron (36m 50s): I think there’s some exceptional glass that was from the seventies and eighties. I think that there’s probably overall there’s more, more better a word. Hmm. Or a term and more better it’s, it’s more better now you’re gonna find more options that are better now across the board. You know, we talked about moonlet for $179. It’s the performance of those rods, you know, are close to, if they don’t match rods that cost three and four times that. So you probably would not find that back in the seventies as as much, you know, as probably one-offs. This rod’s pretty exceptional and it is still exceptional today where you don’t have to spend six, seven, $800 now to get a high performance glass rod. Cameron (37m 37s): There’s a lot of options that are much more budget friendly. I think that if you’ve always wanted brands such and such than you’re gonna be willing, you know, you’re willing to spend more or if it’s things that are important to you like made in the USA is extremely important to me. And so, you know, there’s a lot of times I push folks to Orvis rods or tho Thomas or Scott, you know, fly rods because, or to a boutique builder who rolls the blanks in the United States, everything is sourced and you’re gonna get a better fly rod from them for the same money as as you know, something that’s maybe, you know, built offshore. Cameron (38m 17s): So, and I haven’t heard a lot in Rod building in fly rods about tariffs, but you know, I’m sure there’s an effect that we’re gonna see as those things move forward. Dave (38m 28s): That’s right, that’s right. Yeah. And it’s always good. It seems like it’s always, yeah, if you can buy, you know, American mate and they’re not, the price isn’t that much different and that seems like a no brainer. Cameron (38m 37s): Yeah and you know with with your small shop builders, you know, a $700 fly rod that comes from a fly rod company, you’re likely, if you spent $700 with a small shop builder, you’re likely getting a better rod as far as components. The cork is gonna be better. You know, if you think about a fly rod that comes from a fly rod company being sold at a fly shop, there’s like margins. You know, the fly rod company has a margin that they have to meet, the fly shop has a margin. Then there’s material costs when you’re dealing with a boutique builder that it might be one person. You know, those margins are different because they’re only building a profit in for themselves and then their materials cost. Cameron (39m 19s): So you’re probably getting a better fly rod overall for the same amount of money than you are from a, a fly rod company that’s selling through a fly shop. Dave (39m 28s): Yep. Okay. And what else, you know, let’s just kind of wrap that up on the, the choosing of a rod. It seems like there’s a lot of options they can call you or connect with you online. That would be a good way. What are the other features somebody should be thinking about? Is there, you know, obviously color isn’t a critical thing, but it’s more about like what you’re fishing for. So we talked about the spay rod. Let’s say we were, let’s say we were doing a salt water trip. Let’s just take it to let’s say a bonefish sort of, you know, trip. What would be there and our budget range, let’s say is a little bit higher. Let’s say we have $800 to go out after some permit bonefish sort of thing. What would we be looking at there? Cameron (40m 2s): Well I think my kit that I always take is I really like the badass glass rods and the kind of secret sauce on that is not only do I take like the six, or excuse me, the eight and the 10 badass glass with me, but I’ve got extra tips for both of those rods. So if you know it’s 40 bucks to get a tip from Echo and it’s just a nice insurance package. Last January I went to Brazil and having those extra tips for the eight and 10 just, I felt a lot better about just having that insurance on those. So those always go on trips. Orva super fine glass eight weight always goes epic. 8 8 8 epic bandit best 10 weight and glass still, it’s short, it’s fun. Cameron (40m 49s): It has a very like light swing weight. I’ve caught everything from small mouth all the way to an 80 pound shark on it. The 80 part on shark is probably not recommended like I heard. Oh no. Like fibers popping the entire time. Dave (41m 2s): Oh wow, really? It Cameron (41m 4s): Was, yeah it was, it was. I would not advise. Dave (41m 7s): So, but you didn’t break it. Cameron (41m 8s): Yeah, I’m surprised. And then even afterwards, like I kind of figured like I would catch a red fish or a carp on it and it would explode just from the stress of the shark, but it’s, that rod’s still alive like years later. Oh Dave (41m 21s): Cool. Cameron (41m 21s): And then I’m trying to think, oh epic, Boca Grande, that’s the 12 weight that’s gone on a few trips for Tarpon. And then some of the, you know, know the lately like the moonlit eight weight’s gone on trips, red truck has an eight weight. That’s pretty fun. That went to Beaver Island with me this last year, went to Louisiana for red fish. I’m always the guy that brings too many fly rods on a trip. Dave (41m 47s): Yeah, you got, you got the, the ton of rods. Yeah. Cameron (41m 49s): A it’s the opportunity to take ’em along and there’s so many different ways to carry rods now that, Dave (41m 55s): How do you do that? What’s your way when you’re traveling? How do you, you got a bunch of rods. Cameron (41m 59s): So I’ve got a couple different, like fail safe ways. I’ve got a Vita vu makes a, a roll that I can put four rods pretty easy, super lightweight. So that’s certainly a good way to travel. I’ve got a, one of the new River Smith convoy bags, so not only can I put a ton of fly rods in it, I think I’ve carried up to like eight or 10 rods. I can also put all the fly rails, fly lines, sunglasses, accessories, et cetera, et cetera. And it has backpack straps, so it’s pretty easy to carry. And then, then you’ve got kind of more of the traditional rod cases, which I think Orvis has a really nice rendition of. Cameron (42m 43s): Patagonia has a slightly larger one, so if I’m taking longer rods, that’s handy. And then kind of the primo way to carry rods is the C run cases. Those things are bombproof and they’re a little bit heavy but maybe can’t carry as many rods, but it’s a great way to carry your, your items secure. Not three locks on ’em. And so I would say like part of the, and I’ve kind of talked about this on social lately and is like, the buildup to a trip is almost as fun as the trip because you’re like picking rods reels. Like if I’m really being good, like I’ve stripped off lines from the last trip and then I’m picking out fly lines for, for the trip coming up. Cameron (43m 28s): And so everything’s getting clean fly lines that are, you know, it’s kind of special for that trip. And then making sure that I’ve got all the accessories and tools and tidbits and then figuring out which Rod case and gear bag is gonna be the perfect match, either to fit under an airplane seat or go as checked luggage or if it’s a road trip or what’s gonna fit best in the boat. So there’s always like, I probably, well I overthink those things. I’m, I’m not probably OCDI am OCD. Right. Once all that stuff’s figured out, like throwing clothing and waiters and boots, that’s the easy part. Cameron (44m 11s): It’s, it’s trying to hash out fly rods reels and fly lines is the part that probably vexes me more than anything else. Yeah. Dave (44m 19s): When you have a lot of choices. Yeah, that is, this is good. Well, back to your side, I, I noticed you’ve got a couple of videos i i I was kinda searching through there. You had a, there was eventually a Lefty crave video, an old video with him and flip palette and then you have this Patagonia video series. What, describe that a little bit. What you, what goes to the top or, or you know, what, what’s coming up next? Cameron (44m 41s): You know, I always have looked at it like a puzzle and so it’s like every day, I mean there’s what almost six, 200 posts. I can’t be about glass every day all the time because not everybody reads TFM for that. It’s a nice little diversion, you know, for folks while they’re at work or, and so I always want to be that resource for, for glass, but it’s really fun to, to talk about things that are within outdoors and fly fishing. I thought that series from Patagonia about disaster style parenting. You know, our kids are three times as old as their kids, but you know, it was, as young parents there’s a lot of things that we, you know, dealt with and thought about in different ways. Cameron (45m 23s): But it’s neat to see how parents approach those things. So I think some things I share because I think they’re cool and then sometimes there’s things that I share because I think other people, you know, I’m sure that there’s a lot of people that read TFM that have young kids that hopefully watch three of those, those three videos and, and got something out of it. So I always look at it as like a creative puzzle where we’re gonna put two or three pieces on today and if I have time to write TFM tomorrow I’m gonna pick two or three pieces. And it might be a video, it might be an online magazine and it might be, you know, like some stuff that’s coming up. Like CTS in New Zealand, they released all their new colorways for the different colors that you can get their flower ride blanks. Cameron (46m 4s): And so they’ve got examples of, oh, there’s probably three dozen different new colors that you can order their fly rods in. And so it’s continuing to be that resource about fiberglass, but then also understanding that there’s a lot of other cool things that, that are out there and it’s fun to shine a light on it. It’s fun to shine a light on, on small shop builders and makers. You know, if I highlight a rod builder or a gear maker and then I get a text or email the next day saying, Hey, I got three orders from that, I really appreciate it. Like I feel good about that. Like I don’t make any money off of it. Like that doesn’t mean anything, you know, like I’ve never wanted any decision I make with TFM to be monetary, like motivated. Cameron (46m 51s): It’s been really fun to just kind of share whatever I think is cool and if it’s, it fits into the puzzle piece of today or tomorrow or next week, it’s, you know, just part of the process. Dave (47m 3s): Right, right. So there’s a mix of some stuff that you’re writing and just posting of other, a mixture of just things that people would find interesting about fly fishing. Cameron (47m 12s): Yeah, and you know, like I’m scrolling back right now, like Joel is an artist up in the upstate. He’s actually a pilot, but he does a lot of art and I thought it was pretty neat that he took pages from a complete angler and, and painted flies on him and then very cool like vintage video with lefty and flip fishing for carp and then, then you jump into images from being on Beaver Island in May. And even though we literally almost got iced out, I mean Oh you did? It was like the coldest trip that I’ve ever had up there. Like the lake on the last day was 41 degrees. Dave (47m 50s): No kidding. Cameron (47m 51s): And so saw car, but they were just like looking for a warm place to hide and they would come up on the flat and just kind of mill around. They were like not interested in eating. So that was kind of a, that was disappointing. But there was tons of small mouth around there was bike around and then just the island is just such a, such a cool vibe and someplace that I really enjoyed spending a week at every summer or late spring, early summer. Still a worthwhile trip. Hopefully next year the carpool be in warmer water and we people to have some, there you go. Some gamers, but there Dave (48m 26s): You go. That’s cool. So you got more trips coming up. I mean as you look out, you kind of put these out a year out, you’re saying, I’ve got this many trips or they kind of come up on the spot as you go. Cameron (48m 36s): So some trips are like in the books yearly, typically Louisiana. I’ve got set dates and I’ve got set dates for Beaver Island and then I try to fit in, you know, extra trips along the way. Like I’ve got Bahamas with a couple friends, photographer friend Dave Fa is putting together a trip in March, so we’ll do that with him. Beaver Island and June, I’m sure that there’ll be some family trips planned for next year and our daughter turns 21. So I think we’ve got something later on the year planned for her. I think that when our children were really young it was easier for me to just go on fly fishing trips and then as everybody gets older there’s more say that spread around the family on where we’re going and what we’re doing. Cameron (49m 24s): So. Right. Yeah. Maybe not as much fly fishing focus trips, but you know, it’s, Dave (49m 29s): You’re still doing the travel. Cameron (49m 30s): Oh yeah, it’s, Dave (49m 31s): It’s, yeah. Are the kids, do the kids love it? Are they all into all that they like going on the family travel excursions? Cameron (49m 37s): Our daughter especially, so she, she wants to go and be everywhere. I think our, our son, he’s a homebody and he wants to be able to golf with his friends every day, but as he gets older, like there’s places that he wants to go that, you know, we’re trying to work out and make happen and hopefully that means maybe golfing and Scotland and you know, there Dave (49m 58s): We Cameron (49m 58s): Go. Finding a reason to fish there and some other places as well. Dave (50m 1s): Yeah, that’s, I think that’s what’s cool about it is that all the travel, no matter where you go, there’s gonna be some fishing if you wanna do it right. That it, you name it. Cameron (50m 10s): Yes. I think whether, whatever that hobby is, and for me it’s fly fishing and in the last several years is golf is that there’s always a reason to carry, you know, bring a fly rod along and bring golf clubs along that you know, you can have an experience wherever, wherever you’re going doing those things. Dave (50m 29s): Perfect. Cool. Well let’s, let’s take it outta here real quick. I want to follow up on some of those couple of random questions as we get outta here. But this is our wet fly swing pro segment. I can’t remember, I think when we started, we definitely, when we had our last podcast, we didn’t have this going, but now we have our wet fly swing pro community where people can check out and go a little deeper and connect with the community there. We recently got back from a, a trip, we were up in Alaska as well and we had a great trip. Alex was one of the, one of the guys that was there and he was awesome, had taught a ton of music and he had his quiver rods too, kinda like you’re talking about, he had a bunch of pretty much all glass. That was his thing. So he would pro, I’m sure he’s probably connected with you. He probably, if if not Alex, you gotta connect with Cameron here. Dave (51m 10s): So I wanna give a shout out to wifi week probably ’cause everybody can connect there with our community. And today also we wanted talk about trout routes real quick before we get outta here again. And so first off, if Alex does want to connect with you, just like you said, best way would be to go to social media and maybe just DM me on Instagram Cameron (51m 27s): Dms or send an email. And the email’s, the fiberglass manifesto@gmail.com emails are probably an easier way for me to keep track of ’cause DMS kind of get crazy and I like share a lot of different things like on stories and when I do that than it like also shares over in dms and so I can kind of get lost on those. Yeah, so email emails are great ’cause those are kind of right in front of my face every morning when I wake up. Dave (51m 50s): Okay. And then what is your email again? Cameron (51m 52s): The fiberglass manifesto@gmail.com. At Dave (51m 56s): Gmail. Good, okay. So we’ll get, we’ll get that link there. So yeah, so let’s go back to trout route real quick. I’m just looking through, you know, again, we mentioned some of the features, the, you know, from the extreme coverage. I mean that’s probably one of the biggest, right? ’cause they have like, pretty much everything’s mapped in the lower 48. I don’t think they’ve hit Alaska yet, but that might be in their list. Or, and I’m not sure about Canada, but the lower 48 is covered, right? They’ve got everything pretty much mapped. They’ve got all the access the filters, that’s kind of a cool thing. The features where they got stream classifications, is that the one you, you mentioned is, or maybe talk about that. Have you tried other, some of these other things where it classifies the streams based on, you know, different stream levels? Cameron (52m 35s): So we definitely use that last summer when we were traveling around Wisconsin. ’cause there was, the amazing thing about the Driftless area is that there’s no shortage of different creeks and streams and rivers to choose from. And so knowing what class and you know, blue ribbon water or you know, what we could anticipate on different streams was helpful. And then the ability to take maps offline is, you know, a pretty neat feature. Especially there, we, you know, where we stayed, we camped, there was very, very minimal service and as we were traveling through a lot of those back roads that it was, is pretty frequent that we’d lose service entirely. Cameron (53m 16s): But we were able to make sure that we’re still on the map and going to the correct place. So for me, I just, I get really freaked out about the possibility of, of trespassing. And so being able to see those easements and see exactly where I was at on that map at all times was really reassuring that like we were in the right spot and I wasn’t gonna have some angry farmer No you that storming across or tractoring out across the field God to, to confront us. So Dave (53m 44s): No, you definitely don’t want that. So. Okay. Yeah, and the, the other thing I, I know we’ve heard from a couple people on the podcast is some of the gradient too, like figuring out where to fish based on the gradient and the layers that they show there in the trout routes as well. You can actually tell where to plan your trip, you know what I mean? So as you’re going down, especially if you’re doing a longer float trip. So that’s kind of some other features. But, but no, this is good. I think that as always, we mentioned we swing pro. So the cool thing is if people get in there, if they join, we fly Swing Pro, then they’re also gonna get connection to a, a free version of Trout route. So that’s a little bonus shout out there. That’s Cameron (54m 18s): Very cool. Dave (54m 19s): Yeah. So let’s, I wanna get a couple tips too on maybe some casting, well first off, do you consider yourself a kind of an expert, a fly casting instructor or have you got into that with the fiberglass stuff? Cameron (54m 32s): I have not. And I’m a passable caster. I’m a decent caster. But there’s been several trips that Tim Ray, Jeff has come along. He’s been to Louisiana with us Oh nice. And New Island with us. Yeah. And talk about like making everyone on the trip like freak out, right? Dave (54m 48s): Yeah. How was that? So tell us that Cameron (54m 51s): When you like email everybody like, hey Tim Ray, Jeff has entered the chat, he’s gonna be on the trip and like start getting text messages. Like what are you doing? Like bringing him on the trip, like he’s gonna just make fun of my cast. Right? There’s no one better in the boat to like, he won’t say anything, but if you ask him, he is an incredible instructor, he wants you to cast better, right? It was really fun on Beaver Island ’cause Kevin and Steve were the guides up there. After they got known their summer session, they were going to Belize to fish for permit. And so he spent several afternoons out in the draft just like going over different casting techniques and even simple stuff like in the boat with me, he is like, Hey Cameron, you’re like letting your kind of letting your back cast fall apart instead of keeping it, you know, more of a wrist at that two o’clock. Cameron (55m 38s): And it’s amazing. Just little tiny tweaks to your cast can be pretty incredible as far as how you perform on the water. So there’s a lot of things that Tim has said in the boat that you put into play and you’re immediately casting better. And he’s just phenomenal to like watch cast. And I think the other thing that we laugh about is that you might be an incredible caster, but when a big carp is up on their nose or a red fish or a black drum, your nerves can make you make bad decisions as well. So to see him, I don’t wanna say struggle, but just like be frustrated with himself that he didn’t, you know, perform how he expected. You know, even the guys that win casting competition’s gonna have times where, you know, they’re disappointed themselves. Cameron (56m 22s): So nobody’s perfect out there, but the big thing is there’s probably nobody that has more fun on the water than him or on a trip. And so it’s been a real pleasure to have him along for several trips and hopefully we can talk him into coming along on future adventures as well. Dave (56m 38s): Yeah, that’s great. Yeah, Tim’s awesome. We’ve had him on the podcast a few, I think two or three times and yeah, he’s just, he’s just one of the guys, you know, it’s, he’s got the personality and he’s got the, the super smart nerdy knowledge that’s probably above most everybody out there. Right. So it’s cool. Cameron (56m 56s): Well, and I think that he does have the nerdy knowledge, but he has a way of putting it into sense, not only like how he talks about it, but then how he shows you. And, and so he understands it on a very like mathematical, mechanical, like physics area, but he can break that down into just do this and this is what happens and it’s like, oh wow, that actually works. So it’s, it’s pretty neat to see how he can take things that are pretty, pretty complicated and, and make it easy for everybody. Yeah. Dave (57m 30s): That is sweet. Nice. Well, a couple random ones and we will get outta here. I I, I wanna go back to the golf. I always love talking sports. With your son there, did he get into golf because of, was that something you were into or how, how did that all that come to be at a young age? Cameron (57m 44s): No, my dad was really into golf. I golfed a little bit with him growing up and he was working, so he really didn’t start golfing a lot until he retired. And that was about the time we started having children. And so when we’d go up and spend, you know, a week each summer in Michigan, my dad started ’em out with like a little tykes plastic, you know, golf club and that turned into like hand me down golf clubs and that turned into, you know, when I would be on Beaver Island, Finn would be with my dad for the week and, and they would, you know, go to the golf course and man, it just Dave (58m 21s): Snowballed Cameron (58m 21s): I guess. And yeah, snowballed. And I think he was in seventh grade. He is like, I think I wanna try out for the golf team and man, talk about Right. I thought fly fishing was expensive. Dave (58m 32s): Oh really? So golf’s more expensive just because you have to pay to play sort of thing. Cameron (58m 36s): Pay to play, pay for each tournament. There’s fitted clubs, there’s, you grew out of this set of clubs. Oh right. You know, it’s time to get fit for a new set of clubs and Dave (58m 45s): Yeah. And what does, what does a new set of clubs, like just, you’re out, let’s take it to the, we talked about low, high, medium, what, what’s that for? Golf clubs look like. Cameron (58m 53s): Well, and then you’ve got parent guilt. Like, are we giving our child like every opportunity? Like there’s instructors and swing Dave (58m 59s): Goats, right? Oh man. Geez. Cameron (59m 1s): I mean we just spent way too much money on three wedges and Dave (59m 5s): So you could spend on a club. I always, I always go back to, I’m old school so I always go back to the big birthday, you know, the, the big driver back in the day when they but one driver could cost you like a, a fly rod. Is that kind of the Cameron (59m 16s): Situation? Oh yeah. I mean, and just like fly fishing, golf has the same, like the latest greatest and there’s a ton of media wrapped up around it. There’s a ton of promotion wrapped up around it. So it’s amazing that the $700 driver, that’s the latest greatest is way better than the driver from last year that’s now on sale for half price. Right. So you can get really into that like performance. This is certainly gonna make me better even though I’m a terrible golfer. I’m a terrible golfer, I’m an 18 handicap. And what I’ve found to like, give me enjoyment is the last year I’ve been golfing with old ping laminate wood set and irons that were probably from the eighties. Cameron (1h 0m 2s): Sure. So, Dave (1h 0m 2s): Yep, that’s it. Cameron (1h 0m 4s): It tracks the dude that fishes fiberglass rods also golfs with same vintage gear and I’m having like way more fun golfing ’cause it just keeps me in that mindset of just having fun. Dave (1h 0m 14s): Oh, right. Now, does your son, is he beating you out there on the course? Oh Cameron (1h 0m 19s): Yeah. He’s, I think right now he is like a one point something handicap, so Dave (1h 0m 23s): Oh wow. So he’s almost a par basically scratch Cameron (1h 0m 26s): Golfer. He’s, he’s almost a scratch golfer right now. Wow. So, and he’ll get down himself like, I played terrible dance. Like, buddy, you and your friends are better than like 95% of golfers in the entire world. Dave (1h 0m 38s): And he’s what? And he’s a freshman or how old is he? Cameron (1h 0m 41s): He is a junior. He is 16, Dave (1h 0m 42s): Yeah, 16. Okay. Cameron (1h 0m 43s): So yeah, almost a scratch golfer at 16. Dang. So it’s, it’s fun to watch him and his friends or like competitions. It’s really fun to watch him play. ’cause I mean, it’s high level golf, it’s amazing. High level golf for 14, 15, 16, 17 years old. Yeah. You know, Dave (1h 0m 60s): Does this keep going for him? Does this potentially go into college and Cameron (1h 1m 3s): Potentially, you know, that’s something he’s working towards. And you know, I think the biggest thing when you have children that are in competitive sports is that he’s got a way out like opportunity with what he wants to do in college with what he wants to do in a career. So, so we’ll see, and I guess if we get through high school and there’s not competitive golf after that, then, you know, it kept him focused through high school and it opened a tremendous, you know, just like TMS opened doors for me that I never would’ve had otherwise. Like, you know, he’s a caddy at Old Barnwell, which is 45 minutes away and he is a caddy at Broomed, which is an hour away. And those caddy experiences have been unbelievable, you know, for a 15, 16-year-old on, I would say both of those courses are in the top 100 courses in the in Dave (1h 1m 51s): Oh wow. Cameron (1h 1m 51s): The United States or maybe in the world. And so pretty neat to see opportunities that he’s having as a, as a teenager that, you know, he’s finding through his hobby that’s turned into something that’s, you know, kept him very busy for the last, you know, four or five years, Dave (1h 2m 9s): Which is good with the kids. Right. That’s always the thing. You gotta Oh yeah. Keep him busy. You don’t want ’em to get bored and get, get into trouble out there. Right. Cameron (1h 2m 15s): He’s never home, but it’s, he’s not home for a good reason and it’s given him a, a circle of friends that he wouldn’t have had otherwise. And so Yeah. Yeah. Dave (1h 2m 24s): That’s awesome. Cameron (1h 2m 25s): I think you, you talked about in the beginning like what’s changed in the last five or six years is that watching your children like turn into adults. Right. And seeing the things that our daughter’s done, you know, as a, as a young adult, it was pretty amazing. And, and same with her son. And so I give a lot of credit to my wife for everything that she does every day to make sure that, you know, they’re on the right track. But it’s neat to see your, your children turn into to need adults. Dave (1h 2m 54s): To need adults. Yeah. It’s another five or six years, hopefully we’ll be talking to you sooner than five or so years out. But if, you know, if that happens again, I mean, my kids are gonna be kinda 16 right in that range, 16, 18 kind of the same thing. Right. And your kids are gonna be in wherever they’re at in their twenties. Yeah. In their twenties. Yeah. So it’s, it’s pretty awesome. Yeah. Yeah. Our daughter Cameron (1h 3m 12s): Just turned 20 last week and sun turns 16 in May, so yeah, five years they’ll be in mid twenties and early twenties, so wild that’ll Dave (1h 3m 21s): Be going strong. Cool. All right. Well Cameron, I think this has been definitely a good one for me. Always love catching up. You know, as far as all the fiberglass rod stuff that’s easy, they can just track you down, like we said, either email or check out your website and we’ll put a link out there. And from everything we talked about today, the fiberglass manifesto.com and also on social. Yeah. Anything else you wanna leave people with today as, as they take it out here when they’re thinking about fiberglass, if they’ve either used them in the past or maybe thinking about what would be your words of advice for somebody to take it away today? Cameron (1h 3m 52s): Well, don’t judge it off of what the guys at the fly shop say, because sometimes fly shops just don’t have a lot of experience with glass. And so they’re, you know, they’re gonna sell you what they have experience with and, you know, figure it out for yourself. And the best way to do it is maybe not grab an eight weight and glass, you know, start with a, a three or a four weight. Okay. And then if you like that, then try a five weight. And if you really like that, try, you know, a six weight. And if you are now thinking like, well maybe I need something for, you know, small mouth fast or a red fish trip, then maybe get an eight weight, kind of build it from there. Like you start at the, the eight or 10 weight maybe. It won’t be exactly what you’re looking for, but if you start on the lighter line weight end of things and kind of build it from there, that’s a, a good first experience. Cameron (1h 4m 40s): Have a good first experience and then see, you know, what you wanna do after that. Dave (1h 4m 44s): Go from there. That’s great advice. All right, Cameron, we’ll we’ll leave it there. And yeah, thanks again for all the time and we’ll look forward to keeping in touch with you. Cameron (1h 4m 51s): Yes sir. Thank you. Dave (1h 4m 54s): All right. You can find all of Cameron’s work over 6,000 blog posts@thefiberglassmanifesto.com blog, and you can reach out to him as well on email the fiberglass manifesto@gmail.com. Let him know you heard this podcast and check in with him right there. If you wanna get more access, more details, always Wetly Swing Pro, you can go to wef fly swing.com/pro. That’s where we’re building trips together, we’re exploring the, the country and the world check in right now. Two other reminders, I wanna give you a heads up on our next episode. We’re jumping right back into the Western Trout challenge next week. So if you’re interested in finding out how to find all of the western species, all of the trout species in the United States, we’re gonna dig into it next week. Dave (1h 5m 39s): And we also have a big launch mid month. We’re heading out to Skeena country. And if you wanna get entered into that giveaway, wetly swing.com/giveaway is the best chance. All right. I’m gonna get outta here right now. I hope you’re having a good evening and if it’s morning, I hope you’re having a great morning. If it’s afternoon and I’m not sure right now, it might be hot where you are. If it’s scorching, you’re in your AC listening to this, enjoying it. Please enjoy your ride. Stay safe and enjoy why podcasts are great and that’s being able to listen to ’em while you’re on the road. Hope you’re enjoying and I hope you can check in with me soon. If you’re brand new, this podcast, first episode, you can as always send me an email, dave@wetflyswing.com and I’d love to hear if you check this podcast out for the first time, or maybe it’s your hundredth time. Dave (1h 6m 24s): Either way, let me know you’re listening and we’ll look forward to talking with you soon. Have a good one. 3 (1h 6m 29s): Thanks for listening to the Wetly Swing Fly Fishing Show. For notes and links from this episode, visit wet fly swing.com.

         

809 | Saltwater Fly Fishing Redfish Adventures with John Hunt

Photo Provided by Moccasin Fly Club - https://www.instagram.com/p/Cno5_h5OFy9/

Saltwater Fly Fishing is more than just chasing fish—it’s about immersing yourself in incredible locations, learning new techniques, and building lifelong connections. Today’s episode takes us deep into the marshes of Louisiana and beyond, exploring the magic of redfish, permit, and tarpon with a focus on both adventure and community.

Our guest, John Hunt of Moccasin Fly Club, has built one of the most unique travel-minded fly fishing communities in the world. From hosted trips and conservation efforts to unforgettable cultural experiences, John shares how the journey is just as important as the fish. By the end, you’ll know when to chase bull reds, why the Double Haul Tournament is different, and how it can change the way you see travel.

 

Hit play to start listening! 👇🏻🎧

 

apple podcasts

Find the show:  Follow the Show | Overcast | Spotify

Subscribe on Apple Podcasts

Subscribe on Android

Subscribe via RSS

(The full episode transcript is at the bottom of this blogpost) 👇🏻

Sponsors and Podcast Updates

Fishing Trip Redfish Photo provided by Moccasin Fly Club Saltwater Fly Fishing
Fishing Trip Redfish Photo provided by Moccasin Fly Club

Show Notes with John Hunt on Saltwater Fly Fishing

01:17 – John Hunt shares fishing reports from Colorado and New Mexico, plus how his lodges adapt to summer heat and upcoming hunting season.

02:20 – Insight into the upcoming Double Haul Tournament in Xcalak, Mexico, blending saltwater fly fish with community impact. Check it here.

Permit and Tarpon Tournamet Photo Provided by https://moccasinflyclub.com/double-haul-tournament

Saltwater Fly Fishing
Permit and Tarpon Tournamet Photo Provided by https://moccasinflyclub.com/double-haul-tournament

06:37 – A weeklong experience with training days, three days of competitive fishing, prizes, and sponsor support for local guides.

08:03 – How Moccasin Fly Club lowers costs so anglers can chase permit and tarpon without a $10k+ price tag.

12:23 – John highlights his Louisiana program: three days of guided bull redfish fishing, affordable pricing, and an easy domestic travel plan. Check it out here.

14:58 – Redfish trips help anglers prepare for tarpon, permit, and other saltwater species by teaching heavy rod handling, sight casting, and fish fighting.

Read more here.

16:22 – John breaks down what anglers can expect: casting in wind, tailing fish, adrenaline pressure, and listening to guides.

Watch How to Fly Casting, Casting into the wind and Fishing tips

18:18 – The Louisiana experience includes Cajun food, cultural exploration, and the history of communities shaped by hurricanes. Learn more here.

Cajun food in Louisiana Photo Provided by https://demandafrica.com/food/exploring-louisianas-cajun-food-culture/
Cajun food in Louisiana Photo Provided by https://demandafrica.com/food/exploring-louisianas-cajun-food-culture/

 19:55 – Why 20–30 pound bull redfish return to the marsh after spawning and why late fall/winter is the best time to target them.

Redfish (Red Drum) Photo Provided by: Moccasin Fly Club Saltwater Fly Fishing https://www.instagram.com/p/C9TdE1ZNVYJ/?img_index=1
Redfish (Red Drum) Photo Provided by: Moccasin Fly Club https://www.instagram.com/p/C9TdE1ZNVYJ/?img_index=1

23:48 – How hosted trips turn strangers into lifelong fishing friends, with anglers often mixing boats to learn from each other.

Getting groups of anglers on new waters is what we do best

Moccasin Fly Club Saltwater Fly Fishing
Moccasin Fly Club groups of Angelers on new waters. Photo Provided by Mocassin Club Instagram – https://www.instagram.com/p/C2c0wI5u2YK/

26:00 – John walks through a sample Louisiana trip: airport pickup, group dinners, three days of fishing, and easy departure.

Moccasin Fly Club Saltwater Fly Fishing
Team Dinner – Squad out on the water from Moccasin Fly Club Photo Provided by: https://www.instagram.com/p/CnnhrsJJ9h4/

34:37 – John explains how Moccasin Fly Club fosters connections that extend beyond trips, building a travel-minded fishing community.

If you want to learn more. Click it here!

36:47 – John was talking about the Top 3 Tips for Redfish. Ask questions before casting, Don’t rip line out too fast — it spooks fish more than a bad cast and Keep it light and fun — attitude impacts success as much as skill.

Wanted to Learn more about Fishing, Hunting, and Gear Trips. Check this out!

Watch the Moccasin Fly Club – Fishing, Hunting, and Gear Trips Around the World

50:30 – Why community is key — sharing spots, travel advice, and trust only works when anglers become friends through these trips.

56:56 – John explains how Moccasin supports both hosted and independent travel — helping anglers find guides, DIY fish, or build their own trips.

58:15 – The mission — Moccasin Fly Club lowers barriers to travel, offers affordable programs, and helps more people get on the water.

You can find the guest on Moccasin Fly Club Instagram and Moccasin Fly Club Website

 

Top 10 tips of Redfish Saltwater Fly Fishing Bullet Points for Blog Post:  

  1. Ask questions and communicate with your guide before casting.
  2. Don’t rip your line out immediately if you miss—let the fish react first.
  3. Keep the mood light; attitude matters as much as accuracy.
  4. Redfish trips are the best training ground for future saltwater adventures.
  5. Timing is key—mid-October to January offers the best shots at bull reds.
  6. Practice casting with 9- and 10-weight rods to prepare for big saltwater species.
  7. Pay attention to local culture—food, music, and community add to the experience.
  8. Mix up boat groups to learn from others and build friendships.
  9. Be ready for multiple species: redfish, black drum, sheepshead, and even sharks.
  10. Remember—it’s fishing, not catching. Stay positive and enjoy the hang.

 

Saltwater Redfish Videos Noted in the Show

Related Podcast Episodes

Full Podcast Transcript

Episode Transcript
Dave (2s): Today’s guest is not just mapping out fly fishing trips, he’s creating something much deeper. A place where red fish blow up on the shallow marshes permit tail in turquoise waters and a week on the water turns in a lifetime of new friendships. The mission is simple, catch fish for sure, but also builds something bigger. Community impact and real deal adventures on every trip. By the end of this episode, you’ll know when to chase Bull Reds on the flats, how a simple idea became the double haul, and why your next trip might just be about more than fit. By the end of this one, you’ll know how to chase Bull Reds on the flats, how a simple idea became the double haul experience, and why your next trip might be more than Catch and fish. Dave (45s): This is the Web Fly Swing podcast where I show you the best places to travel to for fly fishing, how to find the best resources and tools to prepare for that big trip And what you can do to give back to the fish species we all love. John Hunt is founder of one of the most unique travel minded fly fishing communities Out there, a crew that blends hosted trips, conservation and down to earth vibes under the name Moccasin Fly Club. Whether you’re thinking about your first saltwater trip or just want a better way to travel and fish with some good people, this one’s for you. Here we go. Let’s get into it. John Hunt from moccasin fly club.com. How you doing, John? Good 1 (1m 19s): Man. Living the dream here in Colorado. Dave (1m 21s): Yeah, we’ve had you on now a few times. We’ve talked about your program. We’re gonna dig into another big topic today. We’re gonna get into saltwater, which is huge. We have a lot of people that are interested in saltwater, but I want to get a, an update like right now as we speak, we’re kind of in August, you know what’s going on summertime. Now. Do you, you wanna give us an update of are you out traveling all over the place or is this break time for you? 1 (1m 41s): No, so yeah, we just, I mean the summer season is gonna go until about August 15th. Just got back last night. We were over at Hook and Hunt at our Lodge in Tilt Colorado and had three days of floating over there. Streamer Bite was awesome and the fishing all over that side, the western slope of Colorado. So the frying pan, the Roaring Fork, the lower Colorado’s getting a little hot towards the end of the day. So one of the days we were on the water at like five in the morning and and floating till 11, taking people up in the evening up to like reservoirs and kind of like higher alpine stuff that’s been going great. Our place down in New Mexico, rot and rifle has been booming right now because it’s kind of like that other side of the bell curve so to speak. 1 (2m 21s): New Mexico hot is a kind of different type of hot, it’s kinda like Texas and Arizona hot, so some people aren’t trying to be when it’s 110 degrees, but things have been rocking there. A lot of big fish have been getting put in the net in New Mexico, which is awesome. And for us, our next big step is in August we head down to Ack Mexico to start working with the local community heads and the live down there for our big permit and tarpon tournament. That’ll happen September of 2026 called the double hall. I have a a week down there kind of working on the water. We gotta, you know, get some stuff ready for the local community and who we’re donating the money from the tournament to fishing and checking stuff out, talking with the guides, checking out the Lodge, figuring out the food for next year. 1 (3m 6s): So we’ll be on site for a week kind of dialing stuff in, getting it ready for next September, which will be the, the first time that it happens. And other than that, it’s really just gearing up for our biggest time of year is this August to January, you know, after, after the trout season ends all over the US and people aren’t traveling for summer vacation and going somewhere that they’ve already planned, we start to kick off everything. So October’s real big November. December’s real big in September. We have a couple events here in Colorado that are always big. Plus we have to get both lodges ready for the winter. So, you know, an easy way to tell everybody is that it’s super hot in the summer, so we have everything ready to go to keep people cool. And then obviously it gets real cold in the winter time, so we flip everything around October 1st and get it ready to keep everybody real warm for the winter and it ready for the hunting season that’ll come in. 1 (3m 54s): So starting like right after Halloween, we move, people are still coming to fish, but we start to house and host a lot of hunters in both locations just to make sure that the transportation’s right and that’s kind of the, the big part of it. But I mean, I hate saying summer’s coming to an end, but you know, within a couple weeks it’s all over and it’s back back to the other grind. Dave (4m 13s): That’s amazing to think, you know, because it’s always the summer, everybody wants the summer to keep going, but you know, I guess depending on the summer this could, you know, depending on where you’re at too right, the summer it can be different, different places. But no, that’s a lot. You have a lot going there. I think out of all that double hall tournament is really interesting and I think today maybe if we have a little time, we’ll talk more about that because I think it sounds great you’re putting together this program. Maybe give, give it a highlight on that. How did this come to be and talk about the, it sounds like you’ve got a nonprofit or a charity that you’re donating to. Tell us a little bit more about that. 1 (4m 42s): Yeah, so a couple years ago there’s a lot of people that want to catch permit and want to catch tarpon, which is, you know, a big, a big demographic of the fly fishing world Dave (4m 52s): I would say out in fly fishing, we talk a lot about this, right? The species and permit is one of the hardest. Tarpon seems to be doable. But yeah, those are two species that are on top of many people’s bucket list and permit might be one you go for a long time without catching, right? But, but so yeah, tell us more about this. 1 (5m 9s): Throughout us doing trips and having this, we’ve been in different places for those two species. We were in Cuba earlier This year for real big tarpon on the flat people go to Florida, we’ve been in Belize, we’ve sent people to Honduras and Mexico obviously has a lot of it as, as well. Two years ago there were a lot of talks about, you know, those trips are usually somewhat pricey and when you’re going someplace, the guides and the lodges that are there are, you know, a direct impact of the financial import of people coming there. And we just started to try to figure out, you know, where we would want to do one and how we could help. And last year we started kind of putting together the crux of it, talking to our partners where we could be, and we’re not donating to a nonprofit so to speak, but we are donating straight to the infrastructure of the town. 1 (5m 54s): So Ishak is a real small fishing community in southeast Mexico, right on the chat Mall Bay. And it’s just by the Belize border, but there’s not, you know, paved roads, there’s not a lot of other stuff. And our thought was is that we wanna be able to hand a check to the city of Ishak to have it be used for what they wanted to be used for. There was talk about doing it for the schools, there was talks about doing it for certain road improvements or you know, how many streetlights or how many of this we could do. And that’s kind of where we, we started on it, but also it was finding a correct partner to be able to do this so that it’s not the normal price of some sort of of crazy permit tarp and trip. And that’s what’s kind of come to be. So it, it’ll be September of 2026 per angler, there’s five days of fishing. 1 (6m 38s): So you show up, you get two days of training, right on the first night we have an opening dinner and we randomly select the guides and who’s gonna happen. So it’s a two person team or if you’re a single we can find another single and kind of put you on a team together. There’s a point system obviously on what you catch, whether it’s snook, bonefish, tarpon jack permit, et cetera. So there’s all kinds of different things. There’s prizes that’ll be given out for the biggest permit, the biggest tarpon, the biggest whatever. And then overall as a team, the point aspect. So on night one big opening dinner, you randomly select who you have. So teams and guides are together. Then you have two days of fishing with your guide, that’s gonna be what we call training. Then we have three days, that’s the actual tournament, those three days of the tournament, you know, with your little scorecard that you gotta take a picture with trying to keep everything very transparent, very honest. 1 (7m 23s): And then the last night there’s a closing dinner where all the prizes get given out. And on top of that we have a big gift bag and thing that’s going to every one of the guides for them to be a part of it. So all of our different corporate sponsors are donating stuff to give to the guides. A lot of the times when you show up in some of these places, those guides don’t have flies that you can use or they may not have line or tip it and you have to bring a lot of the stuff with you, which is, is most of it where you travel around to salt saltwater fish. But for us we wanna be able to give something to the guides that are a big part of it and then also give to that community and that town, city, whatever. And that’s kinda the rundown. So you get five days of fishing, all lodging, all food, the opening dinner, the guiding, everything for 3,500 per angler. 1 (8m 4s): So usually these events are like $10,000 of $15,000 per team. We come out to be $7,000 per team or 3,500 per angler. Singles can come double anglers or one team can come think. Right now we have, of the 10 solo spots open, we have six left. So we have two teams that are already in it. And those were again, some of the corporate sponsors and the people that we’ve been working with, not only did they want to be part of it, but you know they want to be able to say that, you know, x, x, X brand that I’m not able to say out loud yet one won the first annual double hall we have merch of on the shop, it’s the double hall, it’s a a permit and a tarpon in hammocks hanging in palm trees. 1 (8m 44s): So there’s a lot of different, you know, stuff we try to put together for it. And then on that closing night when we give out all the prizes, we’re also handing a check over to the city of Ishak or or whichever department we decide to, to do after this week down there. And they’re able to use the funds for whatever, you know, for us it’s more about making sure that they get the money and and having it for what they want to use it for either for us as a business, you know, we’ll figure out how we need to do that. It isn’t necessarily a nonprofit or 5 0 1 C3 because it’s in Mexico. But this is, you know, something for us to try to continue to give back. We take nets down and do a bunch of education in the Brazilian Amazon about fish conservation and trying to help the dolphins not eating all the peacock bass. 1 (9m 25s): When we go to Argentina we help out with the biological research of tagging and tracking the golden dorados. We didn’t have anything with permanent tarping and and certain things. So we wanted to make sure that we were able to find a way to kind of have some sort of impact, whether it be big or small. And so that was what this double hall has turned out to be and we’re open for. And I mean I think we’re gonna get into other topics about how you start getting into saltwater fishing. If you’ve never salt water fish, obviously you could come down to the double hall and you will catch fish you will catch. So Dave (9m 59s): This is the one. So if you were gonna, if you were brand new to saltwater, you’d want it never done it. This could be a tournament that you could actually, you would recommend. I 1 (10m 7s): Mean yeah the tournament word scares a lot of people. I don’t want it to come off like it’s a tournament. It’s not the Del Brown, it’s not crazy like it’s a hosted week of fishing that also impacts the community and we give back and we’re gonna have a bunch of fun prizes and and awesome stuff. Dave (10m 20s): Yeah and you’re having fun. I mean I can imagine if, if I was down there, somebody down there, I mean the tournament just kind of makes, it’s like gamifying, it’s kind of fun but at the end of the day if you didn’t, if you were last place it would still be great. You know, it literally doesn’t matter. 1 (10m 33s): And I think more because of the pricing is that if you were gonna try to go get your shots at permit and learn what’s up and try to to wrangle the tarping and do whatever you want, unbelievable food and a fun thing. This is a price point that allows it to not be too crazy for you to, to go down there and do it. Also, I think, you know, it’s well known Out there that ish glac is is slightly more forgiving place. I’m not saying that everybody that goes there catches a permit on their first cast by any means, but there is a little bit less pressure, there is a little bit more opportunity to, to take your shots and in September there’s not a ton of other boat traffic around. I, you know, I think we’re gonna talk about the true intro to fly fishing would probably be a different trip in something Louisiana that we’ll talk about. 1 (11m 17s): But yeah, if you’ve never been somewhere and you want to go check it all out and bring your nine and 10 weight down and and go after some, have a good time. Plus also know that you know, it’s a great price and part of that great price is that it’s going to the community that you’re gonna fish in. We’d love to have you whether or not you win the tournament or not, who knows And, and as everybody says, you know, I’d rather be lucky than good any day of the week. So don’t think you’re not gonna win just because you’ve never done it before. Dave (11m 42s): Right. This is awesome. Well I’ve got lots of questions we can kind of table for another time, but I think it’s great because what you’re doing is putting together a really amazing price point, you know, when you think about what you get on this trip. So that’s awesome. So, but let’s, let’s hold that one. I think that might be another episode in itself. I, what we want to talk about today is a little more on the actual like redfish. I don’t know if you would call this intro to saltwater, but I know we have a lot of people are interested in redfish. Let’s talk about that program you guys have down there. Maybe just from the top take us there, like what, describe first off what it’s about. Is this your program you guys do annually? Tell us a little bit more about it. 1 (12m 20s): Yeah, so we’ve been going down to Louisiana, we go southwest from New Orleans. There’s a bunch of different bayou and places to go. A lot of people talk about the Venice side. We haven’t really done too much there just because we’ve been always trying to get a little bit outside of where that crowd was. But it’s been four years now. We started doing trips down there and it’s grown into, so like this November, December and January I think we have six total trips going down there and our program is five anglers and a host includes ground transportation. You get picked up at the airport, you get driven all the way out into the bayou. It’s about an hour long drive. You’re there for your three days of fishing. 1 (13m 1s): We have found that three days of fishing allows, if there is one bad weather day or a day that you have to only do half day of fishing because of rain or wind or something. It comes up that way. It includes all the lodging. We do an opening dinner. It doesn’t include drinks in some of the dinners just because we usually eat in a marina. And it also keeps that price point down. So for 2,500 per angler you get three days of fishing, three nights of lodging because it is domestic. We fly in day one, then we fish day two, three and four and the evening of day four everybody usually flies out. Or some of the clients, you know, we head back up to New Orleans and they stay in New Orleans for that night and you can, you know, stay and get some food, hang out in the hotel, go do whatever, see a show, catch a athletic event. 1 (13m 43s): But we have been doing that one for so long now that it’s kind of like a rinse and repeat for us. We usually have hosts down there for a week. They do two separate groups, three days on the first end, stay in New Orleans, pick up the next group, three days on the next end. And I think what we really talk to people about is that if you want to get to the point that you’re chasing permit tarpon, bonefish, peacock grass in Brazil, golden dorados in in Argentina, if you wanna get to that point, which we kind of base it more around bigger rods standing on a skiff for the first time, sight fishing, working with a captain that’s, you know, kind of telling you sometimes barking, sometimes whatever, you know, getting you in those zones and in those experiences and I, I equated a lot to practice like if you wanna go do something specific in the future, let’s start practicing now and practice where it’s cost effective. 1 (14m 37s): You’re gonna get a lot of shots. You’re also gonna be able to like practice fighting a 15 pound, 20 pound, 30 pound plus fish. That’s what we really use our red fish trips for. So you’re gonna be casting nine weights, you’re gonna be sight fishing and trying to put it on a fish’s head that’s either tailing or moving in a certain direction. You’re gonna be on the front of the skiff. You’re gonna have to listen to a guy that’s or or woman who’s telling you where to cast and what it looks like and getting into the situation. You’re gonna have to make the cast strip, set it on the fish, fight the fish, get it into the net. Like all of those things. Some people are like, ah yeah you know, I’m gonna go down to wherever and catch this fish. 1 (15m 20s): And if you’ve never done it before, it takes a little bit of practice and it’s not necessarily that you gotta be able to double haul 60 feet and put it on a dinner plate. It’s more of the fact that you gotta be able to, to get it done in the zone with the adrenaline in the time that’s allotted. Like if you see a fish cruising down the bank from 50 yards away and it’s on your forehand side and it’s a 30 foot cast and there’s no wind, yeah you know, you usually wake up from that dream as opposed to actually doing that in real life. But in real life it could be the fact that it’s gonna be a backhand cast for 25 feet into the wind to a tailing fish that you gotta put it, you know, right next to it because it could be murky water. 1 (16m 1s): All of those situations are great to work through in the red redfish trip outside of New Orleans because it offers a lot of it too. Like you could see a school rolling through, you can see singles, you can be Out there, you know, working through stuff and and have to kinda like drop and drag a cast. You could have to make a nice double haul cast and that’s what we equate to it. Also, somebody that’s been fishing five and six weights for, you know, over a decade but has never casted a nine weight or had to like sit on the front of a skiff and just sit there for a couple hours waiting for a fish. It’s a lot different than than just blind casting streamers off a boat and all of those things we like to talk to our clients about, you know, if, if you wanna do some of these other trips that we have, this is probably something where we can start you now. 1 (16m 48s): It won’t cost as much. We know that there are fish, we know that most people are always catching fish and we can go down there and practice, have a great time. Plus it’s, I mean for us in Denver it’s like a two hour domestic flight. It’s not a crazy expensive travel cost. You don’t need a passport. You know, all of these things kind of lump it into the whole, it’s Dave (17m 8s): Easier and it’s in a, a cool part of the country, right? If you’ve never been down in that part, like that’s an amazing culturally diverse place to be. 1 (17m 16s): Well and that’s, I think that that’s the other part for me personally. A lot of it is just the food in general. I, I think in four years and probably close to 20 trips, we’ve only caught one red fish that’s been below the 27 inch limit. And we did keep that so we could have red shell on a, a red fish on a half show, which we don’t really do a lot of ’em, we just put ’em all back. But I mean having, having your charbroiled oysters, having your gumbos, having your four boys having your red beans and rice, like that whole aspect of the culture down there is, you know, alligator bites or all alligator pepperoni pizza and all of this stuff that you get to do while you’re down there. 1 (17m 56s): Plus, you know, there’s a lot of people that have been to New Orleans and seen Bourbon Street, French Quarter, Trent, other stuff. I mean, you know, we’re in an hour outside of that. We’re in a, a whole different world so to speak. I have a lot of clients that when we get down there they’re like, man, I didn’t even know, you know, one, you’re, you’re still seeing devastation from Hurricane Katrina, which was how years ago plus whatever other hurricane, the shrimp industry, you know, a lot of it looks like kind of like the Forest Gump aspect of the movie with shrimping and, and all of that stuff is really cool to see. And in that place specifically, you know, we’re always talking to our guides about different stuff. We can bring down supplies for them if they need stuff for fishing or if they need parts for a boat or or whatever it’s gonna be. 1 (18m 41s): But that, that trip you are correct. It’s, it’s great on the water and it’s great off the water and it’s a, it’s usually a group of five people that are either trying to get to the future of their fly fishing experience with salt or it’s people there that are like, you know what I’ve, I’ve heard and seen and I, I’ve always wanted to feel what this red fish is like. And I, you know, I, a bull in our opinion is 20 pounds plus some, some places go by like 35 inches or 30, like there’s different ways to call it a bull. But at right after the cold snap that happens in October, middle October, et cetera, those big bulls start coming back in from the ocean where they’ve been spawning and they’re up in the marsh and up in the bayou and they’re hungry ’cause they just got done spawning. 1 (19m 34s): So I mean I’ve seen it often where you may get two or three shots on the same fish and you still catch the fish. It just didn’t see the food the first couple times ’cause it’s eaten other foods. You know, I’ve seen people put a put a fly on a, on a fish’s tail and it turns around and eats it. It’s a, it’s a forgiving type of experience to be in salt and to be able to have that happen. And also the fact that it’s such a big fish. I mean people you want to talk and I mean here in Colorado we talk about inches. So you know, the, in the past week or whatever, you know, 22 inch brown or a 20 inch chunky rainbow, there’s no inches or any, I mean you, you’re talking about a a 16 and 18 pound fish that’s on a nine weight spinning a skiff around in the water while you’re fighting it. 1 (20m 19s): Those are, those are awesome experiences to see happen. And then afterwards, you know, everybody can go have a beer and eat a softshell crab, poor boy or have shrimp or crawfish or whatever. Dave (20m 29s): Sounds amazing. I mean again, you, this is a great intro because you painted, you know, part of what this is, it’s an opportunity to get some action. You know, it’s not gonna be likely like permit where you’re sitting there, you know, not quite that level but, but, and then just the area and then the, the price too. I think you’re smart on doing this because you know you’ve got a price point that’s low enough that more people can do, you know, and it’s a fully guided but let’s talk about, let’s go on timing. So the question is always when to go, you know, and I think that we obviously love to go when you want to get your best shot at it, but what would you say that somebody’s sitting here, we’re talking to you, maybe we got a few people coming with us on this trip. What does that look like? What would you recommend for timing? 1 (21m 8s): So the, the season technically, you know, a lot of people start October 1st and they go till the end of February. I have been there personally fishing on October 1st in the beginning of October. It’s a little different it and not that it’s, you know, instead of having in three days you may have 25, 30 shots, maybe you have 15, you know, the timing would be like middle of October right after that cold snap happens, you want to be there. And that obviously is super challenging ’cause I mean we’re like, when I’m there this November I’ll be booking, you know, next November’s dates. So we have now, after the, the first couple years we’ve moved, we pretty much go from like the 10th of November to the end of February and we do two different sets of three days, November, December, January and then February we leave open and there’s usually people that kind of fill in as we get closer to it. 1 (21m 59s): Most of the guides are booked pretty solid. We’re able to kind of work it where I, I mean I have people calling me now asking if they can get onto February because they missed the other dates. But I mean, me personally, I like the November, December, granted I’m, I’m in Colorado so like when I fly from here to New Orleans in November and I get off the airplane and it’s 65, 70 degrees, I feel like I’m in Bermuda. So, so it’s, it’s awesome in that realm. Now I’m wearing, you know, probably bibs and a raincoat. You have to be ready on the water for whatever’s gonna happen. It could be windy, it could be rainy, it could be et cetera. Obviously last year, the year before was the crazy thing where we got snow down there at one point. 1 (22m 41s): But I would tell you that, that for me to tell you the perfect time, I think anywhere between November 5th and January 20th is probably good. That does put a big kink on the holiday season, you know, in between December 20th and January 5th. Most people aren’t trying to do stuff. So if that is available to you, you may be able to hit a sweet spot at that point. But the timing is that aspect. So we’ll do two different sets of three dates in November. Two different sets of three dates in December and two different sets of three dates in January. And then we usually have a couple dates here or there in February. This past February I was down there with, with a client and we had a blast. 1 (23m 25s): It was awesome. There wasn’t a ton of boat traffic, we were able to get on fish. And I should also say that, you know, for a lot of people it is flyer die only down there you can do some like cork and pop spin casting. There are people that’ll be throwing live bait that are not necessarily on our trip. But I mean it is open to all aspects of fishing no matter what. A lot of the, a lot of the guides will do whatever. But also a lot of the guides are like, yeah, like I’m trying to be out here with fly fishers 10 pointing fish and catching trophies and that, that’s what we love to do. So I think that’s the timing. So Dave (24m 1s): You got decem November, December, so if you’re looking at say December, either early mid-December versus say early, you know, early mid-January, are those pretty much very similar? Is there more wind during any time or what’s the difference between like December, January, 1 (24m 15s): November may not have, I mean the, the wind is all particular because it’s the Gulf Gulf of America now. Oh right, Dave (24m 21s): Yeah, totally. 1 (24m 22s): The wind is all determined on what it is. I think any, any month, any season, whatever, you’re gonna get wind to try to stay away from the rain. You know, maybe you do December as opposed to January. I would, so, so this December I’ll be there from December 7th until December like 14th or 15th or something like that for, and I’m, I’m on those dates as the host and et cetera. So I’ll be down there for a week and I, you know, if I can pick, sometimes I like going down there earlier just because I like I’m already Jones and so going to November’s great ’cause you usually get on like some first bites. Sometimes those big like 30, 50 fish schools are moving through more like late October, early November. 1 (25m 5s): I also feel like December and January those fish have been eating a little bit. So they kind of are able to, to swell up and, and put more weight on when they first come back. They’re obviously not as big as they were when they went to Spawn. So they’re eating everything. Dave (25m 18s): Are they getting bigger as the season goes on? 1 (25m 20s): Oh, I mean they’re eating and I mean when I say like a crab, I’m not talking about like those little permit crab flies that you see. I mean they’re eating crabs that are the size of your hand. They’re raw fish. They have a, a crush plate much like other, other fish do. So when a red fish hails that fly, it goes right through their mouth into this little plate. It’s kind of like a little teacup plate that you hold them with your front hand, but it’s two bones that crush and it just crushes up the, the crabs and the shrimp. Dave (25m 49s): They’re amazing looking fish, you know that the great thing about them is that they’ve got this, they’re, they’re body morphology is super cool. They got that spot on the back and then their mouth is just, and their head is giant. They just look like, almost like a, I don’t know how you explain ’em, right? They’re just this cool looking fish. 1 (26m 3s): Yeah, I mean the, the drum family in general, if you haven’t seen Red Drum, the black drum, the whatever, and you bring up great point. I, I will personally say the best thing about them is that they have that soft lip so at least you can, it’s kind of like a permit, right? You can get a hook through it pretty fast. They don’t have like, you know, teeth now the sheep’s head that are down there are a whole different, we’ll talk about redfish, but then we can talk about black drum and sheep’s head and alligator gar and all the other stuff down there that’s possible to catch. Dave (26m 31s): So there might be, so that, that’s a great topic because we’ve just been traveling out, we were doing some stuff in Alaska and we were focused on a certain species, but it, we were like, well you know, I’d love to catch some multiple and I know Brandon shout out to Brandon, he caught I think six species on, on that trip and it was awesome, right? So, so here same thing. We have an opportunity, I mean red fish is for sure one thing, but there’s other fish, like how many total species could you potentially hook down there? 1 (26m 56s): So yeah, so like there’s, there’s red fish in general. So you got the, the red drumm or red fish. Dave (27m 2s): Okay, so red drum and red fish, that’s the same species. 1 (27m 5s): Yeah, same thing. And a lot of people are trying to hit that bull. So it’s a certain weight class you want to get 20 pounds plus there’s also different colors in the, they’re all red fish that are all red drum, but there are some that are brackish and more gold and kind of an amber than there are some that are a little bit more silver and there’s all that different like color to think. And then after the color, everybody talks about the spots like you brought up, you may catch one that has, you know, a heart shaped spot on its tail. Somebody else catches one, but it’s got three or four different little black spots or so, you know, there’s a whole different way of, you want to catch big ones and you want to be able to have the differences in that. The next one that a lot of people talk about after that would be the black drum, same family, but a totally different looking fish. 1 (27m 48s): In fact it kind of looks like if you’re talking about the red drum as being kind of like a, a pit bull, then you’re talking about a black drum kind of being more like a bulldog Fights, fights different, eats different, can’t really see really slimy, really stinky. The next one after that would be the sheep’s head or the convict fish. And they’re the ones that have the, the two rows of human looking teeth in their mouth. So they’re a little bit harder to catch, but when you do catch ’em and you open their mouth up, they’ve got like two molars in front and two molars right behind it that are are human looking teeth that are kind of crazy. Then the, the, I have, and I’ve been down there a bunch, I have yet to actually hold a sheep’s head. 1 (28m 30s): So every time I go down there I’m like, I need to catch a couple red fish. And then I’m trying to get some sort of sheepy to just get this done so people stop making fun of me down there. And then the next one after the sheep’s head would be the alligator gar, which is like a dinosaur fish that’s, you know, however many thousands and millions or whatever years old. And the alligator guard down there are prevalent and they’re all over, they’re just a little bit harder to catch. It is a favorite food of the local community. So they, they do get pulled out of the water a lot and eaten, but the alligator gar is a whole different deal again, crazy looking fish. Crazy thing to be able to say that you caught on the fly. 1 (29m 10s): And then there’s also a sea trout and then the last one, the last one that doesn’t get talked about a lot and is really hard on the fly would be the sharks. So you got black, black, black tip reef sharks, you’ve got a bull shark. Three years ago there was some crazy heavy rain and wind, so we decided to see what we could do on some spinning tackle, catching a shark. But I was able to get a 80 pound bull shark that was a 45 minute experience of craziness and then got to the boat and I was like, I don’t even know like how you take a picture or why you would do this or whatever, Dave (29m 42s): You’re not gonna touch that thing. 1 (29m 43s): Yeah. So that was, that was a whole different deal. How big Dave (29m 46s): Was the bull shark? Like how many pounds do you think that was? 1 (29m 49s): It was 80 pound bull shark. We, Dave (29m 50s): Wow, you got a 80 pound bull shark. Yeah, and it bull shark looks kinda like a, a a a a mean, like a, a badass shark, like a great white or 1 (29m 58s): Something. Yeah, it looks like a, well like a 80 pound bull is not gigantic, but it does, it kinda looks like a baby. Great white. I mean it’s, it’s the gray, gray shark skin on top, white on the bottom. They eat everything. They really love eating the red drums and stuff. So like there’s a whole conversation at the beginning of the trip about, you know, you wanna be really easy in and out of the water and not making a bunch of splashes and all that crazy stuff. Dave (30m 22s): Well, so this is great. So you mentioned a few species. Let’s take it back to the timing. So we talked about that. I’m just thinking just roughly if we were putting together a trip for, you know, the next year, maybe we’re looking at early December, what does that look like? Are you, are these set where people come in typically on a certain day on Sunday and they fish? Or is this kind of all over the place? How does that work on the, 1 (30m 40s): It’s all all over the place just depending on, on how our guides work. So this November we have two groups that’ll go down. Then in December I’ll be down there for a week. This December I’ll be booking next year’s date. Dave (30m 52s): Let’s talk about that trip of December just to, to make it easy so we can look at this. So you’re coming down, when are you going to fly in there for that first group on December. 1 (31m 1s): So we’ll do I fly out on the Sunday the seventh, I pick everybody up, we fish the eighth, ninth and tenths. Then everybody goes back to the airport. I, I stay at a hotel in New Orleans on the 11th, we pick up the next group, we fish the 12th, 13th, and 14th. And on the night of the 14th group two flies out. Dave (31m 19s): So people would be coming in to meet, say, you know, if they’re fishing on the eighth, would they be coming to the Lodge on the seventh and hanging Out there for that night? Yeah. 1 (31m 27s): So everybody flies in on the seventh and we drive out, get into the spot, have dinner, then you’re doing a full day of fishing, 8, 9, 10. And then at on the 10th we start a little early and end at like three 30 or four. We drive back to New Orleans, drop everybody off at the airport. Most of those people get on a plane. Some of those people may take and take an Uber and head out to their hotel or do whatever. Dave (31m 48s): And that’s what’s cool too. I think that like we’re finding that with some of the trips we do, that people are adding on days either before or after the three days on the water and which is great, right? Because they could get three days with guides and then stick around and fish more if they want to. Right. Do you find that guys are doing that Occasionally? 1 (32m 4s): I’ll put it Out there. You know, I have, I have younger kids, so for me I’m, and I I will say this Out there because there are diehard fishing people and then there are diehard travel people and there’s a mix of both. Like I, I even though it’s work, I’m trying to get in to get out, I don’t necessarily have an extra day because then that means that when I get home everybody’s not as happy. But we do have a lot of people that are maybe their kids are, don’t have kids, have kids that are out of the house, do whatever, and they’re like, yeah, I’m gonna stay and fish an extra day. But then there’s also the whole other travel vibe where there’s like, you know, well I, I fished my three days, I’ve gotten it done. Now I want to go see a different part of of this area and, and stay and enjoy whatever. Especially in New Orleans you can see live music, they have professional sports. 1 (32m 48s): You can go on a foodie tour, you can check out everything. If it was me, you know, I’d be eating beyes and going to see live music because the, the food and the music is is awesome. But you are correct on any of the trips. I mean pretty much anything we do year round, there’s always those conversations. Like if you got a 10 hour layover somewhere, do you want to go out and do something instead of sitting at the airport the whole time? If you get back, you know, like in Brazil we get back super early on a charter flight the last day and that last day is going to the SIGs Tropical Zoo and going to check out some foodie stuff. And then at night you’re flying back to the states. The talk for next December would be is that we’ll figure out whatever dates they are and we got five spots that can be on that or I guess four spots. Dave (33m 30s): So what’s the total, if we were putting together some people it would be, what would the total people that could fish there? 1 (33m 35s): So, and I mean it really goes by boats. So for us we’ve always been able to find three boats is pretty easy. One because we can pick everybody up at the airport if it needed to be four boats, et cetera. I assume that you’re gonna go down and want to catch a bull. Dave (33m 48s): Let’s just take that, but kind of talking about this 1 (33m 50s): Pitfall, which I love. Yeah, Dave (33m 51s): Spitball, we spitball. So roughly that December hypothetically. So hypothetically we go down there, say I’m going down there with some other, with a group. There would be me and potentially five other people with three boats, 1 (34m 2s): Five other people with three boats. If one of our persons is on it, then it’d be four boats. So there’d be you and me plus six others. There’d be four boats total. It would still be the same price. Dave (34m 14s): So you have lodging at the Lodge, so you have room for like how many people could stay in actually describe that a little bit what the Lodge looks like. 1 (34m 22s): Usually we, we go for six because it, it’s easier we can, we would be able to find a place that can hold eight Dave (34m 29s): And six is fine. I mean six again, you know, I think that six is a fine number and it would be cool to have you there as well, you know what I mean? Like that would be awesome to fish, you know, and hang out and that sort of stuff. 1 (34m 40s): As, as the life of a host. Most of my thing is like being in the boat with the people that need to have some more shots and some more help. So, you know, I’m helping out with line management. I’m gonna be able to help you see some fish stuff that you may not be able to see. Don’t think of it as me having to be on a boat because I’m gonna fish and catch fish. Dave (34m 57s): No, right. You’re not gonna take, you’re not gonna be like, Hey, it’s my turn. Get outta the way I wanna, it’s more about your clients. 1 (35m 2s): Yeah. Anybody that hasn’t traveled on a trip like that, that does, when you go on these trips, you wanna be on the boat with the host because the host is gonna sit and you’re gonna get most of the shots and you’re supposed to fish until you kind of catch a fish. So I’m not, I’m not trying to out other places or how they do it, but in the moccasin world we know how it goes. So like if you’ve never done it before, you’re gonna be on the bow first thing in the morning, taking all the shots and learning what’s up. Once you’re frustrated and you wanna throw the rod in the water and punch me, Dave (35m 29s): Switch it up, drink, drink a beverage and chill out for a little bit. 1 (35m 32s): You’re in the hot seat. You don’t go in the penalty box until you wanna put yourself in the penalty box. Dave (35m 37s): That’s right. 1 (35m 38s): That’s would work for, for next year. It’d be, you know, six or eight, it’d probably be three or four boats. We’d get a place together, get everybody Out there you go fish for three days, then you know, do whatever you wanna do after that. Well, what Dave (35m 48s): Is the first day on the water? If we were going Out there, let’s just say it’s, we’re talking about again, we’re just hypothetically December 7th, we’re on the water the eighth, what is that first day on the water? Describe that a little bit. What that looks like. 1 (35m 59s): I mean, a lot of it is, is kind of everybo well guide, feeling out angler and angler feeling out guide, right? Like in my, in my opinion, there’s some easy questions that we always ask. You know, pull some line out so you know, if you’ve never done this before, let’s, let’s get your line stacked, get your world in order and get you ready to go. So you’re gonna get some line out and you’re gonna probably do some practice cast. The guide needs to know what you think 30 feet is and you need to know what the guide thinks 30 feet is. We need to know if you can back cast, if you can, if you can only forward cast, we’re gonna obviously have the normal conversation about what, 9, 10, 11, 12, 1, 2. And if so, say six. What those are like, you gotta start learning how the dials work and if that guide is going to, you know, coach you into a fish while you’re casting, you know, All right, it’s, it’s 30 feet at 11 o’clock, start casting. 1 (36m 47s): All right, let out a little bit more. That’s perfect. Next one, lay it down, put it to the left. You know, we’re all gonna be doing that while, you know, hopefully people are are also seeing the fish. You can’t see the fish then there’s a whole different conversation and that’s probably the first hour or so is just getting that ready for person number one on the bow. Then we, we go through, we go through our paces until you get a fish on or somebody decides that it’s time to switch, which you and I can do a whole nother episode about boat mates and when to switch and how, whether it’s time, it’s shots, whether it’s, if you catch, there’s a whole, I feel like there’s a whole ted talk that can happen about that travel fishing. Then when person two gets up there, you repeat it all over again. 1 (37m 29s): This is how far it is. This is what it looks like. This is what you’re gonna do. You’re gonna stand here, always be ready. You know, the, the thing anybody, any captain will tell you is that, you know, while you’re one to blind cast and this looks good and that looks good and I wanna do it while you’re doing that, you’re gonna spook a fish or a fish is gonna come along. You’re not gonna be ready. So you’re paying the money, be ready on the bow when it’s time and talk. Communication and lightheartedness are probably the two biggest things I tell everybody. Like, I’m gonna crack jokes and no matter whether you mess up or do it, we’re all gonna have a good time. If you get too serious and it’s the end of the world, you know, you’re, you’re, you’re messing up your mental well the next, I I played a lot of sports, but I played goalie in lacrosse and I got scored on a lot. 1 (38m 13s): And the, the, the, the term is always get the next one, right. So we messed this one up, it’s gone, it’s whatever, let’s be ready for the next one and the next one could be the best one anyways. So you’re gonna need a mental time out and you wanna get in the penalty box, sit down, relax, have a beverage, do whatever, let somebody else up there. Dave (38m 29s): Don’t dwell on it like, right. I mean I just came off of a trip, you know, we mentioned the Alaska stuff and I was up there and had a a a day that like, is what you’re talking about. It was rough. My, my, the spa cast was rough. I was with Floyd, shout out to Floyd and it was just, it was a tough day. It was almost one of those days where you, you break off the fish, you almost wanna throw your rod in and it was a tough day. The next day I was actually, I was sick too on the trip. I literally was sick. I had like a head cold and I was almost, I was like, man, do I go out tomorrow? Yes 1 (38m 57s): You Dave (38m 57s): Do. Yep. And I did and I went out, I, I made it sick and everything. I’m out on the water and guess what? I caught the best fish of the trip and the best moment. And Floyd came up to me at the end of the day and he said, Dave, you’re doing great. The cast is good. You just had a rough day, you stuck with it. Good. Go for it. Right? Is that same thing with red fish, you’re gonna have those, 1 (39m 15s): You gotta keep the vibes in the boat, right? If you want the fish. I, you know, dogs can smell fear. I feel like fish can smell anger and if you’re not in a good mood and you’re not doing it right, you gotta be able to laugh at it. I will tell you that, you know, after being on a lot of trips with a lot of different people and I’ve been in plenty of boats with people that I’ve just met the day before or the morning before. And if you can’t keep it light and laugh and have a good and talk a little shit with everybody in the boat and crack some jokes and keep it whatever, it doesn’t feel the same. If it’s all so serious and it’s all the end of the world, kind of like how permit fishing gets, it’s not as fun. And also to me, you know, people go on trips and day one serious day two serious day three serious for me, you know, every day doesn’t have to be serious. 1 (39m 58s): If you get a good fish, you get a good fish. If you get any fish, it’s better than getting fish. And by the end of it you look back and you’re like, ah man, you know, like I learned so much over the trip. I got better over the trip. I met friends over the trip that it should be a good feeling now, you know, it’s called fishing not catching. So you’re gonna have trips where you don’t get what you want, but it’s still an experience to take away from. But a hundred percent if you’re not, you know, I can sit in a boat and you know, we can gab and talk and have a good time and crack jokes and hopefully a byproduct of that is that it’s a fun day in the boat and we get to catch fish Dave (40m 30s): And you get some action, right? We’re gonna have a great time on the water. I could already tell you because our community of listeners, you know, wetly Swing, we have Wetly Swing Pro as well that we were going on these trips with. They’re all on the same lines. Just like what you’re talking about. You know, nobody is super stressed. It’s all about just having a good time, enjoying the whole process. This is gonna be good. So when we’re on the water, let’s take it back to that. So we’re, we’ve got the trip set up day one, we’re getting Out there. Are we driving from now? Is the Lodge the same place you guys stay at or do you mix that up of the lodging where you’re staying and then do you drive 1 (41m 2s): Lodging? All depends on the trip. We have one place that we use a lot for the six person vibe and that’s pretty much where we’re at for all six trips This year. They’re great to work with. You wake up in the morning, the guides usually show up either at the house most of the time now we just meet ’em at the boat ramp. It’s a 15 minute drive to the marina where we put in. So we wake up, you can make your breakfast, get your lunch ready, whatever drive down in the marina, jump in the boats of the guides and we’re off at the end of the day. We come back into the marina, you can get drinks and food and stuff at the marina. People can hang out or we can go back to the house and do whatever. You’re not driving more than I would say. I don’t think it’s, there’s no traffic down there. But I mean it’s 15 minutes from doorstep. Dave (41m 43s): Okay, so we’re all driving and likely people have rental cars because they’re coming down from the airport sort of thing or your, we’ll 1 (41m 48s): Have rental cars ready to go. Dave (41m 50s): Okay, so you literally get your plane ticket to are, are they flying into New Orleans or what’s that look like? 1 (41m 55s): Yeah, M-S-Y-M-S-Y. Okay. Lewis Armstrong International down in New Orleans, you’ll land there either guides on your flight and you go get the rental car with or host is on the flight and you go get the rental car with the host. Dave (42m 5s): Oh. So we’re flying. So you’re, yeah, this is cool. You’re setting up, are you doing all the setup, like the, the flight stuff, like letting people know so you’re all on the same thing? 1 (42m 13s): I mean depending on where everybody’s coming from, but we don’t book. We have a travel agent in house that’ll do it for you. But usually we don’t book people’s flights. But we’ll send out information though. Group, this is when we’re landing. You wanna be around this time. If you’re there early, hang out at the airport. Our host is usually trying to, like, if there’s people also coming from the same place as the host, we’re trying to get everybody on the same flight. They’ll grab the rental car, usually a minivan or some sort of big van or SUV. They’ll pull up, grab everybody. You’ll start driving down for the New Orleans trip specifically. Once we get down to where we’re going, we make a stop at a grocery store. Everybody can grab all the stuff that they want. We bring that to the house, unpack, get ready, head out to go to the dinner. We have one of our head guide or all of the guys will be at the dinner with us. Everybody talking about the next day shooting the shit, figuring out what’s up, wake up day one, you know, get to action, get in the trenches, everybody’s in the boat rocking out, come back. 1 (43m 0s): And then on the last day we try to go out like an hour earlier and we’ll get off an hour earlier and you’re already, you know, all your luggage is already in the, the vehicle. We get off, you can change, do whatever. At the marina, we rip an hour back to the airport. I think my flight out is like a 7:00 PM flight and I get into Denver at like 10 ’cause of the hour change. But it’s a two hour flight, so we don’t have an extra night. Did you have to stay there, Dave (43m 23s): But you could if you wanted to, right? You could add on a couple of nights and fish more, maybe talk to the guides beforehand and set up a couple extra days, something like that. 1 (43m 29s): Yeah, and if you want that stuff, I think my thought would be is for next December, if there are people that wanna stay or do something else, then we just gotta figure out having people stay for the lodging, having people stay with the guide. We would have to book all that stuff for you because it is, I mean usually like for right now, today, there are no more dates left with our people, which is five different guides for this whole season. Like if you want to fish in March or April, we can do that. But from October to February, everybody that we have is booked straight through and then next year we’ll figure it out. So you know, if you wanna do four days of study, of three days, then we do, you know, three nights and four days and et cetera, as opposed to whatever it needs to be. Dave (44m 6s): I think a part of the cool thing about this is that when you bring in a community of people, you know, like, like you said, like-minded, the hanging out the hang right. Is is part the huge part, like in the evenings hanging, talking about the day, who are the, the guides maybe describe that. Who are the guides that people are gonna be fishing with down there? Maybe talk about one or two of them. 1 (44m 23s): We’ve worked with a couple different groups. I do have to give a shout out Meredith and, and Colin down there. We’ve worked with them for a long time and we always have a trip that’s set up with them. So Meredith McCord and Colin Huff are good fr they are usually booked up well in advance. So we do have one set of three days every year. That’s usually with Colin and whoever he finds that, that he’s happy with. Our other trips are with Dave Phelps, who’s down there. Another awesome guy that we’ve worked with. He was at the San Juan, we’ve known him for years. Those are our two kind of head guides that we work with back and forth. Dave (44m 52s): Okay. And Meredith McCord definitely is a big name I’ve heard of. We haven’t had her on the podcast yet, but I’ve heard her name for sure. I 1 (44m 58s): Mean, if you need, if we can make that happen for you, if you need to. I, I don’t think that’s a hard thing. She’s unbelievable with what she does and Colin is awesome too. They have their own Lodge that you can stay at there, you can fish there, they do great. And that’s who we run both of our stuff with. And I mean the guides are also, you know, one who is available and has the days open and who isn’t already booked from a previous customer. I will say that’s the one thing is that a lot of people may not be going to this area, but the people that go to that area are repeat customers. I’ve met people that have been going down there for 10 years straight. We have clients that are now on their third trip in, in three years with us to go down there. We do have a lot of clients that, you know, maybe they didn’t go on some international travel thing and they have a buddy and they’re like, yo man, I just need a couple days down in New Orleans to go pull on redfish. 1 (45m 40s): You know, what dates can we get going? And we set up those custom dates too for them. They don’t have to be on our hosted trip. So I think we have six hosted trips coming up this season, but then we have another three or four that are just custom dates for people to go down there. And that’s kind of how this past February worked. We had a client that called up and was like, I just need to, you know, go down there and get it done and I’d like to have somebody on the boat and not just fish alone. And so we figured that out for ’em. But that’s kind of the, the overall feeling is how it worked. You know, hypothetically if we did eight people in four days of fishing in four nights somewhere, I think we would get it all done. And to your point, my personal opinion is that in the experience of the travel and fishing, you’re gonna be with a professional on the water and obviously nobody can catch fish for you. 1 (46m 24s): You have to catch your own fish. So that’s how it works on the water. We as a company can only provide so much on the water. All of the off the water stuff we want to, we wanna make sure is the experience when you’re off the water and you’re like, you want to fish with this guy, you fish with that guy, we want to go have dinner. You wanna see this sometimes, like with this trip that we’re talking about for next year, we would a hundred percent have a crawfish boil at the house one of the night, you know, that authentic point, the coolest thing is off the water on day one. You see people kind of meet and interact and then on day two you’re starting to see people mesh and then all of a sudden, day three people are switching boats because Timmy wants to this with John, it’s Roger. All of a sudden you’re like, dude, there’s a text group for life. Dave (47m 6s): You just said it, you just said John. That’s exactly what happened on the second Alaska trip we did This year. We, we brought together six people, nobody really knew each other and that’s exactly what happened day one. And we were thinking like we keeping, you know, kind of the part. And then after day two everybody was like, you know what? I wanna, let’s mix this up. 1 (47m 23s): Those are the best trips where people are like, nah man, I’ll fish with whoever, everybody I’ll go do this. We haven’t fished yet together, let’s go do that. And the coolest thing is end of day three after people mix around, everybody’s stoked for everybody else to catch the fish. And everybody’s like, yo man, check out the fish that he took. This was odd. Like, you should hear this story, let him tell it. And then all of a sudden by day four, the text thread is just a bunch of pictures and everybody’s contact and everybody’s like, oh well you know, we should go fish again on that. And then I think there are local fishing buddies, people that you call to go fish where you live. I have a lot of text groups that are my traveling fishing friends and they’re like, Hey, we’re going on this trip if you wanted to go, we got this going on. Or we’re gonna, you know, take the wives and us and we’re gonna go over here and be at this resort and then fish here. 1 (48m 6s): And there’s all these people talking about how they’re okay with traveling. And that’s a big part of having a good experience. Like if you’re, if you’re not real big on traveling, there are definitely seasoned travelers that are real used to being on a plane, being in the airport, getting somewhere and et cetera. And you have that group that like your group to Alaska, all of a sudden on the last day when people are flying home, it’s like, yeah, I just landed, man, I wish I was back up there eating a lobster roll steak asking for whatever. And you’re like, me too, that’d be awesome. Dave (48m 33s): And ready to go, ready to go for the next year, right? 1 (48m 35s): Yeah, those are connections that are different, right? ’cause when you’re gonna go fish somewhere, they may have been there or they may know somebody there and it’s like this little, and a lot of it’s how Moccasin started is a, a network of all of these people that will share information and know who to talk to and know who to go fish with and know where to go. And it even gets as simple as like, you know, I’m going up to Spokane and I’m gonna do this. Ah, like I know this one spot that you should go to and you know, I’m not talking about spot burning, giving it up, but I was up there four years ago and this spot was really cool. And you’re like, awesome. Well now bring a rod. And I’m, Dave (49m 7s): And that’s the difference too about the, what you’re talking about here. You’re building a basically a community, people that are getting to know each other and the spot burning when you’re in, and we have this in our, in our group, is that it’s not as big of a deal when you trust the people that are in there talking, you know, and it’s like a friend. A 1 (49m 22s): Thousand percent. Yeah. Well I mean it’s also people that are like, you know, you wanna go catch a fish, go catch a fish if you’re traveling around and have never fished there, that’s the, the information and the beta that you need to be able to even have a, a pseudo easy day going to check that out. But watching that trip go from people riding to the airport, shaking hands and asking everybody where they’re from and et cetera, then they talk about where they’ve been fishing, then they talk about family, then all of a sudden people will switch boats. Then all of a sudden you’re like, we’re all friends now. And that is a, that is a progression that is awesome to see. But I will give a disclaimer that doesn’t happen every trip. So when, when you’re on those trips, enjoy it because it’s unbelievable and it’s the, the top of the mountain. 1 (50m 3s): There are other trips that are not as cool and that’s where the host and us have to go to work and start making it better. Dave (50m 9s): Yeah, you guys are there. No, this is great. Well this has been awesome today. You know, we haven’t really got into tons of the tips and tricks, which is great, but I do wanna take it outta here now with, you know, we call this our today’s top three segment. And today, like we mentioned, we’re gonna, this is gonna be presented by obviously not only Mocks and Fly Club, but Wetly Swing Pro, which is our community where we’re building these trips together and, and people can check that out with Fly Swing Pro. We’re gonna be launching opening that back up here next month. So that’s gonna be awesome to be talking about that. But in today’s top three, I wanna hear some tips, like maybe three tips on redfish. So we’ve been talking, we painted the picture of what this is about. We talked about all the details. Now we’re on the water, we’re getting ready, we got a shot. What are you, what are three things you might be telling that person you’re fishing with to to have ’em have more success Out there? 1 (50m 53s): So ask questions and communicate. If you can’t see the fish, you don’t know what direction it’s going. You don’t know where the tail is, you haven’t seen it. Ask questions before throwing a bad cast. Dave (51m 1s): Okay, so don’t cast, don’t just randomly just make sure you know roughly where that thing is. 1 (51m 7s): Anybody that’s named Ike Out there, I’m sorry. Don’t act like I know everything. If you don’t know where the fish is, say something. If you don’t know where direction it’s going, say something. Communication can be very easy if it’s, you know, opera preparation prevents piss poor performance. So if I don’t know where the fish is and I ask questions, it’s better. They tell me the guide may get a little chippy. You may say something too, whatever, don’t cast it something that you don’t know. Now if you do cast and you don’t think it’s right, you ripping that line out of the water. It’s spooking the fish more than anything else. If you’ve landed a cast and the fish has not spooked or moved, he doesn’t know you’re there. So relax, don’t rip it out of the water, maybe strip it back a little bit and pull it out. 1 (51m 48s): Maybe wait to see if it comes to it or if the guide says pull it and cast again, pull it and cast again. So there’s my two of the three ask questions before you’re gonna throw it something. Because if you don’t know what’s up and you make a shitty cast, the guide now thinks that you suck. So the rest of the day changes in communication. If you start asking questions and you can turn around and be like, Hey man, thanks. I didn’t know what was up. You’re saying that it’s left, I looked left five feet, you meant one feet. You gotta get on the same age. So I equated a lot to team sports. If my teammates yelling at me to do something, I don’t know what’s up. Don’t do something that you don’t know. Ask questions. Two, when you don’t think you’ve landed a perfect class, don’t rip it outta the water right away. ’cause that’s usually what it’ll spook a fish is you landing it all nice, doesn’t spook it, but you ripping, you know, 15 feet a line in a fly out of the water is gonna hit that lateral line and make that fish. 1 (52m 38s): S spook those two. The third one is, you know, chill out, relax, have a good time. Don’t take anything too serious. Some things are good, some things are bad. But you know much like don’t take your issues into work. Don’t keep, don’t keep your issues on the, on the platform, on the bow with you. If something happens, something happens. And if you know that it’s time to take a break, take a break. Don’t keep kicking a dead horse because you can’t make something happen. In my personal experience, I like having a few shots this or that I know real quick if I’m putting it together or not. And if I’m not putting it together, let the other person on the boat try to put it together that may reset everything on the boat. Again, whether I hold a big fish, they hold a big fish or anybody holds any fish, it makes me feel better. So those would be my three is that, you know, you don’t have to necessarily be perfect, but when you’re not perfect, don’t try to correct it so fast. 1 (53m 24s): ’cause that, especially in redfish, they’re usually eating head down in the mud and don’t around them. As soon as they feel something though they know to take off. That’s a big part of it. But the third one of anything is, you know, be kind, be happy and and be ready to help out. Dave (53m 38s): That’s awesome. No, these are, those are great. I think high level things to be thinking about because it’s all, yeah, it’s all about staying the right mindset, you know, you don’t wanna be getting that mindset, like you said, we’ve heard that before. You know, we’ve talked about that in the bucket. Brian’s talked about that on this podcast where yeah those people Out there spay fishing for steelhead that have that real negative, you know, I gotta get it, I gotta, they’re the ones that struggle to get ’em, you know, it’s the people that are relaxed and just chilling and the hang, you know, we’ve heard about that too. The hang just, just have that hang mentality where you’re just enjoying the experience and, and a fish is a bonus. 1 (54m 9s): Yeah, a thousand percent. I mean I don’t know now if you’re downtown in Denver fishing through the middle of the city, maybe it’s not a beautiful place to be. Most of the places that you’re gonna pay to fly to and do all that stuff, I mean every now and then, you know, take your eyes off the water, look around, you know, holy shit, I’m in wherever I’m at, this is cool. I’m with a bunch of people that wanna do the same thing. And I mean, you know, to be real honest, everybody on that boat wants everybody on that boat to catch fish. Whether that happens or not is different, but everybody is there. If you’re on the bow of a boat, everybody on the boat is there to help you get done. So if you act like an, you know, you’re just pissing off the people that are there to Dave (54m 42s): Help. Like I said, that’s what’s cool about our wet fly swing community is that nobody, I haven’t seen it yet, that’s what’s great. Not, you know, knock on wood, but everybody is just there. They’re in for the hang. So. So this has been cool John, I think that, you know, we’re definitely lining out what is sounding like an amazing trip. We’re gonna be digging into this more as we go. I think that we’ve got a lot of great topics because we’ve got some guides who I would love to talk to as well to talk more about the trip and you and you’ve got these other trips. So give a shout out before we get outta here. We mentioned at the start, but what do you wanna leave people with? We obviously have the redfish. Anything else coming up here as you look ahead that you think would be a similar experience? Other trips you guys have that you wanna highlight? Again, 1 (55m 18s): We’ve talked about a lot of them. You know, the Mongolia trip next August is amazing and, and crazy. We have Veloce Patagonia next April, which is another kind of like very budget friendly type of Patagonia trip. We’ve talked about the double hall, which is something totally different. The Brazil, I mean we have like the kind of staples we do every year. My thought would be is that, my shout out would be go to moccasin fly club.com, click on destinations, click on fly fishing. I mean we have boundary water stuff in Minnesota. We have the, we’re in Arkansas, I mean almost anywhere that you want to go Alaska to Argentina, Mongolia, we have people that work with it. You don’t have to just go on a hosted trip with us. We can help you get on the water almost anywhere there way that you want to go for dates that you want to do it. 1 (56m 0s): And that would be it. You know, we spend a lot of time trying to, you know, make sure the hosted trip is curated correctly, make sure people are getting on Phish. But every year we have hundreds of clients that don’t need to do the hosted thing and go do whatever they wanna do on their own. And that’s awesome too. That helps out our business and it also just gets more people on the water and that, you know, at the end of all of it, the reason why we’re priced the way we are and the reason why we try to do so much is that we just want to get more people on the water having a good time. Dave (56m 26s): Love it. I’m on your website now, moccasin fly club.com and it’s cool. Yeah, you have it really well. It’s organized, you know destinations, you got double hall tournament right there on the top header. So when you click destinations it brings down easy everything, right? Argentina, Colorado, Costa Rica, you know everything. A lot of this stuff Florida. So I’m looking down at all this in Hawaii even, right? So Columbia, you guys are all, does it feel like, how do you do all of this? I mean I know you’re not a one man show but it seems like you guys have a a lot going. Does it seem overwhelming to you putting all this together? I mean 1 (56m 56s): It is a lot in certain times of the year, like we’re talking about, you know, the summertime we get a lot of information that is people looking to go on their own vacations and do stuff. That’s awesome. We have an unbelievable network of people that we work with all over the world. We have a bunch of different services from like, you know, global rescue to travel insurance to our travel agents, whatever. So I mean you are correct, it’s a team but a lot of this has happened over the past, you know, what is it now seven years of helping people out? People want to figure out how to go here, they want to do this one. I mean we have so many options that a lot of ’em we can’t do hosted trips for because I would never be home and people aren’t trying to travel 365 days a year, which is fine, but like when you’re in Europe and you wanna do something or if you’re going and you know a destination like the Seychelles or the Galapagos Islands, those are are different conversations than like Montana and Yellowstone and Idaho or Hawaii. 1 (57m 50s): A lot of people are just going to Hawaii and want to be able to have a guide and go fish for a day Dave (57m 54s): For a day, right? 1 (57m 54s): Yeah. Captain Kenny and our guys down there are unbelievable and it’s a whole different deal. Then you talk about, you know like we have nine or 10 different places in Florida if you wanted to do that and et cetera. But a lot of people are already traveling so if you’re traveling and you just wanna day on the water, call us up and we can figure that out. If you wanna do a whole trip and wanna do a whole different deal, we can set all that up too. We just had a group a couple months ago that went to Costa Rica and they, some of them fish, some of them went on waterfall tours and checking out alligator stuff and then they all went somewhere else. I mean we can help you imagine and create whatever type of trip you want, but a lot of our easy business is somebody calling me like yeah, you know, my son and I are gonna be over here or I’m here for a, like I want to fish for a day, can I get out of this place? 1 (58m 36s): And that community vibe of of much like what WEF Fly Swing does is just information and sharing and you also don’t have to book a guide. You could be flying to Seattle and wanna know where to DIY fish. We, we will give you the information and help you out. None of that hurts us either. Dave (58m 51s): Gotcha. There you go. So in your, like you said, the contact, there’s a contact form plenty of stuff on the site there so that’s awesome John. Well this has been another fun one. I’m really excited because you know obviously Redfish is huge. We got some people talking about it. So Thanks for the great podcast today and we’ll be in touch on the next one and we’ll talk to you then. Sounds 1 (59m 8s): Good man. Thanks a lot guys. Have a great one. Dave (59m 26s): You can find more from John if you head over to moccasin fly club.com, you can follow him on Instagram as well. Moccasin Fly Club at Moccasin Fly Club. And if you wanna check out this double hall tournament, definitely check in with John. Let know you’re interested. This sounds like an amazing event, really excited to hear how everything goes This year. And also Redfish, if you want us to put this together, we are definitely gonna be working on this. So send me an email dave@wetlyswing.com if you wanna get access for some of our spots through Wetly Swing Pro, this is your best chance to get involved in one of our trips here and and get on this redfish one. Go to wetly swing.com/pro, enter your name and email and I’ll follow up with you on details. We’re gonna be launching Wetly Swing Pro soon for our next cohort and our next cohort goes out. Dave (1h 0m 7s): If you wanna be part of it, you gotta sign up to that page to get notified when we go live. Gonna be exciting to jump in and bring some new members in the group. We’re doing this occasionally throughout the year. We’ve got kind of an open closed door policy. This is our way of trying to serve new members that come in. So if you’re interested in this, definitely check it out. Wetly swing.com/pro. We got a big week coming next week. We are getting into and preparing for our Steelhead School. This is our annual school we do to the Ski of Spay Lodge. Of course Brian Ska in the bucket is the man and we’re gonna be putting this together. So if you want to get involved, we’re gonna be doing a giveaway next week, giving away one spot to this amazing location on the Cheena main stem and we’re gonna be giving away some other gear there. So anytime go to web play swing.com/giveaway. You can check out any of our giveaways. Dave (1h 0m 49s): Get information there. All right, appreciate you, appreciate you for sticking in all the way and it, I hope you enjoyed this episode. I look forward to catching on the next one. And I hope you have a great afternoon. If it’s evening, I hope you’re having a wonderful evening and if it’s morning, I appreciate you and I hope you can have a good day Out there and check in with us anytime. Would love to hear from you. We’ll talk to you soon. 3 (1h 1m 7s): Thanks for listening to the Wet Fly Swing for Fishing show. For notes and links from this episode, visit wet fly swing.com.

 

Moccasin Fly Club Saltwater Fly Fishing
Moccasin Fly Club Saltwater Fly Fishing

Conclusion with John Hunt on Saltwater Fly Fishing

Saltwater fly fishing offers so much more than just a shot at the “bucket list” species. As John Hunt shared, trips like the Louisiana bull redfish adventure provide one of the best entry points for anglers new to the salt. From casting nine-weights at 20+ pound Saltwater Redfish, to building confidence for bigger species like tarpon and permit, these experiences are both affordable and action-packed. Add in Cajun food, cultural richness, and the community vibe created on hosted trips, and it’s clear why anglers return year after year.

Whether your goal is chasing bull reds in the Louisiana marsh or preparing for international adventures like the Double Haul Tournament in Mexico, John’s insights remind us that saltwater fly fishing is about growth, connection, and the joy of the journey.

Have you fished for Saltwater Redfish before, or is it still on your list? Share your experience in the comments — we’d love to hear your story.

         
Support Our Podcast Sponsors         
Support Our Podcast Sponsors       
Support Our Podcast Sponsors         

Support Our Podcast Sponsors

         
Support Our Podcast Sponsors